RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to The Walking Dead: Remnants

00:52, 5th May 2024 (GMT+0)

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies.

Posted by BanditoFor group 0
Bandito
GM, 1919 posts
Mon 23 Apr 2018
at 03:55
  • msg #1

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"...I'm the last friend you have in this world!" - Mary

They stand at the familiar crossroads once again. The tire marks, the burnt out campfire, and the distant moaning of the dead are exactly as they remembered a day ago. Antonio explained the plan was to rob what supplies the church had, and leave the survivors they agreed to protect to their own misery. He did not anticipate himself to be left behind. His gang had a separate building complex apart from the survivors they enslaved. It is about a few hundreds feet apart. That particular building also served as a warehouse for their supplies. Salomon and his men should still be there, if they haven't left already.

"We'll be out numbered." Samuel states.

"No shit." Natasha comments. "Do you think they're still there? We're probably too late if they already left..." She asks the question out loud.

"Okay boss-woman, here we are. What's your next move?" Antonio grins, staring at Mary, as if mocking her.
Trisha
character, 401 posts
Tue 24 Apr 2018
at 13:59
  • msg #2

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As they come to the end of the road, Trisha feels as if she is the only one that doesn't recognize the area. Her attention falls on the large building not too far in the distance, assuming that to be the place Antonio described to them.
She listens as the others voice their concerns, but only speaks up when Antonio asks for answers from Mary.

"Shut up! This ain't on her, this is on you. That's the whole point we ain't killed you yet." She snaps at him, before softening her voice and stepping closer to the man.
"What would you do? Since you're so clever and all." She asks in the same mocking tone.
Mary
character, 489 posts
Wed 25 Apr 2018
at 06:18
  • msg #3

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary ignores Antonio, silently regarding Salomon's campground. She hadn't been able to explore the area fully the last time she was here; while she feels fairly comfortable with the geography and buildings, she's not familiar with the people within.

Mary smiles slightly as Trisha speaks, glancing over at Antonio. She cares little for his opinions and doesn't trust anything he says, but hearing Trisha tear into him is its own reward. Leaning over, Mary speaks quietly and quickly to Samuel.

"How many and how good are they?" she asks. "Any more like you, or just idiots with guns and instructions? Will they be out and about? How loyal are they to Solomon, anyway?"
Bandito
GM, 1921 posts
Thu 26 Apr 2018
at 18:47
  • msg #4

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Me?" Antonio's grin widens. "I would take you with me, walk up and say hi. Then I'll introduce the pretty girl to them." He casually replies. Its not clear if he's serious.

"Without me and Antonio, there's ten. They're their own people, don't expect any of them to sit and wait in the building." Samuel replies with relatively the same volume as Mary. "They know how to shoot, and kill, we take the best killers." He takes a brief pause before answering Mary's last question. "As loyal as we are to you right now."
This message was last updated by the GM at 18:47, Thu 26 Apr 2018.
Mary
character, 490 posts
Thu 26 Apr 2018
at 06:01
  • msg #5

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Yes, you were the best of the best when I came by here last night," Mary tells Samuel dryly, giving Terry a knowing glance. She looks back at the camp and thinks for a moment.

"You're loyal to us for the sake of someone you're trying to protect," she remarks, looking back at Samuel. "Antonio's loyal because it saves his skin. How many of them are as loyal as you, and how many are as loyal as him?"
Bandito
GM, 1922 posts
Thu 26 Apr 2018
at 21:22
  • msg #6

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Park Cross Road

"Two of them are siblings, the gang protects them both, and they will keep each other safe. The others stay because we're stronger than they are alone." Samuel answers. "If you're thinking about tearing them apart from the inside, forget about it. You have nothing they want."
Buford
character, 33 posts
Sun 29 Apr 2018
at 03:39
  • msg #7

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The last few hours have felt like a blur to Buford. He struggled to understand the conflict he volunteered to get himself caught up in. As the others talked it was all Buford could do not to take out his notepad and instinctively right everything that was being said down. Alot of information was being passed around but he still didn't have a clue. This was a familiar feeling...

He looked over to Mary as being the only familiar face out of the group. "Excuse me, a moment? How many people are we rescuing here? Is this place small, just ten of them in a single building?" He asks.
This message was last updated by the player at 03:43, Sun 29 Apr 2018.
Trisha
character, 402 posts
Mon 30 Apr 2018
at 12:46
  • msg #8

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I ain't joking. What's it gonna take to make them give us Mina back?"
She seems to have grown tired of fooling around, knowing that the playful banter will not bring her any real answers.
"That guy you said. The one that got her. If he's the boss now, how do we get to him? How mad would the others get if we killed him?""
Mary
character, 491 posts
Tue 1 May 2018
at 01:48
  • msg #9

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"It's a bit bigger than that," Mary tells Buford. "Building, fence, guard tower, tents for their prisoners. There's sure to be someone in the guard tower now. We're here to rescue Mina, a little girl, and Sam's here to rescue Samantha. They have other prisoners, but I don't know them."

She eyes Sam again. "How likely are they to cut and run if things get rough? Would any of them run off if we plink away at them from the forest? Would they panic if we killed Solomon, as Trisha said?"
Bandito
GM, 1926 posts
Tue 1 May 2018
at 02:26
  • msg #10

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Cross Roads

Antonio shrugs. "You can try trading your stuff for her, we like stuff. Everyone likes stuff, yeah?"he eyes Trisha down with her last question, as if she's wearing a string of cheese as a necklace. "Girl, you saw happened with me, same thing will happen if you kill him. Someone else makes the call."

Sam looks to Mary. "If shit goes sideways, they all run. They don't split up. Someone gets killed, someone else takes their place. Doesn't matter who."
Trisha
character, 403 posts
Tue 1 May 2018
at 12:50
  • msg #11

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha frowns at his suggestion, throwing her empty hands into the air.
"Y'all took all our stuff! There ain't nothin' they don't got already."
She huffs and rolls her eyes before glancing over at Mary, as if contemplating something.
"I mean..." Her eyes drift back to Antonio. "We got a tiny bit of, I think coke, but not enough to buy a kid."
Buford
character, 34 posts
Tue 1 May 2018
at 17:51
  • msg #12

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford watched the others talk of what to do. Mary had painted a dire scene for him. These people weren't cops, they weren't trained. What could they do?

"Back in my day when we had people held up under siege... W-they used sounds, noises, music to dislodge them. We did it in Panama, played the worst kinda rock you ever heard for hours straight until they gave up." He said outloud, not talking to anyone in  particular.

"Those walkers are attracted to noise, make enough noise, get enough walkers and I'd imagine they wouldn't hold onto the place for long. We'd have to act fast in that confusion but they wouldn't pay any mind to prisoners while they're trying to get their equipment and bug out." He said, shrugging. "Just a thought, doesn't sound like we can exactly clear them out ourselves."
Bandito
GM, 1928 posts
Wed 2 May 2018
at 00:18
  • msg #13

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Antonio laughs when he sees the pack of white powder. "Oh shit girl, that's what we've been giving Timmy." He then nods. "Yeah, we don't touch that shit. Its bad for you, yeah? Reeva's hooked on that shit, and she's all fucked up."
Mary
character, 492 posts
Fri 4 May 2018
at 05:50
  • msg #14

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"There are a lot of ghouls in these woods," Mary says, turning to Buford. "All the same, I'm not sure we can panic them. They have good, strong fences to keep them out. I think they'd be safer holding their ground than bugging out."

She eyes the bag of powder in Trisha's hand, intrigued by Antonio's words. "So that's how you controlled Tim, is it? You know, he's still in there. Maybe if we could get a word with him, in private, we could use that as leverage. He'd be our man on the inside, if we played it right."

She addresses Sam again. "How many prisoners are there? You know, people like Samantha. How much freedom do they have? Do you think they'd be willing to help us?"
Bandito
GM, 1930 posts
Sat 5 May 2018
at 03:53
  • msg #15

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Cross Roads

"A handful. They're not allowed to leave, and they're not armed. They might be willing to help, but all you're going to accomplish by getting them involved is getting civilians killed." Samuel states bluntly. "There's no time to get them organized, Salomon's probably taking everyone to leave as we speak if they haven't ditched this place already."
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:54, Sat 05 May 2018.
Trisha
character, 404 posts
Mon 7 May 2018
at 11:34
  • msg #16

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Dammit."
Trisha grumbles to herself as she stuff the bag down her shirt. The more Sam and Antonio reveal what they know of the camp, the more hopeless the situation starts to feel.
"Well we gotta do somethin' fast. Unless they all want ten blowjobs all in a row, we ain't got nothin' to get 'em to deal."
She looks across at the building once more, searching the area around it for a way to approach without being seen. Feeling unsure, she wanders aloud on her idea, hoping someone else will step in with a little more direction.
"Think we could get up in a window and sneak in there? Do they got much guys on watch?"

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
21:34, Today: Trisha rolled 11 using 2d10+5 ((2,4)).-PER

Mary
character, 493 posts
Tue 8 May 2018
at 06:21
  • msg #17

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary studies Sam out of the corners of narrowed eyes.

"You know, Sam," she says slowly, "you speak like you've already got a plan of your own. What would you do? You're the only one here that knows anything about this place or these people, after all."
Bandito
GM, 1932 posts
Tue 8 May 2018
at 18:41
  • msg #18

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Cross Roads

From this distance, its impossible for Trisha to see who might be standing in the watch tower. In fact, she can't even see the watch tower with all the greens in the way.

Antonio shrugs. "Normally I put two on watch. They're packing up to leave so they're probably all outside."

Samuel doesn't respond to Mary's question immediately. After a moderate pause, he simply states "I wouldn't attempt a rescue in broad daylight and outnumbered. I would follow them and see where they go, then try my luck."
Mary
character, 494 posts
Fri 11 May 2018
at 06:21
  • msg #19

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary weighs her options. She'd penetrated the forest up to the camp without being detected before, and she feels she can do it again. When she was spotted, it was by Sam, and despite what he says, she doesn't think there's anyone else in the camp as eagle-eyed as him.

She's about to run off and trying surveying the camp from the forest, as she had before, when something occurs to her. She turns towards Antonio, a scowl forming on her face.

"Wait a minute," she growls. "If they're moving, why would they even take Mina with them? She's a little girl. She can't do any work for them, and if they leave, they can't bargain with us for her."

She gives Terry and Trisha a meaningful look, then steps towards Antonio. "Why did you take her in the first place?"
Bandito
GM, 1936 posts
Fri 11 May 2018
at 17:02
  • msg #20

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

"You make really good points boss woman, but I don't know." Antonio shrugs. "I wasn't going to take those two kids with us, I was using them as hostages so I don't get shot." He touches his wounds then mutters, "but I got shot anyway."
Trisha
character, 405 posts
Sun 13 May 2018
at 16:59
  • msg #21

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The idea sounds promising and Trisha is eager to get moving as soon as possible. "Let's go follow 'em then." She chirps, looking impatient and agitated.
quote:
"Wait a minute,"

At first, she is visibly frustrated, but her tone changes when Mary confronts Antonio. The woman questions thing Trisha herself had not even considered, which only serves to confuse her more. She looks at Antonio, expecting answers and upset to find there are none to be had.
"God why is we even keep you for! You don't know shit, you're an idiot!" She spits at him before turning back to Mary.
"C'mon let's go check it out. We can't see where they go from here."
Buford
character, 35 posts
Mon 14 May 2018
at 03:29
  • msg #22

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford stands observant, making mental notes to everyone who is talking. As it stands the best out of this group had to be Samuel and Mary. But even then it was clear there wasn't much of a plan.

The girl however was a hotshot, and her flippant attitude and spitting made the older man chuckle at Antonio. When it sounded like they could be moving he arched an eyebrow. "What shall the rest of us do?"
Mary
character, 495 posts
Tue 15 May 2018
at 05:16
  • msg #23

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Elegant and insightful, Trisha," says Mary. "I couldn't have said it better myself. Thank you."

She crosses her arms, eyeing both Trisha and Buford. "I managed to sneak up on this place twice yesterday. If we're quiet and careful, I think we can do it again. That'll at least get us close enough to see what's going on. I don't have a plan for actually getting in there yet, but it'll be more useful than trying to dig a useful fact out of him."

She motions towards Antonio, but doesn't deign to actually look at him. "If they're really taking off, I don't know if I can follow them. I can track an animal through the woods, but not a car over road. Nor do I know whether they'll take Mina with them when they go. They might just shoot her and save themselves the trouble. When we go, we might need to do something crazy. Are you ready for that?"
Buford
character, 36 posts
Wed 16 May 2018
at 22:41
  • msg #24

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The older man shrugs. "This kinda thing seems like a young mans game don't it? Yet here we both are." He looks down, mulling his options and finding very few. "I don't like to go off half cocked on a plan. In my experience thats how people die. But I'm with you, we'll get that girl back, anything more I wont guarantee." He said, looking back up and meeting her gaze.
Trisha
character, 406 posts
Fri 18 May 2018
at 13:29
  • msg #25

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Thanks!" She replies, more than happy to take the compliment, even if she doesn't quite understand all of it. While Mary isn't looking, she sticks her tongue out and makes a face at Antonio, silently mocking him.
quote:
"When we go, we might need to do something crazy. Are you ready for that?"

"Hell, I'm always ready for somethin' crazy!"
Trisha immediately steps forward to volunteer, but has a moment of hesitation as she looks down at the dog standing by her side.

"Oh no. But Fernando can't come. He might get hurt or run over or somethin'."
Though she knows she must help bring Mina back, she also has a responsibility to keep Fernando out of danger. It is a frightening thought to leave him, but the trust she has built with the people around her eases her mind.
Looking at him with a soft, pleading expression, she asks.
"Terry you ain't so good at sneakin'. Could you stay here with Ash and Fernando and keep 'em safe? I wouldn't ask no one but you."
Bandito
GM, 1940 posts
Fri 18 May 2018
at 21:28
  • msg #26

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Cross Roads

Antonio doesn't respond to Trisha's mocking. He did flinch when she unexpectedly spit at him. "Hey now, I'm pretty useful. Just have to put me in right place, yeah?"

Terry agrees to watch over Fernando for the time being. Ashley reaches down and beckons the little creature to come over. The dog stays at Trisha feet and ignores her.

"Do you want me to stay or come with?" Natasha approaches Mary after asking her first question then whispers discretely. "And what about them?" Her body shifts slightly towards Antonio and Sam.
Mary
character, 496 posts
Tue 22 May 2018
at 04:31
  • msg #27

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary's mouth twists into a mix between a sneer and a frown as she looks as Antonio and Sam. Neither of them have been worth the trouble of keeping them around so far.

"Sam will help us or he won't," Mary whispers back. "We can't force him either way, we just don't have the means. I don't care what happens to Antonio. I don't even know why he's here."

She straightens up, taking a deep breath. Once again, she's the de facto leader. She has to present a vision of authority, even though she has no idea what she's doing.

"If we cut through the forest, we can sneak up on the camp. Follow me and I'll show you the way - and that includes you, Natasha. Terry, you're more...in-your-face. You should probably stay here. We'll scope the camp out and make a decision then. Remember, all we want is Mina. We don't need to turn this into a firefight."

She pauses, eyeing the others. "Unless we have to, that is. Any questions?"
Mary
character, 497 posts
Fri 25 May 2018
at 06:09
  • msg #28

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Actually, a question just occurred to me." She turns towards Antonio. "Antonio - or Sam, I suppose - would Mina be at the camp with the other slaves?"
Bandito
GM, 1945 posts
Mon 28 May 2018
at 06:08
  • msg #29

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

"They're not slaves, more like people that hired us to protect them, ya? Anyways, your girl's probably with Salomon at our little cabin." Antonio replies.
Trisha
character, 407 posts
Mon 28 May 2018
at 12:17
  • msg #30

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha stamps her foot down, trying to get the little dog to move. He skitters away a short distance, but does not move when told to.
"Oh come on! Move!" She orders, pointing angrily while he simply looks away. "Fine, we can do it the hard way then."

While listening to Mary's instructions, Trisha fiddles with the top of her jeans. She unravels a long, thin cord she had kept looped through her belt in case of situations like this. Kneeling down to Fernando, she slips the cord around his neck and adjusts it into a makeshift leash. She hands the leash over to Ashley, giving her a reassuring smile.
"You ain't gotta watch him long. We ain't gonna be gone a minute."
quote:
"Your girl's probably with Salomon at our little cabin."

"Since you know where it is, I guess you better show us."
She rushes up to Antonio, just to be the first one to shove him forward. The blow is more forceful than it needed to be.
"Mary, you seen any cabins when you was out there last?"


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
If needed, I wanna use 1 SU on the rope for Fernando. Could come in useful

Mary
character, 497 posts
Wed 30 May 2018
at 22:15
  • msg #32

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"You've got a lot of strong opinions all of a sudden," accuses Mary, turning on Antonio with a glower. "You can't even tell me why they'd take the girl, but now you're sure she's at the cabin? I think you're full of shit, Antonio. I think everything you've told us is shit. Not a thing you've told us has been worth the time to hear it so far, and I have a feeling you're trying to get us killed."

She turns to Sam. "Sam, assuming they even have her, what would they want the girl for? She'd be at best an unskilled pair of hands in return for their food and protection. I'm tempted to walk up, tell them I have friends in the woods, and offer to leave quietly if they give her to me. Do you think they'd let that happen just to avoid a fight?"
This message was last updated by the player at 22:15, Wed 30 May 2018.
Bandito
GM, 1947 posts
Wed 30 May 2018
at 17:52
  • msg #33

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Antonio stumbles a few steps forward after Trisha shoves him. "Ey girl, easy. Its this way. That's where we live, and keep our supplies. When they leave, they'll need to pack whatever we got." He replies to Mary.

"We didn't plan on telling anyone we're leaving. Our plan was to leave without any of them noticing we're gone. Salomon isn't the type to back down from threats, or negotiate with strangers. If you do that, you'll get a bullet in the head before you finish talking." Sam adds. "Honestly, that girl might not be here. She's probably already dead."

Trisha was able to leash Fernando with a rope and hand him over to Ashley.



This message was last edited by the GM at 17:25, Fri 01 June 2018.
Mary
character, 498 posts
Fri 1 Jun 2018
at 05:14
  • msg #34

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary sighs through her nose. Yeah, she probably is.

Every new piece of information she learns is another reason she can't do this. She looks over at Trish and Terry and the rest - even Buford, as little reason as he had to trust her or her to trust him. They need a victory. They're counting on her to provide it. She's failing them.

"Keep watching for a little girl," Mary tells Sam. "Before, you said you'd follow them to their new location instead of trying anything here. How were you planning to do that? We can't just drive after them. It's not as if we can hide in traffic."
Bandito
GM, 1953 posts
Fri 1 Jun 2018
at 18:31
  • msg #35

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

"You keep a long distance and tail them by looking for anything they leave behind." Sam answers. "We stop frequently to scavenge, or when we see people. Follow the trails of any broken windows, or dead bodies and you'll find them."
Trisha
character, 408 posts
Sun 3 Jun 2018
at 15:37
  • msg #36

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As the situation seems to grow even more hopeless, Trisha stands headstrong in the face of futility. It will take more than a few well armed, well organized bandits to keep her from finding what she is after.
"She could be dead, but I ain't stoppin' 'til I know for sure. If she's with this boss guy, then we gotta follow where he goes and find out. Let's watch 'em go and then chase 'em, like Sam said."
Buford
character, 37 posts
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 02:17
  • msg #37

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford moves his hands up to his face and rubs his hands into his wrinkled skin. Taking a deep breath. This was the kinda plan Buford hated, aimless. But he already threw in with them. What else could he have done, run off with the couple and played third wheel?

"Alright, lets get this thing in gear." he said softly.
Mary
character, 499 posts
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 05:47
  • msg #38

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary grimaces. She doesn't like the idea of having to follow them in a car without being spotted. A person can hide in the forest rather easily; a vehicle on an open street is far more conspicuous, whether at long distance or not. Following the trail of broken windows or corpses doesn't sound too reliable, either. I'm getting too old for this shit, she thinks to herself.

"It doesn't sound like we have a choice," she says, her voice determined and just a bit resigned. "We'll wait for them to go. If we catch a glimpse of Mina, we'll follow."

She looks over the group and nods encouragingly, but here eyes linger on Antonio. She fully intends to abandon him somewhere as soon as she can do so without risking discovery.
Bandito
GM, 1958 posts
Mon 4 Jun 2018
at 17:00
  • msg #39

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Samuel slings his rifle over his shoulder and speaks to Mary. "I think our deal is done. I'm going to look for Sam in the camp." He briefly glances to the others expecting a response.

"You don't need me here right?" Antonio grins. "I can just leave, ya?"
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:00, Mon 04 June 2018.
Mary
character, 500 posts
Thu 7 Jun 2018
at 04:36
  • msg #40

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I don't need you here, nah," Mary scowls. "I don't know what you'll do if I leave you in eyesight of your old friends. We'll drop you off after we're done tracking them."

She motions to the others. "Let's get out of sight until they're on their way. I don't suppose any of you have followed a car undetected before?"
Bandito
GM, 1964 posts
Fri 8 Jun 2018
at 17:32
  • msg #41

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Samuel takes his leave for the camp. Antonio lingers his gaze on Samuel until the man is no longer in his vision.

When Mary poses the question, everyone shake their heads simultaneously. The group slip into the trees. About a few minutes later, they hear the sound of multiple engines approaching int heir direction. They see a pick up truck leading three other vehicles out of the park, to the East. They watch silently as the raiders drive out of their sight. Before the group emerge from the trees, they see someone jogging down the road in the direction where the vehicles are headed. Its a familiar dark's skinned little boy.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:20, Thu 21 June 2018.
Mary
character, 501 posts
Mon 11 Jun 2018
at 05:31
  • msg #42

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary stands up, eyes on the disappearing vehicles. They'd have to move fast to track them. As she moves, however, she glances at the boy and frowns.

"Dwayne?"
Trisha
character, 409 posts
Mon 11 Jun 2018
at 12:29
  • msg #43

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

It is a little disappointing to see Samuel take his leave, but Trisha knows it wouldn't be right to stop him. In the brief time she knew him, he was only ever interested in one thing, so it was only a matter of time before he would finally depart.

"Good luck. I hope you find her." She is unsure if he heard her, but figures it doesn't really matter anyway.

She makes an effort to ignore Antonio, trying hard to pay close attention to Mary. When the trucks pass by them, she ducks down into the grass, terrified of being caught in the moment. However once they pass, the fear quickly fades and she emerges to watch them drive away.

"What next?" She asks, approaching Mary carefully. Before she can be given an answer, Trisha is pulled away by the appearance of a friend she thought she had lost forever.

As soon as she has seen him, she is upon the boy, wrapping her arms tightly around him.
"Dwayne! It's you! What are you doing out here? What happened? Is the others with you?" She asks in rapid fire succession, barely giving the child time to answer.
Bandito
GM, 1965 posts
Mon 11 Jun 2018
at 22:11
  • msg #44

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Dwayne jumped when Trisha emerged from the bushes and hugged him. He froze in place, holding tight onto a pair of scissors in his right hand.

"The bad people took Mina, but everyone keeps saying its too dangerous for me to go, so I came here alone." He explained. "They're still back at that house." Trisha saw her own reflection through the young boy's eyes. "Did you really kill Wilson and his brother?"
Mary
character, 502 posts
Tue 12 Jun 2018
at 05:52
  • msg #45

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

We do not have time for this shit, Mary thinks, but opts not to say out loud.

"Dwayne, are you sure they're still back at the house?" Mary asks quickly. "We just saw people leave. If we want to catch them, we have to go now."
Bandito
GM, 1967 posts
Wed 13 Jun 2018
at 16:46
  • msg #46

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Dwayne looks to Mary and shook his head. "I meant Miss Carter and everyone else stayed back at the house."
Mary
character, 503 posts
Thu 14 Jun 2018
at 05:43
  • msg #47

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary's brow furrows in confusion. She closes her eyes and pinches the bridge of her nose, sighing through her nose.

I hate dealing with children.

"Which house, Dwayne?" Mary asks patiently, before turning to Trisha and the others. "Do you know anything about this?"
Buford
character, 38 posts
Thu 14 Jun 2018
at 19:06
  • msg #48

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford once again felt more comfortable being a wallflower than an active participant in a situation he ultimately didn't understand. While e had experience in tracking, especially in doing so undetected it would invite too many questions. He didn't need that, the others could figure it out.

He observed the child, looking to see how the others reacted.
Trisha
character, 410 posts
Mon 18 Jun 2018
at 12:05
  • msg #49

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Did you really kill Wilson and his brother?"

"I don't wanna talk about it right now." She tells him firmly, though she seems uncomfortable and anxious about the question. "We ain't got time anyway."
Trisha stands up and grabs the boy's hand, trying to hurry him along as he answers Mary's question.
"It don't matter what house they're in. We left on purpose so we don't have to see them again." She announces, eager to move on from the subject. Squeezing Dwayne's hand, she smiles at the boy, hoping he will be an easy sell.
"We gotta get movin' at get Mina back. You'll help us, right?"
Bandito
GM, 1973 posts
Mon 18 Jun 2018
at 16:37
  • msg #50

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

"Oh... Okay." Dwayne doesn't seems to be satisfied with the response from Trisha. Ashley passes a look to Trisha. She appears to be just as uncomfortable with the topic as well. The child's eyes glitters with hope when she asks him to tag along. "Yes!" He immediately replies and accepts the invitation to search for Mina.

The child steals a few glances at Buford at every chance he gets when the man is not paying him any attention. His wariness of the stranger soon fades when he sees Antonio in the group.

"What's up little man." Antonio greets the boy.

Dwayne quickly side steps to Trisha's side. "Why is he with us?"
Snicker
GM, 1694 posts
Thu 21 Jun 2018
at 05:51
  • msg #51

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I thought he might come in handy," says Mary. "What can I say? Everyone makes mistakes."

She waves her arm, motioning for the others to follow her. "Come on! We have to move quick if we want to follow them. We can talk on the road."
Bandito
GM, 1980 posts
Thu 21 Jun 2018
at 22:47
  • msg #52

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection of Route 1 & 8

Following the road out of the state park, the group noticed tire marks off the road that weren’t there last time. They tracked what little marks they can find on the road until they came across the intersection between route 1 and 8. Antonio decided to be useful and suggested they were considering heading West, to Arkansas. He pointed out the way to go would be either going North or South on route 1. No one could determine whether he was telling the truth or not with this information. Based on his estimation, its around fifty miles to get to Mississippi river’s crossing. It will no doubt take an extraordinary amount of time to get there on foot, especially with Antonio and Ashley's current condition.

Everyone briefly stopped at the crossing, in the parking lot of a small grocery store, Dino’s. They’ll need to re-evaluate their plan and figure out which way the raiders might have went. There’s an elementary school, and a middle school just up North of the intersection. They also see a larger grocery store down route 8, within walking distance. If the group wanted to prepare for their journey, now would be their chance.

“I didn’t have the chance to take anything with me when shit went down. We should check those stores for anything we need.” Natasha gazed at the Dino’s grocery store. “It’s probably scavenged, but we might find something in there. Or maybe the schools.”

“I’m so done with schools.” Ashley exaggerated her tone to mimic a spoiled school girl. She cleared her throat, regretting her decision for doing that. "Sorry."
This message was lightly edited by the GM at 22:49, Thu 21 June 2018.
Mary
character, 504 posts
Sun 24 Jun 2018
at 06:20
  • msg #53

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary surveys the buildings with her hands on her hips and a scowl on her face. Of course, she has to leave Rosedale. Of course, she has to go running across state lines in pursuit of a girl she doesn't even like and has no obligation towards. Of course, she still doesn't have a goddamn rifle. Of course, Antonio is providing just enough help not to be dumped immediately.

The smaller grocery might have a few scraps left over, if it was overlooked, Mary thinks. The larger one is probably empty of everything but ghouls. But the schools?

Mary turns to face the group. "It's been a long time since I attended a public school, but back in my day, they didn't stock much in the way of perishables and ammunition. What do you expect to find in there?"
Trisha
character, 411 posts
Sun 24 Jun 2018
at 19:25
  • msg #54

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha can see the boy is uncomfortable, so she wraps her arm around him and pulls him away from Antonio as they walk.
"Y'ain't gotta worry about him. I can't get rid of him just yet. I ain't decided how mean I wanna get. I'm still mad about a lotta stuff."

She keeps Dwayne close to her as they approach the store, but splits off once she feels the area is clear. Watching Mary survey the building, Trisha runs up to the window to get a look inside.
quote:
“I’m so done with schools.”

Trisha finds the joke very amusing, laughing along even after Ashley resigns from the joke.
"Hah! Totally me too! Ain't nothin' good ever happen in no school."

Pulling her head away from the window, she turns to Buford, curious to hear his take on the matter.
"Hey, guy!" She skirts around the fact that she has already forgotten his name. "You know about schools? Ever find somethin' good in one lately?" Her head turns back to look in the window as she continues talking. "'Cause I was kinda wantin' to go in here, but now I don't know."


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)

05:27, Today: Trisha rolled 20 using 2d10+5 ((10,5)).


This message was last edited by the player at 19:28, Sun 24 June 2018.
Bandito
GM, 1981 posts
Mon 25 Jun 2018
at 15:56
  • msg #55

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection

"I was thinking we raid the vending machines and the nurses office for any medical supplies. I'm pretty sure we can find water in there too." Natasha answers while squinting at the school signs. "Middle school... and an elementary school."

Despite Trisha's words, Dwayne remains wary at the presence of Antonio. His eyes constantly gazes at the man as if expecting him to suddenly attack one of the group members. Dwayne follows Trisha up against the store windows and peek inside along side her. The windows are boarded up by sheets of metal and wooden boards. Looking underneath them, Trisha can tell the windows were shattered by whoever made these modifications.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:02, Mon 25 June 2018.
Mary
character, 505 posts
Wed 27 Jun 2018
at 05:26
  • msg #56

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"It's worth a shot," Mary says. Despite her earlier skepticism, she finds herself warming to the idea of searching the school. "Schools are often pressed into use as crisis centers, aren't they? If we're lucky, there may be aid supplies in there. Lord knows they must be somewhere."

She looks over at Trisha, watching the boy beside her for a second before speaking. "Do you see anything interesting in there? A decent rifle, perhaps?"
Buford
character, 39 posts
Thu 28 Jun 2018
at 18:38
  • msg #57

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford was lost entirely in thought, looking at the maps and wondering just exactly what they could hope to find at either site. A woman with a southern accent had spoken to him, and his eyes opened just a little more than usual, as if he was now taking care to watch and memorize everything around him, including the woman.

"Well miss it's been some years since I've been a student. But 'round here sometimes the only landmark is the local school. Lotta times they used as evac shelters, when I was a  kid ours was a bomb shelter. Cause of the Russians." He said, quickly finding himself droning on about nothing.

"I'm partial to the school. In times of crisis the first place sacked is the grocery mart, I'm assuming someone in this little bandit group got the sense to know that, and head away from it." He shrugs.

"Then again, if'n he a bandit he can't have all much sense in the first place." He looked at the blonde woman again. "You a local here?" He asks.
Trisha
character, 412 posts
Mon 2 Jul 2018
at 14:51
  • msg #58

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

She peers through a slot in the boards, relaying what she sees to the group.
"Don't look like it got too much in here. There's some dead guys walkin' around and a bunch of boxes and shit all on the floor. Nothin' good, like guns or whatever."

Stepping back from the store, Trisha glances at the school in the distance.
"I guess let's take the school, then." She agrees, happy to follow along with the majority.
quote:
"You a local here?"

"Nah, I ain't never been 'round here." She perks up at the question, as if surprised that he would ask about her life. "We used to live in Canton, near the big chicken plant. There was a school there too, but I didn't go much."

Fernando waddles up to Trisha and she greets him by scratching his neck with both hands.
"How bout you, though?" She asks Buford as she lifts her hands away from the dog. "I know you ain't from someplace like this, you use too many big words."
Mary
character, 506 posts
Fri 6 Jul 2018
at 06:03
  • msg #59

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"What, don't I use big words?" Mary asks Trisha, in a tone that makes it hard to tell if she's joking or not.

You have to give her credit, Mary, she thinks. You're not from here, either, even if you did come here decades ago.

"Let's make a note to remember this store," Mary says, walking with the others towards the school. "I don't put much stock in any groceries nowadays, but if it's full of ghouls, that's a sign that no human being has been in there recently. It just might be possible there's some merchandise forgotten near the back, if we can get past the security."

She glances down at her shoulder holster with a frown. "Of course, that's a big if. I'm well and truly sick of this sidearm being my front line. My kingdom for a decent rifle!"
Buford
character, 40 posts
Sat 7 Jul 2018
at 06:06
  • msg #60

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I'm from Texas, Miss. Born and raised, since then I've ah, moved around the country alot for work. Is Canton a nice place?" He asks Trisha.
Trisha
character, 413 posts
Mon 9 Jul 2018
at 01:29
  • msg #61

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"What, don't I use big words?"

"Yeah you do." Trisha giggles, amused by Mary's reaction. "You, like, went to school and stuff, you're super smart."

Trisha prepares herself for the walk to the school. She calls Dwayne over to her, though her attention is on Buford as they continue to talk.
"That's cool, you been all over. I ain't never even been out the state." She seems genuinely impressed by his worldly travels. "Canton's a shitheap. It stinks like dead chickens and everyone's an asshole. That's why I ain't goin' back."
With that, she pulls herself away to tend to Ashley, content to have the conversation stop there.
Ashley
character, 139 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Mon 9 Jul 2018
at 07:38
  • msg #62

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Well look at you," Ash began as her friend bounced over.  "Makin' plans and makin' friends.  Almost be proud of us, if the situation weren't so fucked-up--"  Her voice cracked and crooned, drained of the adrenaline that had sustained her earlier, but still doing her level and self-destructive best at putting on a good face for everyone else.

"So tell me the tru tru, you're dragging me back to school?  Shit place for a delinquent like me to be, y'know."  God though, she sure could crack a smile, could and would and did -- even with a bullet hole not inches from her heart, that same Easy Ashley Charm glowed right on through with scarcely even a hint at the pain, looking like she believed for all the world in the girl standing in front of her, like she could do nothing wrong and most things right.  Until she got her wits about her and her feet under her a bit better, Ashley was all aboard for tagging along on whatever plan Trisha might concoct.

Or maybe that's just the gradual blood loss talking.
Buford
character, 41 posts
Tue 10 Jul 2018
at 18:25
  • msg #63

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford chuckles lightly at the young kids spunk. Stating each opinion like it was the truth. He remembered a time when he was much the same. "I hate to disappoint you Trisha. I'm 'fraid there are assholes all over the place, in fact you cant escape them." He jokes with her.
Bandito
GM, 1999 posts
Tue 10 Jul 2018
at 21:29
  • msg #64

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection

"Any of you got a smoke?" Antonio asks while sitting against the hood of a broken down vehicle. "You see any cigarettes in there, little man?"

"Yeah, I hear you." Natasha ignores Antonio's question and comments at Buford's remarks. "Assholes everywhere." Its clear whom her implication directs.

Dwayne shoots Antonio a quick glance before shifting further down the windows to distance himself from him. Something seems to pique his interest in the store. The child reaches his hand through the window cracks as an attempt to grab something...
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:29, Tue 10 July 2018.
Mary
character, 507 posts
Wed 11 Jul 2018
at 05:30
  • msg #65

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I'd expect you to be grateful, Ashley," Mary says, giving the teenager a slight smirk. "I raised some hell myself when I was your age, and I'd still like the chance to go back to my high school and shoot anything that moves in there."

Hearing Antonio's voice, she scowls over at him. "Now you're sending children to fetch you cigarettes? I appreciate your creativity in finding new ways to make me disli - Dwayne!"

Breaking into a rare run, Mary crosses the distance to Dwayne and shoos him away from the broken window, fighting to keep her voice calm. "Don't. Do. That."
This message was last edited by the player at 05:31, Wed 11 July 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2000 posts
Wed 11 Jul 2018
at 15:57
  • msg #66

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection

Panic sparks in Dwayne's eyes like a child caught stealing when Mary yells his name. He retracts his hand immediately from the window and looks to Mary. A few undead inside the store turn their heads to the windows, two of them shambles toward where Dwayne's hand was.

"Sorry..." Dwayne looks down then points to the window's cracks. "I saw a binocular inside, I thought I could reach it." There is indeed a binocular resting on top of the shelf through the windows. It may be just out of reach for a child, however, an adult may be able to reach it.
Trisha
character, 415 posts
Thu 12 Jul 2018
at 02:48
  • msg #67

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Yeah but these assholes ain't family." She replies, though the statement is more for herself than anyone else. "I'd pick Wilson over my shithead brothers any day."
She smiles at Ashley, happy to see her regaining some of her snarky attitude. It means a lot to know that she has not yet lost her best friend; the one friend she knows she can relate to more than anybody.
quote:
"So tell me the tru tru, you're dragging me back to school? Shit place for a delinquent like me to be, y'know."

"Hah! You know it, girl! I just decided I finally wanna learn how to read." Even with the stress of finding Mina hanging over her head, it has not tainted her ability to lavish in the fleeting moments of happiness that happen to come her way.
quote:
"Dwayne!"

The sharp, sudden yelp shocks Trisha into attention. She grabs Dwayne's arm and yanks him back even further from the window.
"Don't be an idiot! That's my job."
Stepping in front of the boy, she crouches down to look, spotting the binoculars Dwayne had mentioned.
"I could maybe reach 'em. But now all these guys know we're over here, they might get me. D'you guys want 'em? Should I go for it?"
This message was last edited by the player at 05:38, Sat 14 July 2018.
Mary
character, 508 posts
Sun 15 Jul 2018
at 18:15
  • msg #68

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary looks over her shoulder towards the window, then back at Dwayne.

"What if those ghouls got their hands on you?" she asks. Her voice isn't chiding, instead more like she was asking him out of curiosity. "Or forget them - what if you cut yourself on the broken glass? That could kill you just as easily."

Mary looks around until she finds an appropriate stick on the ground. Picking it up, she taps it against her hand to test its sturdiness, then steps over to the window, carefully poking the stick through to catch the neck strap of the binoculars.

"Awareness, caution, and innovation, Dwayne," she says, not looking at him. "That's what separates us from them."
Trisha
character, 416 posts
Tue 17 Jul 2018
at 05:10
  • msg #69

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Though she isn't spoken to directly, Trisha's question is answered when Mary picks up a stick to poke through the window, instead of using her hands.
"Wow that's clever." She announces, looking over to Ash and Terry, hoping that they had also seen it. "I ain't never woulda thought of that, huh?" She asks them with a soft chuckle.
Terry
character, 485 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Thu 19 Jul 2018
at 04:43
  • msg #70

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Eyeing Trisha out of the corner of his eye, he scoffs. "If we ain't doin' this the safest way then we ain't doin' it at all," he says tacitly. His words are complimentary, but his tone is aggressive, belying his growing frustration.

He sighs, refusing his allow his temper to chafe the moment. His eyes roll over the pair in contemplation.

"I woulda given anythin' to have a mom like Mary." he says, at once impressed and troubled. "She doesn't cloud the mind with, I dunno...issues."
This message was last edited by the player at 05:32, Thu 19 July 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2007 posts
Thu 19 Jul 2018
at 15:10
  • msg #71

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection

The stick passes through the two undeads undisturbed. Mary successfully hooks the binocular by its strap. It dangles on the edge of the stick until Mary safely retracts it back to the window. Dwayne's shoulder relaxes when the binocular is safely in her hands. He then nods in agreement with Mary's words.

(!) Dwayne will remember that.

Other than the dust that's gathered on the lens, the binocular appears to be in good shape.
Mary
character, 509 posts
Wed 25 Jul 2018
at 06:18
  • msg #72

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary inspects the binoculars, then carefully wipes the dust from the lens using the hem of her shirt. Once they're clean, she hands the binoculars to Dwayne.

"I might need these, but hold onto them for now," she instructs Dwayne. "I'm glad you noticed them. That was good thinking; they'll come in handy."

She looks back at the others. "What were we doing again? Investigating the school?"
Trisha
character, 417 posts
Wed 25 Jul 2018
at 11:40
  • msg #73

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"What were we doing again? Investigating the school?"

"Yeah!" Trisha replies, having let her mind drift from the matter. "We might find somethin' to eat before we keep goin' for Mina."
After rounding up Fernando, she approaches Antonio from behind, shoving him hard with her elbow as she passes in a show of dominance.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
let's skip there soon

Bandito
GM, 2015 posts
Thu 26 Jul 2018
at 16:40
  • msg #74

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection

"Okay." Dwayne smiles and gladly takes the binocular from Mary. He eagerly puts it to use. The child looks across the road to the schools through the magnifying lens.

"I think this one is already picked clean, might get lucky with that other store there." Natasha takes a quick peek through the store windows, then points to the larger store across the streets. She glances over to the schools and answers to Mary's question. "Where ever you want to check, I'm ready."

"I see a sign at the middle school. It says 'refugee' and 'shelter'." Dwayne says. "That's where dad said was safe, and he was going to take me there."
Mary
character, 510 posts
Wed 1 Aug 2018
at 06:22
  • msg #75

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

That's nice, Dwayne, Mary's about to say, then pauses, looking down at the boy with an expression of pleasant surprise.

"That..." she starts, slowly, "...is exactly what we're looking for, Dwayne. You're paying attention! Good work."

She gives Dwayne a nod and a smile, then turns to the others. "Thank you, Natasha. I'm inclined to go straight for the school, but if you all would prefer to raid that store first, I'll help you."
Buford
character, 42 posts
Wed 1 Aug 2018
at 06:27
  • msg #76

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford walks over to the others, listening to Dwayne and Mary. "Well I'll be... We might find something yet." He says, pawing at his mustache. He looks over at the rest of the group. The older man had no intentions of turning over a store. Looting was a younger mans game, but he wouldn't be averse to seeing what the others found in doing so.
Bandito
GM, 2016 posts
Wed 1 Aug 2018
at 20:35
  • msg #77

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection

Dwayne smiles faintly at the compliment. He seems to be genuinely pleased.

Natasha taps her finger on the side of her waist. After a few seconds she replies to Mary. "We can take a quick look. If it doesn't look promising, we bail." She turns to the others. "Anyone else want to come?"

"Can I come?" Dwayne looks up to both Natasha and Mary.
Trisha
character, 418 posts
Thu 2 Aug 2018
at 11:12
  • msg #78

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Though she is reluctant to split off from Ashley, the possibility of a good find in the store is too exciting to pass up.
"Let's do it! I'm good at that kinda stuff."
quote:
"Can I come?"

In the past, Trisha would have answered "Yes!" without a second though; but since losing Mina, she has doubled down on her efforts to curb that kind or reckless behaviour. Rather than say anything, she also looks to Mary and Natasha, curious to see how they will answer.
Terry
character, 486 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Fri 3 Aug 2018
at 03:07
  • msg #79

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry turns his head and give the older man accompanying them a strange look, as if he's just seeing him for the first time.

Before he can form a cohesive opinion his attention is taken by the voice of questioning voice of the small, fragile child in the group.

"No." Terry answers in the place of both women with an authoritative degree of finality on the matter. His tone is terse, as if challenging someone to say otherwise.

He then looks at both women, his expression guarded. But having been around Terry for this long it's clear he's expecting nothing short of unconditional support of his response.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:12, Fri 03 Aug 2018.
Mary
character, 511 posts
Sat 11 Aug 2018
at 04:26
  • msg #80

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Just be caref-" Mary starts, then looks over at Terry when he interjects. She raises an eyebrow curiously, then looks down at Dwayne. "No."

She pauses for a moment, then glances over at Antonio. With a grunt from her lips and a flare of pain from her knees, she couches down, putting her at eye level with Dwayne.

"We need a lookout when we're in there," she tells Dwayne conspiratorially. She taps a finger on his new binoculars and nods significantly. "If you see anyone or anything sneaking up on us, I need you to call for us. Can you do that?"

She resists the urge to glance at Antonio again as she leans in closer, her voice dropped to a whisper. "I need you to watch Antonio, too. If he tries to hurt you, or steal the vehicles, or anything fishy, you scream. Got that?"
Buford
character, 43 posts
Sat 11 Aug 2018
at 07:27
  • msg #81

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I can stick with the boy if that's quite alright with you folks. I'm not... happy with turning over properties like this and you all seem more than capable. I'll stand watch with..." He looks down at the boy. "Dwayne is it? Good to meet you son, I'm Buford." He says in a much softer tone.
Bandito
GM, 2017 posts
Mon 13 Aug 2018
at 18:00
  • msg #82

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Natasha briefly turns her head in surprise at Terry's sudden declaration.

The hopeful light dims in the child's eyes when Terry quickly reject his request to partake in the scavenge run. However, he seems to be overjoyed when Mary present him with another task. Dwayne steals a peek at Antonio before replying to Mary.

"Okay, I can do that." He nods at Buford when he asks his name.

"Nice to meet you Mr. Buford." Dwayne states after Buford's introduction.

"Us three then. Terry, you coming?" Natasha asks the behemoth.
Trisha
character, 419 posts
Wed 15 Aug 2018
at 12:07
  • msg #83

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Looks like y'all got it figured out then." She smiles, pleased to see Dwayne happy with the compromise. "You'll let Dwayne look out for ya, right, Ash?" She shares a look with Ashley, encouraging her to play along.

Breaking ahead of the group, it seems Trisha cannot reach the store fast enough. With Fernando keeping pace beside her, she has no choice but to slow down, or risk running too far ahead.
"C'mon let's get movin'! We gotta get back on the road and track down Mina."
Mary
character, 512 posts
Thu 16 Aug 2018
at 05:08
  • msg #84

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"That's good," Mary says, rising. "I'm trusting you."

She follows after Trisha, though far less exuberantly. She likes to think she's still spry for her age, but she's well past the days of dashing about for the sheer hell of it. As she watches Trisha run, Mary can still feel the ache of her muscles from last night's life-or-death sprints.
Ashley
character, 140 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 17 Aug 2018
at 20:08
  • msg #85

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Naw, yeah, we're good."  Ash flashed a smile and a wave to Trisha as she turned to depart.  "Little man's got my back, we'll hold down the fort for you."  She was no fan of children (even though that's exactly what the older members of the group would call her, too), but better to keep Dwayne close rather than let him risk the possible crowd of monsters in the store.

Not exactly a fan of standing around in open parking lots with basically no cover either, she half-muttered to herself, her audience long since departed storeward.  Not like she had much of a choice there; she faked a smile easily enough, but faking a full-speed sprint would be tough if she had to nimbly escape the jaws of death, and she'd be no help for searching, distracted as she was by pain and the need to move carefully to avoid aggravating her injury.

Ash looked over the lot, sizing up the nearby vehicles.  None of them would likely be any good for looting, having been picked clean months ago.  But she wasn't after loot, just a solid bumper to sit down on.  She'd check underneath and inside for any surprises, of course, and also check for the Red Light of Death -- that blinking red light on the center dashboard console that indicated the presence of a car alarm, also known as "dinner bell" -- then very nearly collapsed to a seat on the first suitable bumper she found, heaving a heavy sigh as she finally let her energetic facade drop.  Oh well.  Less people around means less people to see me like this.
Bandito
GM, 2018 posts
Fri 17 Aug 2018
at 21:14
  • msg #86

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection

Mary, Trisha, and Natasha jogs off to the distant grocery store, leaving the others behind at the parking lot. Dwayne have his eyes set on Antonio, but avert his gaze whenever the ex-bandit leader meets him in the eyes.

"Dwayne, yeah? Its rude to stare at people." Antonio smirks at the boy. He turns his attention to the blonde girl. "What was your name? Ashley? Did my boys did this to you?" He remarks on Ashley's injuries.


Grocery Store 2 - Parking Lot

The trio arrived at the larger grocery store. The vast space of mostly vacant of vehicles. There's a single SUV right at the entrance of the store, it looks like its purposely parked in that spot to serve as some sort of a barricade. Looking at the store, they see the front entrance where the SUV is parked is actually open. There's a lone undead stuck in between the door hinge and the top of the SUV. It doesn't seems to be moving or making an attempt to free itself from its current predicament.

They can see the store through the SUV's windows. The interior is dreadfully dark the further the aisle stretches inward. They detect no movements. Hidden danger may lurk in between the aisles, or deeper in the store.

"You think people used to live here?" Natasha asks the others.
Mary
character, 513 posts
Mon 20 Aug 2018
at 05:42
  • msg #87

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Why not?" Mary shrugs at Natasha. "It makes as much sense as living in a church."

She crouches low enough to peer under the SUV, confirming there are no ghouls down there, then stands to the sound of cracking knees.

"Do you suppose that's someone's idea of an intruder alarm?" she asks, pointing at the trapped ghoul. "I don't have a quiet way to dispose of it. Any volunteers?"
Trisha
character, 420 posts
Wed 22 Aug 2018
at 13:01
  • msg #88

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"But how come they ain't here now? Think someone came and wrecked it up, too?" Trisha wonders aloud, though she is obviously more concerned with exploring than theorizing.

At Mary's word, she approaches the unmoving corpse to poke it with the end of her gun.
"I won't shoot 'em if he gets up, I'll just bash 'em." She reassures them, hoping to show her commitment to a more responsible lifestyle.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:01, Mon 27 Aug 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2021 posts
Wed 22 Aug 2018
at 15:41
  • msg #89

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store - Entrance

Mary does not see any hidden dangers underneath the SUV.

"Probably." Natasha comments at Trisha;'s speculation to the fate of the possible previous inhabitants. "We can try pulling it out, then crawl through the gap." She walks by the SUV door and casually pulls the handle. To her surprise, the door opens without any resistance. "Look, its not locked."
Mary
character, 514 posts
Mon 27 Aug 2018
at 05:43
  • msg #90

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Hmm," Mary says, tilting her head and looking at the SUV quizzically. "Do you know what that means? It wasn't meant to stay here for long. Long enough to block ghouls, perhaps, but the driver must have planned to leave before any people wandered by.

"That means they may have left something useful inside." Mary steps up to the SUV, then carefully pokes her head in, checking for ghouls. It's unlikely one would be inside and hadn't already noticed the group, but safety is the best policy, after all. After confirming there are no dead inside, Mary enters the SUV, then moves to the front seat and checks for anything useful.
Ashley
character, 141 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Mon 27 Aug 2018
at 06:46
  • msg #91

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Turns out your people ain't got the monopoly on bein' assholes around here."  Ashley snarked dryly from beneath her unruly mop of angel-blonde hair, made dirtier by travel and messier by stress.  Her curt manner and short word choice suggests both her wound and tiredness were getting to her, but she wasn't about to let that stop her.  She lifted her head just enough to look up to Antonio, and jerked a thumb back towards the SUV she's sitting on.

"Y'ever hotwire one of these things?  Nice, roomy, sits at least eight, plenty room for supplies for the trip..."
Trisha
character, 421 posts
Mon 27 Aug 2018
at 09:26
  • msg #92

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With no response from the walker, Trisha leaves it alone and moves to the other side of the car. She believes her best bet is to climb over, but she holds off as the door to the car swings open.
"Oh cool!" She exclaims, peeking through the door after Mary.
quote:
"Do you know what that means? It wasn't meant to stay here for long."

Pulling her head away from the car, she stands on the seat and lifts herself up to look clear over the roof.
"How do we know they ain't still in there now?"
She struggles to identify whether the idea excites or terrifies her. Either way, the sooner she can know for sure, the better.
"Should we call out? Just in case? I don't want no one thinkin' we sneakin' up to get 'em."
Bandito
GM, 2024 posts
Tue 28 Aug 2018
at 21:17
  • msg #93

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

Mary finds a set of keys resting beneath the pedals. They appears to be the keys to the vehicle. However, there's no telling if this SUV is in good condition to run.

The undead seems to wiggle at the noise the three ladies are making. It grows more and more agitated as their conversation goes on.

Natasha peeks through the SUV dirty windows. "Depends... if they're already dead then we'll be ringing the dinner bell." She replies to Trisha. "Anyone got a flashlight? Its pretty dark in there."


Intersection - Parking lot

Antonio chuckles at Ashley's response. His brief laughter is cut short by his coughs. "Yeah, I know a thing or two." He replies, approaching the SUV in the parking lot. The door resists his attempt to open it from the outside when he pull the handle. He slams his shoulder against the window as an attempt to break it. With his current injuries, he doesn't pose much of a threat against the car window.

"Hey big T, give us a hand, ya?" He decides to ask the bigger man for assistance.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:05, Wed 29 Aug 2018.
Mary
character, 514 posts
Fri 31 Aug 2018
at 11:49
  • msg #94

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

A glint of metal from the floor draws Mary's attention to the keys. She picks them up, then places them on the dashboard in plain view. Reaching over, she pops open the glove box and grins, looking back over her shoulder at Trisha and Natasha. "Aha!"

She reaches into her backpack and pulls out her maglite. "I have light, but I'll need new batteries soon enough. I think we can handle the ghouls inside if we're quick, smart, and keep an escape route clear. I have a gun, but if I have to fire, I'll do it in there so it's harder to hear from outside."
This message was last updated by the player at 11:49, Fri 31 Aug 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2028 posts
Fri 31 Aug 2018
at 16:35
  • msg #95

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

"That will do I guess." Natasha shrugs. She unlocks the backseat doors and pulls the handle to let herself in. She searches the back of the vehicle for anything useful, however, her brief scavenge bears no fruit.

"Does it run?" Natasha asks, noting the car keys Mary discovered.

None of the three ladies are able to determine if there are hidden lurking dangers hidden in the darker sections of the store. The only way to find out what awaits them is to advance deeper in.
Mary
character, 515 posts
Thu 6 Sep 2018
at 06:04
  • msg #96

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I haven't tried yet," Mary tells Natasha. She slots the key into the ignition. "I suppose there's no time like the present."

With another glance inside the store, Mary turns the key. If the engine starts, she taps the gas pedal and sees if the vehicle moves at all, but doesn't pull away from the entrance yet.
Bandito
GM, 2030 posts
Thu 6 Sep 2018
at 14:54
  • msg #97

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

Mary hears a promising roar from the car's engine. The car moves for an inch before the engine dies. It seems like the vehicle's out of fuel.

The undead stuck in between the car and the door frame slides slightly off to the side. It is still unable to free itself from its current predicament.
Mary
character, 516 posts
Sun 9 Sep 2018
at 05:28
  • msg #98

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"The engine works," Mary says, pocketing the keys. "If we find some gas, it may come in handy."

She points to the reanimated corpse, still jammed into the doorway above the vehicle. "Once we get inside, that ghoul will be able to see us, and it'll start moaning loud enough to...well, to wake the dead. We might as well put it out of our misery. Which of you wants to do the honors?"
Trisha
character, 422 posts
Sun 9 Sep 2018
at 17:03
  • msg #99

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies



"Ooh what is it?"
Trisha climbs into the car beside Mary, leaning in close to see what she has found in the glove box. A short claw hammer, scuffed up with just a little bit of blood, sits alone in the compartment.
"Aw yes! I want that! Can I have that?" Her eyes light up as she reaches out and takes it. Falling back into the seat, she tests the weight of it in her hands while Mary tries to start the car.
-------
quote:
"Which of you wants to do the honors?"

With the new-found weapon in her grasp, Trisha is eager to test it out on an easy target. She is quick to volunteer.
"I'll do it. I'll jump over the top and get him with the hammer real quiet like."
Before she has even finished her sentence, Trisha is already halfway over the top of the car. She slides down quietly and approaches the walker, aiming to swing the claw down into the back of the skull.
Bandito
GM, 2031 posts
Tue 11 Sep 2018
at 16:03
  • msg #100

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store - Regina Introduction

In the deeper section of the grocery store, Regina rests behind the counter of the pharmacy section near the front entrance. Its not exactly completely safe, but the minor fortification with chairs and tables are enough to ward against the mindless roaming undead that still lurks in the store. The door to the backroom of the pharmacy is locked, and no doubt there are valuable medicines inside waiting to be claimed. The rest of the store remains unexplored territory for her. Its near impossible for her to see anything beyond the front entrance section due to the lack of light.

A ruckus from the front entrance and sound of people conversing disturb Regina's moment of rest. She sees a woman smashing a claw hammer into the head an undead that's stuck in between the doorway, just above a SUV parked right on the entrance.

"It looks clear."

Regina hears a young woman's voice.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Howdy Survivor!
Your character has been introduced. You are currently in a grocery store in Rosedale, Mississippi. The time of day is around 9:00AM. Here's a few things to think about while you're writing up your first post.

Good luck!

  • What is your character's goal?
  • Was she traveling with someone? Or why was she traveling alone?
  • Is there anyone she's looking for? Or a place she's trying to reach?
  • Why is she here in Rosedale?




Grocery Store - Entrance

Trisha easily dispatches the undead. The body goes limp, dropping both of its arms against the side windows. Natasha exits the vehicle to join Trisha on the other side, where they can see the signs at the entrance offering 20% to dairy products and sausages.

"It looks clear." Natasha states.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:07, Tue 11 Sept 2018.
Regina
character, 2 posts
Tue 11 Sep 2018
at 22:15
  • msg #101

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

How had it all gone so wrong, Regina thought, her mind as exhausted as her body from piling up a hasty barricade against the walking corpses that had wandered into the pharmacy. Regina could still hear the screams of her companions, a kind-hearted couple she'd known since the first days of the outbreak, as they were ripped out of the SUV and eaten alive. Regina escaped the accident with plenty of bruises and the rucksack with all of her possessions, bruised, but otherwise fine. A pharmacy wasn't her first choice for a safe haven, though an exhausted person couldn't be picky about where their shelter lay. Unfortunately, she hadn't fully anticipated the walkers' tenacity, and thus she'd ended up hiding from the small horde for several hours.

That is, until a very human-sounding exertion rang out, followed by a voice. Not a moan, another woman. Peeking out from behind the counter, Regina could almost make out a group. Whether helpful or not, she didn't know for sure; they had to be a better choice than sticking with the walkers. Her hand shot up from behind the counter, faster than a walker could ever hope, and she twirled her finger in a tight circle -- another form of dexterity lost to those monsters. Slowly, she started to stand up so that the group could see her while her hand drifted towards her rucksack -- out of which she drew a black glock.

The weapon was held under the counter, and the look she gave the group was blank. She canted her head towards the various undead skulking around. How would they be handling this?
Bandito
GM, 2032 posts
Tue 11 Sep 2018
at 22:42
  • msg #102

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store - Interior

Natasha quickly turns to observe Regina's movement behind the pharmacy counter. At first, she tighten her grip on her pistol to focus her aim at the silhouette. Her shoulder relaxes when she recognizes Regina's movement to be human. The gun remains raised, however,

"Trisha." Natasha whisper. She pokes Trisha on the side with her elbow, alerting her of the stranger's presence.
Trisha
character, 423 posts
Wed 12 Sep 2018
at 13:11
  • msg #103

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"It looks clear."

"It's gonna be clear when I'm done bashin'." Trisha boasts, taking pride in one of the few things she is able to do well. She is efficient and well experienced in the art of bludgeoning, as it requires little to no precision or skill. All that is needed is the raw energy to keep bashing until you have broken whatever it is you are intending to break. Luckily, energy and perseverance are two things Trisha has in spades.

She is too busy feeling good about herself to notice the figure that appears within the store. The jab in the side brings her back in to focus and she turns sharply to respond to the warning. At the sight of the stranger, Trisha jumps in surprise, raising the hammer in front of her, as though it would do her any good from a distance.
"Oh, hey!"
She calls out just enough to be heard, still wary of any dangers that may be lurking in the dark. Her expression is soft and her voice is bright, if not more than a little confused.
"Sorry we didn't know it was your place. Is that your car?"
With plenty of backup from her companions, Trisha does not immediately fear the woman and feels confident enough to address her.

--

Keeping his distance, Fernando continues to skulk around underneath the car, his nose trailing the ground as he investigates the entrance. As he hears Trisha speak, his tiny head appears from under the car. He stays put, but his large ears swivel around and his eyes stay alert.
Regina
character, 3 posts
Wed 12 Sep 2018
at 19:10
  • msg #104

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Desperation did funny things to the mind of rational women; Regina often shied away from strangers after what she'd seen in New Orleans, she just lucked out with her former friends. It was too early to judge these people, too early to believe they wouldn't try anything. "It isn't clear," Regina whispered, her voice was hoarse and scratchy -- God she was thirsty. "So I wouldn't recommend shooting me," she slowly placed her gun onto a cubby below the counter and raised her hands.

The one who put down the walker was more trusting, and she seemed almost childlike in her enthusiasm. Regina regarded her with some bewilderment as if someone this happy was utterly alien. "It wasn't...mine," the doctor wrenched her eyes shut, and her voice took on a solemn tone, "A couple owned it. They're probably among the dead in this store." Selina and Terrance, good people whom Regina met shortly after escaping New Orleans. Gradually, Regina leaned on the counter, her gaze shifted to the floor as the pointlessness of their deaths washed over her again.

"There's a locked door," said Regina, who forced her sorrow back for now. She pointed at the door in question, "I can't help you get inside, but I can put what you find to good use. I'm a licensed doctor."
Mary
character, 517 posts
Thu 13 Sep 2018
at 06:18
  • msg #105

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary stays in the front seat for the moment, watching the woman. She is acutely aware of her pistol's position in her shoulder holster, silently calculating the time she'd need to draw and fire, trying to guess whether the woman would try shooting through the car door if she had a gun. When Trisha speaks, Mary's eyes dance around that half of the store, trying to gauge where other people could be hiding, waiting to jump out and attack.

Mary relaxes slightly when the woman raises her hands, but only slightly. She's acting weird. Is she hiding something, or just traumatized? The promise of medicine and the skills to use them seems too good to be true, and Mary involuntarily thinks of the ambush weeks ago. God, it feels like years.

Finally, she steps out of the vehicle, keeping her hands at shoulder height and her palms out. A gray-haired and middle-aged but fit woman, she doesn't reach for her shoulder holster but makes it clear the woman can see it.

"Hello, I'm Mary," she says. Her voice is steady, but low. She motions to the corpse trapped between the vehicle and the doorframe. "Was that your alarm system we just killed? Are there more ghouls walking around in here?"
Regina
character, 4 posts
Thu 13 Sep 2018
at 16:44
  • msg #106

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The woman, Mary, did a good job of conveying just how outgunned Regina was, no doubt about that. Her eyes lingered on the older woman's holster, was it loaded? Regina didn't want to find out. "My name is Regina," she wanted to get off on the right foot with these potentially helpful, potentially dangerous people. A rueful stare at the dead walker made Regina's lips curl into a distasteful frown, "No, it was like that when I got here. I wasn't a threat, so I left it be."

One by one Regina took a measure of each of the women: Mary was the oldest and had an air of maturity around her not present with the other two. The woman with the claw hammer was...quite reminiscent of the type of person she'd see driving past Village De'Lest: poor, unhygienic, probably watched trashy reality TV in the old days. The one with the gaudy hair was eerily quiet -- Regina kept a closer eye on her. "As I said before, there are still more. Listen," she says, quieting down.
Mary
character, 518 posts
Fri 14 Sep 2018
at 06:45
  • msg #107

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary keeps her eyes on Regina, but stays still and silent, listening.  After a long moment, she nods.

"She's right. You hear that?" Mary finally takes her eyes off of Regina, looking at Trisha and Natasha. "There's more further inside, but they sound spread out. I think we can take them one at a time if we're quiet and careful."

Her gaze lingers on Trisha for a moment, and her mouth starts to twitch into a frown before she continues. "Do you think you can - both of you can be quiet and careful? I can cover your backs, but I don't want to shoot if I can avoid it."
This message was last edited by the player at 03:49, Sun 16 Sept 2018.
Trisha
character, 424 posts
Sun 16 Sep 2018
at 15:53
  • msg #108

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"A doctor?"
Trisha exclaims, her eyes lighting up at the news. With Mary stepping in to take charge, she quickly falls back and listens to directions.
"I can be careful." She scoffs playfully, stepping forward to stare into the darkness.
"Hey what if we bait 'em out here so they get blocked by the car, then we can just pick 'em off?"
She asks Mary before turning to Regina, waving the woman over.
"You should come over here. It's safer when it's not so dark."

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
01:47, Today: Trisha rolled 20 using 2d10+5 ((6,9)). (Perception.)

Mary
character, 519 posts
Tue 18 Sep 2018
at 03:17
  • msg #109

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I was hoping not to face them all at once, nor give them a chance to start moaning," Mary says grimly. "Nonetheless, I can't kill them silently. Only you two can carry out my plan. That makes it your decision."

She beckons Regina to approach. "Yes, come on over if you'd like. I'm as sure as I'll ever be that you don't plan to kill us...and we do really need a doctor."
Regina
character, 5 posts
Tue 18 Sep 2018
at 22:03
  • msg #110

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina nods and bends down to pick up her pistol, which she stows inside her backpack. Slinging it over her shoulder, the doctor carefully sidles over the counter and approaches the trio of women. Whether or not she could trust them was up for speculation, but Mary made her intentions clear. "One of you is injured, or sick, then," she said. "I won't make any promises until I know more about their condition, but I assure you that it'll be easier to work with whatever this store might have in stock."

She eyes the woman with the claw hammer apprehensively, more out of concern for how effectively it could crush her skull, and the eagerness in which its owner utilized it on the walker. "I only have a gun on me, and I've exercised my legs more than my, ehm...arms." The doctor crossed her arms and frowned guiltily, "I could help...distract them, perhaps?"
Bandito
GM, 2034 posts
Thu 20 Sep 2018
at 22:36
  • msg #111

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

After reading the reaction of her party with the stranger, Natasha lowers her pistol. Yet, she maintains her sight on Regina, wary of her presence.

"A couple, huh." Natasha quietly reiterates Regina's words. She's keeps her voice low with the intent to not attract the undeads' attention. "Were they someone you know?"
Regina
character, 6 posts
Fri 21 Sep 2018
at 00:10
  • msg #112

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Yes," said Regina, who shut her eyes and recalled the faces she'd seen earlier that day: a grimacing man with a full beard, and his wife, a black woman with a gentler smile, who brought out the best in her husband. "They were pulled out of the car, then I heard...screaming." She didn't dare hope that they could be alive, the odds were just too low. She still dreaded finding them shambling around in this store.
Mary
character, 520 posts
Fri 21 Sep 2018
at 06:04
  • msg #113

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary gives Regina a sidelong look, frowning. While she's sympathetic, the cold and tactical part of her brain doesn't like the idea of Regina creeping around in the dark, getting close to a ghoul, and then freezing up when she sees one of the old couple.

"Okay," she says with a sigh. "We'll stay here and try to attract them to the front. Always keep a route clear back to the van, just in case anything happens. Regina and I can bait the ghouls while Trisha and Natasha kill them from the back. Everyone please be careful. Ready?"
This message was last edited by the player at 06:05, Fri 21 Sept 2018.
Regina
character, 7 posts
Mon 24 Sep 2018
at 13:47
  • msg #114

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina nodded, apprehension slithered through her mind like a disease, what ifs sprouted. What if there were more walkers they couldn't see? What if they accidentally fired a shot? What if the women, Trisha and Natasha, missed? What if? What if.

She killed those mutinous thoughts, "I'm ready," she said, "I'll follow your lead." While dangerous, this was a chance to prove her worth to Mary. It was also a chance for goodbyes. Closure. Selina and Terrance deserved better than a hellish undeath. Putting them down was the least she could do for the sin of surviving on blind luck alone.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:29, Sat 29 Sept 2018.
Trisha
character, 425 posts
Tue 25 Sep 2018
at 13:34
  • msg #115

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina's solemn tone makes Trisha sad and uncomfortable. With no real knowledge of the stranger's situation, she still feels compelled to try and comfort her in some way.
"Hey it's ok." A bunch of our friends just go killed, too. You get over it."
She smiles warmly, believing the thought to be very reassuring in its simplicity.

Soon after, Mary calls them to action and Trisha is quick to respond.
"Let's do it."
She nudges Natasha in the arm before stepping deeper into the store.
"This way. I don't wanna split up, it's too dark."
There is a hint of uncertainty clear in her voice, the cracks in her fearless persona beginning to show through.
Bandito
GM, 2036 posts
Tue 25 Sep 2018
at 21:09
  • msg #116

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery

"Let's do it." Natasha puts away her pistol and walks by Trisha's side with a knife in her hand.

As they walk further down the aisle, the lack of light sources become an immediate concern. Mary's maglite is enough to illuminate the direction its pointing to, but not their entire surroundings all at once. They start by walking down the first aisle. Most of the shelves are vacant of merchandise. Its not hard to imagine why when the maglite illuminate the hanging sign that says "Snacks/Drinks" above this aisle. However, its too dark for anyone to tell if all of the shelves are indeed empty. It is entirely possible for items to be hidden somewhere in the cracks.

The group hears the sound of moaning and footsteps approaching from further down the aisle. Eventual the maglite reveals two pairs of legs making their way towards the group from a safe distance. Their soulless eyes did not shy away from the light. There's another moan coming from the the left side, its unclear how close it is to the group without Mary directing the light towards that direction.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Due to the darkness, all hit rolls will receive a -5 penalty unless there's light shining upon target.

This message was last edited by the GM at 21:10, Tue 25 Sept 2018.
Regina
character, 8 posts
Sat 29 Sep 2018
at 05:28
  • msg #117

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The dim light cast by Mary did little to dispell Regina's fear of what lurked within the dark. "Shit," she whispered upon seeing the now illuminated legs of two walkers. More worrying was a third telltale moan on the left, an indeterminate distance away. "Back," she said to Mary, pointing to one of the shelves. "If it knocks over a shelf, it'll make noise; or worse, crush us." She trusted the older woman to listen as she took some few steps backward. The Japanese woman didn't believe this to be an overreaction; that third walker was an unknown element in a volatile environment, this was simply a mitigation of unnecessary risk.

While backing up, Regina strains to identify the pair of walkers as they get closer. Were they Selina and Terrance? The thought of finding them in a husked state was nauseating, but she had to know, for their sake, and her own.
Mary
character, 521 posts
Sat 29 Sep 2018
at 12:47
  • msg #118

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Pistol held low in her right hand and flashlight held high in her left, Mary glances up at the sign before returning her mind to the task at hand, resisting the urge to sweep her light around for remaining snacks and drinks. Her flesh was weaker, however, and her stomach growled in dissatisfaction. When was the last time I ate?

"Remember, one thing at a time," Mary whispers, though there's no indication that anyone needs reminding besides herself. "Once all the ghouls are dead, we can search this place for anything we want."

Checking the make sure the two approaching figures are at a safe distance, Mary turns the flashlight's beam to her left, checking for the third approaching figure.
Trisha
character, 426 posts
Sun 30 Sep 2018
at 18:04
  • msg #119

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha keeps a sharp focus on the path ahead of her, feeling anxious and vulnerable with no clear path to escape. Her fear of the unknown is quelled slightly when Mary's flashlight reveals the monsters ahead of her. With a clear view on their position, these two can no longer surprise her.
The sound of something in the darkness stops her from attacking right away. She stops dead in her tracks, before following Regina's lead and stepping back. As Mary swings the light off to the left, Trisha keeps a fixed gaze on the darkness ahead of her, just barely able to see the pair as they move closer.
"I got a watch on these two. We'll get 'em if they get too close."
She assures the group, still slowly moving back. She knows it would be much safer to lure them out of the aisle before making the first hit.
Bandito
GM, 2039 posts
Sun 30 Sep 2018
at 21:39
  • msg #120

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

Mary's mag-light reveals the third ghoul. It is within arms reach for the group, however it is currently behind the empty shelf. Its rotting face growls as it shambles its way up close to the shelf.


While backing up, Trisha and Regina maintains a safe distance between the two undead in front of them. Natasha readies her knife, standing alongside Mary. The two ghouls will soon be within their reach for them to dispose of them with weapons.
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:40, Sun 30 Sept 2018.
Regina
character, 10 posts
Mon 1 Oct 2018
at 05:04
  • msg #121

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

It was clear as day that this store was in a state of disrepair. The shelf separating the group from that walker was shabby and more of a danger than a barrier between the two of them. What's more, the creature's lurching hand was grasping voraciously for the blonde woman's long locks. A plan immediately formulated; Regina approached the shelf and brace her shoulder against it. "Back," Regina said again in a hushed whisper. With as much effort as she could muster, she attempted to push the shelf onto the walker.
Bandito
GM, 2040 posts
Mon 1 Oct 2018
at 14:50
  • msg #122

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

The shelf topples over without much resistance. The ghouls falls backward from the force. It stretches its arms upwards through the gaps and growls, unable to free itself from underneath.

Luckily, when the shelf fall upon the undead, its body dampens the sound of impact.
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:09, Tue 02 Oct 2018.
Trisha
character, 427 posts
Tue 2 Oct 2018
at 13:17
  • msg #123

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha does as instructed and steps back. By the time she knows what is happening, the shelf is already falling, giving her no time to prepare for the sound. She tenses up at the loud crash, then quickly rushes over to investigate. The ghoul stretches out to grab at her, but it is pinned down enough that she is content to leave it for the moment.

"Let him be, we can take him last." She whispers to Regina before pushing forward to help face the two still walking. Hammer in hand, she looks to Natasha and Mary, as if waiting for some kind of signal.
Mary
character, 522 posts
Wed 3 Oct 2018
at 06:18
  • msg #124

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary jumps as the shelf crashes to the ground, directing the flashlight beam down on the trapped ghoul. Once she's satisfied it can't move, she turns the light back on the two approaching figures, sidestepping slightly so Trisha and Natasha won't block their own light. She doesn't point her pistol, wary of the younger women entering her line of fire, but she's very aware of its weight in her hand.

"Good thinking," she whispers to Regina, tilting her head towards her slightly. "Clever."
Regina
character, 11 posts
Fri 5 Oct 2018
at 10:00
  • msg #125

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Thanks," replies Regina, whose heart was fit to burst out of her chest from all of this. She was never keen to approach walkers, finding them much easier to avoid and generally not worth the risk to kill. "We're lucky that didn't make any noise," she said, and there was a harsh edge in her tone as if she was admonishing herself for taking such a risk. What else was she supposed to do, though? Let Trisha get grabbed?

"Easier to kill them in the light," said Regina tersely as she resumed her careful, measured walk backward. While this wasn't the plan they agreed on, she hoped that they were flexible with these sorts of things.
Trisha
character, 428 posts
Sat 6 Oct 2018
at 11:33
  • msg #126

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With all the activity in such a small area, Trisha grows increasingly uncomfortable being so boxed in. There is little space to swing the hammer as violently as she would like to.
quote:
"Easier to kill them in the light,"

Her shoulders relax and she breathes a quick sigh of relief at the mention of the idea.
"I like that plan better." She whispers, nudging Natasha to encourage her to follow. "I can't stretch out back here."
Bandito
GM, 2041 posts
Sun 7 Oct 2018
at 01:39
  • msg #127

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

The group leads the two ghouls to the from entrance of the grocery store. With adequate lighting on the ghouls, Trisha and Natasha dispatch them swiftly. Their rotting faces reveal the time of their death to be several months. Its safe for Regina to assume these undead are not the couple she knew.

Natasha wipes the blood off of her knife on the corpses' clothing. "That's aisle one." She comments.

Grocery Store - Parking lot: Caleb

You find yourself standing in front of a large grocery store. Your stomach growls, begging for subsistence. This seems like an ideal place for a brief scavenge. You don't see anyone around in the parking lot, except for a lone SUV blocking the front entrance to the store. However, the doors to the vehicle are open, allowing Caleb passage.

Wooden planks and metal sheets heavily barricade the windows. Viewing through the tiny gaps, Caleb sees a few movements coming from the inside near the entrance of the store. At this distance, he can't tell if they're living people or a group of shambling deads.



Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Howdy survivor!

Your character has been introduced into the game. From here on, you are free to post in this thread as Caleb. Your character sheet will also act as your current inventory space, we will keep track of everything through there. That being said, make sure to update your character sheet whenever you discover an item! (Normally the DM would do it for you, depending on the situation.)

Here's a few things to think about for your character...
  • Were your character traveling with anyone?
  • Why is he alone now?
  • What is he trying to find? A safe community? Companions?
  • How did your character survive up until now?


Good luck and have fun!




Caleb
player, 1 post
Sun 7 Oct 2018
at 11:31
  • msg #128

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

His boots were heavy and his stomach groaned and grumbled as he came into view of the grocery store, the promise of the snacks and meals it once held at such low low prices tormenting him even further. He had finished the last of his rabbits a few days ago and hadn't spotted hide or hair of anything in the days since. The meager rations he was carrying of nuts, dried berries and roots he had foraged were starting to dwindle. so it was more out of desperation than desire that he made his way towards the door. There must be something inside.

Peering through the boards and metal of the window he saw movement so slowly slung the crossbow over his shoulder and retrieved the woodsman's hatchet from his belt. It was a Gränsfors, a beautiful Swedish made axe that he had long before the mess he now found himself in. Granted it was scratched and well worn now and could do with some TLC but it still served him well and didn't require reloading like his trusty crossbow.

Crouching below the slatted boards as to not make shadows across the window he made his way to the front entrance and the SUV that was partially blocking it. He reached out and touched the hood, it was cold so it had been there for a little while, the windows were still intact however and it didn't look to dirty, plus the tires were still pretty well pumped. He quickly peered inside to see if there were keys in the ignition but couldn't see any.

He gripped his axe a little tighter as he ducked and crouched his way to the front door and briefly gazed around it before pulling his head quickly back into cover, he had seen the small thin beam of a flash light cutting through the foreboding darkness of the grocery store and felt his heart skip a little. He hadn't really seen people in a while as he usually kept to the forest and tried to keep himself to himself. Partly because he was a foreigner here and seen as an outsider and partly because he knew what people were capable of when desperate.

With a sigh and one hand clutching the collection of trinkets, charms and religious symbols around his neck he decided on a course of action and closed his eyes.

"Hello?"

He kept his voice loud enough to be heard but low enough that it wouldn't draw the dead.
Trisha
character, 429 posts
Mon 8 Oct 2018
at 12:45
  • msg #129

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha is overjoyed to have her target go down with one clean hit, and even happier to see Natasha's do the same. She steps back, throws both her arms up in victory and takes a moment to appreciate the feeling of accomplishment.

"I'm doin' great today! C'mon let's get the rest." She chirps, desperate to keep up the winning streak.
Just then, a strange voice calls out and catches her attention. The first response comes in form of a low growl, as Fernando creeps out from the entrance to investigate the voice. Trisha quickly shushes him and kicks at the ground near him, sending the dog scuttling away silently.

Though she is alert to the danger, her curiosity takes control and she can't help but respond. She does not draw her gun, but crouches down and motions for the others to do the same.

"Hello?" She calls back, looking behind her to keep an eye out for anything trying to sneak in from the darkness.
"We're kinda busy with somethin'. Is this your store? Or house or whatever?"
Caleb
player, 2 posts
Tue 9 Oct 2018
at 08:26
  • msg #130

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Caleb held his breath as he waited for a reply and he let out a sigh as he heard a growl and a scuff from the floor and his heart drops at the thought of having to deal with more of the dead when suddenly a voice replies to him. He crouched down even lower and held his axe ready in case. It was a female voice,

quote:
"We're kinda busy with somethin'. Is this your store? Or house or whatever?"


He sighed there was more than one person in there so he was outnumbered and probably outgunned. He sat tight as he decided what to do. He didn't want to tangle with a group who had already laid claim to the grocery store but he was desperately in need of finding some food. He decide he would try and work out how many people were in there before acting.

"No not my house, or my shop. Just a place that I was hopefully going to scavenge some food from, my supplies are dangerously low and I haven't eaten today."

It was somewhat of a lie, he had eaten some of the dried berries and nuts but it was hardly enough to keep going and he wanted them to think he was weaker than he actually was. He had found it was always an advantage when people underestimated you.

"Do you and your group need help with what you are busy with? Are there dead in there? I will help if you let me keep any food I find."
Mary
character, 523 posts
Tue 9 Oct 2018
at 12:29
  • msg #131

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As the two younger women dispatch the ghouls, Mary barely has enough time to say "Good work" before she whirls as the sound of the voice. Her pistol rises halfway to a shooting position, then stops there, while her flashlight tries to find the source of the sound.

Caleb:
"Do you and your group need help with what you are busy with? Are there dead in there? I will help if you let me keep any food I find."

That's a bad deal if she'd ever heard one. They didn't have any food, themselves. She leans over to Regina.

"Is there any food in here? Do you know?" she whispers to Regina, still searching for the source of the sound with her light.
Regina
character, 12 posts
Tue 9 Oct 2018
at 20:38
  • msg #132

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina let out a sigh of relief when the two ghouls were dispatched. She had to hand it to Trisha and Natasha -- they could handle themselves. More sobering was the state of the undead; the bodies were old, too old to be her companions. Whether this was a sign of hope or a temporary ward against the inevitably grim discovery, Regina didn't know. Pondering over their fates would be paused at the arrival of a new stranger. Rather than greet him warmly or pull out a pistol, Regina kept her silence and let the group handle the situation in their own fashion. As an outsider, she likely wouldn't have any sway in their decision anyhow.

To Mary's question, Regina shrugged her shoulders. "I never had an opportunity to explore, but if I were to take an educated guess..." she pointed down to the aisle they'd just explored. "...then I'd say most of the store has been picked clean, and whatever we stand to gain lies behind that locked door."

We, she dared to use that word, mostly to see how Mary would react to it. They were working together as a group, so in a way, she was already one of them. Why did that sound like wishful thinking?
Trisha
character, 430 posts
Thu 11 Oct 2018
at 12:04
  • msg #133

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha continues to creep back towards the truck as the man speaks, hoping to get a glimpse of him without losing the element of surprise.
quote:
"my supplies are dangerously low and I haven't eaten today."

"Well ain't none of us ate today neither." She replies, becoming defensive at the mention of food. For Trisha, food has always been a scarce resource so naturally, she developed a bit of a complex. It will be a hard sell convincing her to willingly hand over any food.

The man implies that he is alone, tipping the balance of power in her favor. Though without a clear view, she has no way to tell if he is telling the truth. She looks back to the others again, taking in their hushed conversation.

The offer of help comes as a welcome surprise, though Trisha knows that it would likely serve no benefit to them. Even so, it is always better to have a new friend than a new enemy.

"I guess we could think about it. You got a gun?"
She slowly leans over the roof of the truck to scan the area outside. If he does have friends with him, she does not want to be surprised. Fernando does the same, but from the safety of under the vehicle.
"I ain't gonna do nothin' bad if you don't point no gun at us."


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Perception roll, for flavor. We know you're alone Caleb you loser
22:01, Today: Trisha rolled 17 using 2d10+5 ((7,5)).


Mary
character, 524 posts
Sat 13 Oct 2018
at 13:19
  • msg #134

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary keeps her flashlight pointed in the direction of the voice, but turns her head to check her surroundings. There's not much in here that will stop a bullet, she thinks, but inexperienced shooters treat soft cover like hard cover. It's not much, but anything helps.

"We're short on food too, but we can handle the ghouls," she says. And you, she considers saying, but decides it would do more harm than good. "What else can you offer?"
Caleb
player, 3 posts
Sun 14 Oct 2018
at 15:53
  • msg #135

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Caleb held his breath as he waited for an answer, a second voice rang from the darkness refusing his offer saying they could handle the dead and would need all the food they could muster, a group fo two or more would definitely need more supplies than him and would probably be as desperate to secure them.

He held his breath as he thought about what to reply when he heard one of the females voices definitely getting closer and strained his ears to work out if one of the group were approaching. Yes! there was definitely slow but steady footprints edging towards him, he had the advantage of knowing the person was coming towards him and where they would come from. There only appeared to be one door to enter the grocery store so they couldn't surround him.

Instead of turning his head right to speak into the door way he turned his head left to speak through the slatted boards across the window, hopefully to throw his voice a little and make out he wasn't right next to the door.

"A big place like this has plenty of places for the dead to hide and it only takes one false move to join them."

He gripped his axe as he heard the person coming even closer obviously trying to find him, he could possibly try and take the person by surprise. Take them hostage and then demand the others hand over their gear but it would be risky, someone could get a shot of at him and he knew he was outnumbered.

There was also the possibility of sinking his trusty hatchet into the skull of the approaching women and drag her behind the door before she hi the ground, using her body as a shield incase anyone else managed to get a shot of but this was also risky and he thought he still hadn't stooped to the level of a cold blooded killer just yet. Taking the life of a woman over what could possibly be just a tin of beans just didn't sit right with him. plus friends were also better to have than enemies.

he sighed a little and cursed himself for being such a trusting and hopeful guy.

"I tell you what I will help you clear this place, and to scavenge and carry this food back to your people. I am assuming you are part of a larger group from the way you speak."

He waited a moment for that to sink in

"In return for a cooked meal before I continue on my way tomorrow, everyones a winner and no-one gets hurt."



Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
06:12, Fri 12 Oct: Caleb rolled 15 using 2d10+7.  Perception roll - I know you are there! come out come out wherever you are!!

Bandito
GM, 2042 posts
Mon 15 Oct 2018
at 16:29
  • msg #136

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

Natasha's hand moves to her pistol. Wary of Caleb's presence, she squints at the window gaps to check for any other survivors. Her shoulders relax slightly when she deosn't spot anyone else besides Caleb. Trisha also does not see anyone else outside of the store, aside from a few undead in the far distance.

"I think he's alone." She says, quietly.
Trisha
character, 431 posts
Tue 16 Oct 2018
at 12:48
  • msg #137

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Looking out from the entrance, Trisha is presented with little more than an empty parking lot. No sign of any man, at first glance. She leans forward and cranes her neck to see further out. In that moment, she catches a glimpse of movement to her left. Something quick and distinctly human.
She crouches down, ready to shield herself from an attack. What comes from the man instead is another compromised offer, which seems to be telling of either his desperation or his reluctance to take on the numbers of the group. Either of these options gives Trisha power over the situation, which is just fine by her.

After a moment of quiet, she turns to the others and draws her gun with a confident grin. She silently communicates what she can by gesturing to her left and slowly standing again. Her elbows rest against the hood of the truck as she lifts herself up to see clear over it. With her gun in hand, she turns to her left and addresses the man directly.

"I guess that sounds alright." She chirps, pausing to make sure he knows she has seen him. "I mean, we ain't really got nothin' to cook with. And I don't really know that there's food even in there at all."
For a second, she almost looks apologetic, but a warm, inviting smile quickly conceals it.
"But I'll risk it if you will!"
Caleb
player, 4 posts
Wed 17 Oct 2018
at 04:11
  • msg #138

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

He watched the woman step out of the doorway and peer around obviously looking for him and he sighed a little as he knew he would be spotted straight away and had given up the element of surprise, now would have been the perfect time to have charged her and used his strength to overpower her.

That was not the path he had chosen however so sucking his teeth a little he decided to stand up. He held the hatchet down by his side and a little behind his thigh to try and hide it while making a big deal of readjusting the crossbow on his shoulder. He didn’t want to give up all his advantage.  He slowly started walking towards her with a warm smile on his face.

He nodded towards the gun she still had outstretched that she probably didn’t have any ammo for, it was a rare commodity these days and he wasn’t worth wasting it on.

“There is no need for that thing, you should conserve your bullets and not attract the dead
with the noise.”

He continued slowly passing towards the girl with the warm smile still stretching across his face.

“I am always ready for a fight we should make sure your friends are too”

He stopped a little short of her making sure the door was on his right so the others inside couldn’t see him or get a clear shot if they too had guns and wanted to keep her between him and them.

He nodded towards the doorway

“Shall we?”
Mary
character, 525 posts
Wed 17 Oct 2018
at 06:25
  • msg #139

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary sighs impatiently. The man's insistence puts her on edge; she'd already been fucked over by so-called partners earlier this very day and she wasn't in the mood for any more shit. His insistence on being paid in food they didn't have also irritated her; if nothing else, the negotiator in her doesn't like to make commitments she's not sure she can keep.

Nonetheless, she knows she's being paranoid. He's probably desperate, just like them, and if Natasha's right, he's at a disadvantage. Chances are he hasn't eaten in days, she thinks. He probably hopes he can conjure up food just by wishing hard enough.

When he comes into view, she doesn't point the pistol but she makes very clear he can see it. "We'll be long gone by tomorrow, and we probably won't cook anything," she says. "Still, if you help us, we'll see what food we can give you. Don't do anything stupid, we know how to take care of ourselves."
This message was last edited by the player at 00:10, Thu 18 Oct 2018.
Regina
character, 13 posts
Wed 17 Oct 2018
at 14:12
  • msg #140

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"If we're done," Regina interceded, "We should continue clearing this building. Then, we should find that door's key if we don't decide to break it down," she stared further into the store, which was as pitch black as ever. "I don't relish the thought of combing this place for it..."

Perhaps it was wishful thinking, or maybe she just wanted to postpone that eventual search, but Regina approached the counter these women found her behind and scooted back over it. She knelt down and started to search the myriad of shelves and cubby spaces for the key. "Our best case scenario is that they forgot to take it with them. If whoever stayed here locked themselves in, or simply left with it...this might get a lot more dangerous," she said, squinting into the darkness.

Of course, another idea then crossed her mind; a possibility had been seeded by those two dead walkers. She stuck her head out from the counter, "We haven't found my people yet, perhaps they...managed to escape the creatures that attacked us, took the key, and locked themselves in?" She sounded just a little bit hopeful, her expression was contemplative. With a curt nod towards the new arrival, she ducked down and went back to searching.

"Regardless, those are all of the options and possibilities I can think of."
Buford
character, 44 posts
Wed 17 Oct 2018
at 21:15
  • msg #141

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford had finally snapped out of one of his trances where he was going over events in his head on repeat making sure he understood every word, every nuance, every action. He wondered how much time had passed while they waited.

He snorted, and the old man turned to the others. "I figure it's been time enough in there were maybe we ought to take a look to see if they still around." He asked the men around hin. He drew his revolver out if his holster and gestured towards the door.

"Ya'll can hang back if you like, I'll be just a moment." He sets off after the rest of the group.
Bandito
GM, 2044 posts
Thu 18 Oct 2018
at 00:59
  • msg #142

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store - Parking Lot

Buford goes after Mary and the others. He sees the grocery store just ahead. Mary and the others are no where insight. However, Buford does see a man standing outside of the grocery store. He doesn't recognize the man. The stranger seems to be conversing with someone inside the grocery store.
Terry
character, 487 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Thu 18 Oct 2018
at 07:07
  • msg #143

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Ya'll can hang back if you like, I'll be just a moment."


Tutting, Terry inspects his knuckles absentmindedly as the older man excuses himself. He nods his head a quarter of an inch. The only people on this team that Terry has ever shared a comfortable silence with are currently having an adventure and here he was staring at his hands.

Eventually, Terry is going to have to admit that maybe he isn't the person who is easily comfortable with others. But it damn sure wasn't going to be today.

He sighs noisily into the silence, until he remembers who is present. "Hey, Ash, what'cha thinkin'?"
Caleb
player, 5 posts
Thu 18 Oct 2018
at 09:15
  • msg #144

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Stepping into the grocery store Caleb had to pause for a moment to let his eyes adjust, the contrast to outside was outstanding. The fairly bright sunshine outside seemed to be sucked to next to nothing inside as he lifted his free hand to wave to the remaining females he had yet to meet.

He watched one dart over a counter top and start scrabbling around behind it for something as he strode in no longer caring if the lady at the door was a threat. If they were going to kill him they surely would of done it by now. He also listened to another woman as she told him that they probably wouldn’t be cooking anything tonight and his heart sunk a little but recognized that this lady must be some sort of leader.

She spoke about the group instead of just herself and when she said ‘we’ will be doing something, it sounded as if it was an order she had already given.

He strode into the store and peered around a little hoping to find something obvious they had missed.

“Don’t worry I am not looking to get myself killed today, it would be a sad and ironic way to go, with an empty belly in a grocery store.”

He smiled a warm and honest smile as he lifted his hatchet to point around the room.

“Are there any dead left in here?”
Ashley
character, 142 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 18 Oct 2018
at 16:13
  • msg #145

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry:
"Hey, Ash, what'cha thinkin'?"

"As little as possible, my duder."  Ash responded with a cheesy grin and a laugh -- right up until she remembered just how much it hurt to laugh, anyway.  A wince and an apologetic smile later, she continued, rapping her knuckles on the SUV bumper she was sitting on, then holding up one hand.

"I'm thinkin', SUV, seats eight comfortably, two in front, three, then three."  She began counting off people on her fingers.  "Me, you, Tony over there," she made sure he was counted on her middle finger, "big man Dwayne, Mary, dude who just ran off..."  Look, Buford is a tough name to remember, alright?  Cut the kid some slack.  Also she just ran out of fingers, that was six people already and she still had more to count.  Looks like this'll be a two hand job.  A... two... fuck, strike that, remove it from the record, abort mission, do not pass Go, do not collect $200, go directly to Nevermindsville.  She held up her other hand, and somehow managed to continue without giving away just how inane her thought processes are.

"That's six, Trisha, Naaaa...tasha?  Yeah Natasha.  Eight.  Then some room for the people we're looking to pick up, plenty fine if nobody gets handsy."  Pick up, she says, like they're just going to someone's house to head out for a night of partying, and not potentially preparing for war.  "So, yeah, assuming this rust bucket starts up, we're good to go.  Just gotta bust out a window and me or Tony hotwire it."  Never mind that she's never done that before.  She read the Anarchist Cookbook back when the internet still existed, that oughta do it, right?  "Oh and uh... aim for the corner or you're just gonna waste your time."
This message was last edited by the player at 17:42, Thu 18 Oct 2018.
Buford
character, 45 posts
Thu 18 Oct 2018
at 19:17
  • msg #146

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford grumbled to himself as he walked up to the store front seeing an unrecognized face duck inside. He kept his handgun at the ready as he stepped in through the entrance. Looking for the man.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:06, Thu 18 Oct 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2045 posts
Thu 18 Oct 2018
at 21:01
  • msg #147

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Intersection

"You know how to hotwire a car?" Antonio looks to Ashley, then glances over to the little boy. "That what they teach you guys in school these days?"

Dwayne circles around the car to avoid coming in contact with Antonio. He positions himself just slightly behind Terry.

"What about the alarm?" Dwayne studies the SUV with a look of concern.

"There's nothing around, we'll be fine, ya?" Antonio replies.
Terry
character, 488 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Fri 19 Oct 2018
at 05:45
  • msg #148

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry's face breaks into a broad grin. It's obvious to everyone that he's gleaning joy from the social gathering. That he was around people with unscrupulous morals, just like him.

He watched Ashley in a failing attempt to not acknowledge that way she looked was making his skin tingle.

The moment passes as soon as it arrives once Dwayne appears beside Terry. He nods his head in approval at Dwayne. Quarter of an inch. It likely goes unnoticed, not that Terry particularly minds. The SUV is a more interesting object of focus.

Terry opens his mouth to speak, but Antonio arrives to his conclusion a little quicker, s the mountain of man muscle leans The Bitch softly against the SUV and begins to remove his shirt with the intention of destroying a window.
Trisha
character, 432 posts
Fri 19 Oct 2018
at 13:53
  • msg #149

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With the approval of Mary and the others, Trisha stands by and allows the man to step inside without any further hassle. She simply stands and watches Caleb while the group plans the next course of action.
From first impressions, she does not yet know what to make of him. He speaks with odd inflections, in a strange accent that seems worlds away from her own Mississippi gutter talk. So far, he has been consistently calm, civil and reasonable; and part of her knows that's why she should not trust him. But with the numbers to overpower him if anything should go wrong, Trisha has the luxury of giving him the benefit of the doubt.

Luckily, Regina interjects and steers the group back to the task at hand. As Regina begins searching for the key, Trisha believes it would be easier to simply break the door open, though she does not mention it in the moment.
quote:
“Are there any dead left in here?”

"Could be." She replies, sliding her arm off the truck and tucking the gun away in her belt. She walks over to them and picks up the hammer she had left on the ground.
"We ain't cleared it all out yet. We got..." She trails off for a second to double check her numbers. "...Four. We got four so far and I ain't heard much since. I reckon we oughta start throwin' stuff and see what comes for it."
Bandito
GM, 2046 posts
Fri 19 Oct 2018
at 15:20
  • msg #150

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store - Buford

Buford steps inside to see the unfamiliar man speaking with the others. He also sees a black haired woman with the group that he doesn't recognize.

"Hey. We might take a while, we're trying to clear out this place so we can find the key to that backroom." Natasha fills Buford in on their plan. She points her finger at the door behind the pharmacy counter. "This is Regina, we found her in here earlier. And this guy..." She looks to Caleb, brows furrowing. "What was your name?"
Ashley
character, 143 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 19 Oct 2018
at 21:31
  • msg #151

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Bandito:
"What about the alarm?"

"W-wait!"  Ashley lurched suddenly to her feet -- likely a terrible idea, but she did it anyway -- and held up a hand towards Terry, hoping to forestall disaster.  The look in her eyes was just this side of genuine terror, far more than the scrappy little girl normally let herself show.  To say she's obviously had an unpleasant experience with alarms would be like saying the ocean was 'a little damp'.

"...no, it's alright, never mind."  She quickly smoothed her expression, restoring her usual lopsided smirk.  "I checked for the little blinky light, it's cool.  Wouldn'ta sat down on it otherwise."  She gestured to Terry's gun, and the grip he had on it.  "Just grab it a li'l further back, you don't wanna cut your hand on the glass.  Pretty much the shittiest feeling this side of getting shot."  Her concerned frown returned for just a moment.  "I won't get all offended if you wanna double-check that blinky light thing though.  Just to be sure.  Four eyes is better than two, y'know."
Caleb
player, 6 posts
Sun 21 Oct 2018
at 10:17
  • msg #152

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With a warm grin Caleb swaps his hatchet from his right hand to his left and then proceeds to reach out with the open hand offering it to the gentleman that has just stepped into the grocery store behind him. The group have already acknowledged and greeted him meaning he shouldn't be a threat. A lady that he hasn't caught the name of yet introduces the lady that darted behind the counter as Regina and then was left at a loss at introducing him.

"My apologies where are my manners, The name is Caleb. Caleb Kaine well Caleb Christian Kaine if you want to know my full name but most people just call me Caleb or Kaine, to be honest I don't have a preference."

He grinned warmly as he left his hand out to shake the mans hand almost as a introduction to the whole group.

"Found my way here this morning hoping for a bite to eat, found your friends and then here we are, debating wether to discover a long lost key to the back room or to just break down the door."

He mentioned to his trusty axe now in his left hand and he swings it a few times with practised ease despite being right handed.

"I am sure I could make short work of that door, might be a tad noisy though."
Trisha
character, 433 posts
Sun 21 Oct 2018
at 20:16
  • msg #153

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha greets Buford casually with a wave of her hand after Natasha acknowledges him. It isn't until a few moments later that she begins to question why he is has come. She turns back to Burford, looking very concerned.
"What's wrong? Is Ash okay? Do we need to leave?"
Snicker
GM, 1820 posts
Mon 22 Oct 2018
at 05:13
  • msg #154

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary opens her mouth to speak, then pauses, thinking for a moment.

"Actually, that may be a good idea," she says. "Trisha's right. There can't be that many left in here, and we have our backs to the exit. We should make some noise and let them come to us. I don't relish the thought of combing through this store in the dark, but we'll have to do it sooner or later. We should reduce the risk as best we can."

She glances over at Caleb. "I'm Mary, by the way."
Regina
character, 14 posts
Mon 22 Oct 2018
at 11:06
  • msg #155

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

While Regina was focused on finding that key, she couldn't entirely tune out the numerous individuals. Thankfully, between the two Southerners, the British man, and Mary's terseness, these strangers were easy to discern by their voices alone. "That's a way to go about it. Just remember: we don't know how many of them might come," said Regina, who didn't stand up, leaving her voice slightly muffled by the counter. With their numbers, she felt more confident in risking the brute-force method. There was always that twinge of doubt, however, that things wouldn't be so easy.

"Making noise could just as easily trap us. That's all I'm saying," with that, Regina diverted her focus back to the search.
Bandito
GM, 2047 posts
Mon 22 Oct 2018
at 15:26
  • msg #156

Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

Regina begins her search for the key in the dark. After a while she slowly comes to the realization that it might be impossible to find the key without knowing a specific location to track it down. The counters behind the pharmacy are empty. Medicines are quite valuable, and its very likely that this place was the first section to be picked clean by looters.

"Hey, Kaine." Natasha acknowledges the introduction, but she doesn't sound too enthusiastic with the exchange. "I'm Natasha."

"We can just ditch this place if we're overwhelmed." Natasha swings the SUV passenger doors wide open.

The door appears to be quite solid. Caleb thinks he might be able to break through with his hatchet, although he's not certain if doing so would cause any damage to his tool.


Intersection

Antonio stands aside while Terry steels himself to assault the windows.

"Shit, that necessary big T?" He watches the giant strip away the shirt.

With his massive body, it shouldn't be hard to break through.
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:21, Mon 22 Oct 2018.
Buford
character, 46 posts
Mon 22 Oct 2018
at 21:10
  • msg #157

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh, quite a find." He says shaking the mans hand. "I'm Buford, I just found these people too. Nice to meet you, been in country long?" Buford asks, remarking on the mans accent. He glances over at the girl from earlier, Trisha.

"Nothings wrong out there just felt, well a little stupid standing around waiting for something. Just wanted to check in. Ash, and the rest of them for that matter are fine, if a bit quiet."
Regina
character, 15 posts
Tue 23 Oct 2018
at 02:57
  • msg #158

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina knew that the chances of that door's key being anywhere in this store were slim to none, yet she still found it in herself to sigh when her search left her empty-handed. Standing, the doctor sidled over the counter, "Nothing," she said. "That leaves your suggestion, ehm, Trisha." The woman began to pace while chewing on one of her fingernails -- a common habit when she was thinking.

"Lights would be useful. Do you, do you have anything to illuminate the back?" The back of the store was hit with another reproachful glare from Regina, who greatly despised the danger that came from exploring such dark places. "As for the noise...it can't be too loud as to escape the building, obviously. Shouldn't be too hard to figure out what we can use," she said, looking around the area.

Regina nodded at Mary and Trisha, respectively, "If there's anything I can do to make myself useful -- besides treating one of your people -- please, let me know."
Mary
character, 526 posts
Tue 23 Oct 2018
at 04:42
  • msg #159

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"So long as he keep any ghouls from getting between us and the doors, we should be alright," Mary says, though she inwardly kicks herself even as she says it. That sounds like a dangerous assumption, Mary. Aren't you trying to avoid those?

"The biggest danger, as you say, is attracting attention outside. Fortunately, Terry and the others are still out there. They'll probably give us a shout if anything comes our way. And speaking of the others, trust me - your medical aid will be useful enough."

Mary grits her teeth at the last sentence, sighing ruefully through her nose and she glances over her shoulder at the door.
Caleb
player, 7 posts
Tue 23 Oct 2018
at 04:57
  • msg #160

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

He grinned at the man who seemed like the politest of the group so far, after all he was the only one of them that hadn’t pointed a gun at him, yet at least and he appreciated that.  He seemed to hold himself well and with a type of confidence that Caleb admired.

“Pleasures all mine Buford. I hadn’t been here long before the shit hit the fan. I was meant to be hiking around Yellowstone park with nothing but my backpack and then moving on to Alaska. However this excitement swept me up and here I am”

He released the man’s hand and slowly made his way to the door in question. He hoped that he could break through it with ease but it looked fairly sturdy.

“Perhaps we should have someone watching the door, and people covering me in case things go pear shaped.?”
Trisha
character, 434 posts
Wed 24 Oct 2018
at 12:27
  • msg #161

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

After hearing the words "Trisha's right", she all but tunes out of the conversation. Immediately she gets to work searching for something to throw into the darkness. An empty can or a piece of broken board; anything will do.

She kicks the floor in frustration, unable to turn up anything more than some light litter. Though there is almost certainly more to be found just a little further into the dark, Trisha knows it would be safer to simply produce the sound herself.

"Fuck it I can't find nothin'. We don't got time for this, can I just yell a little?"

Thinking ahead, she asks Mary for permission before following through on her idea.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
22:27, Today: Trisha rolled 12 using 2d10+5 ((3,4)). boo you whore

This message was last edited by the player at 14:11, Thu 25 Oct 2018.
Terry
character, 489 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Thu 25 Oct 2018
at 01:36
  • msg #162

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Shit, that necessary big T?


It wasn't. But when has that question, or any observation formed prior to and after asking said question, ever deterred Terry? He balls his shirt around his fist and pumps it with feverish energy.

"It's Clobberin' time!" he cries with an impish smile as he shifts his weight and strikes the passenger side window.
Bandito
GM, 2048 posts
Thu 25 Oct 2018
at 15:39
  • msg #163

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

With unstoppable strength, Terry obliterates the window to the SUV. It shatters like glass without a single piece lingering on the window frame.

"Holy shit!" Antonio exclaims, in both surprise and wonderment. 'Wheww!" The man laughs, then coughs from his injuries. He proceeds to unlock the door and hops inside.

"Anyone got a screwdriver?" He asks, with his head and hands down below the wheel. *Click* The trunk of the car unlocks. Antonio exits the car.


Grocery Store

As Caleb begin his work on the door with his hatchet, Natasha holds her knife steady in hand. She readies herself for whatever the sound may attract from the deeper end of the store. Two ghouls comes into light. One of them is wearing a uniform with the logo of the store imprinted on the upper right of its jacket. The undead has long blonde hair with half of its face missing. The other undead shambles slowly, tailing behind the first ghoul. Regina does not recognize either of the shambling ghouls.

"Look, I think she used to work here. She might have the keys." Natasha points at the ex-employee of the place.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:40, Thu 25 Oct 2018.
Ashley
character, 144 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 25 Oct 2018
at 21:32
  • msg #164

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Anyone got a screwdriver?"

"I've got a knife," Ashley quipped, strolling around both Terry and Antonio with more ease than someone in her condition really ought to, "if you've got somewhere to shove it."  She directed a vicious smirk at Antonio as she passed -- sure, he was helping them now, but this guy was still part of the group of jackoffs who wrecked the church crew.

Even though she pulled it off with panache, the implied threat of violence still turned her stomach, in a way she refused to let show.  There was really no two ways of saying it; she had straight-up murdered a man, no more than 24 hours ago.  Granted, he was trying to kill her at the time.  Didn't make it any better or more comfortable.  Best thing to do is to not think about it, to distract herself as much as possible, and so she continued on around to the back of the car, planning to check the trunk when she heard Antonio pop it.

"Checking the trunk, keep an eye out."  Since there's no such thing as 'too safe' in the post-apocalypse, Ash popped her knife out of the sheath strapped to the side of her thigh, and flipped it around into a reverse grip in her left hand.  Holding it at the ready, just in case the trunk held any unpleasant surprises, she gave the trunk a push open with her right hand, and leaned a half-step back to look inside.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
19:04, Today: Ashley rolled 21 using 2d10+4. Scavenge roll.

This message was last edited by the player at 02:43, Fri 26 Oct 2018.
Terry
character, 490 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Fri 26 Oct 2018
at 03:12
  • msg #165

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Trust me, my man, alot can happen when you're hormonally souped up teenager with the kinda physical growth that ain't go hand in hand with your mental growth," Terry exclaims as he flashes his overconfident, narcissistic smile and flexes his pectoral muscles in pride. "Had to bus' a window or two if you wanted to get ahead." he says with a mock dreamy sigh.

The demigod of the gridiron immediately snaps from undisguised admiration of his handiwork and throws his shirt back on.

Besides, excess testosterone made you unruly and wild. Chicks dig that type of shit.

A spark of laughter raises in Terry's chest at Ashley's threatening remark, but he is wise enough not to let an overpowering laugh draw attention to their position.

He begins to take notice of the subtle gait of Ashley's hips when she walks, the hint of the effeminate twirling of her figure as walked more apparent. While he was sure she was regaining her strength. She has a serious issue recognizing hazards that could annihilate her existence so he reasons she he'd continue to keep an eye for her. Not that you'd have to twist his arm to get him to do so.

He pulls The Bitch into his grasp before unlocking and opening the passenger-side door, intent or rifling through whatever contents he can get his mitts on.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:00, Sat 27 Oct 2018.
Mary
character, 527 posts
Sat 27 Oct 2018
at 04:35
  • msg #166

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Go ahead," Mary tells Trisha. "Just not so loud that they can hear you outside the store."

She peers into the darkness, then turns back towards the SUV, squinting through the windows to the outside. She keeps her pistol at the ready, though pointed safely away from everyone.

"Don't worry, Caleb," she says over her shoulder. "We have you covered."
Bandito
GM, 2049 posts
Sat 27 Oct 2018
at 17:07
  • msg #167

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Ashley inspects the back of the SUV. A toolbox blatantly rests in front of her. It didn't take long for her to spot a screwdriver in the container among other useful things.
Ashley
character, 145 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sat 27 Oct 2018
at 21:01
  • msg #168

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

What were you so scared of anyway?  Ashley sighed with relief, returning her knife to its sheath.  Did you think there'd be a living dead guy in the trunk, waiting to eat your face?  Pfft, as if.  Killing people and sticking them in trunks is what mobsters do in movies.  Nobody who drives a SUV is anywhere near cool enough to be a movie mobster.

"Hey guys, I found something!"  The trunk, at least, yielded something useful.  Several somethings useful, in fact.  With all the enthusiasm of an experienced dumpster diver, Ash damn near jumped into that toolbox, digging around for the good stuff not yet ruined by neglect, and stuffed much of it into her backpack.  Victorious and quite full of herself, she snatched up the screwdriver and hopped back upright to head around to the front of the vehicle.

...I shouldn't have done that.  I should not have done that.  For somebody who really ought to be resting in bed rather than running around playing hero, going from leaned-over to suddenly standing left her a bit lightheaded, to put it mildly.  Oh god don't barf don't barf don't barf please don't barf.  Okay, more than a little lightheaded.  Fortunately, she hadn't started walking around to the side of the SUV just yet, and nobody was behind the trunk to see her eyes go wide, or to see her clamp her hand over her mouth.  Equally fortunate for all parties involved, she hadn't really had much to eat or drink over the past 24 hours or so, so there wouldn't be much to come up anyway.  In fact, she may very well have had nothing at all to eat.  It was kind of hard to remember.

"What, no 'congratulations'?"  Ash stepped around the corner, screwdriver in hand, flashing a toothy grin that almost managed to distract from just how pale and drained she looked.  Still didn't barf though.  I'm calling that one a win.
Caleb
player, 8 posts
Sun 28 Oct 2018
at 07:49
  • msg #169

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

After a few strikes at the door, it wasn't budging and Caleb knew it. He didn't want to risk his beloved axe any more as they had been through too much. His attempts at breaking the lock of the door had disturbed something inside however and he put his ear closer to the door to make sure. He definetly heard something moving around inside and he gripped the axe a little tighter.

He noticed the dead stumbling out of the darkness and one wearing a uniform which looked like it belonged to the grocery store. He slipped his axe back into his belt and retrieved the crossbow from his back. The door looked as if with enough work it would break open, he could see progress but he wasn't willing to risk his axe.

He aimed at the dead one with the uniform, hoping the lady was right and the walking corpse did have a set of keys that would make the door a little more accessible.

"Lets see if she does have those keys then, it would make things a whole lot easier."

He looked at the female employee with a slight smile enjoying being in the company of people again.

"Come on sweet-pea"
Mary
character, 528 posts
Sun 28 Oct 2018
at 17:23
  • msg #170

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary eyes the crossbow with approval and just a bit of envy. For most of her life, she'd never seen the point in crossbow hunting, but now she regrets that she never even tried to learn it.

"I'm here, just in case," she says, raising the pistol. Hopefully, the building will muffle the sound of gunfire, reducing the chance of attracting more ghouls outside, but she'd still rather not fire if she can avoid it. She levels the pistol on the closest ghoul, resolving only to shoot if its gets dangerously close to one of the others.
Trisha
character, 435 posts
Sun 28 Oct 2018
at 17:59
  • msg #171

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Though she has Mary's approval, Trisha does not need to yell. Two of the undead find their way over with the sound of Caleb's axe against the door.
Trisha readies herself to charge at a moment's notice, just waiting for the pair to shuffle apart. She takes notice of Natasha's observation, but is beaten to the punch when offering to take down the body in question. After watching Caleb approach his target, she quickly falls in behind him.
"Then I got the other one." She slips past the group into a space with more room to swing, before calling out again to grab the ghouls' attention.
"Hey! Only stupid dummies run over here!"

At the sound of her voice calling him, Fernando emerges from under the truck. He is immediately wary of the people around him, rushing past them to watch their movement from a distance.
Buford
character, 47 posts
Sun 28 Oct 2018
at 23:37
  • msg #172

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford cant help but release a light laugh upon seeing the crossbow. "You meet all kinds." Shaking his head. He drew his pistol and followed Mary's idea of overwatch. Holding off on shooting unless things went wrong.
Terry
character, 491 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Mon 29 Oct 2018
at 05:07
  • msg #173

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry's thoughts of pleasure and plunder were disrupted when his best efforts to get into the passenger compartment were deterred by a lock.

"Shiiieeet...!" he drawls, the investigation of the vehicle abandoned almost as quickly as it began.

quote:
"What, no 'congratulations'?"


At the sound of her voice Terry pulls away from the passenger seat. He rivets his eyes suspiciously at the object Ashley brandishes, a thought occurring. He pauses a moment as if conferring to himself and then snorts before proceeding, subtly leaning closer to Ashley's ear. "Nice find," his theatrical whisper may have sounded hushed, but it wasn't quiet at all.

He pulls back to peers into Ashley's eyes. His eyes quickly dart in Antonio's direction as a smug grin forms on his face.

"You sure you know how ta use it?" he asks, his voice laced with skepticism.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:09, Mon 29 Oct 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2050 posts
Mon 29 Oct 2018
at 15:12
  • msg #174

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

Antonio passes a quizzical look to Terry. "A screwdriver? Yeah." As odd as that question is, Antonio shrugs it off and shifts his attention to Ashley. "You wanna give it a shot or should I?" He nods his head at the SUV.

Dwayne makes his way around the SUV to the back. He rummages through the toolbox or anything else that might be useful.


Grocery Store

Caleb's bolt lands right in the eye of the ex-employee. The other end of the bolt sticks out from the back of its skull. It collapses onto the floor. The slower ghoul shamble pass its fallen comrades, making its way towards Trisha. It slowly comes into her arms reach. Natasha holds the knife in her hand, waiting for Trisha to make a move.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:13, Mon 29 Oct 2018.
Ashley
character, 146 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Tue 30 Oct 2018
at 00:54
  • msg #175

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As Dwayne stepped away, Ash's first instinct was to shout at the boy and call him back.  But she didn't want to frighten Dwayne, and really, she probably shouldn't be shouting at anyone right now anyway.  Instead, she waved Antonio and Terry closer, so she could speak to them quietly.

"Hey, hey.  You two keep an eye on the kid, alright?"  Ash pointed two fingers from her eyes to Dwayne.  "Mary will kick every ass in this parking lot if anything happens to him, and I happen to like my ass."  She waved the two of them off and hopped into the driver's seat.

Besides, it'll keep you two from realizing I have no fucking clue what I'm doing, at least until I figure out what I'm doing.  They do it in movies all the time, it can't be that hard, right?  I've got a screwdriver, I've got duct tape, I've got a knife.  I can do this.  Probably.  She popped open the glove box to check for an owner's manual, and began flipping quickly through the pages for a wiring reference.  Normally that sort of thing was used for repair, but today it was going to be used to keep a precocious teenager from frying her hands while doing something stupid.  Who are we kidding?  Stupid shit is literally all I do.
Regina
character, 16 posts
Tue 30 Oct 2018
at 02:36
  • msg #176

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina, who had been quick to take her place beside Caleb and Mary once the walkers showed up, winced at the sickening sounds the bolt made when it pierced through the husked skull of an ex-employee. More walkers, still no sign of her companions. Regina dared to hope a little more, but only a little. "Good shot," she said while tensing up at how close the other was getting to the blonde woman with the excitable personality...and the horribly ugly chihuahua. Regina didn't draw her pistol -- there was no point to it, given the risks they weren't willing to take.

As long as I'm inclined to be useless.... Regina walked up to the side of the door they were attempting to break into, so as to not obstruct their efforts to break in. "Selina? Terrance? Are you in there?" she said, raising her voice. "It's Regina; if you're in there, unlock the door, okay?" Regina was surprised at how calm she sounded, all things considered. For all she knew, these people would be much less accommodating in time.

For a moment, she could hear her father chiding her for being so slow to trust, and she sighed in annoyance.
Terry
character, 492 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Tue 30 Oct 2018
at 03:12
  • msg #177

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

His eyes twinkle with mischief.

"Babysittin'? Th'fuck I look like...?" he offers vaguely, scoffing in mock annoyance before walking to the rear of the SUV.

Terry knows that he deserves a verbal admonition after his cowardly action of allowing Mina to be taken in the first place. The demigod of the gridiron did as he was told obediently to ignore the odd sensation coursing down his spine. Not keen on re-opening that dark chapter as he's rounding the the rear of the SUV before he turns rigid, at a loss for how to advance.

Children had a sixth sense for this kind of shit. A phrase, a question, a statement, a throwaway reply--any and all of 'em would betray his innermost thoughts immediately.

Terry's dark eyes follow the child's movements, his face clouding with nostalgia. The church goers were inflicted with personal tragedy just yesterday, and yet it feels as if everything they've been through happened a long, long time ago.

He shifts his stance, flicking his head and running his stocky finger through his dreads. Children needed a positive example, a beacon of optimism. He's tempted to scoop the boy up and give him a hug. But that would mean possibly violating--or worse--confusing his trust. And that is tenuous at best.

Mina.


"Dwayne," Terry chokes out, feeling tears come perilously close to erupting, "How're you doin'?" he prods carefully, squatting to level his gaze with the child.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:00, Tue 30 Oct 2018.
Caleb
player, 9 posts
Tue 30 Oct 2018
at 06:37
  • msg #178

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Caleb watched his arrow strike home with a thud, straight through the eye of the previous employee and he felt a pang of sorrow in his heart, in England he had been a hunter, mainly for food and the thrill but he had never wasted anything of the animals he killed, he was not a trophy hunter. He had carved fish hooks and needles from bones, used the sinew of animals as bow strings. Cured leather and eaten the meat.

He had never killed a person and even though he knew these strange things risen from the grave were no longer their previous selves it still hit him like a ton of bricks every time he stopped to think about it. This woman was probably someone’s girlfriend or wife, maybe even had children somewhere out there.

She had might of loathed this job or loved it either way she had decided to be here day in and day out, working away on the tills or restocking shelves. He gave a little sigh and fort to return the grin to his face, hopefully she would have the keys for the locked door on her person. He heard Regina commend his shot and he lowered his crossbow as the women he had first made contact with approached the second dead one.

“Thanks but it wasn’t the hardest shot to make.”

He moved forward a little waiting to retrieve his arrow when the other walking corpse was taken care of.
Trisha
character, 436 posts
Tue 30 Oct 2018
at 11:19
  • msg #179

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Haha, nice!"
Trisha chuckles as she moves past Caleb, forcing some space between them before pulling her hammer back to swing. The hammer makes contact, digging into the skull as she uses the momentum to drag the monster to the ground. While prying her weapon from the corpse's head, she takes notice of Caleb's crossbow.

"Hey I used one of them once."
She mentions casually, splattering blood on herself mid-sentence when she pulls the hammer up too quickly. She pays it no more than a passing thought and carries on as if it hadn't happened.
"I even shot a guy with it. He shot at me first though, so it's ok."


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
07:25, Today: Trisha rolled 15 using 2d10+5. melee hit.

This message was last edited by the player at 11:19, Tue 30 Oct 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2051 posts
Tue 30 Oct 2018
at 16:16
  • msg #180

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

The manual proves to be quite useful. Ashley quickly learns and identifies the crucial components of the car for her to begin her work. The screwdriver she found earlier does seems to fit with the screws on the plastic cover securing the connectors.


"I think she'll kick my ass if she sees me anywhere near that kid. Right kid?" Antonio muses. Dwayne avert his eyes and ignores him. Instead, he looks up to Terry.

"I'm okay." The child replies to Terry's question. He seems calm, yet his voice carries an irremediable despair. Dwayne picks up a piece of nail from the toolbox. He fidgets the nail with his fingers.

"Do you think she's okay? Will we really find her?" Dwayne gazes up to Terry, anticipating for his response.

Grocery Store

At first, it seems like no one hears Regina's call from the side of the door. However, she hears footsteps walking towards her. The footsteps stops. Suddenly, a great force strikes the door. The door trembles from the relentless impacts. Regina hears the familiar growling coming from the other side. Whoever's in there is definitely a threat now.

The two ghouls lies next to one another, lifeless. Natasha crouches down and search the ex-employee's pockets. "Guys, she has the keys." She holds out a small, shiny object in her hand.

"Regina." Natasha calls, tossing the key chain over to her.

In the distance, the group can hear additional ghouls approaching. However, they are not close enough to the entrance for the light to illuminate them yet.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:06, Wed 31 Oct 2018.
Ashley
character, 147 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Tue 30 Oct 2018
at 22:03
  • msg #181

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
14:27, Today: Ashley rolled 19 using 2d10+9. Fake it till you make it! (hotwire).

Alright, this actually makes sense.  Easy peasy.  Knee bone's connected to the shin bone, shin bone's connected to the battery, battery's connected to ignition, ignition's connected to this... wire, here...

And they said I'd never use anything from science class.


Okay, enough joking around.  Sitting in the seat wouldn't give her a proper angle on the bottom of the steering column, so Ash shuffled down into the foot space, laying on her back looking up at her target, manual still in hand so she could double-check things.  Screwdriver to open it, knife to strip wires, duct tape from her backpack to hold them together after a quick twist.  Sticking the wrong two wires together would sting, but worse, it might short the whole thing out, and then they'd be out a ride.  Assuming there was even gas in the tank, assuming that it hadn't already been siphoned.

It had to have gas.  It had to have gas because they needed it.  It had to have gas because they needed to get moving, they needed to follow the bad guys, and they needed to follow them fast.  It had to have gas because--

I promised her.  I promised her we'd be okay.  Please, don't make me a liar.  Not twice.

Battery wires were connected, twisted, taped together.  The console lit up.  Of all the fucking things, the air conditioning hummed to life, a quiet whooshing sound of cool air filling the vehicle.  Now to spark the ignition, and pray.  Ash tapped the ends of the ignition wires together, a distinctive electric 'pop' sounding out as the metal met briefly, and the engine...
Terry
character, 493 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Wed 31 Oct 2018
at 03:26
  • msg #182

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Do I lie to him...?

“Dwayne,” Terry say more urgently, suddenly desperate to have the child understand. His expression is dark with pain. He could only imagine that being so close to Mina, only to lose and his loved ones violently, must be a burden heavier than any the child has ever faced so far.

Terry feels the corners of his mouth to tug into a smile. He, in a bizarre way, felt proud of Dwayne for handling himself this well. He has an open face, honest and unassuming, so maybe it shouldn’t have come as such a surprise. But it does. Because Dwayne radiates honesty in a way few others can, and even when Terry observes him carefully, he doesn’t look away.

...Or maybe it’s just because he’s too young. Life ain't had a chance to sink its claws into him, ain't managed to disillusion him and weigh him down with all its bullshit.

As Terry well knows, the world wasn't kind to those who hold secrets, and lies get crueler and harsher the longer you kick the can down the road. Maybe one day, if Terry lives long enough, he'll look at Dwayne and see the lines etched into his face, the scars drawn by deception and fear.

He hoped not. The secrets Terry keeps ain't worth the lies he tells to keep them. And giving a kid a little bit of help, even backhanded help he can’t--or won't-- admit to, isn’t going to make his burdened past any lighter. But maybe, just maybe, it’ll help this young man realize that secrets always come to light sooner or later, and it’s never in the way you want.

Dark circles are etched beneath Terry's eyes and his skin looks pale rather than the golden bronze of a man used to the sun. He needs to get off of his feet. Nevertheless, his smile is rueful and suddenly warm.

"All of us are going to be doin' everythin' in our power to get our girl back, Dwayne. I know we can do it if we all keep cool, put our heads together and figure out a plan."

Terry steps nearer without preamble, drawing Dwayne into an embrace that is legitimately the first time he's offered one to either child. To his credit, Terry is easy to hug. Big and warm and all arms.

Then the SUV begins to hum to life.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:36, Wed 31 Oct 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2052 posts
Wed 31 Oct 2018
at 15:00
  • msg #183

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

The engine gives out a series of promising roars but dies out. After a few more attempts, the engine finally hums vigorously. The headlights flashes, the SUV is now alive! Ashley notices the gas meter is about half way full, enough tot ravel for a good distance.

"Hey, you actually did it! I guess they were teaching you guys something useful in schools, ya?" Antonio exclaims.

"Okay." Dwayne nods at Terry's words of reassurance. Its hard to tell what the child is thinking, his face reveals none of his sentiments. When Terry reaches in for a hug, Dwayne takes a step back but does not move out of the behemoth's reach. Antonio watches the two briefly and turns to look towards the road. He remains silent as the intimate exchange passes.
Regina
character, 17 posts
Wed 31 Oct 2018
at 18:46
  • msg #184

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina caught the keys, barely, while pressing her ear to the door. The response she'd hoped for did not come; instead, the same unnatural growls and mindless physicality was her indicator that nothing alive lay beyond. "Shit!" she hissed as the realization that the fate of her two friends lay in death or disappearance at best. A sobering thought to be sure, one that Regina forced at the back of her mind given the circumstances. This was no time to be mourning, not when the others needed her.

With a slightly shaking hand, Regina slid the key into the doorknob and breathed a sigh of relief when it turned sideways. "It's unlocked, someone with a knife should open this -- one of them are on the other side," she explains, stepping away from the door to make room for the brave volunteer.

Additional growls and moans were distinctive. "At the risk of sounding like a broken record, we need to hurry," she whispers urgently.
Mary
character, 529 posts
Thu 1 Nov 2018
at 05:21
  • msg #185

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"For the record, I still think we should clear out the store," Mary reports, pistol at the ready. "For all we know, these ghouls may be sitting on the last canned food in the country, and I don't want to leave that pharmacy half-picked."

She shifts position, getting a clear line of sight on the door. "Of course, that's only my vote."
Ashley
character, 148 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 1 Nov 2018
at 09:20
  • msg #186

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Whoo!"  Ashley raised her hand skyward, holding up 'metal horns' in celebration of her victory.  The energy may have been drained out of the girl, but it was there in spirit, at least.  For the briefest moment, she even forgot who she was sharing that celebration with.

...What are we even gonna do with him once we get what we came for, anyway?  She crawled up off the floor and back into the driver's seat, settling back with a thoughtful, exhausted huff.  I wonder if the others would say to shoot him.  Ugh.  Why did that even cross your mind?  She scrunched her nose and frowned in disgust.  I mean, we can't just take him with us, right?  Right, terrible idea.  But we also can't leave him with his people; they left him behind, but I wouldn't be surprised if he found his way back into their good graces by coming back.  Another sigh, and she tipped her head back, bouncing idly against the headrest, as though it would shake her thoughts into better order.  It didn't.  I don't like it.  I don't like any of these choices.

Fuck it, I'm not choosing anything.  I abstain.  Let the others sort it out.


"Hey, Terry," Ash called towards the back of the vehicle.  She took a moment to switch off some unnecessary things: headlights, at least for the moment, and the air conditioning, much as she might miss it.  No sense in draining the battery for no good reason.  She stared for a long moment at the radio.  Wonder if anything's still broadcasting.  Some towers probably run backup generators.  If they had stuff set to play on a loop, it might still be going.  Can you imagine?  Billboard Top 100?  Linkin fucking Park?  Her previous train of thought quite clearly abandoned in favor of this shiny new one, she glanced back over her shoulder to Terry.

"I turn the radio on, whaddya think it plays?  Usher?  Ja Rule?"  She gave a sharp, half-snort of laughter.  "Nah, 'round here it'd be... fuckin'... Creed or something.  's weird, y'know, hearing the Christian rock band guy 'found religion'... like, th' fuck you have before tha--  Oh!  Right!  Plan.  What's the plan, is what I mean to ask you."  She turned her attention to the assembled at the back of the SUV, and then to Dino's Grocery, where the rest of the crew were clearly busy scavenging, primarily because she couldn't see a single one of them.  I hope they hurry things along a bit -- don't be slow, but don't be careless.  And then we drive out of here, and get Mina and Nicole.  And nobody's making me drive.

...Well, it would be an excuse to get in some practice, anyway.


Still, probably better to wait for the others.  She rolled down the driver's side window so she could lean against it to comfortably watch for their return.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:26, Thu 01 Nov 2018.
Trisha
character, 437 posts
Thu 1 Nov 2018
at 10:17
  • msg #187

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh wow, lucky!" Trisha exclaims as she watches the keys fly past her, stifling a giggle as Regina fumbles and narrowly avoids dropping them. She can only stand and watch hopefully while the woman fits the key in the lock, waiting anxiously for the results.
In this moment, reality forces its way back to the forefront of Trisha's mind. The importance of what could be behind that door becomes the only thing she can think about. She is practically buzzing with nervous energy by the time Regina gives the ok.
quote:
"It's unlocked, someone with a knife should open this -- one of them are on the other side,"

With no knife in her possession, she glances down at the hammer and, in a move of sheer intellectual brilliance, flips it in her hand so the claw will face out.
'That's genius.'

"Close enough!"
No one else had volunteered so far, so Trisha takes it upon herself to approach the door. She taps it lightly to judge its stability, but holds off on opening it right away.
"Let's do that." She chimes in to agree with Mary. "I don't wanna leave nothin'. Anyways, I could bash these guys all day."

With a silent gesture to the door, she reaches for the handle, prepared to swing the door open and jump back immediately.
Buford
character, 48 posts
Thu 1 Nov 2018
at 22:25
  • msg #188

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford looks around at his ransacked surroundings. "I thought there was some emergency to what we were trying to do." He said, alluding to the supposed tracking of some kidnappers.

"Are you folks sure you can waste the time?" He said eyeing Trisha as she opened the door.
Terry
character, 494 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Sat 3 Nov 2018
at 04:56
  • msg #189

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies



quote:
"Nah, 'round here it'd be... fuckin'... Creed or something.  's weird, y'know, hearing the Christian rock band guy 'found religion'... like, th' fuck you have before tha--  Oh!  Right!  Plan.  What's the plan, is what I mean to ask you."


He freezes, something like guilt flickering in his gaze, then he looks at the ground. Terry pulls away from Dwayne and pushes himself to stand. He snorts, part-humor, part-fatigue.

"You're a gift from God, girl," he announces as he rounds the rear of the SUV and lazily approaches the driver's side. A mighty peal of laughter erupts when contemporary artists are listed. It sounds forced, like it came from a man who needs to laugh more. His eyes flicker over the interior of the SUV, as if discovering it for the first time.

"Is Creed the type'a shit white girls listen to when they joy ride?" he says, as he raises a big calloused fist and chucks Ashley's jaw with it.  The gesture is meant as sharing strength. As giving a hand up. He's impressed, and his tone reflects admiration.

He wags his brows up and down comically. "Who showed you how to have a good time?"
This message was last edited by the player at 08:18, Sun 04 Nov 2018.
Trisha
character, 438 posts
Sat 3 Nov 2018
at 12:44
  • msg #190

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha pulls hard on the door, producing no results. She tries again-and again- until Buford takes it upon himself to bring their methods into question.
quote:
"Are you folks sure you can waste the time?"

"Well, no but..." She pulls the door again, once more for good measure. "But Ash is still hurt! And we ain't et for like, three days now! I'm gettin' whatever's in this room!"

Buford is right to question her, but she does not want to admit it. The temptation of instant gratification quickly shifted her off-course and she fell right back into old habits. This aggressive, self-serving attitude helped her survive to adulthood, but it is less effective now that she is split from her family, living with people who do not want to hurt her.
A wave of guilt washes over her before she is able to shove it away. Tears form in her eyes, but she forces them back and regains focus on the door. It is only then that she realizes her mistake.
'Doors can push too!'

Before she can embarrass herself anymore, Trisha changes position and pushes the door inwards. The weight of the ghoul leaning against the door holds it closed, so she steps back and pushes the door hard with her shoulder, hoping to produce enough force to knock it away.

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
22:34, Today: Trisha rolled 13 using 2d10+4 ((7,2)).

She throws her body against it, pushing with all her strength. Unfortunately, all her strength just isn't enough, no matter how hard she tries to prove otherwise.
"Almost got it!"
Though she talks a big game, it is clear she will not be able to pull it off alone.
Caleb
player, 10 posts
Sat 3 Nov 2018
at 15:39
  • msg #191

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Walking to the dead employee Caleb retrieves his arrow with a sickening slurping noise as it is pulled from the ey socket and with a flick of his wrist sends most of the gore left clinging to it flying. He places his cross bow on the floor, puts his foot in the stirrup and draws back the string reloading it ready for whatever is behind the door.

He hears Buford say there is some sort of emergency and that they should hurry and the girl Trisha say another of their group is hurt, one that is not among them which makes him wonder just how many of them there are. He slowly makes his way over to the door to be able to shoot whatever is behind it.

Trisha seems to be banging on the door to no prevail so he decides two are better than one. He might not be able to have his crossbow at the ready, but that's what his hatchet is for.

"Do you need a little help with the door?"

He steps a little closer and awaits a response
Regina
character, 18 posts
Sat 3 Nov 2018
at 16:09
  • msg #192

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

That older gentlemen had set something off in Regina, and none of it good. Something about his nonchalance and hesitance to help with the encroaching walkers, no doubt. "Finding supplies is never a waste of time," she says bluntly, staring at the much larger man with a slight frown. With the danger mounting with every second, she soon found herself staring at the British man incredulously when he decided that displaying good manners was paramount over swift action. "Are you-"

Regina none too gently pushed past Caleb and braced against the door alongside Trisha. "Hey- Hey! Stop! Look- On the count of three, we'll step back and push together, okay? One, two, three!" she shouts, preparing to step back and slam into the door as she described, with or without Trisha's help.
Mary
character, 530 posts
Sat 3 Nov 2018
at 23:59
  • msg #193

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"They need to eat and drink too," Mary tells Buford. "They'll probably stop for longer than we do. They don't know they're being pursued."

Her head snaps back to the door with alarm, now seeing multiple people shoving against it. "Calm down, for god's sake! When that door gives, you're going to push right into its open arms!"
This message was last edited by the player at 04:36, Sun 04 Nov 2018.
Trisha
character, 439 posts
Sun 4 Nov 2018
at 01:21
  • msg #194

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Do you need a little help with the door?"

"No, I just-" Trisha goes to respond, but is cut off when Regina steps forward. She is relieved to have the woman force help upon her, rather than giving her the option to decline. It gives her an out, so she does not have to admit aloud that she is too weak to do it alone.
When given instructions, Trisha simply nods her head with enthusiasm and prepares herself to follow Regina's call.

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Not sure if I need to roll again. Let me know

This message was last edited by the player at 01:32, Sun 04 Nov 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2053 posts
Sun 4 Nov 2018
at 05:50
  • msg #195

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store


Mary's fear comes true. The two charges at the door, shoving it wide open. The force barely stagger the undead banging against the door. Immediately, both of them sees the two ghouls launching themselves at them. Trisha manages to step back just in time to be out of the ghoul's reach. Regina however, falls into victim of the undead'd grasp. A pair of hands grips firmly on Regina's shoulder. She sees the eyes of the dead woman, a face she recognize. The lower portion of her left cheeks is missing, and there's a knife sticking out of her throat. The other ghoul assaulting Trisha is a man, who also seems familiar to Regina. It looks like she found the couple.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Time skip coming soon!

This message was last edited by the GM at 16:59, Mon 05 Nov 2018.
Ashley
character, 149 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 4 Nov 2018
at 10:26
  • msg #196

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry:
"Is Creed the type'a shit white girls listen to when they joy ride?"

"Naw, 's more like..."  Ash closed her eyes for a long moment, letting her face tip aside with the light press of Terry's knuckles.  She didn't really expect the layers of that question until she had already started answering it -- couldn't give a real answer and retain any shred of self-respect, after all.  Plenty of other baggage with it, too.  Instead, she simply gave a bitter cough of a laugh and leaned her head back against the headrest once more, eyes still closed.  The warmth of human contact reassured her more than it should have, and it reminded her just how far off her game she still was.

"...fuck, Terry.  I can hear the lyrics.  See what you did?  Got me thinking about bad music again."  She snapped her head upright, eyes open, and leaned over on the edge of the open window, once more wagging her free hand at the giant of a man, giving her best and cheesiest grin.  "An' if these assholes keep me waiting too much longer, I'm gonna start singin' the bad music, now that I remember it.  Nobody wants that."  She cupped one hand to her mouth in a mock-shout towards the store, speaking no louder than normal, since it really wasn't worth attracting walkers just for the sake of a bad joke.  "Come oooon, Trisha, shopping spree's over."

If there was one thing Ashley Soma was bad at, it was not doing things.  Leave her alone too long, and she would inevitably start making plans.

"Alright, y'know what," she began, directing both her attention and her idle hand-waving back to her three nearby companions, "let's sort out the getaway car so that when they finally decide to mosey their sweet little asses out of there, we'll be ready to get them and get away pronto.  Tony, Terry, Dwayne, you get the second row, in that order."  She turned her head enough to look to Antonio, the pallor of exhaustion contrasting the heavy dark circles under her eyes, drawing out the absolute flat deadness of her baby-blue stare.  "I really just don't give enough fucks anymore to lie so I'mma be straight with you here, I don't trust you any farther than I can throw you, and that's really not far, but I need my navigator close at hand, and Terry can just slap you upside th' head if you say anything stupid, so that's why you're all three right behind me.  Cool?  Cool.  Get in."  She jerked her thumb towards the back of the car and directed her eyes frontward.  Clearly the girl would hear no protest on the matter.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:51, Sun 04 Nov 2018.
Trisha
character, 440 posts
Sun 4 Nov 2018
at 17:17
  • msg #197

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Shit!"
She yelps, jumping back just in time to avoid a swipe from one of the monsters. As she lines up to swing back at it, the second of the pair throws itself on Regina, sending Trisha into a panic. With no hesitation, she rushes to Regina, grabs the walker's arm and moves to swing the hammer into its face
"Look out! I got you!"

Behind them, Fernando hears the distressed voice of his companion caught off guard, sending him sprinting to her rescue. With his teeth bared, he runs right up to the walker Trisha had just pushed aside. He practically roars with fury as he snaps and snarls at it, running in zig-zags and circles to avoid being grabbed or stepped on.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
03:16, Today: Trisha rolled 21 using 2d10+5 ((9,7)). Shit I forgot to -5 for the dark. can I just take -5 off this roll and still use it?
Can/should I also roll to have Fernando distract the other walker? Let me know


This message was last edited by the player at 04:52, Mon 05 Nov 2018.
Regina
character, 19 posts
Mon 5 Nov 2018
at 04:42
  • msg #198

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina's shock and fear made her freeze up, which was more than enough opportunity for the corpses to seize the advantage. Within seconds, Regina had fallen onto her back outside of the room. With a frightened yelp, she'd managed to regain her senses in time to throw her hands up and grasp both of the walkers by their necks. To her horror, these walkers were fresh, pale husks of her former companions. "N-N- Get them...off...of me!" she shouts, her voice rising high with panic. Her former friends were bearing down on her face, jaws clamping, saliva splattering over her cheeks; their sickening moans sent chills down Regina's spine.

With all of her strength being devoted to holding two fresh walkers away from her flesh, there was little she could do but hope the others were quick-- and accurate.
Mary
character, 531 posts
Mon 5 Nov 2018
at 05:15
  • msg #199

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Fuck's sake," Mary growls, rattled. She reverses her grip on the flashlight and crosses her right hand over her left, leveling both the light and the pistol at the male ghoul as she'd seen police officers do in films.

"Kill that thing!" Mary shouts, shining the light in the male ghoul's eyes. Again, she regrets never learning to fire anything less than a hundred decibels. "If it grabs anyone, I'm firing, damn the consequences!"
Buford
character, 49 posts
Mon 5 Nov 2018
at 06:44
  • msg #200

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford brought his pistol up, attempting to move to any angle where he wouldn't accidentally harm the girl. "I got no shot! No shot!" He barks out in an authoritative voice quite different from his usual tired and calm demeanor.
Caleb
player, 11 posts
Mon 5 Nov 2018
at 15:21
  • msg #201

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

He barely has time to look up from the corpse and the arrow as the two women go through the door and the dead are upon them. The one named Regina falls beneath the weight of them but is managing to fight them off. Buford and Mary are both yelling about shots and he levels his crossbow, He is a reasonably good aim but He didn't want to risk hitting one of the girls and swore under his breath as he moved round a little hoping to get a clearer shot.

Aiming at the one closer to Regina, waiting for that perfect shot he slowed his breathing, pulling the crossbow tight into his shoulder before slowly squeezing the trigger and sending the bolt flying. His shot was true and he watched it thud home into the skull of the dead one atop Regina, its body going limp and the fight disappear from it.

Slinging the cross bow back over his shoulder and pulling the hatchet from his belt Caleb makes his way forward to help Trisha with the remaining biter.



Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
23:16, Today: Caleb rolled 16 using 2d10+6.  attack with crossbow.

Terry
character, 495 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Tue 6 Nov 2018
at 03:24
  • msg #202

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry's mouth tips a familiar grin. He finds it as easy as breathing to smile back at Ashley.

He casts a look to the far side of the vehicle and gives an ominous chuckle when Ashley threatens his physical violence via Terry's fists.

He slides his majestic muscled figure into the middle of the second row as directed taking up a considerable amount of space as he tended to do. The SUV rocks softly as he fusses about positioning his weapon.

Having the foresight to avoid risk Terry slips a meaty digit over a switch and toggles the safety feature of The Bitch to 'on'. He swallows the knot of emotion down his throat as he attempts to downplay the seriousness of the question.

"Sooo..." Terry drawls, "Feels like I've been hooked up wit' a group ever since the first dude that got the heebie-jeebies started goin' 'round and givin' niggas The Clap. I dunno how long after I hooked up wit' Mary but we been together for a coo' minute." His lips compress into a thin line. "Rest of 'em didn't make it yesterday."

He casts a look to the far side of the road, allowing silence to fall heavily onto the conversation.

"How 'bout you, Ash? You been wit' anyone else since this kicked off 'fore you got to us?"
This message was last edited by the player at 04:59, Wed 07 Nov 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2054 posts
Tue 6 Nov 2018
at 18:53
  • msg #203

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Grocery Store

Trisha, Caleb, and Buford successfully hold off the ghouls long enough for Mary, Regina, and Natasha to scavenge the backroom. They locate a large stockpile of canned food, junk foods, and various types of medicine. Someone must have scavenged all these supplies and decided to hold out in this room. Thanks to the shopping baskets, the group carry their rightful loot out of the store.

Other than the couple Regina are familiar with, there are two sets of bodies lying in the corner of the room. A deep, wound pierces through both of their foreheads, indicating the cause of death. Due to time constraints and the darkness of the room, its difficult to tell if they re-animated prior to their death. Furthermore, Regina does not recognize their faces.

The six of them return to the crossroads to rejoin with the other members of the group.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
The actual amount of stuff scavenged will be posted in A group, I'll leave it to you guys to do the loot distribution IN CHARACTER



Crossroads

"Hey, no complaints from me." Antonio shrugs and gets in the truck in the order Ashley dictates. He stares at the shotgun in Terry's hand. "Big T, that thing's pretty harmless without these, yeah?" Antonio reaches in his pocket and holds out several shotgun shells in his hand. The man smirks and passes the ammunition to Terry.

"They're back!" Dwayne exclaims, pointing out towards the approaching pedestrians across the street. The boy's buoyant spirit dims when he notices the two strangers. "There's strangers with them..."

Natasha holds the shopping basket in both hands and strides proudly for the parking lot. At first, she appears to be concern with the absence of the others they left behind. However, delightful glee quickly washes over her transient worried look when she spots them in the SUV.

"Guys! Look what we got." Natasha holds up the two basket full of supplies, both canned food and medicine.
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:58, Tue 06 Nov 2018.
Ashley
character, 150 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 7 Nov 2018
at 06:06
  • msg #204

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

...what the fuck is wrong with people, seriously?  Pour out your heart to Trisha, she goes 'lol k'.  Pull your hardest bitch face on this Antonio guy, he goes 'lol k'.  And now Terry wants to know your life story.

Well, I guess if anyone deserves to know a little more, it's the dude you tag-team scavenge runs with.  You know, puts his life in your hands on the regular, all that.


"Truth be told," Ash began, leaning her left arm against the open window so she could look back towards Terry, already grinning in anticipation of getting to talk about herself a little more, which was of course her favorite topic, "Mary's already heard a little bit of this when I first rolled in with Trisha.  It's a cool story filled with bravery, and heroics," and I'm going to completely skip the part of it at the very beginning that makes me the absolute trash human being I am today.

And then the Shopper Heroes came one by one out of Dino's Grocery, bearing their bounty.

"...aaaaaactually, hold that thought, alright?"  Through the corner of a narrowed flat blue stare, Ashley watched the group exit the store with a calculated frown, and counted to herself.  One, two, three, four... five, six.  That's more than they left with, and more seats than they had left.  Nobody looked nervous and nobody had anybody at gunpoint, so it was safe to assume they were friendly, but friendly didn't change the fact that ten people in an eight-person SUV would be a bit of a squeeze, and moreover, friendly didn't mean that they were in on the plan.  The plan to save Mina.  The plan to save Sam Nicole.

The very possibly, very bloody plan.

"I know you're thinking what I'm thinking."  That, to Terry, before she turned her attention back to the window and the group approaching.  She was going to need backup in figuring this out -- picking up some random nobodies for what was probably going to be a fight or at least a tense negotiation sounded like a really bad idea at best, and suicide at worst.

"Hey guys.  Nice haul."  That, to the incoming group.  She was cordial, but she wasn't ready to greet the new additions yet.

"Sweet ride, right babe?"  And that, to Trisha, accompanied by that Trademark Ashley Grin™, leaning against the open window like some cheesy 1950s, Rebel Without A Cause movie hero type.  She jerked her thumb towards the front passenger-side seat.  "Hop in, you got shotgun."  And then we can figure out what the hell to do about the rest of these losers.  Because seriously.  What the fuck is wrong with people.
Trisha
character, 441 posts
Wed 7 Nov 2018
at 11:40
  • msg #205

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With a whole stash of goodies to show off, Trisha cannot get back to the others quick enough. She leads the group, practically jogging circles around them with a boundless energy that seems to keep her chugging along forever.

The thought of real food from a can is excitement enough on its own, but there is something she craves even more than precious, life giving nutrition: validation. Praise and acknowledgement for doing a good job; an outside source to let her know she has done enough to justify her existence.
Hopefully, doing her part in retrieving food and medicine will bring her closer to her goal.

As she approaches, she is all at once shocked, delighted and relieved to see Ashley hanging her arm out the window of an unknown SUV, looking quite pleased with herself.
"The fuck is y'all doin' in there?" She  giggles, thankful to see her friend regaining some of her spark.

Once she spots the boys sitting comfortably in the back, Trisha leans over to the rear window, reaches out and slaps Antonio quickly over the side of the head without saying a word. The childish act is little more than a power move; dishing out abuse when she pleases to gloss over her own traumas and weaknesses.

Looking past Antonio, her eyes light up as she addresses Terry with the same affectionate tone she had shown to Ashley.

"What did you do, Terry? How'd she get up there?" She flicks her hair and tilts her eyes back to the girl in the front seat. "You know you ain't drivin', bitch."
quote:
"Hop in, you got shotgun."

"Hell yeah I got shotgun!" She states happily, before lowering her voice and taking a more serious tone.
"But we gotta sort some stuff first. Got some new blood. One of them lady-doctors, too! How cool is that?"
Regina
character, 20 posts
Wed 7 Nov 2018
at 14:07
  • msg #206

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With their bountiful haul and bodies free of any serious injuries, Regina hoped to think she walked among these strangers as something closer to an equal than an outsider. She had a skillset that they needed, she reminded herself; her keen eyes had turned up a few more supplies than they would have found, they couldn't possibly see her as a liability. Sure, there was the danger with the walkers at the door, but that was more an underestimation of strength, really. In the end, she'd thanked them for their timely intervention.

The walkers. Regina could practically taste the bile in her throat when she realized what her former friends were reduced to now. They were still in that grocery store, rotting, unburied -- it wasn't Christian to be laid to rest like that. And here she was, having written them off as one of the many husks of people nobody would remember. Regina kept her misery to herself; it was clear there were some wounds that needed to heal. At the very least, she'd recovered a tiny photograph; a picture of the couple smiling in front of a Louisana bayou, a memory of better times.

Soon, there was an SUV with people ahead -- Mary's people, Regina assumed. Figuring out which of them was wounded wasn't exactly a challenge; it was the loud-mouthed teenager who looked as pale as a sheet. Blood loss, Regina lapsed into a clinical mindset honed by lessons, studious nights, and practical experience with a small-town doctor named Huck. She hasn't eaten enough; I'd be shocked if these people thought to change her bandages, too... Wordlessly, she approaches the driver's side window with Trisha. She heard something about 'lady-doctor' and didn't really know what to make of it.

"I'm just a doctor," she said, gently correcting that excitable blonde. "That's likely the only reason you people will keep me around, I'd imagine." There was no annoyance or judgment in her tone, only a calm, matter-of-fact statement of fact. "Call me Regina," she addressed the teenager, though their eyes didn't meet. Regina was staring down at the girl's torso, studying her wound; she wanted to discern its severity, how well it had been treated, if at all, and whether or not she had the supplies to make a difference.

"Tell me how it happened," she asked nobody in particular.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
08:01, Today: Regina rolled 20 using 2d10+8. Rolling to examine Ashley's wound and determine how it can be treated.

Ashley
character, 151 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 7 Nov 2018
at 17:02
  • msg #207

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha:
"You know you ain't drivin', bitch."

"The hell I ain't."  Though Ashley's reply was smirky and snarky, it was also dead serious.  "Y'see these?"  She held up her hands, waggling her fingers.  The tips of the first two fingers and thumb on both hands were wrapped in a single layer of dull silver duct tape.  Without insulated gloves, it was the safest way to keep herself from getting shocked while hotwiring the SUV.  Not a great solution, but the best bad solution available.  "These are my keys.  I got this thing started.  Ergo, it is my property.  Nobody else has the keys."  She waggled her fingers again, for emphasis.  "Ergo, nobody else gets to drive.  So, hop in, bestie."  And there she was, back to that cheery smile -- followed immediately by a strained stage whisper through clenched teeth.  "Because we have important things to talk about."

Ash cleared her throat, then directed her attention and a fresh smile to Regina, in a way that didn't even pretend to be a deliberate shift in topic.  The matter of drivership and ownership was already decided, because Ashley Soma said so.  It never even crossed her mind, at any point, that the dispute might instead have been because her very best friend was concerned about her health.  Nah, that would just be silly.

"And you can call me Captain Ashley-Luc Picard of the USS Ashleyprise."  Ash pointed a duct-taped thumb to her pale face, wearing a cheesy grin despite the grim situation.  The flesh may be weak, but dammit, the spirit was always willing.  "Just Ashley is fine too.  Or Ash.  Or 'hey you'."

A moment of indecision followed, but eventually Ash opened the door, undid her seatbelt, and turned in her seat to let the doctor examine her.  She wasn't about to surrender the driver's seat, but refusing assistance would be the worst kind of stupid, in her condition.  She even slipped out of her jacket, and lifted her sleeveless white shirt all the way up, leaving her bloodied bandages visible to Regina and anyone else who cared to see.

"Regina, just--"  A sudden, quiet plea as the older woman approached; Ash held up a hand to catch her sleeve, but stopped short.  She spoke in a hushed, hurried whisper, those angel-blue eyes wide and pleading.  "Just don't tell my friends how bad it is, please.  I don't think they could handle it right now."

I don't think I could either.  But one of us has to.
Regina
character, 21 posts
Wed 7 Nov 2018
at 17:49
  • msg #208

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I think I'll stick with Ashley if that doesn't offend you, ah, 'Captain'," said Regina, whose mouth curled into an ever-so-slight smile. That this girl managed to keep some measure of cheer, after all that happened in the world, was either a testament to her spirit or naivety. More than that, Regina felt at ease in her role as a doctor. It had been many months since she last had a patient since strangers rarely invited the aid of a stranger. Granted, a musty old SUV in the middle of nowhere, surrounded by people and a very yappy dog wasn't the ideal work environment, but beggars couldn't be choosers.

Regina liked to keep her patients comfortable, but even then, her lips pursed once Ashley displayed her injury. "Chest wound, I'm going to assume...gunshot," she muttered, gently prodding at the bloodiest-looking part of the girl's filthy-looking bandages. Most injuries were either bites or bullet wounds these days, "Not too much bleeding. Whoever wrapped this knew what they were doing. Still, chest wound..." she sighed deeply, "...and so close to the heart."

This simplistic examination was momentarily interrupted by Ashley, who had concerns, ones Regina didn't care for. She regarded the girl with a hard, no-nonsense stare, the kind of stare a teacher would give their student. "Hiding the severity of your injuries will only hurt the people who care about you," she said, in a whisper. "You can decide how important alleviating their worries is."

Without waiting for a reply, Regina looked over to Trisha, "Hand me one of those first aid kits, please; Ashley needs to have these bandages changed. And find me some antibiotics, too." Regina pointed to the passenger seat of the SUV, "And unless all of you would like to risk her passing out from blood loss on the open road, she will be resting and eating."
Ashley
character, 152 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 7 Nov 2018
at 18:47
  • msg #209

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina:
"she will be resting"

The look in the girl's wide eyes was one of absolute, devastated betrayal.

Ashley Soma had a mission.  An important mission.  A mission she had built up in her mind, in literary epic fashion, to be a redemption for her one fundamental failure, the salvation of her very soul... and this woman had just put it in jeopardy.

If Ashley remained in the driver's seat, she was in control.  Terry would follow her orders, Antonio would give them directions under Terry's watchful eye, and Ashley would get everyone where they were going safely.  They would negotiate with Antonio's ex-crew, or, failing that, kick their asses -- Ash never actually considered the possibility of having to kill them, not in any real sense.  But she would kick a lot of asses!  She would kick a lot of asses, and Terry would rescue Mina, and that would redeem his failure, which Ash could definitely relate to.  And Ash, too, would rescue Nicole, and that would redeem her from failing to keep Sam -- her Sam -- safe, and all would be well, and the world would be a bright and beautiful place again.

If Ashley was not in control, the world was not a bright and beautiful place.  The world was a dark, scary, unpredictable place, in which terrible things happened to her, over and over and over again.  It was a place where people trapped her, and tricked her, and hurt her.  It was a place where she lost people, people who mattered.  It was not a place she wanted to be in, and she had been doing her level goddamn best to claw her way out of it, even though it was eating her up inside, both literally and figuratively.  And now this woman was pulling the whole thing out from under her, sending her straight back to a place where she has no control, and there was nothing she could do about it.

I should have kept the damn door closed.

She at least had the good sense to cooperate and keep her mouth closed.
Bandito
GM, 2055 posts
Wed 7 Nov 2018
at 21:47
  • msg #210

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

"Hey, what the hell!" Antonio moves a hand over the side of his head at Trisha's sudden slap. "Who shit in your breakfast today girlie?" Antonio then jabs Terry with his elbow. "Man, how do you deal with these crazy chicks with you?"

Dwayne unlocks the door and steps outside. He circles around to Natasha, eying the basket of supplies she's carrying in her hands. Natasha smiles, handing a basket of junk food to the boy. "I don't know if you like peanut butter candy bars, I think I saw a few of those in there somewhere."

Dwayne holds up the basket up to his head. "Yeah, I like them." He eagerly peers through the gaps to validate the existence of these candy bars Natasha speak of.

"Wait a minute..." Natasha leans in on the SUV. She places her free hand on the car. She feels the faint vibration of the machine against her palm, and the gentle roar of its engine. "The car, its running!" She exclaims to the others.

"Hey doctor." One of the passengers in the back, a Hispanic man with a handsome face, greets Regina. "I'm Antonio, I'm also passing out from blood loss." He states with sheepish grin. Despite his jovial tone, Regina can tell the truth from his injury claims. His face is as pale as Ashley's. Its easy for Regina to identify the bullet wound on the man, the entry point seems to be close to his lungs. "I tried to bandage it myself, but didn't do too good with it." He taps his finger on the bullet wound. "The older lady here did this." He nods his head at Mary then gazes back to Regina. "But I bet you're a much nicer lady, yeah?"

Natasha taps on Regina's shoulder and passes over a large medkit. "Screw him, he'll live."
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:52, Thu 08 Nov 2018.
Mary
character, 532 posts
Wed 7 Nov 2018
at 23:59
  • msg #211

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary strides out of the grocery store with a shopping basket in one hand. Inside are miscellaneous medical stuffs on top of several cans of dog food, carefully arranged to disguise their labels. She figures she'll hear some grousing once they run through the other food and resort to these - possibly from Trisha, as they'll be cutting into her pet's meals - but it'll be worth it for their sheer caloric content.

She gives Ashley a polite smile and ignores Trisha's random assault on Antonio. She positions herself close to Regina, keeping the supplies in reach.

Regina:
"I'm just a doctor. That's likely the only reason you people will keep me around, I'd imagine."

"Don't worry, we've held on to far less deserving people than you," Mary says dryly, shooting Antonio a glare from the corner of her eye.

Mary realizes she's getting distracted when Natasha plucks the medical supplies from her basket. She steps closer, putting everything in Regina's reach, and openly examines Ashley's injury from a distance. She's no stranger to first aid, but advanced treatment is new to her, and she hopes to learn as much as she can.
Ashley
character, 153 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 8 Nov 2018
at 01:53
  • msg #212

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Bandito:
"Wait a minute..." Natasha leans in on the SUV. She places her free hand on the car. She feels the faint vibration of the machine against her palm, and the gentle roar of its engine. "The car, its running!"

"Yes hi that was me, please direct all praise thissaway.  I deserve it."  Ashley threw a halfhearted wave and grin from her apparently temporary position in the driver's seat, grateful for anything to distract herself from her terrible fate -- you know, rest, relaxation, that sort of thing.  A terrible fate.

Mary:
"Don't worry, we've held on to far less deserving people than you,"

"N--now hold on, Mary, wait, hold on."  Ash held a hand up to Mary, trying very hard to maintain her appearance of levelheaded competence and precocious authority, which she seemed dangerously close to being stripped of, since her new doctor wanted to relieve her of her of position as captain of this ship.  "Is it really a good idea to take newcomers where we're going?"  It was difficult to discuss discreetly, and it was rude to talk about people when they were right in front of you (and perhaps doubly rude to do so while they were treating your wounds), but the situation was spiraling wildly out of Ash's control and her remaining options were rapidly dwindling.

Perhaps it would be better to address the newcomers directly, instead.

"It's-- ow-- it's not that we're not grateful for the aid, we are, really, and glad to help besides."  Well look at this little brat just presuming to speak for the whole group herself.  "It's just, what we're heading into is probably going to be a hostage negotiation at best.  I don't want any more people getting hurt because of us."  Her tone, and her eyes, dropped at that last part, and she could no longer meet Regina's gaze.  It seemed at least that bit was genuine.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:12, Thu 08 Nov 2018.
Regina
character, 22 posts
Thu 8 Nov 2018
at 13:25
  • msg #213

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina placed her tools on the dash after doing a quick once-over into the medkits; nothing was missing, fortunately. The doctor gingerly unwrapped Ashley's bandages and let out a relieved sigh when seeing the wound -- it wasn't bleeding. "I'm going to have to clean it again," she said, grabbing a water bottle and dipping a rag with it. You should be washing your hands, she thought as she started to wipe some of the dirt and debris away from the circle-shaped puncture in Ashley's chest. It was a shame the water couldn't be expended so freely -- good hygiene was of the utmost importance.

In the back of the SUV, a Hispanic man was also requesting aid -- from what she'd observed, he wasn't very popular. "He was shot in the chest, that's more serious than a common scrape," Regina said while leaning Ashley forward so that she could clean the girl's exit wound. "I don't care to let him die over history I'm not aware of," Regina's voice was terse, and she didn't seem to be leaving any room for argument. Setting the rag aside, she grabbed a roll of bandages and re-wrapped Ashley's chest with trained precision. It was clear she'd done this many, many times.

Regina gradually pulled Ashley's t-shirt back down over the dressing. "Unfortunately, the Ashleyprise doesn't have a state-of-the-art medical wing, so lying down and resting will have to do," she looked at Mary. "Loss of blood is her main concern. She needs more Iron, which means eating -- a lot," said Regina, who popped open a small bottle and shook two blue and white pills into her hand, which she handed over to Ashley. "Antibiotics."

Then, Regina stared at the girl with an inscrutable expression. A hostage situation? Just what were these people mixed up in? All she could do was assume, so Regina chose to believe this group, with the impossibly cheerful Trisha, the self-important but clearly hurting Ashley, and the coolheadedness of Mary and Natasha, were the victims of some altercation. "And leaving me alone on the side of the road will make me safer?" said Regina coyly, moving into Ashley's view so that the teenager would be forced to look at her. Her expression softened a bit; Regina looked so, so very tired. "I don't have anyone else," she whispered, in an even tone.

With that, she approached the back of the SUV opened the door, where she beckoned that Hispanic man closer. "Your name?" she asked, before repeating the treatment Ashley had received on him.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
23:26, Yesterday: Regina rolled 14 using 3d4+7. Rolling to heal Antonio, using a major medkit to add a +3 modifier.
09:42, Today: Regina rolled 6 using 2d4+4.  Rerolling for the small medkit to use on Ashley.


This message was last edited by the player at 15:48, Thu 08 Nov 2018.
Caleb
player, 12 posts
Thu 8 Nov 2018
at 16:01
  • msg #214

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Leaving the grocery store Caleb felt exhilarated and slightly disappointed, he was certain that if he had arrived alone he would of been able to clear the store and retrieve what was in there by himself giving him plenty of supplies for the road ahead, however there was also a part of him that saw what he had gained was something much more valuable, possible companions.

With the world going to hell the most valuable commodity was not gold or water, guns or defences but people themselves the rest could be found, forged or figured out by people along the way. He had been going it alone in the woods for a while now and even though he was fine with his own company being part of a group could make life easier. It could on the other hand make Life much, much harder. with a lot of people came a lot of people's problems.

The group made their way across the parking lot to a waiting SUV where more of their group seemed to be waiting, Regina went to work fixing up those of the group that were wounded and Caleb just stayed back soaking in the scene, there was clearly something this group were worried about, they were on a mission of some kind, one that may involve hostages and although he didn't know these people He didn't really want to head back into the forest alone with a single can of dog food for the road.

He heard Regina say that she didn't have anyone else and it was true for Caleb too he was on his own out here, and didn't know how much longer he could last that way.

"What is it exactly you are all mixed up in? perhaps I could be of some assistance, they say strength is in numbers after all."

He was speaking to the group and for the first time, but he was really aiming his questions at Mary who from what he had seen, seemed to lead this rag tag group of survivors.
Ashley
character, 154 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 9 Nov 2018
at 00:50
  • msg #215

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina:
two blue and white pills into her hand, which she handed over to Ashley. "Antibiotics."

With... what?  Saliva?  Ashley sighed and shrugged.  Eh, whatever.  I've done worse.  Quickly choking down the pills, she decided to preempt Antonio's introduction (because pettiness was one of a handful of joys she had available to her at the moment) and simultaneously answer a few questions the newcomers had.  It would ease her conscience to explain why she was so hesitant to bring anyone else into this -- given that the alternative was, as Regina said, to just leave people alone on the side of the road.

"He's Antonio, and he's an asshole."  She pulled her jacket back on, taking a moment to pause while doing so and shoot the man a grin that could cut glass.  "I don't think he's an outright hardened killer or anything, but his buddies are.  He's the kind of weaselly shit that'll take an innocent little kid hostage to keep himself safe, which is exactly what happened when--"  Ash gave an inarticulate grunt of frustration, hands flexing to fists on her lap as she tried to sort out her explanation in a way that might make sense to someone who didn't have the context she did.  "Alright, so.  Really long story.  Short version, his raider buddies hit the church because they wanted our stuff, left him behind, but they've still got the aforementioned kid, so that's where we're going, and he's going to help us find them and get her back or Terry's going to slap him upside the head.  Again.  Yo Mr. T!"  Ash pointed back at Terry in the second row, finger-and-thumb held in mimicry of a gun, and jerked her hand back sharply like a gunshot, then turned her attention back to Regina.

"Point being," she continued with a heavy sigh, "this is the stupidest plan anyone's come up with in ages, and I say this as a battle-scarred goddamn veteran of stupid plans.  Unfortunately it's also the only plan.  We can't just leave Mina.  She's like... ten."  A long silence followed; Ash sagged, forearms resting on her thighs, the smugness and fire of her prior Antonio-cutting grin lost in the the somber knit of worried eyebrows and a clearly strained smile.  "And there's someone I want to see again, too.  If... if she's even still alive, anyway."
Bandito
GM, 2056 posts
Fri 9 Nov 2018
at 01:49
  • msg #216

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

"I'm not that much of an asshole, I'm a nice person if you get to know me." Antonio winces as Regina treats his wound.

"Yes, he forced Terry to cut off a guy's arm. Real nice." Natasha scoffs, breaking into a short dry snicker as she rolls her eyes.

"He stole from me, and big T did it willingly. Thanks lady, you're real gentle. I don't see much good people out here anymore, you're like an angel." He passes a wink to the doctor.

"We... we have to try!" Dwayne tightens the grip on the basket in his arms after Ashley finishes her explanation.
Mary
character, 533 posts
Fri 9 Nov 2018
at 02:21
  • msg #217

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary inhales deeply, slowly, meditatively. She releases it in a long sigh, then looks at Regina and Caleb in turn.

"Let me fill in the gaps," she says. "We, save for Buford, were a community living in a church in Rosedale. Antonio here led a group that attacked us. In the process, he took two children hostage - one of which was Dwayne here - and murdered more unarmed people than I can count. Literally - now that bodies get up and walk away, we can't know how many survived and how many revived, and we'll probably never find them in either case.

"They abandoned Antonio due to his injuries and left to greener pastures. He's guiding us there, and our only hope is that we'll find the other hostage: a little girl named Mina. I don't know if she's alive, but I know she lost a father, because his group killed before her eyes. Again, he was unarmed."

She levels her hard gaze on Antonio. "I know he did this because those injuries you're treating are my doing."
Trisha
character, 442 posts
Fri 9 Nov 2018
at 09:43
  • msg #218

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha patiently watches as Regina tends to her wounded friend, looking on curiously as she changes the bandages. It is only then that she remembers her own injuries, and the lack of attention she has given them since being bandaged the first time. She considers that it might be wise to mention them now that there is a chance to receive some real care.
Though the thought is considered, she decides to stay quiet for the moment. The pain from the deep cuts constantly lingers, but she has suffered worse in the past and managed to live through it without any intervention. It is in her nature now to suffer and recover quietly, without anyone being the wiser.

It is clear that Ashley is displeased by the doctor's orders, so Trisha does her best to comfort her.
"Hey it's fine, don't even worry about it." She nudges the girl gently, careful not to disturb her freshly cleaned injuries. She knows very well how hurtful it is to feel useless, but is determined to save Ashley from her own self-righteous attitude.
"Least you ain't in trouble for gettin' hurt. Lucky.."

As hard as she tries to suppress it, a tinge of jealousy shows through in her voice. It eats her up inside to watch the gentle work of a kind doctor, having gone her whole life without ever knowing what it's like to be treated with such dignity. What did Ashley do to deserve it? Why was Trisha constantly deemed unworthy? Is this always how people have been, or did the end of the world change them to be this way? These are the questions that keep her up at night.


While she is pondering these implications, Regina steps away and approaches Antonio. With a vicious look, she snaps at the man as he complains about his wounds.
"Shut the fuck up! It's all your fault we're out here anyway! You don't get help!"

Though she made her point clear, her face goes pale as she watches Regina treat him anyway, wasting precious resources that could have gone to someone more deserving.
"What are you doing, don't do that! Why does he get help?! He's just here so I can fuck him up later for what he did!"

The emotional outburst brings tears to her eyes; her frustrations coming to a head in the only outlet available in the moment. She would like to reach out and claw the fresh bandages right off his body, but knows that it would accomplish nothing and only serve to get her in trouble. Instead, she simply storms away from the car, snatching a can of dog food out of the basket.
"That's mine. Me and Fernando are gonna share it."

She plucks Fernando from the ground, angrily stomps back to the car, pulls herself into the passenger seat and slams the door behind her.
"He don't get no medicine, though! Let him hurt, that might learn him!"

Slumping down dramatically, she agitates the gashes on her back. Her body jolts forward before shuffling into a more comfortable position. If there was an opportunity to ask for help, there was no point in trying now.
"I still get the front seat then, as long as we're being unfair!"


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Super sorry for the huge post. I won't make a habit of it

Ashley
character, 155 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 9 Nov 2018
at 23:02
  • msg #219

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Finally, a little one-on-one time.  With Regina busy treating Antonio, Mary busy correcting her spotty explanation, and everyone else busy sorting out supplies, Ashley could turn her attention to Trisha.  She shuffled around in her seat to face the passenger side, just in time to wince at the older girl's pain -- self-centered she may be, but she has eyes, and it would be hard not to notice, particularly since she damn well knew the source.  She raised a hand towards Trisha, just barely, as though she might offer some sort of aid, but quickly thought better of it.  Some things, it's easier to just not talk about.

And neither of them was any good at honest anyway.

"So uh," she opened her mouth long before she had even figured out what was supposed to come out, and the ensuing pause soon became awkward.  Her salvation came from the grocery basket; she snatched up a can and held it up between herself and Trisha like a golden ticket, label facing her.  Vienna Sausages, it said.  "Y'wanna split some real food instead?"

Ash didn't bother to wait for a response before digging in.  Regina was right; she was really, really, really, really hungry, like eat-a-horse hungry.  For all I know, this shit could actually be made of horse.  Goddamn mystery meat is what it is and I'm on it like a fat kid on cake.  Mouth full of mystery-meat micro-hotdog, she offered the little can towards Trisha for her to take one.

"Prolly be better with some crackers, but I left all my top-of-the-line restaurant supplies back at home."  At least her sense of humor was still intact.  A little bit.  The situation did call for some seriousness, though.  "So what's with the newbies?  I'm not saying we leave the strays by the side of the road or anything, I'd be a hypocrite, this is exactly how I got saved by you guys way back when.  They're living and they seem decent, I trust them if you trust them.  But do you trust them?"
Caleb
player, 13 posts
Sat 10 Nov 2018
at 05:00
  • msg #220

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

There was a part of Caleb that was screaming at him to turn away and walk back into the forest, that these people were dangerous and they are going to get you killed but once he heard the tales of their woes he had to sign there was no way he could ever leave a young girl to such a fate as being held hostage by some raiders that had probably lost all sense of morals since the world had fallen apart.

He had always hated people taking advantage of the foolish, weak and those that cannot protect themselves especially children. Now it was even more serious, children were the key in rebuilding a world into something that resembled civilisation. He moved closer to Mary his hand resting on the axe at his side and gave her a warm grin and comforting grin, he could see that the loss hung heavily upon her, as I did with most of the group.

“A damsel in distress? I wouldn’t be much of an Englishmen if I refused to aid her, besides we have to protect the youth as they are our future.”

For a moment he thought of a saying that Hitler had said during the war when establishing the Hitler youth, ‘He alone who owns the youth, gains the future’ The saying when put into a different context resounded hugely here, The group before him would be the people who laid the foundations for what was to come next, for the youth to follow on the same path.

He looked up at Mary again with a grin. He wasn’t going to quote that to the group but another quote came to mind which made him chuckle a little inside.

“You have my bow, and my axe”
Buford
character, 50 posts
Sun 11 Nov 2018
at 06:55
  • msg #221

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford was carrying some of the supplies back to the rest of the gang and seemed confused by how animated the girl Ash had become since he had left for the market.

He kept his thoughts to himself, listening intently to every ones scattered outbursts. One thing had caught his attention was Trisha berating Antonio. The interaction made him uncomfortable. He looked over at Regina and then Caleb to see if they made anything of it.

Finally he spoke out to Mary. "I'll help you with the hostages. That ain't my first rodeo I already told you that but Mary I must ask what is going to happen to Antonio here?"
Regina
character, 23 posts
Sun 11 Nov 2018
at 08:37
  • msg #222

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Details came in while Regina treated Antonio; evidentally, nobody seemed to like him for a multitude of reasons that she found, well, reasonable. Any doubts as to the truthfulness of their accusations were dispelled when she noticed how calm he was -- the man wasn't bothering to refute any of their claims. With how casually he recalled something as grisly as a medievalesque punishment, Regina swiftly had her mind made up on him. "Back then, they only took the hand of a thief. An arm is just...needlessly cruel," she said tersely, tightening Antonio's bandages without her typical deliberateness. Distasteful as he might be, Regina wasn't going to let someone walk around with an untreated injury while she was in a position to do something about it.

This act of mercy set off a volatile reaction from Trisha, which actually made the doctor jump in surprise from the suddenness of it all. She opened her mouth to protest, but the words weren't coming out; after all, Trisha had a point. Regina, a relative nobody, had just used up valuable resources to help somebody unanimously reviled by the rest of the group. Would she apologize for this? Absolutely not, "If you plan to negotiate with these people, showing that you've treated one of their own with respect could help end things peacefully," she said. As much as she believed in that, she hoped her reasoning would win over some potentially angry people.

"Trisha-" if the blonde had heard her, she wasn't showing it, and Regina felt a pang of guilt when the woman stormed off into the car. However, the way she jerked forward sent alarm bells ringing in the doctor's head. Regina dared approach the SUV's passenger side and  open the door, wherein she crossed her arms and stared hard at Trisha with a deep frown. "If you wanted me to help you, you could have asked. Though I may be well-learned, they didn't teach mind reading in medical school."

Whatever Trisha's answer was, Regina didn't wait for it. She had carried the smaller medkit with her, and it was already open on the dash. "If you're going after kidnappers...I could help," she said slowly and deliberately. A wasteland heroine wasn't her first apocalpytic role of choice, as people -- and death in general -- were hazards she strived to avoid. And yet, that downcast look in Ashley's eyes, the pleading tone of that young boy; how could anyone walk away from them and call themselves human still? "I'm a stranger to them, and I just treated one of their own. Good foundation for negotiation," she said, I'm fond of contemplation, Regina couldn't help adding another rhyme...internally.
Trisha
character, 443 posts
Sun 11 Nov 2018
at 18:13
  • msg #223

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Her mood immediately softens as Ashley comes to her rescue with silly jokes and real, human grade food. She stifles a giggle before switching back to a sour face, though with much more exaggerated dramatics for the sake of the joke.
"Ugh, fine." She huffs and rolls her eyes as she reaches out a hand. "I guess we can eat 'em like gross poor people."
Snatching a sausage from the tin, she meets Ashley's gaze with a goofy smile before taking a bite and speaking with her mouth full.
"But just this one time."
It's little moments like these that keep her going day after day, but of course nothing good can last very long.
quote:
"So what's with the newbies?"

While Fernando desperately paws at her for food, Trisha takes in the questions, thinking seriously about the implications in a way she hadn't before.
quote:
"But do you trust them?"

"Well I guess.." She trails off and goes silent for a moment, her eyebrows furrowing in deep concentration. Finally, after feeding Fernando her last bite of hotdog, she responds.
"I mean, I know like, people say the rule is you prob'ly shouldn't, but I ain't really got a reason not to."
She casually wipes a stray tear from her cheek, already feeling embarrassed by her tantrum.
"It's not like we got a whole lot else to lose. I don't really know 'em that well, but they seem a hell of a lot nice than most people I usually stick with. I say go for it."

Trisha had been so wrapped up in her own little bubble that she does not notice Regina approaching them until the door is swung open. She immediately becomes defensive at the insinuation that she needs help, feeling almost obligated to push back against the woman's stern demeanor.
"Don't even need it. I ain't got nothin' I can't fix by myself."
As casually as possible, she brushes off the offer for assistance and is happy to have the conversation move elsewhere.
quote:
"If you're going after kidnappers...I could help,"

"You sure?" A look of concern falls across her face, meeting Regina's gaze for the first time.
"We ain't leavin' 'til we get her outta there. It's prob'ly gonna get real dangerous and we might die."
Ashley
character, 156 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Mon 12 Nov 2018
at 00:42
  • msg #224

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha:
"I mean, I know like, people say the rule is you prob'ly shouldn't, but I ain't really got a reason not to."

"Naw, see, that's where I'm at on this too."  Being smart did not necessarily mean being a good judge of character, and Ashley Soma had only ever been accused of being one of those things.  Seemed harmless enough in this case, though.  "The bad guys of the world don't go around helping strangers they just met.  And if they wanted our stuff, they would've taken it by now; that's just simple math, a few people are easier to ambush than a lot of people.  So that means--"

She had to cut her conversation short as Regina came around to the passenger side door.

"Anyway, I'm with you: they're probably not shitty people.  Good enough for me."  She would've preferred the newcomers didn't hear themselves being discussed, simply because that would be weird, but if Regina had to walk in on any part of her little strategy talk with Trisha, it would at least be the largely innocent part, rather than the weird paranoid part.  Not that her paranoia wasn't justified, of course; one very good reason was sitting in the seat directly behind her.

Mary's probably right, he's probably just trying to get us all killed so he can ditch.  Goddamn, we need a better plan.

Regina:
"I'm a stranger to them, and I just treated one of their own. Good foundation for negotiation,"

"I don't like it, but I don't not like it."  Ash's face popped up beside Trisha's as she chatted with Regina, arms draped over her shoulders from behind as she suddenly inserted herself into the conversation.  She took great care to not actually lean against Trisha's back.  "I like the part where nobody gets killed.  That part's good.  I don't like volunteering someone else for hazard duty, but you've got a good point, maybe a third party negotiator will help.  They're robbers, not psychopaths, they can be reasoned with.  And-- un momento por favor."  She interrupted herself with a raised finger, flashing Regina a grin that could fairly be called downright conspiratorial.

"Trish," Ash began, tilting her head to place her lips against Trisha's ear, whispering warmly and pleasantly and not so quietly that Regina couldn't hear, "you are my nearest and dearest friend, and it absolutely kills me to see you hurting.  It would be a tremendous weight lifted from my heart if you would please just let this nice lady doctor help you out.  For me?"  She pulled back just enough to give her friend the finest pout she could muster.
Mary
character, 534 posts
Mon 12 Nov 2018
at 04:33
  • msg #225

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

For a moment, Mary wonders if Caleb plans to simply leave his hatchet and crossbow and walk away, but dismisses the thought. No, that would be stupid.

"I'm glad to hear that," Mary tells him, then realizes something and smiles. "I could tell you stories about the last Englishman I worked with, but I suppose he wasn't much of one."

She glances at Antonio again, then looks up at Buford. "That's up to him. So long as he leads us to Mina, I'm inclined to go our separate ways without any more trouble, but if he misbehaves, I may have to defer to our less forgiving team members. In any case, we don't need him - his group considers him a liability, so he's no value as a bargaining chip. I don't trust them to negotiate anyway; they ran out on the last group that trusted them, and before that, I saw them shoot a man that was helping them the second he stopped being useful."
This message was last edited by the player at 00:09, Wed 14 Nov 2018.
Regina
character, 24 posts
Mon 12 Nov 2018
at 11:02
  • msg #226

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

That defensiveness of Trisha's was a nice change of pace, Regina found negotiating with stubborn patients to be enjoyable, so much that she made a game of it with her colleagues. Back then, she'd classify Trisha as the Wounded Warrior: someone whose stubborn pride prevented them from taking anyone's help for fear of being weak. Typically, they needed friends to convince them. Luckily, Ashley had deigned to lend the doctor a hand -- Regina nodded appreciatively at her. "Considering that our backs are so difficult to reach we invented a tool for the specific purpose of scratching it, I find it difficult to believe that you can fix it on your own," she added, cocking her eyebrow while she waited for Trisha's answer.

As much as she wanted to take her mind off the matter of helping these people, Regina couldn't completely ignore the nagging thoughts raised by Mary and Trisha's concerns. Though Trisha hadn't voiced it in exact terms, Regina suspected that she was wondering why anyone would want to help a group of strangers on their highly dangerous mission. Thoughts of moral protestation or gratitude towards the people that saved her life felt strangely hollow when she tried to rationalize coming up with this plan. "And yes, I'm sure that I want to do this," she finally said, leaving out the matter of her motivation. "You helped me, and...you people are all I have," as sad as that is.

Regina faced Mary and slowly shook her head. "It's less about how I saved Antonio and more about how I managed to save him. No matter how ruthless you are, you'd recognize the value a medicinal practitioner brings to any group," she kept her tone even, her emotionless gaze drifted to Antonio. "He's the proof of my skill," she patted her backpack. "And a certificate I'm...attached to,  if they still doubt me." Looking back to Mary, Regina fixated another of her stern stares, not exactly judgemental, but it was clear the doctor was challenging Mary to disagree. "However unlikely our odds, it wouldn't be wise to discount an alternative to upfront conflict."
Trisha
character, 444 posts
Mon 12 Nov 2018
at 12:11
  • msg #227

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Shut up! No!"
She hisses back in a sharp whisper, panicked that Regina will overhear. Ashley's plea does little to change her mind, though the soft physical contact comforts her enough to let her guard down slightly. Even the trademark teen pout has no effect, as Trisha simply scowls in return.
"Stop it!"
Her eyes dart back to Regina as she goes red in the face, uncomfortably aware that the doctor had heard almost everything.

"It's not-" She trails off as Regina calls her on her bluff. Having been caught off guard, she has nothing of value to respond with. With Regina confronting her and Ashley egging her on, Trisha is beginning to feel outnumbered, which only makes her fight back that much harder.
"It's FINE!"
She snaps back more viciously than intended, causing her to pull back and explain herself in a much more submissive tone.
"Sorry, I mean I get it, I do. Kinda...But it's fine and I don't wanna talk about it no more!"

She shuffles back into Ash's shoulder, to subtly prove she is able to take weight on her back without any serious discomfort.
"Can we do this later? Please? I mean, I don't wanna waste the time if I'm just gonna get shot in the head anyways."
With a small wave of her hand, she cracks a smile as if she were more than half-joking.
Ashley
character, 157 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 00:23
  • msg #228

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Oof.  ♪Shot through the heart, and you're to blame.♪  Oh well, it was worth a try.

"It's cool, later is fine."  Ash matched Trisha's little wave, downplaying the seriousness of what she'd just said.  Part of it was just Trisha's usual cocktail of odd bleak cheeriness, but it was also a lot more true than she wanted to admit.  If things go south and guns come out, people could very likely die.  Ash sighed and wrapped her arms around Trisha's shoulders, burying her face and her fluffy mop of hair against the side of the girl's neck affectionately, her usual prickly aloofness compromised by exhaustion.

"Really prefer if you don't get shot in the head though.  I think I'd get bored without you around."  The chuckle in her voice said 'jokes', but tightness of her grip said 'you better fucking not'.
Buford
character, 51 posts
Tue 13 Nov 2018
at 19:52
  • msg #229

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford keeps his eyes on the captive while he listens to Mary. "I suppose thats fine, just can't help but disagree with keeping him around like we are if y'all plan on shooting him the moment it becomes convenient."

He looks back at Mary. "Whats the next step?"
Mary
character, 534 posts
Thu 15 Nov 2018
at 22:34
  • msg #230

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary cocks an eyebrow at Regina. "Are you trying to imply that you'll trade yourself for Mina? That's a...creative solution, but it could work. You're right; you're a lot more valuable than a little girl. It would behoove them to keep you alive, too, so you'll safe and well-fed for as long as you can stand the company."

She crosses her arms. "That's the issue, though - how long can you stand the company? These people are ruthless murderers. You probably won't have to get your own hands dirty, but you will be shaking those dirty hands. If you're willing to do that for your room and board, I don't judge you for it. Just know it won't be an alternative to up-front conflict."

She looks over at Buford. "I don't plan to shoot him when it becomes convenient, or at all. I just don't have any charity in me for him. He murdered our friends. They weren't even armed. He did it with a smile and he's still smiling. I'll let him walk away if he gets us Mina back, but that's more than he deserves. I am the reason he's still alive. More than one of us want him dead and they're right to do so."

Mary feels heat growing in her and places a hand on the side of the vehicle, taking a deep breath. After a moment, she exhales it and nods. "We found more food and medicine than I expected. That should gain us some ground on Solomon, but we still need fuel, and to a lesser extent, ammunition. There might be some of that in the school, if it was used as an aid center. It's worth checking out. We'll know quickly if it was or wasn't."
This message was last updated by the player at 22:34, Thu 15 Nov 2018.
Trisha
character, 445 posts
Thu 15 Nov 2018
at 07:09
  • msg #231

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Well I mean, I ain't gonna do it on purpose."
Trisha scoffs at the statement as she leans back against Ashley's touch, reveling in the affection. She finds it comforting to be reminded that if she did die today, there would be people that would genuinely miss her.

quote:
"Whats the next step?"

She tilts her head to look at Mary as soon as the question is asked, curious to know the answer herself. All her talk of Regina hypothetically giving herself up makes Trisha uneasy. From what she knows of Antonio's gang and others like it, there is nothing to gain from trying negotiate fairly. Without saying as much, she simply cocks her head and looks at Regina tentatively, a look of concern clear on her face.
"You ain't gonna do none of that really though, right?"

Though Mary has yet to steer her wrong, she is put off by the thought of travelling all the way up to the school. Every minute they are sidetracked is another minute that Mina is likely suffering at the hands of the raiders.

"I kinda thought we were gonna head out now. I don't really wanna wait much more or we might not catch up."
Regina
character, 25 posts
Thu 15 Nov 2018
at 08:23
  • msg #232

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Placing a hand over her heart, Regina looked at Mary with feigned shock, "You misunderstand me, I think. Staying with you people is appealing to me, so I'd like to keep doing that. If- If you don't mind, that is," she said, exasperatingly. "The idea is to steal her back discreetly, not exchange myself for...what was her name again? Ah, doesn't matter at the moment. Although..." she began to rub her chin and stare off as she became lost in thought, "Although I'll admit that your scenario would be the most ideal, given that I could simply leave after you have her, they might not enjoy seeing you people again if your story is true."

With her thoughts on that subject squared away, Regina felt herself falling into the same opinion as Trisha. "A school wouldn't offer us much unless you fancy starting up a school if you ever decide to settle down. More knowledge is always welcome, but remember: priorities," she said, and she opened the back door of the SUV, pushed the seat back, and crawled over to the leftmost side next to the window.
Ashley
character, 158 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 02:30
  • msg #233

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina:
"Staying with you people is appealing to me, so I'd like to keep doing that."

"Rather the devil you've known for twenty minutes, than the devil you've never met?"  Ashley chirped after Regina, lifting her head from Trisha's shoulder with a grin.  "All jokes aside, I'd stick with the people who would save a little girl, over the people who would use a little girl as a human shield, too.  Shit's just bad manners."  For once, she didn't throw Antonio a withering glare about that; but then, she didn't really need to.  She simply disentangled herself from Trisha and, with a sigh of obvious regret for what she's about to do, exited the driver's seat and took a step back from the SUV.

"First Officer Mary," she began, waving the group's 'boss lady' towards the now vacant seat, "you have the helm."  If she had to surrender her place -- and she had to, since otherwise she'd be responsible for delaying the rescue mission, and that's not a thing she could allow, even if it hurt her pride -- she would at least do it on her own terms.  At least, that's what she told herself, though the truth mostly consisted of childish nicknames.

It made her feel just a little tiny bit better about it, though, and that's what counts.

"You've got steady hands, and you're the only other person around here I trust to not take any bullshit from anybody."  She spared a brief frown and a glance down the street, towards the school.  "Still not a fan of the school thing, though.  Engine's running, time's wasting, who knows if we'll find anything good in there, and even if we do, there's no guarantee they'll trade what we found for what we want.  In fact, pretty sure they won't."  That frown turned to a resolute stare, turned back to Mary with a good deal more confidence than she actually felt, and just as much urgency.  Torn over having to come into conflict with her, Ash's voice was strained and thin, her hand trembled subtly at her side.  She was in no state to be waging this war, but nobody else was equipped to.

"We need a better plan.  We do.  I know.  But no matter how you look at it, they've got the leverage here, not us, so they're not going to work with us on our terms.  And that's the best case scenario.  If they've packed up and left by the time we arrive, or... if something worse has happened?  Then all the plans and all the supplies in the world don't mean a thing."
Mary
character, 535 posts
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 05:34
  • msg #234

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I doubt they'd be happy to see us again, too," Mary mutters darkly, scowling. "The best case scenario is they don't even recognize us. Trust me, I'd like to steal Mina back, too. Actual negotiations are strictly a...second-last resort."

She leans against the driver's side of the vehicle, looking at each person in turn. "I'm not interested in the school for scholastic sake. The government tends to use schools and churches as aid centers during crises. I suggest we drive up and look for signs. If we don't see anything obvious, we leave immediately. It'll take two minutes. If we do see something..."

She sighs, frowning. She frowns a lot nowadays. "I know you don't like the delays, and neither do I, but we have food and medicine - not fuel, the one thing we need to catch up with them. Remember, they need supplies too, and they don't know they're being pursued. We have the advantage..."

...and I'm going to use it, Mary narrates to herself. No ifs, ands, or buts. They trust you, Mary. You have leverage. Lever it! Show them who's in charge here!

"...but if you really don't think we can spare the time, I won't force you. What do you all say?"
Regina
character, 26 posts
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 05:55
  • msg #235

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina's frown deepened upon hearing how dismissive these people were being, almost as if they were hungering for a fight, and the rescue of their friend, this 'Mina', was just an excuse. "At the risk of sounding arrogant, I'm your leverage. While I may not know these people, nor the extent of this conflict, a professional doctor is worth far more than a...is it presumptuous to assume my skillset is more varied than your friend's?" The doctor nursed her temples, she was doing it again, letting the condescension sneak its way in. This is why your colleagues couldn't stand you...

"All I'm saying," she resumed, speaking slowly and deliberately, "is that you needn't be so quick to discount non-violent possibilities, no matter how slim. It's disturbing that you put talking so low on your list of priorities, and would hardly make you better than those supposedly terrible people," she knew she most assuredly crossed a line with that last remark, but she didn't care. "As for the school, I'm against it. Places that were formerly used by high concentrations of people sound like deathtraps if I'm to be completely honest," she said, leaning back into her seat, having said her piece.
Mary
character, 536 posts
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 06:10
  • msg #236

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"What exactly is your plan, doctor?" Mary asks, an edge of irritation creeping into her voice. "Whatever it is, it seems to hinge on your medical degree, but you also plan to stay with us. Do you think you can give them all a checkup in return for Mina, then walk out? I should state, again, that these people outright executed their last partner. Isn't that right, Antonio?"

She glares at Antonio for good measure. "In any case, outright violence is my last resort...for our own health, mostly."
Ashley
character, 159 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 06:43
  • msg #237

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

What?  You make it sound like I want to hurt whatever asshole took Nicole.

...Oh.  Right.  I guess I kinda did.


Ash huffed, faced with the questionable hopscotch she'd been playing with morality.  It's all fun and games until somebody calls you on it.  Fortunately, she wasn't the face of that part of the plan, and she could safely leave Mary to handle the explanations there, saving any personal meditation on it for later, when she could spare the time to kick her own ass for a while.  The other part, however...

"Alright, fine.  Couple minutes, swing by, see what we can see."  This compromise, she could handle.  She even headed for the back of the SUV to get in, and waved along everyone else who hadn't boarded, too.  "We've got half a tank, so we'll probably be fine unless these chucklefucks are in another state, but it won't hurt to have extra.  If it looks like there's nothing or it'll take too long to be worth it, we just drive on by.  Fair enough?"
Regina
character, 27 posts
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 07:18
  • msg #238

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I'm glad you asked," said Regina, who had been waiting for Mary's prompt to extrapolate. "As previously stated, I have no stake in this conflict between your groups, save for an inclination to stay with you...as long as you don't do anything stupid, that is," she couldn't help but glance at Ashley before continuing. "After we arrive at wherever these people are staying, I'll approach with Antonio and provide evidence that I treated him. The idea is that my value to their community outweighs whatever grudge they have towards you. With any luck, they'll allow for a trade." Regina paused, letting the group absorb this information.

"This is where I go against my better judgment and trust you people to help me afterward. Granted, I have enough respect for your intelligence to hope you wouldn't leave me to the wolves, so to speak," her eyes wandered amongst the people in and outside of the SUV, "I'll be trying my utmost to get out undetected, and the rest of you will be keeping watch outside, handling any guards that might be keeping watch. If we play this right, you could have your friend and me back in a few days at most," Regina, while confident, felt that her plan was rougher than she was comfortable with. Still, she'd provided something, which was more than the others could say.

On that note, she focused squarely on Mary. "What do you think? If you think you have something better, I'd be glad to hear it," she said, calmly.
Trisha
character, 446 posts
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 12:53
  • msg #239

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh wait for me, I'm comin' too."
As Ashley exits the car, Trisha almost immediately follows, snatching up the open tin of sausages on her way out. With her personal items collected, she walks around to the other side of the vehicle, keeping an eye on Fernando as he jumps down and trots along beside her.
"Someone else can have the front if they like."
She casually offers the prime seating location, but the discussion has clearly moved beyond that.

For a while, Trisha is happy hearing from anyone that has an idea. Unfortunately, Regina manages to hit another sore spot by implying that the team would simply prefer to be violent, as if she had any idea of what they would be dealing with.
"Hey, don't do that." She pipes up. "You don't know, you wasn't there. We already tried makin' deals and bein' nice. They ain't havin' none of it."

quote:
"Alright, fine. Couple minutes, swing by, see what we can see."

Watching Ashley hobble her way back into the car, she knows the decision has been set. She simply huffs and rolls her eyes softly, giving in to the idea quickly.
"Yeah, sure." Her voice regains the pep in had lost just a moment ago. "Worth a try I guess."
Before heading off to pile into the truck, Trisha's eyes fall back on Regina.
"That's a bad plan and you shouldn't do it."

With that, she is off. She sets the cans on the roof of the truck before leaning against the rear door.
"Alright, how's we gonna do this?" Her eyes dart around as she counts the number of seats. "We used to all jam together in the back of my brother's truck a whole bunch when we was littler. But none of us was ever shot when we did it, so it might not work so good this time."
This message was last edited by the player at 15:58, Fri 16 Nov 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2057 posts
Fri 16 Nov 2018
at 17:25
  • msg #240

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

"Who? John?" Antonio responds to Mary's accusation. "Yeah, we did do that. But hey, he was an asshole agreeing to letting us raid the place." He shrugs with a nonchalant smile.

"Its not that we're not willing to talk, those fuckheads shot everyone last time we tried negotiating. They'll probably just do it again." Natasha comments after Regina. She takes a seat in the back next to her. At the same time, Dwayne quietly returns to his seat in the SUV.

"Yep, they will." Antonio slumps back into his seat.

When Regina reveals her plan, she can sense Antonio listening in attentively from behind the seats.

A look of concern washes over Natasha as she glances over to Regina. "I don't like this. We just met you, but we know his people more than you do they-"

"It'll work." Antonio states, abruptly interrupting Natasha. He turns his head to grin at Regina. "Shit lady, you got balls. This plan will work if you can get past my crew's 'initiation'."
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:38, Fri 16 Nov 2018.
Caleb
player, 14 posts
Sat 17 Nov 2018
at 00:37
  • msg #241

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Leaning on the SUV and retrieving his tobacco pouch Caleb started to roll himself a cigarette while listening intently to everyone’s plan, some wanted all out war and violence while others wanted to try a more diplomatic approach. Looking around it was easy to see that a straight up fight was off the cards, a number of the group were severely injured and looked like the last thing they needed was another fight. He was willing to help in all avenues violence or diplomacy but he also realised that the two went hand in hand. He had reached the stage of licking the cigarette paper when he decided to speak up.

“Antonio just how many people are in your old crew? How many of them are decent fighters willing to go to arms over a little girl and are they clever enough to realise how valuable a doctor is and what is this 'initiation' ?”

He popped the cigarette into his mouth, and started patting himself down looking for his lighter.

“If their numbers are small enough and they are travelling in a convey and not in a stationery position that they could defend with ease then I suggest you attack them on two fronts when it is getting darker, early evening maybe.”

He finally found his lighter and rolled it in his hand a little as if it was helping him chose his words, before raising it to the cigarette and flicking it into life, taking a long drag on the cigarette.

“You drive up with the SUV, your headlights on the lowest setting messing up their night vision and get out with the good doctor, try and bargain for the little girl and say that Regina is willing to join them for the sake of the girl, that you will trade Antonio and Regina for the girl.”

He blew out a thick cloud of bluish grey smoke and watched it rise towards the heavens a little before continuing.

“Now before this a separate group of us leave the road and enter the woods, farm or whatever surrounds it and approaches the convoy from the rear, silently and swiftly using blades and bows, guns would only draw unwanted attention. I could easily fashion some rudimentary bows and arrows on the drive to meet them, The food cans will make decent enough arrow heads and wood is easy enough to source.”

Returning the cigarette to his lips he turned back to look at Mary.

“If their group is small enough then the distraction of the diplomacy may give us the opportunity to slip in and find the girl, once we have her we could send a signal for you to either cancel the deal or open fire yourselves, with their ranks already being thinned out. Its not concrete or fool proof but it does give you more options. I would be happy to part of the swift and silent group, with anyone else who thinks they could use a bow or is happy with slitting throats with a blade.”

He shuffled his feet a little trying to count just how many of them there were and how many were fighting fit,

“Now I would need people with me that are quick on their feet and we would need someone who knows Mina, I wouldn’t recognise the girl and it’s likely there are more than one child in their camp. People who wouldn’t lose their heads and started firing their gun in panic.”

He grinned a slightly wolfish grin.

“Smile and shake hands to their face, while you quietly slide the knife into their backs.”

This showed a side to the Englishman that was quite different to the cheerful, happy-go-lucky kind of guy he had been so far, it showed a cold and calculating part of him that was willing to do whatever was needed to either get the job done or help those he wished to help.
Buford
character, 52 posts
Sat 17 Nov 2018
at 01:19
  • msg #242

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Bufords eyes ping ponged between the talkers and with a smooth motion reached into his coat to click the on button for the voice recording. He attempted to cover this with clearing his throat and patted his chest.

Listening intently to all sides and waiting to interject. "If I may, this seems an awful lot of risk for just Regina here. Mr. Caleb and I have no relationship with these people. We can all be a part of the distraction if that helps." He said cheerily.

"Heck, to go off Caleb's idea here." He said. Giving the newcomer a friendly shoulder pat as he moved closer to the car.

"The three of us can simply say we found Mr. Antonio and he told us where to go looking for them. Instead of a hostage, theyd view it as a rescue, while they certainly dont care for the man. They wouldnt be so inclined to be violent if we were merely returning something lost to them." He shrugs.

"I don't know the full situation, but I had a hostage crisis in nineteen-ninety-seven that went down like that if you could believe it."
Ashley
character, 160 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sat 17 Nov 2018
at 01:22
  • msg #243

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

For a brief moment, Ashley couldn't decide whether to be mad at Regina for producing a plan that was only a fraction less dumb than her own, or impressed with her for having the reckless abandon to suggest it at all.  In the end, she split the difference, gave a sharp cough of a laugh, and wagged her finger at the woman who had just chided her to not do anything stupid.

"The only reason I'm not making fun of you right now, is that my original plan was to try to sneak in there and sneak Mina out.  But I admit, sneaking out a competent adult who knows the plan, sounds way easier than sneaking out a scared kid with no idea what's going on.  I'd shorten it from 'days' to 'under cover of nightfall', just because hanging out around herds of deadies waiting for an opportunity makes me kinda fucking nervous, but the rest sounds like the best bad idea we've got.  If it's stupid but it works -- it's not stupid, it's awesome."  Cue cheesy grin, finger guns, and Ash strolling around the back of the SUV to meet up with Trisha now that her brilliant tactical input is no longer required.
Trisha:
"Alright, how's we gonna do this?"

"Trunk's roomy, we're small."  Ash poked her head around the corner of the SUV, throwing Trisha an apologetic smile.  You know, the kind of smile that said, okay, you were right, I really can't do this.  "Wanna sit back there together and guard the supplies?  Doc says I need food and rest, and..."  She paused for an exaggerated yawn, though only barely.  "...yeah, I could really stand to shut my eyes for a few minutes.  Just-- just a few minutes though."
Mary
character, 537 posts
Sat 17 Nov 2018
at 06:44
  • msg #244

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary looks over at Regina and steeples her fingers, eyes narrowed thoughtfully.

"That's clever," she finally says. "Insanely dangerous, but clever. I've seen some of their other workers. They kept them secure, but not impenetrably so. I've just remembered a problem, though."

She points through the window at Antonio without deigning to actually look at him. "He wasn't left behind by accident. They abandoned him when he couldn't keep up due to his injuries. With treatment, they could have kept him alive, but they didn't want to spend the resources on that. We can't be sure they'll want to spend resources on a doctor at all. They may just find it easier to shoot us and rob our corpses."

She looks over at Caleb. "I like the way you think. Still, let's keep the plans vague for now. We'll leave the specific details for when we actually know what we're up against, and where."
Regina
character, 28 posts
Sun 18 Nov 2018
at 06:51
  • msg #245

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

After expounding on the plan, Regina wasn't altogether shocked by the collective response. While a few 'opinions' were ignored (though she cast an aside glance at Trisha once she started discussing seating arrangements), the doctor nodded politely at Caleb and Buford, who were the few individuals offering up some measure of assistance in lieu of simple stonewalling. Equally unsurprising was Ashley's overly sarcastic support in a I-agree-but-saying-that-outright-would-be-too-humble sort of way. "Try to keep your torso elevated," Regina said, in a forceful 'demanding request' tone of voice. It seemed as though they were poised to leave at any moment.

Natasha's niggling continued to eat at Regina more than she'd be willing to admit. She's right, you know. Stupidly dangerous plan for the sake of strangers, Regina couldn't disagree with her voice of reason, but sensible motivations were far from her mind. In a way, there was something liberating about losing one's sense of self-preservation. Regina found it helpful in staying focused on what mattered: pulling this plan off.

Mary's agreeability was a welcome change of pace, albeit one Regina suspected came from a desire to avoid more arguments for now. "We can discuss it further on the road," she said, leaning back into her seat. She wondered if the exhaustion had always been there, and she just didn't realize it.
Trisha
character, 447 posts
Sun 18 Nov 2018
at 10:48
  • msg #246

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha finds herself simply standing aside and watching intently as the discussion rolls on. It amazes her that, in a time of crisis, a group could have gone this long without devolving into vicious arguments over minor details. T
hough she is still uncomfortable with the idea of Regina, or anyone else, "giving themselves up" to the raiders, the plan seems much more cohesive than she originally thought it to be. Caleb's talk of sneaking in a silently cutting them down captures her interest, his methods feel much more grounded in reality-or as close to reality as Trisha can perceive.

She continues to watch with a curious stare, even as she falls in with Ashley and pulls open the trunk.

Though she isn't ready to flip the switch and say it out loud, she is less inclined to outright reject the idea as she was before. She mutters to Ashley as she shuffles things around to clear a comfortable space to sit, leaning in close so that the conversation might stay between the two of them.
"This is crazy. Nobody's even fightin' or nothin', what is this?"

Her eyes light up, bright and hopeful, as she looks out again to the adults. She quickly snatches her cans of food from the roof of the truck, lifts Fernando into the back and speaks again, glancing at Regina as she begins to talk about her behind her back.

"I still don't think we can "talk it out", these new guys don't know what we's up against."
She looks back out to the group and sighs, knowing it is more than likely that not all of them will survive the fight.
"You really think it's the best we got?"
This message was last edited by the player at 23:59, Sun 18 Nov 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2058 posts
Mon 19 Nov 2018
at 00:12
  • msg #247

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

"There was about thirteen of us." Antonio answers.

quote:
"and what is this 'initiation' ?"


"Something we have our newbies do to make sure they got the stuff to get shit done. T-man here  did his and passed." Antonio nudges Terry with his elbow.

"Cutting off Jim's arm was a test?" Natasha's tone sounds incriminating, rather than inquisitive.

Antonio nods. "And uh... Don't walk up to Salomon with me, he hates my guts. We'll all be gunned down before we get up close, yeah? You want to listen to the little lady." He hints at Trisha with a subtle nod. "Talking will be bad." He pauses briefly. "Talking with Salomon will be bad." Antonio rephrases his words.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:21, Mon 19 Nov 2018.
Buford
character, 53 posts
Mon 19 Nov 2018
at 00:54
  • msg #248

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford smiles lightly at Antonio. "What an extraordinary line of poor descisions you must have made to wind up like this."
Trisha
character, 448 posts
Mon 19 Nov 2018
at 03:57
  • msg #249

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Cocking an eyebrow and glancing in his direction, Trisha hits back at Antonio with more childish sarcasm.
"No way! I thought they all loved you."
If she could reach out far enough, she would happily smack him in the head again, for fun.
Ashley
character, 161 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Mon 19 Nov 2018
at 06:50
  • msg #250

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Caught off-guard by Trisha's comment, Ashley gave an utterly graceless snort of laughter before she even realized it, quickly clamping a hand over her own mouth until she could get herself under control.

"Don't antagonize the poor dude," she said through her snickers, pausing to nudge Trisha with her elbow, "he's already got 99 problems and at least half of them are his own dumb ass."  Not like anyone else you know, right kiddo?  Right?  I'll be here all night, be sure to tip your waiter.

Ash quietly assisted Trisha with the remainder of the supply-arranging, making space enough for the two of them and one anxious, neurotic furball.  Like her friend, she leaned in when she spoke, and kept quiet; there were no secrets being shared, nothing that hadn't already been said, but she was dead tired of having to debate her plans with a bunch of people who she distinctly suspected didn't really listen to her or take her seriously in the first place, and were just going to end up doing whatever they wanted anyway.  And I'm the immature one here?

"In an ideal world, we'd walk up, ask politely, they let Mina out and everyone lives happily ever after."  She paused just long enough for dramatic effect, sighed, and continued, counting off the remaining options on her fingers.  "Plan B, we scope the place out, find a way to sneak Mina out without having to even interact with any of them.  Also probably not gonna happen.  Next option, trade supplies for girl.  Probably won't work, they can just take whatever they want by force anyway, we saw that.  So we're gonna hafta do something tricky no matter how you look at it, because nobody in their right mind wants to go in guns blazing like Tweedle-Dumb and Tweedle-Dumber over there."  Ash frowned at the ground, scrunching her nose in a way that probably would've been cute if she wasn't talking about the possibility of people dying at the time.

"So... yeah, it's a shit plan, but shit's probably the best we got."
This message was last edited by the player at 07:03, Mon 19 Nov 2018.
Mary
character, 538 posts
Mon 19 Nov 2018
at 07:00
  • msg #251

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"We can't work out all the details here," Mary says, opening the driver's side door of the SUV. "Between this initiation and their shoddy healthcare plan, Regina, it looks like we'll need something more complex than simply offering your services. We won't know our options until we have Solomon's group in front of us. Let's take a minute to check a school, and if there's no sign of anything useful inside, we'll move on."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:10, Tue 20 Nov 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2059 posts
Mon 19 Nov 2018
at 23:27
  • msg #252

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroads

quote:
"No way! I thought they all loved you."

"They did, they did, not as much as you and the other in this car." Antonio gives out a brief chuckle. A cough puts an end to his momentary laughter. He looks to Mary. "Boss lady, you want to go North. My boys and I came here from the South. I think they want to see new sights and meet new people on the way, ya?"
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:27, Mon 19 Nov 2018.
Trisha
character, 449 posts
Thu 22 Nov 2018
at 06:18
  • msg #253

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Aww, you just think that 'cuz we treat ya better."
As she speaks, she kneels forward through the back seat. The pain burns across her back as she stretches, but she ignores it completely as her arm litfs up behind Antonio and her hand whacks across the back of his head once again, smiling playfully all the while.
Bandito
GM, 2060 posts
Thu 22 Nov 2018
at 07:22
  • msg #254

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Crossroad

"Ey, stop it! That hurts." Antonio swipes Trisha's hand away after feeling a smack on the back of his head.

After everyone get comfortable with their seat, the SUV drives North, up the route 1. The middle school immediately comes into view. Across the middle school lies the elementary school. There are several large, cardboard signs lining up just outside of the walkway leading up to the middle school entrance. Most of them reads "Shelter" or "Refugee welcome". Between the road and the school's front entrance is a wide, open parking lot. Several school buses are line up against one another from head to tail, forming an enclosed square fence around the campus. The walkway, which stands in a tiny gap between two school bus seems to be the only way in.
Regina
character, 29 posts
Sat 24 Nov 2018
at 05:57
  • msg #255

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

For a moment, Regina enjoyed a relative period of calm in the SUV, though she found herself staring at the grocery store. As it grew ever distant, she reflected on how her world had for all intents and purposes flipped completely for the second time. Selena and Terrance, dead, like so many people she'd known in the old world. This large, dysfunctional, family that had deigned to take her in. Their mission, of which she had been pressed into supporting, the danger of which she was surprisingly keen to confront. Again and again, she wanted to justify to herself that it was to engender their trust, but the thought of a grisly death that scarcely perturbed her was annoyingly contradictory to such a motivation.

The school came into sight, its inevitable danger offering a momentary reprieve from those uncomfortable thoughts. "I don't like how quiet it is," said Regina, fidgeting forward to get a better look out of the windshield. "Terrance and Selina told me about a shelter like this, in a church outside Fairhope. One person came down with sickness, and..." she swallowed, then exhaled, "...it was gone in hours." The doctor stared at Mary, "Call me a pessimist, but I don't see this place faring any better."
Mary
character, 539 posts
Sat 24 Nov 2018
at 06:37
  • msg #256

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary glares out the window with narrowed eyes, as if trying to tell the school to get its shit together.

"No," she says through clenched teeth. "Those signs don't look official. I don't like the look of it...but it does mean people were there after the dead rose. There were enough to set up this perimeter and to try and attract others."

She inspects the signs, trying to tell how long they've been exposed to the elements.  Finally, she turns in her seat, looking back at the other sardines in the car. "It might be a trap or just a bust, but there could be something useful in there. I think we can hold on until the next opportunity arises, but what do you all say?"
Regina
character, 30 posts
Sat 24 Nov 2018
at 07:09
  • msg #257

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I don't think it matters if the signs are official or not," Regina said, cocking an eyebrow. She points to the school buses, "No lookouts," she adds, grimly. "One way in and out -- that we can see, at least," she settles back into her seat with a sigh. "At the risk of coming off overly-pessimistic, I don't like this at all. Based on a few educated guesses, we have...maybe two realistic ways to go about this."

Regina held up a finger, "Improvised shelters typically keep people grouped in a large building to make monitoring easier -- the gym would be our best bet. If these people are..." she paused for a moment, "...gone, then there's a good chance they'll all be in that gym, but so will their supplies. Considering most schools have the cafeteria right next to the gym, we could hit that as well," she let the rest of the group take this information in before holding up a second finger. "Second possibility: these people liked their privacy, so they took classrooms as personal spaces. Middle school classrooms are centralized in one building from my experience, but it would mean splitting up if we wanted to search the place quickly. I don't have to tell you how dangerous that is."

With that, Regina peered at everyone, as if to gauge their reactions. "Questions? Comments? Concerns?"
Ashley
character, 162 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sat 24 Nov 2018
at 07:35
  • msg #258

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley popped her head up from behind Regina in the back row, both hands gripping the edge of the back seat like some moppish 'Kilroy was here' graffiti and just as grim, her brow furrowing as she visibly tried to sort out the problem.

"No sign's gonna look official, out here in the boonies.  Even in a bigger school in a bigger city, we never saw any military, government, whatever.  And if there were any survivors now, someone would've seen them, we're not that far from the church.  Regina's right -- if a lot of people had holed up in there at some point, it went bad, and it went fast."  Ash frowned, but not because she was agreeing with Regina.  She was already regretting the next part, but a promise was a promise, and she did promise Mary she'd give it a fair chance.

Turns out she'd end up giving it a better chance than Mary wanted to.

"But," she began, wagging a finger towards the window, and the school, "if they had signs, they had supplies.  Next part depends on whether they were idiots.  Spoilers, most people are idiots, but there's at least a chance."  She scooted over to the right, to reach past Regina and draw an imaginary rectangle on the window with her finger.  "School's over there," she indicated the distant portion of the rectangle, furthest from them, across the parking lot.  Then she poked a couple spots to the left and right of the parking lot.  "Might be storage sheds outside, you know, Groundskeeper Willie keeps his tools there and such.  If they were idiots, then they kept everything inside the school in one central spot and we're screwed anyway, because there's gonna be a crowd of dead people in there and they're all surrounding it because that was their last stand.  If they were smart, then they put some of the supplies in the storage shed or a satellite building out in the lot, just in case part of the school gets overrun and they have to move.  Trust me, been there, done that."

Ash shuffled back from her spot at the window to a slightly more central location, joining the 'circle' with the group as best she could, though she was still just awkwardly peering over the back row of seats from the trunk space.  It was sort of appropriate, really.

"So, in my ever so humble opinion: a few of us scout the lot, check the small buildings.  Do not, under any circumstances, open the school.  It will be very, very deadie in there.  Be quick, be quiet, and if things look hairy at any point, be gone.  We do not want to get pinned in.  Five minutes, in and out, everyone else stays here, ready to put the pedal to the metal if things get ugly."

Five minutes ago you were the number one opponent to this plan.  What changed?  Oh, right, now you think you're in charge of it.
Trisha
character, 450 posts
Sat 24 Nov 2018
at 09:24
  • msg #259

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

While the more insightful of the group discuss strategy, Trisha falls behind as she invests far too much time into reading out one of the large signs. She leans close to the window and struggles to sound out what should be the word "shelter".

"'Shhh' like 'quiet'. 'Shh'-she. Sell, no! Shell! Shell-er...sheller! It says "sheller". Like shells at the beach?"
Confused, she looks down at Fernando as if expecting an answer from him. In response, he wiggles his tail and presses his tiny black nose against hers. He squints and licks the tip of her nose affectionately, feeling comfortable and satisfied with a warm place to sit and a belly almost halfway full.

However fleeting, these bright, little moments are Trisha's lifeblood, and are enough to power her along through countless disappointments and betrayals. She pulls away to look back to the others, sensing another disappointment right around the corner. Finally tuning in to the real matters at hand, she is found to be correct.

It seems that everyone has their own story of a school-based community falling apart; and Trisha is no exception. She slouches forward with her arms over the back seat and nods along as Regina and Ashley say their piece.

"Yep it happened to me, too. Schools are easy, it's the first place people go to wreck up. And I ain't never seen no livin' place without no guys out front. I bet it's all fulla' dead guys in there. Prob'ly more than we got time for."
Mary
character, 540 posts
Sun 25 Nov 2018
at 04:47
  • msg #260

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"No, no lookouts," Mary echoes Regina's statement. Leaning over in her seat, she frowns again. "Upon closer inspection, those signs don't look very recent, either. If I were living here, I'd either replace them or take them down, depending on whether I wanted guests or not. It's not a good sign that they're in their current state."

She straightens up and looks at the others. "You're right," she says to no one in particular. "There's a number of possibilities in that school, and they're all too dangerous to go inside. I do think there's value in checking external sheds, though, Ashley. Is anyone else interested?"
Regina
character, 31 posts
Sun 25 Nov 2018
at 07:06
  • msg #261

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

There was a flash of something in Regina's eyes as she watched Ashley explain herself -- respect? She was smarter than most teenagers, that much was certain. "Surprisingly, I agree with Ashley," she said, before holding up a hand to prematurely silence any smugness that might come from stroking the sassy child's ego. "However, she's staying in the car. The Ashleyprise can't be deprived of its captain," Regina started to scootch towards the door, evidently satisfied with her demand. "I'm interested in going unless you have other plans," she said to Mary.
Buford
character, 54 posts
Sun 25 Nov 2018
at 08:04
  • msg #262

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford had been staring out his window at the school while the others talked. Once he had finished drawing the mental picture of the place on then did he turn to the others and speak.

"Only thing we'll find is our own deaths in there." He said, looking to Ashley and Regina.
Ashley
character, 163 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 25 Nov 2018
at 10:09
  • msg #263

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Hey man," Ash shifted her attention to Buford, along with a surprisingly mellow smile, "no shame here.  Contrary to my usual, I'm not gonna push, tease, or cajole anyone into anything they think ends in death -- you only get one of those, and ideally, you hold onto it forever.   'Forever' trumps a lot of silly little things."  Briefly distracted, she rhythmically tapped the back seat, quietly humming obscure lyrics for a few moments, Ash herself bobbing along, entirely absorbed in her own memories, before Satellite Ash decided to tune back in to Earth stations.

"--rain comes down, turns your shiiine back to rust... yeah!  ...Oh.  Right.  The rest of the plan."  Ash ducked nearly all the way down behind the seat, so only her eyes and the top of her head was visible.  "Rest of the plan is, Captain Ashley Picard assigns an away team, which is presently consisting of First Officer Mary, CMO Regina, and pretty much nobody else.  Wow.  What a sad showing, crew.  On a lock for Home team is me, my bff Trisha, Dwane, Antonio, and Terry keeping an eye on Antonio just in case he does somethin' stupid.  Free agents are Buford, who sounds like he's got his mind made up, Natasha, and uhhhhhhhhhother new guy whose name I don't think I quite got, Ceylon?"  She gestured vaguely towards the frontmost passenger seat where she expected to find him, after Trisha abandoned "shotgun".

"Honestly don't think we need more than around four just to scout around the area and either carry the important little stuff back, or make a good mental note of it to bring the others back for big stuff.  Four people's fine."  She turned back to Regina with a grin, reading her 'doctor's orders' as an excuse to start delegating.  "So if Regina and Mary go, they can pick their support between Buford, Natasha, Caleb.  Maybe Terry, but then I'm gonna hafta climb up there and look threatening instead, and I'm pretty sure that only works on wallflowers with face-sized bruises.  So... yeah, you guys sort out your last two, sort 'em quick, or I'm gonna get bored and go anyway."

She quickly rushed everyone away with a 'butterfly fluttering' motion of her hands, hoping to speed things along and head off as many arguments as possible, at least until later.
Trisha
character, 451 posts
Mon 26 Nov 2018
at 00:32
  • msg #264

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I guess as long as we don't go inside the big one, it might be ok."
There is obvious hesitation in her voice as she glances back out towards the building. Trisha knows that nothing worthwhile has ever come out of a school, either before or after the apocalypse.
quote:
"However, she's staying in the car."

Breathing a sigh of relief, she is incredibly grateful that Regina had been the one to say it, saving Trisha the argument. As proud and fearless as Ashley likes to pretend she is, a firm authority does wonders in convincing both young girls to behave.

It is obvious the doctor has her best interest at heart, with the knowledge to back up her orders. Unlike herself, Trisha knows that Ashley is clever enough to heed her words, though not without a little backchat to save face.
She smiles as Ash agrees to stay behind; on her own terms, of course. Luckily enough, these terms suit Trisha just fine.

"Sounds good!" She chirps, clapping her hands together. "We can have some girl talk."
Though she'd much rather have Terry stay behind to talk with, there is no denying that he is the most physically capable member of the team. Even without his strength, his stature alone could be the thing that prevents them from encountering trouble. She leans forward again, ready to take the seat of the first person the leave the car. With an exaggerated pout, she nudges Terry in the shoulder and rolls her eyes.
"I guess you should go if you really want to, Terry. We can handle ol' Tony."
This time, instead of striking Antonio, she reaches out and gently runs her fingers through his hair. In a perplexing shift of behaviour, she slides her hand softly down his neck and speaks to him very sweetly.
"You ain't even seen how fun we can be yet."
This message was last edited by the player at 03:12, Mon 26 Nov 2018.
Caleb
player, 15 posts
Mon 26 Nov 2018
at 09:19
  • msg #265

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Watching the school grow before them as they approach Caleb takes in the aged signs and the lack of life as a poor sign, if a large number of people had flocked here for shelter then there could be a large number of dead inside. It did seem however to lack any real organisation like government or military and seemed to be a place that people just felt might be safe.

It was interesting how the majority of the local teens would have wished to spend time anywhere but schools, but would have rushed to find shelter here when shit hit the fan. He smiled a little to himself thinking back to his high school and the times he wished he could be anywhere else.

He couldn't help but notice something that the others were overlooking. The fact that they were on a rescue mission made them see this place as a hindrance that would hold nothing of value for their current mission, he on the other hand saw it as a huge possibility. If they could clear a smaller out building then they could slowly and methodically clear the rest of the school and search it for the valuables that would help improve their way of life.

He continued to look out of the window as he spoke.

"This place could be a gold mine if we looked further than the moment at hand, The library would be filled of knowledge of how to generate energy, how our ancestors developed skills and tools for agriculture before any electricity that we could replicate, books on basic medicine and culinary skills. Building techniques and scientific procedures."

He thought over all the subjects and information even a reasonably small school like this could behold.

"There would be a workshop filled with tools that we would be able to use to put this new found knowledge into practice. Enough room to make fields for growth and keep animals. There would be kitchens, bathrooms, classrooms. there would be the pharmacy of the school nurse. Science labs and all the equipment we could ever need. I never went to school in America but I imagine you have furnaces for baking clay projects in art or whatever. Walls could be built, lookouts posted  on the high roof, gates forged from scrap metal or anything we could lay our hands on."

The possibilities of rebuilding a future flooded through his brain, one idea sprouting ten new ones but he sighed as he carried on looking out of the window and started rolling himself another cigarette without even looking down at his hands, as if he wasn't actually speaking to anyone just speculating on what could become and not what the task was at hand. He shook his head a little as if snapping out of a day dream and licked the sticky part of the cigarette paper.

"I will help you scavenge if you want my crossbow, these days a quiet approach is usually the better approach."
Bandito
GM, 2061 posts
Mon 26 Nov 2018
at 18:51
  • msg #266

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

In front of the School

Dwayne appears to be disappointed when Ashley includes his name with the 'home' team.

"Then you should show me sometimes girlie." Antonio replies to Trisha briefly before addressing the rest of the group with their plans. "You sure you don't want me out with you? This looks like a place my people will stop to look for supplies." He pauses, then adds, "I can tell if they pass by here."

"Can I come this time? I won't go off on my own." Dwayne speaks up.

Natasha peeks out of the window take a mental picture of the school. When she sees the abandoned signs, she glances over to Mary when Dwayne poses the question. She then subtly shakes her head.
Trisha
character, 452 posts
Tue 27 Nov 2018
at 06:26
  • msg #267

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Then you should show me sometimes girlie."

"Maybe later" She answers blankly, pushing him forward as she leans away from him. Her attention falls elsewhere.
Trisha quickly finds herself hanging on Caleb's every word, both confused and enthralled by his ability to come up with such wild ideas. He seems to always be thinking ten steps ahead of everyone else, while Trisha herself is usually a step or two behind.
She finds it virtually impossible to imagine what it would be like to think the way this man does. It is so far removed from anything she is familiar with that it seems almost nonsensical.

"What planet are you even on, man?" She chuckles, bumping shoulders with Caleb in a show of lighthearted affection. He has been officially deemed a valid source of entertainment, giving her extra incentive to keep him around.
'pretty cute, too. I'd give him some.'
"You still gotta show me how to use that."
She taps her fingernails along the crossbow, looking at it curiously.

quote:
"I can tell if they pass by here."

"How would you even know that? Do they leave you a note?"
She sneers at Antonio, immediately making the assumption that he is lying.
Regina
character, 32 posts
Tue 27 Nov 2018
at 07:42
  • msg #268

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina opened the side door and stepped out in silence while the rest of the group talked, and talked, and talked. She couldn't remember the last time there'd been so much conversation, maybe in Lafayette, shortly after things went bad. There's another nightmare I didn't need to remember, thought Regina, shivering from the memory of it. With another passing glance over each person, Regina hoped that things would be different with them. They were damaged, sure, but they weren't broken yet.

Most of their chatter was little more than white noise to Regina, who eyed the school for any sign of movement in the darkened windows. However, Caleb's ruminations were impossible to ignore for a long-term planner like herself. "If we could clear it out later..." she muttered, nibbling at a nail, "...don't know yet." As much as Regina strove to prepare for the future, they were getting ahead of themselves. In an effort to steer them back on track, she points at Trisha.

"Do you think we could borrow your dog, Trisha?" she said, eyeing the little chihuahua with apprehensively, as it wasn't the prettiest pet she'd ever seen. Regina was more of a cat person, admittedly. "He might help us avoid any surprises if he'll listen to us."
Buford
character, 55 posts
Tue 27 Nov 2018
at 16:32
  • msg #269

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Bufords eyes dart from person to person. Watching the new girl, Reginanleave the van, giving everyone else some more precious room.

"It would be best to keep your eyes trained on what's in front of you, boy." Buford spoke to Caleb about his high minded plans. They didnt seem to understand the danger so he decided to come up with his own plan."If you people want to do this so bad I will stay and... watch the van." He comes up with a pointless activity. "If I hear gunfire I'll start the van and try to bring it closer if ya'll need a quick extract." He says, looking out at the school again.
Mary
character, 541 posts
Wed 28 Nov 2018
at 05:53
  • msg #270

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford:
"Only thing we'll find is our own deaths in there."

"We won't - " Mary starts, looking over at Buford, but then catches sight of Trisha running her hands seductively over Antonio. She turns in her seat to lock eyes with Trisha, her face wearing an intense expression of confusion and disgust.

"We won't enter the main building," she finally says, looking back at Buford. "We'll check the external sheds, if there are any, and move on. Speed is of the essence and if we find any danger, we'll just leave."

She glances over at Caleb. "I wouldn't get too excited, it's only a middle school. If you really want to capitalize on that idea, you should find a post-secondary campus. Maybe the University of Mississippi? It's probably prime real estate right now.

Dwayne:
"Can I come this time? I won't go off on my own."

"No," Mary declares, but winces before the word has even left her mouth. Children are foolish, impulsive, and unpredictable. When will he choose to act out? Probably the worst possible time.

"I mean..." Mary looks down at Dwayne, features softening. "We can only make one trip, Dwayne. We need fast and strong adults. Maybe next time.

"Speaking of which, would you mind joining us, Terry? This sort of in-and-out operation should be just like getting the, um...pigskin...over the...yard lines. Antonio, I'm listening, but how do we know you're not going to just run off on us?"
Trisha
character, 453 posts
Wed 28 Nov 2018
at 09:45
  • msg #271

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina's request puts Trisha in an awkward position. Usually, she is flattered to have anyone ask for her help with anything and is happy to oblige, craving the temporary boost of self worth it brings with it. But Regina is asking to hand away both her most prized possession and closest friend. Like a maladapted child with their security blanket, she is uncomfortable with the idea of separating.

Even if she were to allow it, she knows there is no guarantee that Fernando will even follow them from the car, let alone obey any commands. Having never been properly trained or disciplined, he is a fickle creature that follows his whims.
His breed are known for their strict loyalty to a select few and Fernando is no exception. It is in his nature to be distrustful of strangers and even now, he stares back at Regina with great suspicion.

"Um, jeez, I dunno. Maybe? He ain't great with strangers. Or not strangers. Or big noises or stuff that goes too fast." Going down the list of his flaws, she finds the need to cut herself short, or they would be there all day.
"He might be ok maybe if I went too, but I kinda wanted to stay with Ash. Just in case."
She fidgets as she speaks, constantly looking back to her dog, who immediately picks up on her anxious behaviour.

Mary's stern voice catches Trisha's attention right away. She finds a strange amount of comfort comes from having her take control and put her foot down. Though she has a great desire to rush over and comfort Dwayne is his disappointment, she is not yet ready to turn away from Regina.
Ashley
character, 164 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 28 Nov 2018
at 10:57
  • msg #272

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Aha!  Hero time!  Ash knew that nervous ramble.  She fell into it herself sometimes, and she'd definitely heard it from Trisha more than once.  Holding up a hand to interject, she offered an apologetic smile to Regina in Trisha's stead.  "I've been around Fernando long enough to know that he only really listens to Trisha and food, and if you have to run, keeping track of a tiny dog is one responsibility you don't want when you're trying to look out for your own life."  She laid her other hand over Trisha's, reassuring her that yes, her best friend absolutely has her back on this.  "And Trisha's here to watch over your patient and ensure she doesn't do anything foolish, so she should definitely stay, and Nurse Trisha needs her intern."

"Tony here seems to think he's a decent lookout," she continued, directed to both Regina and Mary, "so I guess take him instead, just let him and Terry buddy-system it, we know we can trust Terry to keep any bullshit from happening.  Isn't that right T!"  She held her closed hand up towards Terry in anticipation of the fistbump of confirmation, the 'secret handshake' that had been their universal greeting, confirmation, and goodbye ever since their early days as the scavenge-running duo at the church.

"Besides," she said, theatrically but to no one in particular, scanning the SUV with a broad grin before settling on Trisha beside her, "if we hang out at the car, then it'll give us time to shit-talk him in private while he's out with you guys.  I think I need a break from Antonio's smug fuckin' mug.  All in favor?  Whatchu think, Nando?  Good plan?"  She directed the question to the dog without even missing a beat, as though he was just another member of their crew, but the implication was clear: once she started asking the dog for his opinion, that meant everyone else's opinion was officially moot, and in fact, so was the dog's opinion; by that point, Ash had already made up her mind, and that's simply how things would go.
Regina
character, 33 posts
Wed 28 Nov 2018
at 11:24
  • msg #273

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

He's more of an alarm bell, not something I'd bother to keep track of, thought Regina, who knew better than to be so (vocally) dismissive of what was clearly an emotional woman's prized companion. "He should stay with you then," she said, shrugging. Once Ashley started talking, Regina found herself sighing -- loudly. How could someone talk so much, yet say so little? The doctor shut her eyes and started to massage her temples; somebody clearly needed to help Mary out and speed things along.

The older woman's suspicion towards her captive was justified, but Regina rolled her eyes at Mary's question all the same. "He's only just recovering from a bullet wound," Regina said, and she pointed to his bandaged chest to illustrate that point. "His condition is hardly better than Ashley's, so taking him with us would be really, really stupid. I say that it's a choice between Natasha, Terry or Caleb." She stares at the black man with an inscrutable look in her eye, "...Take Caleb. Terry's too quiet."

The doctor reached into the SUV, grabbed her backpack, and hefted it over her shoulder. "In any case, I'd prefer a little less conversation and a little more action."
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 20:58, Wed 28 Nov 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2062 posts
Wed 28 Nov 2018
at 16:00
  • msg #274

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

In front of the school

"No notes, we leave a mark for places we searched." Antonio expounds on his previous comment for Trisha. He turns around to face her, using his fingers to form two slightly overlapping circles. "It looks like this." He then chortles. "And a stick coming out from the center."

The beaming light quickly dims from Dwayne's eyes when Mary rejects his request to follow the group. His enthusiasm fades like a deflating balloon. "Okay..." He says, nodding his head slightly.

Antonio turns around at Mary's question. "Doctor here is right boss lady, I can't run, so you don't have to worry about that, yeah?" There's no way to gauge the sincerity in his words. However, you are certain his wounds will thwart his attempts at escape if he tries.
Trisha
character, 454 posts
Fri 30 Nov 2018
at 15:01
  • msg #275

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley coming to her aid lifts a weight off Trisha's chest, helping to justify the decisions she was beginning to feel guilty about.
quote:
"He should stay with you then,"

"That might be better. Sorry. It ain't you, it's him."
Trisha sighs quietly, giving the woman an apologetic smile. She does not want Regina to think she doesn't like her. Luckily, she doesn't seem too concerned about being denied the favor.

Once Regina turns her attention from them, Trisha curls her fingers into Ashley's palm, leaning against her shoulder to mutter something.
"Thanks. I didn't wanna look like a bitch. I'm not though, right? That is just how he is."

Her eyes drift over and she watches Antonio suspiciously, scowling at his attempt to pull off a joke.
"It's a middle school, idiot. There's gonna be dicks drawn all over." She scoffs. "And why would you even give a fuck? What do you care if we waste our time?"
Bandito
GM, 2063 posts
Fri 30 Nov 2018
at 23:18
  • msg #276

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside of the School

"Shit, you right." Antonio smacks his forehead against his palm. He doesn't answer Trisha questions immediately. The ex-raider ringleader exhales deeply before responding.

"Boss lady said I could go if I help you track down that kid. I can stick around if you want me to." Antonio passes a smirk to Trisha, follow by a wink. He gives out a short, dry laugh.
Ashley
character, 165 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 2 Dec 2018
at 01:23
  • msg #277

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha:
"Thanks. I didn't wanna look like a bitch. I'm not though, right? That is just how he is."

"You're not, don't worry."  Ashley gave Trisha's hand a reassuring pat, then flashed a toothy grin.  "I'm pretty much the resident expert on being a bitch, so I'd know it when I see it."

Which, of course, means it should come as no surprise that as Antonio continued to harp on wanting to go, Ashley wanted to let him.  Regina was absolutely right, he'd be little use out there if they had to move quickly, and it would serve the murderous fuck right, to get screwed by his own stupidity and left behind again.  But, no.  Bad Ash.  As satisfying as it would be, karmic justice was less important than a living navigator, even an unpleasant one.  Antonio would stay in the car.

Ash grumbled under her breath in frustration, but said nothing further.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:18, Sun 02 Dec 2018.
Mary
character, 541 posts
Mon 3 Dec 2018
at 03:34
  • msg #278

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Fine, then Terry can stay with Antonio, since they have such a good working relationship and all. Regina, Caleb, Natasha, and I will go. Agreed?"
This message was last updated by the player at 03:34, Mon 03 Dec 2018.
Bandito
GM, 2064 posts
Wed 5 Dec 2018
at 16:09
  • msg #279

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Front School Yard

"No complaints here." Natasha swings the door open and hops out of the vehicle. She stretches her arms on the side walk while the others exits the SUV.

Mary, Caleb, Natasha and Regina pass through the gap in between the school buses and disappear from the others in the car's view. They find themselves standing in a wide open yard, littered with variety of garbage and discarded furniture. There are several chairs toppled over in the yard, yet they form a circle around the remains of a campfire. They group also notice that all the school buses have their doors facing inward to the yard.

Almost immediately, the group spots three undead shambling about. They are fairly spread out across the area, and have yet to notice the group's presence. One of them appears to be waving its arms high up in the air against a school bus. Other than the three ghouls, there are no other perceptible activities in the vicinity.

Back in the SUV

Dwayne keeps his hands at the windows, his eyes peering out at Mary's group until they are no longer in sight. He rests his hands on his laps, looking down at his feet.

"Well shit." Antonio falls back into his seat. "Guess we gotta wait, yeah? What you girls do before all this shit happened?"
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:10, Wed 05 Dec 2018.
Buford
character, 56 posts
Wed 5 Dec 2018
at 19:09
  • msg #280

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford keeps a purely neutral expression on his face as he watches the four of them walk into unnecessary danger. He keeps his eyes trained on them from the window before taking out his journal and writing inside it.

"They sure got a lot of moxie for the unnecessary, it's nice to see energy despite everything I guess." He talks aloud to no one in particular. His pencil stops for a moment. "Whats the name of the Asian woman again?"
Regina
character, 34 posts
Thu 6 Dec 2018
at 13:30
  • msg #281

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina's apprehension was confirmed by the appearance of walkers past the barricade, and she grimaced at the all too familiar sight of a fallen community. "Over there," she said, pointing to the walker waving its arms high in the air. "That walker... Looks like it's reaching for something inside the school bus. Could be a good place to start searching," the doctor drew her glock and pointed it at the ground before eyeing the group with a frown. "I don't have anything else, but I won't shoot unless you need me to."

Once again, so looks at Mary expectantly for directions.
Mary
character, 542 posts
Fri 7 Dec 2018
at 07:17
  • msg #282

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I agree entirely," Mary whispers. "There's probably just a bird or something in that bus, but if we're lucky, there's someone who'll want to help us. Even if they're not, they wouldn't dare try to fight us with these ghouls around."

She draws her pistol, but keeps it low. "As far as I'm concerned, we only fire as a last resort. If we have to pull the trigger, this supply run is over."

She points at Caleb. Specifically, she seems to point at his crossbow. "You, on the other hand, are my first resort. Can you take that ghoul out silently?"
This message was last edited by the player at 07:19, Fri 07 Dec 2018.
Trisha
character, 455 posts
Sat 8 Dec 2018
at 14:48
  • msg #283

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With a chunk of the group away and no real task at hand, Trisha takes a moment to appreciate the calm. Not long after they had left, she had climbed through the gap into the row of seats in front of her. She now lounges comfortably along the seats, giving her better access to everyone in the car.

She becomes increasingly curious of Buford's activities as he pulls out a book and begins to write in it. When Antonio speaks, she does not have much with which to answer him.
"Pretty much the same stuff I been doin' after, I guess." She shrugs, turning to him for only a brief moment before her eyes fall back on Buford's journal.
quote:
"Whats the name of the Asian woman again?"

She is much more eager to respond to this question, knowing that there is only one right answer.
"It's Regina. She's cool, I like her." She responds happily, feeling the need to include her opinion for some unknown reason. "How come? Whatcha writin' for?"
This message was last edited by the player at 00:34, Sun 09 Dec 2018.
Buford
character, 57 posts
Tue 11 Dec 2018
at 18:14
  • msg #284

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Regina." Buford repeats, writing it into the pages of his journal. "Yes, yes I suppose she's rather nice for a stranger. Seems you folks have gotten quite a bit lucky in that regard." Buford states, commenting to the good fortune of finding three people that didn't shoot on sight.

He looks up at Trisha with an expression of mild surprise, that she would care what he was writing. "I... I like to write who I meet and what I do. Help keeps my thoughts in order. Do you do anything like that missy?" He asks.
Ashley
character, 166 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 12 Dec 2018
at 01:22
  • msg #285

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha:
"It's Regina. She's cool, I like her."

(?) Ashley will remember that.

She's cool?  Say what?  Ashley's upper lip curled in disgust and she was about to give a dismissive huff, but Buford's response stayed her.

Alright, fine, so she's nice.  Points in favor: Nice.  Points against: Kicked me out of the driver's seat.  Also not nearly as impressed by me as she should be.  She frowned thoughtfully at that.  Admittedly, not the best first impression, pale as a ghost and with a bullet hole in me and everything.  Still, I am a goddamn miracle on two legs and she could've at least been a little bit impressed by the fact that I hotwired an SUV just so we could all go save some kid I barely even know.  She clenched her hands to fists in aimless frustration, then relaxed and lowered them to her lap.  Fortunately, she was now alone in the trunk space, with nobody but a slightly confused chihuahua to witness the absurd spectacle of her thought processes playing out visually.  Note to self, though: brag about that later.  Because seriously.  Without me, we'd be walking.

"Hey, lucky's cool by me.  It's welcome a change of pace, all things considered."  Rather than popping her head up over the back row of seats to register her commentary this time, Ash stayed where she was, resting in her corner of the trunk, content to let her smirk be merely implied, rather than shown.  "I mean, they can't all be assholes, right?  Just most of 'em."

Ash sighed and tipped her head back to rest against the corner where the wall and back seat met, closing her eyes.

No, they're pretty much all assholes.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:42, Wed 12 Dec 2018.
Trisha
character, 456 posts
Wed 12 Dec 2018
at 12:14
  • msg #286

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I know, right?" She chuckles, wholeheartedly agreeing with the sentiment. She knows that in this moment, she is one of the most fortunate people on earth.
"I mean, I been lucky before and it always goes bad, but it's nice for the while, at least. I thought for sure I was gonna be back by myself eatin' bugs in the mud when the church went south. It's been like, two whole days and I ain't ate a bug yet."

Trisha seems extremely pleased to be able to say that, as if it were some huge accomplishment. Her contented smile lingers as Buford asks her about herself, causing her to giggle at the very thought of the question.
"Nah I ain't never did stuff like that. I don't write no good."
quote:
"I mean, they can't all be assholes, right? Just most of 'em."

Either failing or refusing to pick up on her tone, Trisha looks over to Ashley and begins to ramble joyfully.
"Oh my God, weird! I been thinkin' the same thing! I didn't used to never think that before. I thought everyone was assholes and it was all just a TV thing and now we're livin' it and I'm like "How come no one back home ain't never like this?" I mean, what kinda person just goes "Hey I'm a doctor let me help you and shit for no reason and not make you give me somethin' or do stuff first." It's crazy, who does that shit?"

Gesturing to Antonio with a nudge in the arm, she looks around the car for a response. For the first time since splitting up, she takes notice of the little boy staring solemnly out the window. Dwayne had always been a quiet child, but it alarming to see him so withdrawn. Trying to alleviate some of her guilt, Trisha reaches out to him with a soft voice.
"You ok, buddy?" She asks. "They ain't gonna be gone too long."
Bandito
GM, 2065 posts
Thu 13 Dec 2018
at 18:41
  • msg #287

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

In the SUV

"I'm okay..." Dwayne replies meekly and stares at his knee. "Why won't anyone let me help? Miss Carter never lets me do anything, Mary and Terry too. I know how to stay away from the monsters." He gazes at Trisha with his question.

Antonio turns his face to the side, however he seems to be listening to the conversation closely.
Buford
character, 58 posts
Fri 14 Dec 2018
at 07:54
  • msg #288

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford cocks an eyebrow up at the kid. "Dwayne is it? Tell me about yourself Dwayne." He asks the kid. It seemed like the boy was down about not being able to help. A kid his age was young enough to be of no help to anyone but old enough to realize it. Hopefully getting him to talk about himself would help his morale. Everyone loved to talk about themselves.
Bandito
GM, 2066 posts
Sun 16 Dec 2018
at 04:36
  • msg #289

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Front Yard of Middle School

Caleb pulls the string of his crossbow and aims it at the ghoul near the bus. His aim is true, taking down the ghoul clean without attracting the other undead in the area. He walks up to his prey and swiftly retrieves the bolt from the undead's head. The group is free to advance towards the bus without any hostiles in their way.


In the SUV

Dwayne's freezes momentarily at Buford's request for an introduction. "I'm... in the fifth grade. I'm from Mississippi and I like reading books." The child introduces himself as if he's reading out loud a list of a cuisine recipe. "I'm good at memorizing things and math..."
Mary
character, 543 posts
Mon 17 Dec 2018
at 05:26
  • msg #290

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Good work," Mary tells Caleb. Her voice is quiet, but matter-of-fact. "You'll have to show me how to do that sometime."

Motioning for the others to follow, Mary carefully approaches the bus, trying to spot whatever the ghoul was reaching for. By habit, she stoops over as she gets close, peeking under the bus like a child checking under their bed for monsters. If she doesn't spot anything on the approach, she knocks softly on the metal of the bus to attract the attention of whatever's inside.

"Anyone still alive in there?" Her voice is still quiet, trying not to attract attention from the other ghouls in the yard.
Bandito
GM, 2067 posts
Mon 17 Dec 2018
at 05:35
  • msg #291

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Bus - Mary

Mary sees a man sitting against the side of the bus. His back is turned against her. She can't see his face. Her voice doesn't seems to register the man makes no response.
Regina
character, 35 posts
Mon 17 Dec 2018
at 08:01
  • msg #292

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With a silent nod towards Caleb after his excellent shot, Regina ducks down and carefully approaches the unguarded bus. Every now and then she steals a worried look at the other walkers until she is close enough to the bus's door.

Event Interruption

Her pistol is raised when she takes the first furtive steps inside. "Is anyone in here?" she whispers, remembering the movements of the walker -- like it was trying to reach for something, or someone. She remains by the bus's door, pistol raised in preparation for whatever decides to show itself.
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:05, Tue 18 Dec 2018.
Trisha
character, 457 posts
Mon 17 Dec 2018
at 13:23
  • msg #293

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha furrows her brows and looks away when the boy asks the question. It hurts her to know that he is upset, though there is not much she can say that will make him feels any better. The answer does not come to her right away but she is determined to think of some way to comfort him.
"Well..." She hesitates, trailing off until Buford jumps in to fill the awkward silence she had left. Though Dwayne seems thrown off by the question as he rattles off a list of pre-programmed responses, Trisha is grateful to have the man's assistance. As much as she would like to play the part of a responsible adult, she is still very much a child in a lot of ways. Offering meaningful support to a vulnerable little boy is not something she is equipped to handle on her own. With no real authority on the matter, all she has is her own musings and opinions.

"Well first off, Miss Carter's a bitch and a idiot so don't worry none about that. It ain't that you can't help, but we gotta be smart about this stuff. I don't know why Mary says you can't go, I ain't smart like her. I think they're just scared somethin' bad might happen before we get Mina back."
She smiles at Dwayne, finding it very easy to empathize with his situation.
"It's just gonna be kinda tough until then. Then it's gonna be better."
Bandito
GM, 2068 posts
Tue 18 Dec 2018
at 17:51
  • msg #294

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

In the SUV

Dwayne appears to be at a loss for words, desperation thinking of anything to add to the introduction list. Trisha's choice of language disrupts his thought process and snaps him out of this state. He stares, wide eyed, at Trisha as she speaks.

"What... what are we going to do with Antonio's friends after we get Mina back?" Dwayne directs the question at Trisha. "Mr. Jeffrey said 'we're all sinners and we can be forgiven.' I don't know think I can forgive them for what they did, even if they're sorry."

"Kid, I don't think they're sorry." Antonio comments. He straightens himself in the seat and looks as if he's about to speak further on the subject. However, a sign of hesitation overtakes him and he sinks back into his seat.


Event interruption - Regina

When Regina makes her attempt to enter the bus, she finds the door to be jammed. On closer inspection, there's a piece of wooden board stuck in between the hinges, barring the door from opening. Despite the resistance from the door, she's confident that she could forcefully break through by exerting enough force on the door to break the wooden board.
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:52, Tue 18 Dec 2018.
Mary
character, 544 posts
Thu 20 Dec 2018
at 06:12
  • msg #295

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I think it's a corpse, or worse," Mary whispers to the others. "If he is alive, he's ignoring us. I'm happy to leave him. We don't want to make noise here."

She motions with her head. "We have a job to do. Let's not get distracted."
Regina
character, 36 posts
Thu 20 Dec 2018
at 12:06
  • msg #296

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary was correct, Regina thought. Observing the makeshift barricade, she realized that removing it would be far too noisy for what they'd intended to be a simple scavenging run. Still, Regina couldn't shake the feeling that somebody was hiding out in this bus. "If you can hear me, we're friendly," Regina whispered a little louder than normal as she backed away towards Mary and the others.

"Sorry," she said, "let's deal with the rest. Caleb?"
Bandito
GM, 2069 posts
Thu 20 Dec 2018
at 22:26
  • msg #297

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Yard

The man in the bus does not respond to Regina's call. Although she sees no movement, she also catches a glimpse of a backpack next to the man.

quote:
"Let's deal with the rest. Caleb?"


Caleb nods and proceeds to line up his crossbow at another ghoul in the distance. The bolt releases from the crossbow and pierces through the back of the skull of the undead. The ghoul crumbles to the ground, motionless.

Natasha draws her knife. "I'll get the other one." She slowly approaches the ghoul. Her feet comes into contact with an empty can. The ghoul soon turns to face her at the metallic clunking noise. It lunges at Natasha. She catches the undead by its neck, keeping its mouth at bay while stabbing her dagger at its head. She misses, and the knife lodges itself sideways from the undead's cheek.
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:27, Thu 20 Dec 2018.
Mary
character, 545 posts
Sat 22 Dec 2018
at 05:53
  • msg #298

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I just said, don't get distrac-"

Mary's lip curls with distaste as Caleb downs the other ghoul. She sees the value in ensuring their escape route is clear, but the entire premise of this excursion was to be as fast as possible. Her annoyance evaporates, however, when Natasha fumbles her attack and the ghoul turns on her.

She raises her pistol, but immediately lowers it again. There's no telling how many ghouls a gunshot would arouse. Instead, she runs to the ghoul and drives her heel down on the back of its knee.

With Natasha holding the walker in place, the knee is an easy target. The leg bends forward and the walker falls to the ground. Mary, high on her victory, opts to follow this up by stomping down on its skull. This one is a harder target, however. The walker is already moving, and Mary's heel comes down crookedly on its face. Its nose crumbles under her boot, but the momentum only forces the walkers head to the side rather than being transmitted directly to its skull.

Mary stumbles, and the walker's hands close around his thigh, just below her knee. Her arms windmill as she tries to keep from falling, her eyes wide with panic.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:23, Sun 23 Dec 2018.
Buford
character, 59 posts
Sat 22 Dec 2018
at 08:23
  • msg #299

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Sounds like you got quite a mind there, Dwayne." Buford responds with a grandfatherly smile but doesn't push the boy any further. Letting the other continue to talk about the situation at hand and by extension giving the man more information about these events and people he's never seen.

"Sinners. It's a powerful word isn't it." Buford speaks aloud, hoping to change the subject again. "I've been all across this great nation and I've heard that term the most used down here in the south. Sinners." He repeated the word from Dwayne, as if tossing it around in his mind some more before shaking his head. "Whata your favorite book Dwayne?" He asks.
Trisha
character, 458 posts
Sun 23 Dec 2018
at 10:22
  • msg #300

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"We do what we gotta do. It ain't our fault, we didn't start this." Trisha states casually, as if she had not given the idea a second thought. The response is obviously not enough to set the boy at ease, As Dwayne continues to ask her questions she cannot answer.
In Trisha's experience, these kinds of questions were quickly smothered by the community of ignorance and denial she was raised in. It is a curious thing to be in a situation where these thoughts might be taken seriously. The fact that she is struggling to keep up frustrates her.

She scowls at Antonio when he interjects, furious that she now has to agree with him.
"I know they ain't sorry. None of 'em is. You don't gotta forgive nobody you don't want to. Just don't lie about it and make me think you did."
Not even Trisha is sure exactly who she is referring to. With so many extreme emotions swirling around in the mind, sometimes things just slip out. She slumps forward over the back of the seat, resting her head on her arms.
quote:
"Sinners. It's a powerful word isn't it."

Her eyes drift along the floor as she finds it increasingly difficult to make eye contact with anyone. Buford's words terrify her and she finds herself briefly immobilized by fear. She is immediately on edge, jumping to all sorts of ridiculous conclusions.
'Why did he say that? He knows. He wouldn't say that if he didn't know. He talked to the church and they told him and he knows it's me. He hates sinners and he hates us and it's all just pretend nice like with Wilson.'
With no proof to act on, there is nothing to do but confront him head on.
"How did you know that? What did they tell you?" She asks, staring at Buford with wide eyes. There is no need to elaborate; if she is right, he will know what she means and respond accordingly.
Ashley
character, 167 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 23 Dec 2018
at 11:09
  • msg #301

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

And it was such a nice five-minute nap, too...

Ashley roused from her brief half-slumber with barely more than a quiet sigh, long since accustomed to sleeping light and waking quiet, thanks to weeks of napping in treetops before she ran into the group.  She would've liked to make it a longer nap -- precisely the length of the Away Team's school supply mission, ideally -- but Trisha needed a hero, and Ash was always ready and willing to provide, if not necessarily always able.  The first sign of her presence was the warm, steady touch of her slender hand on Trisha's shoulder, leaning partly over the rearmost seat to reach her and extend that reassuring gesture, accompanied by a calm smile as soon as Trisha cared to turn and look.

"He doesn't know, Trisha.  He has no reason to, he had nothing to do with that."  She lightly squeezed Trisha's shoulder (while halfway debating the necessity of just leaping over the seat and wrapping herself around the girl, just to defuse the brewing freakout), and directed her attention first to Buford's notebook, and then a much steelier look to the man himself.  In her eyes was not a threat, but simply the weary certainty of please don't, the dark-ringed and hollow stare of those baby-blue eyes and a heart that was already dead-tired of explaining how unjust fate had decided to screw them over, time and again.

"And honestly, he doesn't need to.  Even Tony here agrees half the church crew was fucked in the head.  Nobody's gonna fault you for wanting to put all that behind you."  Attention completely shifted from Buford to Trisha again, Ash flashed a warm, confident smile -- perhaps even 'benevolent' -- and she trailed her hand down to once again find Trisha's hand, clasping it tightly and leaning in to speak softly to her friend, the resolute note in her voice a mere shadow of the bombastic showmanship she's been known for, but there was a quiet kind of gravity to her whisper.  "We are not our scars."

If only she was half as good at taking advice.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:19, Sun 23 Dec 2018.
Trisha
character, 459 posts
Sun 23 Dec 2018
at 15:54
  • msg #302

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley's presence is a welcome comfort, though her sudden appearance is, to Trisha, a clear alert that she has done something wrong. She is quickly talking herself into an unwinnable situation, and Ash had seen it coming a mile away.

"Shush! You don't know that! You don't know what he thinks."
Rather than accept the helping hand and admit to feeling vulnerable, she desperately scrambles to save face by steering the topic to where she feels it needs to be.
"What's even in that book anyhow? What's so important you gotta write it? That's weird."
She is quick to deflect, turning on Buford before he can turn on her. With a shrug, she stares at him with an air of confidence, as if the idea did not bother her in the slightest.
"I mean, it's fine if you do know. I don't even care. I just wanna know if you know."
This message was last edited by the player at 08:08, Mon 24 Dec 2018.
Regina
character, 37 posts
Mon 24 Dec 2018
at 06:23
  • msg #303

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina could only roll her eyes at Mary's annoyance; honestly, she expected the woman to have a bit more common sense. "I'm sure we can afford a few seconds," she said, her voice dripping with sardonic condescension. Surely enough, Caleb dispatched the second walker with pinpoint accuracy, prompting the doctor to look to Mary with a look that said: 'I told you so.' Unfortunately, Natasha had chosen to botch her attempt on the third walker, and to Mary's credit, her rapid response was nothing short of exemplary. The same couldn't be said of her attempt to put the corpse down, and Regina quickly surmised that she'd need to lend her assistance as well.

With nothing to bash the monster's head in with, Regina darted around the walker and lunged at its back; her hands wrapped around its neck in an attempt to wrestle it to the ground for the sake an easier kill. "Kill it!" she whispered shrilly, looking visibly distraught by a terrifying endeavor that was about to test her meager strength.
Bandito
GM, 2070 posts
Wed 26 Dec 2018
at 17:27
  • msg #304

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

In the SUV

"To kill-" Trisha's repeating questions drowns out Dwayne's reply to Buford. The child looks back and forth between Buford and Trisha. It seems as if he wants to know exactly what Trisha is referring to, but too afraid to ask.


School Yard

Natasha regains her balance and quickly puncture the skull with pin-point accuracy with her knife. Regina no longer feels the resistance from the corpse in her hand. Natasha exhales deeply. "Sorry about that." She wipes the blood off her edged weapon with her jeans.

The area is now clear of hostiles.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:28, Wed 26 Dec 2018.
Buford
character, 60 posts
Sat 29 Dec 2018
at 04:06
  • msg #305

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The old man met Trishas aggression with a neutral look, he was gauging her, studying her. Every muscle twitch, every movement of the iris. All the tell, Buford noted every one in his mind as he prepared a response.

Buford matched Ashley's eyes with his own, full of peaked curiosity to the situation unfolding. If her eyes read please don't then his said why not?

But then the young woman attacked him, asking a questions she didn't need an answer to.

"I'm from Texas, Miss Trisha." He spoke slowly and carefully. Feeling the tension of the car. "I've spent much of my life around the bible, I know it front and back. More so, I have seen how people use the bible. For good and bad, merely remarking on that."

He bounces the end of his pencil on his notebook. "This is just how I remember things, I like to write everything I see and hear. Nothing more to it as weird as you might think." The man smiles. "But whats this about what I should know?" He asks, his words, smooth and calm now pointed with a question of his own now in play.
Mary
character, 546 posts
Mon 31 Dec 2018
at 05:36
  • msg #306

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary wrests her leg free of the corpse's hands and takes a deep breath. It hitches when she releases it. She closes her eyes and pinches the bridge of her nose for a moment before turning to the others.

"Let's not do that again," she says, fighting to keep her tone even. "Killing these ghouls is a means to an end, not an end in itself, understand? Don't go looking for trouble."

She glances up at the sky, checking the position of the sun. We can't afford to waste time. "We're done here, right? Let's check those sheds and get the hell out of here."
Trisha
character, 460 posts
Mon 31 Dec 2018
at 08:30
  • msg #307

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

She continues to watch Buford with suspicion as he explains himself. Though he gives her no reason to doubt his story, Trisha is still reluctant to let down her guard. After sharing a look with Ashley to gauge her reaction, her posture relaxes a little as the man smiles at them. She can't help but smirk a little in response.
"Alright. I guess that checks out."

Though she'd like to believe he is being genuine, Trisha has a track record of poor decisions that begin with that very idea. It may take her longer than most, but she is capable of learning from her mistakes. She is not yet ready to trust Buford entirely, but knows she has a leg up on him within the confines of the group.
quote:
"But whats this about what I should know?"

She raises an eyebrow at the question, maintaining eye contact as a show of dominance; to prove she is not afraid of his mind games. He is fishing for answers, but she refuses to take the bait.
"Nothin' else you ain't heard already, then. You been here, you know the story."
With a wave of her fingers, Trisha dismisses the rest of the argument, leaning back to sit closer to Ashley while casually grasping her hand.
"We don't even need to talk about it again. Let's talk about books or whatever some more."
Regina
character, 39 posts
Mon 31 Dec 2018
at 08:56
  • msg #308

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina released her grip on the corpse and shuddered at the gory aftermath of Natasha's stab. She'd never get used to this. While the ordeal was a tad messier than it should have been, Regina was more or less fine with how things turned out, though clearly, Mary wasn't of the same opinion. "We made the area safer, that's always worth the time," Regina said tersely, standing up straight in the process. "If you can spare the time to take this kind of diversion, making sure we don't die in the process won't hurt anyone," with an air of finality in her tone, Regina faced away from Mary and set off in the direction of the shed.
Bandito
GM, 2072 posts
Mon 31 Dec 2018
at 22:46
  • msg #309

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

In the SUV

quote:
"This is just how I remember things, I like to write everything I see and hear. Nothing more to it as weird as you might think.


"So... kind like a report?" Buford's response surely captures Dwayne's attention. The child stares curiously at his notebook.
Buford
character, 61 posts
Sat 5 Jan 2019
at 17:44
  • msg #310

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford said nothing, his eyes as curious as ever. Trisha was incorrect in that Buford had truly no idea what this supposed story was but he would find out for the sake of figuring out why these people were acting the way they were.

The old man looks down at Dwayne, he smiles politely even as he flips his notebook close and holds it close to his chest. "No, nothing like that." He chuckles, attempting to dodge the question. "Just reminders for an old mind."
Bandito
GM, 2073 posts
Mon 7 Jan 2019
at 21:07
  • msg #311

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Yard

Mary and Regina searches the open tents on the school grounds. They did not find anything worth while. Regina spots a drawing carved on the side of the school bus. Its as Antonio described, two overlapping circles and a stick pointing outwards. However, its too intricate to be some plain crude drawing. Next to the drawing, there are numerous scratches of knife marks that appear to be left by some random act of vandalism. They also spot a few backpacks laying about. Unfortunately, the valuable contents already long left their vessels.

Natasha kicks an empty duffel bag on the ground. She stares down at the empty bag for a few seconds. "Nothing. You think they came through? They might have took everything and left." She looks up to the group when she poses the question.
Mary
character, 547 posts
Thu 10 Jan 2019
at 01:26
  • msg #312

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I think you're right," Mary says, sneering. "We should cut our losses. At least we know they didn't gain time on us."

She turns to leave, but pauses, her head turning to the bus with a thoughtful expression. "How about the man in there? If he's a ghoul, we know they didn't search him, so there might be something left behind. If he's not, then we've only lost a minute."
Regina
character, 40 posts
Thu 10 Jan 2019
at 06:40
  • msg #313

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Now she isn't in a hurry? Regina thought, eyeing the school bus that the man had locked himself in. "He barricaded the door," she said, pointing at it, "Is the noise worth it? I called out to him and got no response. He's probably..." the doctor trailed off, her expression neutral, but she wasn't looking at the bus anymore, just the drawing nearby. Whatever it was, Regina didn't have much to go on, there was only speculation.
Trisha
character, 461 posts
Thu 10 Jan 2019
at 09:42
  • msg #314

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha knows she should not engage any further. She had dodged a bullet and, with the help of her best friend, had steered the conversation away from her own incriminating activities. Clutching Ashley's hand tightly, she breathes a sigh of relief and gives her friend a soft smile, silently showing her gratitude.
quote:
"Just reminders for an old mind."

Her eyes drift over to watch Buford as he speaks, looking intrigued by his explanation. She knows she should not engage, but simply cannot help but ask.
"Does it work?"
Though she still does not trust Buford, she finds herself drawn to him, compelled by almost anything he has to say. Perhaps it is her deeply rooted need for a parental figure of any kind, or her lack of experience dealing with the formally educated, but something about him continues to hold her interest. His intellectual habits seem endlessly curious to a girl who can barely spell her own name.
Bandito
GM, 2075 posts
Thu 10 Jan 2019
at 16:49
  • msg #315

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Yard

Natasha takes a good look around the group's surrounding before responding to Regina's question.

"Every dead here is... well, dead. I don't think the noise matter." She kicks the corpse beneath her feet. "We can grab whatever that guy has and leave, it should only take like a minute." She approach the barricaded bus and examines the door. After a quick push at the door, she steps away from it and looks to the group. "I think if we ram against it it'll break that stupid piece of wood on the other side."
Mary
character, 548 posts
Mon 14 Jan 2019
at 07:00
  • msg #316

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary is too old to be breaking down barricades. Instead, she readies her pistol in case of trouble. Now that they've committed to leaving, there's no reason to be shy about noise.

"I'm ready when you are," she says, nodding at Natasha.
Buford
character, 62 posts
Mon 14 Jan 2019
at 20:18
  • msg #317

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford met Trisha's eyes. "Well, well sure. No different than keeping a computer password on a note nearby." He chuckles at his old habits. Concealing, hiding, burying anything of note.

An unassuming old man.

He looks out the car window.

"I sure hope they're alright." He says aloud.
Bandito
GM, 2076 posts
Mon 14 Jan 2019
at 21:43
  • msg #318

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Yard

"'Kay." Natasha takes a step back. She raises one of her legs and thrust her foot against the door with all of her might. With a loud creak, the board that barricades the bus door snaps in two. Natasha holds out her knife while she slowly traverse through bus door. Her eyes are set on the man sitting in the bus even as she is walking up the steps. When she turns the corner just enough to see the corpse, she gasps, holding her hands together up to her mouth.

"Shit..." She turns her head to Mary, frightened. "Mary." Natasha points her knife arm at the corpse.
Trisha
character, 462 posts
Tue 15 Jan 2019
at 06:55
  • msg #319

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford's response produces a smile from Trisha. She can tell he is growing tired of her, but is far too polite to brush her off completely.
"I guess." She chuckles. "I ain't never been on computers. I mostly seen 'em in movies and stuff."
quote:
"I sure hope they're alright."

"They said it wasn't gonna take long."
Though they have not been gone long enough to panic her, discussing their return definitely helps to calm her nerves. She turns to Ashley, looking for the girl's opinion above anyone else's.
"Y'think they found somethin' yet? I don't even care if they do anymore."
Mary
character, 549 posts
Wed 16 Jan 2019
at 06:36
  • msg #320

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary steps into the bus, looking down at the corpse. She recognizes his face, but she couldn't remember ever speaking more than a couple of words to him. They just moved in different circles. She feels as if she should have known him better, should have been able to immortalize him in her memories, but it's too late now. He's dead, and anything Mary could have known of him is lost.

"Were you close?" Mary asks Natasha. "I'm sorry."

She did not mention that she doesn't remember the man's name. Trying to hide her guilt, she looks down to the bag, then uses her foot to shove it back towards the entrance to the bus.

"Regina," she calls out. "This man was...a member of our community. We didn't expect to see him here. Can you tell what killed him?"
Regina
character, 41 posts
Thu 17 Jan 2019
at 02:12
  • msg #321

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Stepping inside the bus, Regina pinched her nose when a nauseating aroma of rotting flesh washed over her. Whatever happened in here, she believed that finding a survivor was outside the realm of possibility at this point. The doctor's conjecture turned out to be on the money once the corpse sprawled over the floor came into view. Out of respect, she kept any remarks to herself while watching Natasha and Mary examine the body. They appeared to recognize the man, and Natasha's fear was something she could sympathize with given whom she'd lost just a few hours prior. Regina gave a slight nod in response to Mary's request, "I'll see what I can do, just give me some space," she said, approaching the body.

With great care to avoid trodding over the body, she stood over the Asian man and knelt to examine his wounds more closely. "Why are you surprised to see him here?" Regina asked aloud, without shifting her gaze to either Mary or Natasha.
Bandito
GM, 2077 posts
Thu 17 Jan 2019
at 16:31
  • msg #322

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Bus

"No, I never understood a word he said. He's... you know, foreign." Natasha answers. "I think Trisha knew him better."

Everyone steps back when Regina inspects the body.


A book slips out of the backpack when Mary kicks it to the entrance of the bus. Natasha scoops it up. She stares at it for a few seconds, turning it around in various angles before tossing it back into the backpack.
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:20, Thu 17 Jan 2019.
Regina
character, 42 posts
Fri 18 Jan 2019
at 06:12
  • msg #323

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina's hand hovered over the man's upper chest. "Here," she said, pointing at a long, thin gash, "Stabbed," she exhales softly, pressing her tongue against her cheek. "Wasn't fatal..." her hand drifted over his abdomen, under which a sizable amount of blood had pooled. "Bitten," as soon as Regina said this, her breathing took a hitch, and she nearly fell over herself in a rush to scramble back from the body. "Natasha, stab it in the head!" she exclaims, her eyes are wide with fear, and she's aiming her pistol at the corpse. There was no time to explain; they just had to trust her!
Bandito
GM, 2078 posts
Fri 18 Jan 2019
at 06:27
  • msg #324

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Bus

"Wha-" Regina's alarming command throws Natasha off for a second. She quickly jog for the dead man and raises her knife. "Sorry, Chi." The knife pierces through the side of the dead man's temple. It produces a brief, squishy wet noise before disengaging from the skull.

"Fucking Antonio..." She mutters quietly and wipes her knife clean with her jeans. Natasha exhales deeply, almost like a sigh. "I'm ready to head back if you are."
Mary
character, 550 posts
Fri 18 Jan 2019
at 07:24
  • msg #325

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Sorry, Chi," Mary echoes. She bends over and picks up the bag, then looks at Regina. "Thank you. He was a member of my community - that one that Antonio helped attack. I don't know how he got here, but I suppose it was the same way we did."

She shakes her head, frowning. "I wonder what story he'd have to tell. I suppose we'll never know."

Stepping out of the bus, she opens the bag and peeks at the book as she walks, curious.
Ashley
character, 168 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 18 Jan 2019
at 11:11
  • msg #326

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Writing down passwords?  What, and let everyone see my weird porn collection?"  Ashley scoffed theatrically, then flashed a playful grin just to make sure everyone knew she was joking.

She may or may not have been joking.

Trisha:
"Y'think they found somethin' yet? I don't even care if they do anymore."

The jovial expression found continued use, though, when Trisha turned to her with her worries.  Though softened from the jokey grin of a moment before, Ashley still smiled despite her friend's concern -- or, perhaps, specifically to allay said concern.

"Well hey, I haven't heard a scream or a gunshot -- in my book, that sounds like business proceeding as usual.  If some monster jumps someone, they're gonna fight, and at least two of those guys have guns, so we'd hear shots."  She shrugged her shoulders nonchalantly, though she paid the price in a brief wince at the motion aggravating her existing pains, which she took great effort to hide.  "So, I figure nothing bad enough for screams or gunshots happened, but nothing good enough for hootin' and hollerin' in celebration, neither."

Ash paused just to check to make sure Trisha was following thus far.  Just to be safe, though, she continued, 'talking with her hands' as she often does...

"...Means they're almost definitely fine, and will be back any minute now, but they won't have much, if anything.  Anyone who thought this would be a waste of time, try not to gloat too much about being right."  Ash, for her part, simply smirked and settled back into her seat, returning to the trunk space.
Bandito
GM, 2079 posts
Fri 18 Jan 2019
at 19:05
  • msg #327

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

In the SUV

At the end of her dialogue, Dwayne turns around to face Ashley.

"What's a porn collection?" He asks with naive curiosity.
Trisha
character, 463 posts
Sun 20 Jan 2019
at 10:33
  • msg #328

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I ain't heard nothin' like that neither." She thinks on Ashley's reasoning, unsure if she is ready to fully buy into it. Though she trusts Mary and the others to warn them if things went bad, she knows that things can go bad in any number of ways that do not always result in a lot of noise.
Either way, she pulls away from the window, watching as Ashley does her best to hide the severity of her injuries. She looks concerned, but does nothing more than give the girl a sympathetic smile, as if to say "I won't tell if you won't."
quote:
"Anyone who thought this would be a waste of time, try not to gloat too much about being right."

"I knew it, but I won't say nothin'."
Pushing her hair away from her face with a mischievous smile, she reassures her friend with the promise of good behaviour. As long as everyone comes back alive, Trisha knows she has nothing to complain about. She continues to keep an eye out for any sings from the returning group, just in case.
quote:
"What's a porn collection?"

Without missing a beat, Trisha casually answers the young boy. Finally, he has a question she can answer.
"It's when you have sex and they take pictures and movies and stuff to keep it for later. Sometimes you get more money, but mostly not. There's all different kinds."
Glancing back at Ashley, she winks playfully before continuing.
"Ash probably ain't seen none of mine, though."
Buford
character, 63 posts
Sun 20 Jan 2019
at 17:51
  • msg #329

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Ladies, please." He said in a disapproving tone. "We may be in a crisis but we dont need to forgo everything we had as a society." He lectured.
Bandito
GM, 2080 posts
Sun 20 Jan 2019
at 19:43
  • msg #330

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Back in SUV

Dwayne listens to Trisha's explanation, but its unclear how much he actually understands. He looks to Buford, unsure the reasoning behind his reproachful response. However, he leans back into his seat and doesn't question Trisha on the details of her explanation. He seems to understand the topic is not appropriate.

A moment later, they see Mary and the others returning to the SUV.

Natasha opens the passenger door and let herself in. "We found Chi, that Chinese dude that hangs with Angie," she states directly at Trisha. "He's dead."
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:43, Sun 20 Jan 2019.
Ashley
character, 169 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 20 Jan 2019
at 23:09
  • msg #331

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ash's eyes widened slightly at Trisha's words.  Wait, when she said 'mine', does that mean her porn, or... y'know... her porn?  ...Whoa, hold on, no, stop that.  Stop that train of thought right there.  Thinking about your friends naked is weird.  She did, at least, have a choice quip for Buford's rebuke, just before the others came in.

"I mean, if you wanna get technical, porn wouldn't exist without society, so technically we'd be doing a disservice by not remembering its many great contributions..."  She folded her arms over the top edge of the back seat, resting her chin on them and eyeing Buford with that cheeky, defiant, lopsided grin that was never entirely joking, but never entirely serious either.

Fortunately, the arrival of the Away Team would save her from any verbal counterattacks.  Her first instinct was to ask for a status report as the captain of this ship, but the seriousness of Natasha's comment told her to keep her roleplaying jokes to herself for now.  She didn't know Chi except as a face in the church crowd, and only met Angie perhaps twice, but apparently Trisha did, so she'd let her friend handle the situation.

...It's weird, okay?  Stop.
Regina
character, 43 posts
Mon 21 Jan 2019
at 04:58
  • msg #332

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina kept a somber silence on the way back to the SUV. Having had time to think about what she'd seen, the school felt like a disturbing omen of things to come. Are there any communities left? She wondered as the SUV came into sight. As preferable as it was to the alternative of walking on foot, Regina did not want to spend the rest of her life shoved inside it like a sardine. Still, if it came to that, she could do worse than these people.

Instead of taking her old seat, Regina walked around to the back of the SUV and popped the trunk open. "More room back here," said the doctor to her erstwhile patient Ashley, as if to dispell any notions that she could possibly enjoy the snarky teenager's company. Regina pulled herself inside, closed the trunk and sidled up on the side opposite of Ashley. "A backpack was the only thing of note," she added to Natasha's summation of events.

"What are we doing now?" Regina asked without facing the front, as she had a good idea who'd be the first to speak up. "Remind me of the destination, again. All of the walking corpses made it slip from my memory," she spoke tersely, clearly more annoyed at the general state of affairs than any one person. So much death, and for what? Nothing.
Trisha
character, 464 posts
Mon 21 Jan 2019
at 12:20
  • msg #333

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Why is it bad, though? I didn't even say nothin', really. He asked so I told him, I don't get why it's a big deal."

It isn't the first time Trisha has been scolded for her inappropriate behaviour, but she still fails to understand exactly why the topic is frowned upon by some. Though she has questioned it in the past, more often than not she is simply told not to worry about it. The real answer still alludes her as her attention is pulled away by the signs of movement outside.

The worry lifts from her mind as she watches the group approach in its entirety; returning empty handed but looking to be in good health.
"Didya find anythin'?" She asks hopefully, though she is fairly sure she already knows the answer. She perks up when Natasha mentions a name she has not heard for days, though her tone does not imply good news.
quote:
"He's dead."

The news is unpleasant, but it does not surprise her. Neither Chi nor Angie were among the group Trisha had led out of the church during the attack and nobody had heard from them since. She simply sighs heavily in response, holding a hand against her face.
"I guess it ain't surprise me. I ain't seen him since before we left."

Trisha's relationship with Chi was not built on a mutual understanding; the language barrier made real communication difficult. All she knew for sure about him was his continued suspicion of the church authority, though his limited english made it difficult to relay any information. It is only in hindsight that she realizes just how right he was about everything.

"I never got to tell him he was right. About the church and the stuff they did. He knew and we didn't but he tried to tell us."
Mary
character, 551 posts
Wed 23 Jan 2019
at 06:24
  • msg #334

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary carries the backpack to the SUV in one hand, rather than over her shoulder. She opens the driver's side door, slides into the seat, then turns to face the others, holding out the bag.

"Anyone want this?" she asks. "I'm good for supplies, and I want to travel light."

Without waiting for a response, she puts the bag on the floor, not caring that it's in the way. If no one takes it, she'll just toss it before she leaves.

"We're going to find a kidnapped little girl," Mary tells Regina, looking over her shoulder. "Antonio here is going to help us. I don't know exactly where that will take us, but as we're now homeless, I suppose there isn't any better or worse than here anyway."

She's about to start the SUV, but in a fit of pique, looks down at the book first. How lonely Chi must have been, effectively unable to communicate with anyone at the church, and yet he'd investigated its seedy underbelly more effectively than she had. How much had he accomplished with so little? Yet it was all for nothing. Everyone who knew is now dead.

Mary is about to toss the book out the door when she overhears Trisha's words behind her. Mary's head snaps to look at Trisha, her eyes widening. "What? What stuff? What were they up to?"
Buford
character, 64 posts
Thu 24 Jan 2019
at 05:49
  • msg #335

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford eyed Ashley incredulous to her games. Like a teacher would an ill mannered student. He wasn't going to bicker but he would attempt to keep the rules of civil society in place.

Even if it was a fruitless effort.

"Oh you found someone you knew?" Buford spoke with truly peaked curiosity. When the gang came back to the van. The odds of this had to have been low and it had clearly fouled Marys already bad mood.

The old man took the bag and began to look through it with intent to find anything useful for himself while he listened in on the others. When Mary questioned Trisha, Buford in turn turned his head to glance at the girl even as his hands dug through the bag."
Trisha
character, 465 posts
Thu 24 Jan 2019
at 08:56
  • msg #336

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"What's in it?"
Trisha asks, looking concerned as Buford takes the backpack and begins to search through it. Though it is unlikely, she worries he may come across something to incriminate her.

As cruel as the church had been to her, she knows she cannot claim to be completely innocent. Her punishment may have been disproportionate to the crime, but there is no denying that the crime took place. She did push Wilson down those stairs as a petty act of revenge for trying to shoot her dog.
quote:
"What? What stuff? What were they up to?"

It is only now that she realizes Mary was not around during her confrontation with the church survivors. She was not there to hear the explosive argument that caused Trisha to blow up like a lunatic and part ways with the group, losing all but her most loyal friends.

She knows it will be impossible to keep this information from Mary in the long term, but now is not the time to come clean about everything. There are too many details that may get her into trouble if she were to share them with entire group. Instead, she opts for a safer answer.

"You know.." She hesitates, finding it difficult to keep up her facade of indifference. "About how Father James wasn't really the real Father. And how he let Wilson do all that stuff. To people."
Bandito
GM, 2081 posts
Thu 24 Jan 2019
at 18:27
  • msg #337

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

SUV

quote:
"Antonio here is going to help us. I don't know exactly where that will take us, but as we're now homeless, I suppose there isn't any better or worse than here anyway."


"Yeah, thanks a lot, asshole." Natasha kicks the back of the seat Antonio resides. Antonio flinches at the impact. After a brief moment he speaks. We'll end up at somewhere near the border of Arkansas, but let's catch up to my old comrades before they cross the states, ya?"

"Where do we go after we find Mina?" Dwayne seizes the opportunity and asks.

"We'll worry about that after we find her. One thing at the time." Natasha replies to the kid. Her words have little effect on relieving the child of his worries.

Buford looks through the backpack and finds some useful supplies.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Time skip imminent on this Sunday. Stop me if y'all got anything you want to take care of first. Also Terry will be a very quiet NPC.

This message was last edited by the GM at 18:28, Thu 24 Jan 2019.
Mary
character, 552 posts
Fri 25 Jan 2019
at 07:01
  • msg #338

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"No, I don't know," Mary says sharply, her eyes locked on Trisha. Her voice implies she's not in the mood for arguments. She glares at Trisha for a long moment, then sighs through her nose. When she speaks again, her tone is softer.

"I know Father James was lying to us. I know Wilson tried to shoot...your dog. They were bad people, but I don't know the details. Tell me what happened."
Ashley
character, 170 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 25 Jan 2019
at 07:44
  • msg #339

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley met Regina's choice of new seating arrangements with only a briefly raised brow.  Sure, doctor's gotta keep an eye on her patient.  What actually surprised her was Mary's questions.

"I'm sorry," she began with an incredulous half-chuckle, turning to drape one arm over the back of the seat and look back over her shoulder at the rest of the SUV's occupants, trying her very best to look cool and casual -- and failing on every level, given how ragged and drained she looked.  "Do you mean to tell me that nobody, at any point in the past twenty-four hours, has taken the time to explain what exactly those fine, shining examples of humanity were doing in their creepy little serial killer shack, and why it was worth getting shot over?"

Trisha may have been pretty distraught over the whole thing (and with fairly good reason), but Ashley herself was already grinning like a fool, already spinning it in her head to make herself into the hero of the tale, who took what should have been a fatal bullet in the line of duty and survived, having saved a pair of innocents from guaranteed death.  Granted, that was probably just the blood loss talking.

Okay but you gotta admit I was pretty fucking awesome back there.

"As captain of this ship I'd like to apologize for not making our mission statement clearer... buuuut I was also unconscious for the majority of what happened, so I'll let Trisha handle it, because I'm sure her recollection of the story will have a lot less holes in it."  Kinda like me, get it, ha ha very funny?  She reached back to give Trisha a pat on the shoulder that was supposed to be reassuring.  It probably wasn't.
Buford
character, 65 posts
Fri 25 Jan 2019
at 18:39
  • msg #340

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford puts a few things into his bag he deemed useful. He wouldn't know when or where they'd come in handy but you dont have a career as long as he had without making use of everything he could find.

Between Mary, Trisha and now Ashley there was simply a story here underneath the surface. "Y'know there sure are alot of us here." He said, looking to Regina and Caleb. "That have no idea what is going on, and we are trying to help you people."
Trisha
character, 466 posts
Sun 27 Jan 2019
at 04:49
  • msg #341

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Strap in bitches. You wanted answers y'all is gonna get them!
Forreal though feel free to skip over all of this. There is really no new information that's not already in old threads.



'Oh God, details.'
She cannot lock eyes with Mary for long, the glare cuts into her and Trisha is compelled to back down and look away in submission. It is clear there is no room to argue on the matter, but without an argument, she has few other options. Like a cornered animal, her instincts are telling her to flee, just ditch it all and leg it, but she remains still.

Initially, she had hoped that Ash would once again come to her rescue and help to smother the topic, but it quickly becomes clear that she is mistaken. Trisha whips around to face Ashley with a fierce glare of anger and betrayal, looking hurt beyond words.
'I hate you I hate you so much why are you doin' this to me?

She turns back to face the rest of the group, who seem to all be looking at her expectantly. She immediately pulls them out of her focus, staring straight ahead as she begins to blush profusely. Overwhelmed by the entire situation, she takes a moment to gather her thoughts and cover her heavy breathing. There is no way out of it now; all other options have been exhausted.

'Well you spent all that time wantin' someone to listen. I guess you got what you wanted you dumb bitch.'

Her fists ball up in frustration, before she releases them suddenly and forces herself into action.
"Oh my God fine!" She snaps. The floodgates are open.
"The Father is a liar! He killed the old Father on purpose and I know cuz I saw a picture Chi drawn of what happened and he was showing it to Angie but I took it and saw and Dwayne saw and said it looks like the old Father but he was locked up with all monsters so they'd eat him on purpose and Chi drawn it cuz he couldn't say it but he saw and he knew and no one listened cuz he only talks in different."

The guilt hits her strong and hard, if only for a moment. She wishes so badly that she could apologize to Chi for her behavior, now that she understands the bigger picture.

"And I didn't know about it right then but I did know when he didn't even care when I told him how Wilson fuckin' attacked me outside at night when nobody was there and he choked me and pushed me down and cut stuff all up on me with a knife. It was real fucked up so I told Father James and he was all 'Wilson doesn't have to get in trouble cuz you did bad stuff too and you pushed him down and he got hurt that time so that means you are a sinner anyways.' He made me think he would help me and it was bad to hurt people, but he just lied."

Her tone grows more aggressive the longer she is allowed to go on. The release of so much pent up fury is so cathartic, now she does not want to stop. She continues to rant as if no one else was listening, high on the feeling of release.

"That's why he didn't even care when they brought in them strangers and Wilson was gonna kill 'em. He let Wilson and his no-dick brother take 'em out to that creepy shack so they could cut 'em up and kill 'em cuz they knew stuff about them and was gonna tell us. Me and Ash had to go and save 'em when I heard James say to hide it like it was gonna happen."

Becoming more animated as the fear melts away, she points to Ashley dramatically, knowing her friend will back up her story if need be.

"We tried to get 'em out but Wilson saw us and attacked me again. We both had to kill him and I don't even feel bad about it anymore! The other one found us runnin' out and he shot Ash like, right away so I shot him until he was dead and Krystal and Tom helped me so Ash wouldn't die and they coulda just ran and left us but they didn't. They helped me bring her back and get help and she'd be dead if they didn't do it so I'm not even sorry for it! I'm glad we helped them and I'm glad Wilson is dead and I don't care! It weren't my fault he came in and fucked everything up!"

Back to true form, Trisha reaches out and shoves Antonio in the head to punctuate her argument. For the moment, all the fear and insecurity over what the group might think of her is gone. She is simply to exhausted to care anymore; the questions need to end. After taking a second to cool off, she takes a deep breath and sighs, looking tired and annoyed.

"And I'm fuckin' sick of talking about it cuz I hate it and I hate when I have to think about it this much and I don't even give a damn if everyone hates me again. I just wanna find Mina..."

She trails off, having finally run out of things to confess to. Whether or not they will still accept her as one of their own, she knows she has the resilience to bounce back. Abandonment issues aside, her ability to survive does not rely solely on a group's protection.
Regina
character, 44 posts
Sun 27 Jan 2019
at 06:29
  • msg #342

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

While Regina wanted to address Natasha's idea of forward-thinking -- or lack thereof, she fell silent once the conversation flowed into the topic of a church. The doctor was curious to hear more about their mutual history together, but for the most part, things were vague, unclear and unsatisfactory most of all. Regina was ready to speak up and attempt to steer the discussion towards specifics when Trisha practically exploded into a river of exposition. With how fast she spoke, how angry she articulated the words, and how warped said words were behind that ridiculous accent of hers, it was a miracle that Regina understood her at all. When it was all said and done, she sat there in silence, bewildered.

Gradually, she dared to turn herself around and place a hand on Trisha's shoulder in what was meant to be a gesture of comfort; "Thank you," she said softly, "That was...enlightening," she looked over at everyone, then back to Trisha. "It was...um, brave of you, conf- sharing a story that terrible," the doctor seemed to deliberate on each word between awkward pauses, and her thoughts briefly drifted back to a university course she'd taken on patient relations. Your bedside manner leaves a lot to be desired, and so she let go of Trisha's shoulder and cleared her throat loudly.

"Your people stayed in a church, a church which turned out to be staffed by priests who based their morality on the old testament. And then yo-" she stopped herself short with a concerned look at Trisha, "...they got killed when you discovered them attempting to murder other people," Regina reiterated for the benefit of everyone else who might have been put off by Trisha's spiel. "I'm assuming that's when Antonio's people found you."

Regina rubbed her temples and sighed, it was a lot to take in. Somehow her problems seemed infinitesimal next to the concerns of these people. "I'll help you," she announced suddenly, "Nobody deserves to go through what you people have," for a moment, melancholy exhaustion carried her words. "There's too much suffering already." With that said, she turned around, leaned back against the seat, and shut her eyes. "God, I'm tired..."
This message was last edited by the player at 07:51, Sun 27 Jan 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2082 posts
Sun 27 Jan 2019
at 07:12
  • msg #343

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

SUV

"Shit girl..." Antonio recovers from the strike and breaks into a wide smirk. "I thought we were lucky those two weren't then when we attacked, guess you made it easier for us, ya?" He leans back into his seat again. "The shit they did to you, yeah, they got what they deserved, good job."

Dwayne's eyes never once steered away from Trisha. The revelation of her involvement with the murder of the two brothers confounds the child. This news seems to have astound Natasha as well. She takes a moment to think before speaking up.

"I'm assuming that's when Antonio's people found you."

"Yeah, that's right." Natasha affirms with a nod. "I never liked priest James, and turns out, he was just another selfish asshole that manipulates people." She turns to Trisha and offers her sympathy. "Those things Wilson did to you, that's... really fucked up..."
This message was last edited by the GM at 07:13, Sun 27 Jan 2019.
Ashley
character, 171 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 27 Jan 2019
at 11:11
  • msg #344

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Lotta vague shit there, lotta unknowns," Ashley began, waving her hand in a meaningless gesture across the assembled audience, "and it was intentional, on their part, to keep us in the dark.  It wasn't every person at that church -- just a handful of them at the top, who replaced the previous ones, probably by killin' 'em or gettin' 'em killed.  Keeping us stupid was to the advantage of the fucks up top, as always."  She scowled her own disappointment at the situation, at the lack of knowledge they had to go on when they went off to go heroing -- but they did have to, or it would've been too late.

"I'm not big on religion, on the religious, for..."  Ash's gaze fell, and astute parties might note it fell to the locket tucked under her shirt, its silver ball chain always visible around her neck, one of only a handful of possessions that have never left her side in all the time they've known her.  "...several reasons.  But these guys, they gave me mondo heebie jeebies from the very first moment.  I knew something was gonna go wrong, and my private meeting with Father James only made me more certain."

She shrugged, less nonchalant and more bitter, defeated, and tired.

"I even called him on it, I said on the first fucking day that he could just as easily be a real priest or a murderer just wearing the collar.  He just smiled and quoted some vague bullshit story out of his stupid book--" Ashley stopped there, suddenly interrupted by a sputter of unexpected laughter as something occurred to her.  "Fuck, it was... something about not judging people on their sins, but also about judging their current actions in light of past wrongdoing... like he was telling me what they were doing, without really saying it..."  Mounting frustration at her own previous poor decisions was making her head hurt, on top of the other existing pains, and she raised a hand to rub uselessly at her forehead.

"Honestly, Tony," she called to their prisoner/navigator two rows ahead, "I woulda fuckin' thrown him to you guys for free if you'd just asked.  Him and the rest of his little shadow cabal.  But instead you roll in with an army like you forgot your goddamn social graces, and I was too busy chasing down Ted Bundy and John Wayne Gacy to remind you of your manners like Trisha's doing now."  She mimicked Trisha's head-slapping motion from a safe distance, then settled back to her place in the trunk space, nestled into a corner looking rather like she was seeking safety, but she wasn't quite done talking yet, though the self-righteous frustration had now faded to a lower, slightly guilty tone.

"So, yeah.  What Trish said after all that is right.  I stabbed a dude in the throat, I killed him, and... honestly I dunno if I'm ever really gonna make peace with that, that's the kinda shit that people go to therapy for if they survive their shitty childhood.  I probably won't, so I'm just gonna hafta deal for however long, and honestly I'm with Trisha on this one: I did it because those two psychos were gonna kill them, straight-up murder a pair of innocents whose biggest sin was being dumb enough to think they're safe at a fucking church, and if I had to do it all over again, I would."

"Those people are alive because of me -- because of us," she nodded to Trisha, and suddenly she was talking to Trisha rather than at her, looking her friend in the eye despite being so recently rebuked, more than willing to overlook the cutting glare she received because their bond was a large thing, and a glare was a very small one, "and you shouldn't feel ashamed or nervous about doing the most decent thing we could've done in that situation.  I wouldn't change a damn thing -- not even the whole 'getting shot' part.  If it hadn't'a been me, it might've been one of the others, and they were less prepared.  Besides," she continued, her somber and resolute expression quickly melting to a sharp joker's grin, "chicks dig scars."

Ashley snickered to herself and settled back down into her chosen seat, hands folded behind her head, looking rather inhumanly smug about the whole situation.
Mary
character, 553 posts
Mon 28 Jan 2019
at 04:04
  • msg #345

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary's bony hands tighten around the steering wheel until they resemble curled, knobby tree roots. At some point in Trisha's speech, Mary turns away, staring out the windshield. It was worse than she'd suspected, and she'd suspected a lot. She'd suspected almost the entire time, but she'd done nothing and solved nothing. No answers, no resolution, no help. Pointless and useless. Mary had failed, and more than that, had been outdone by Trisha of all people.

How are you going to save Mina? a voice in her head asks. She tries to shoo it away, but it stays. You had nearly a month and saved absolutely no one. Is there anyone in this vehicle less qualified than you?

Mary blows lungfuls of air out her nose, not stopping until there's no breath left. Only after she's done does she turn her head back around, making deliberate eye contact with both Trisha and Ashley.

"You did the right thing, saving those people," Mary says, her voice firm and even. She tone is not quite motherly, but it's that of an approving authority figure nonetheless. "I wish you didn't have to kill to do it, but that was because of them, not you, and I only wish that because of how it could hurt you.

"I also had reason to suspect Father James on my first day. Terry and I - and some others - found a body that..." She trails off, considering. "Actually, let me put it like this. Trisha, you said Wilson did something to you with a knife. What was that?"
Buford
character, 66 posts
Mon 28 Jan 2019
at 06:06
  • msg #346

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Something Trisha had said had sparked a moment of pause in Buford. Where his weathered curious eyes froze on Trisha but looked right past her. The mutilations, the language barriers, the missed opportunities.

Something resonated deep inside the man that gave him pause, serious and deliberate pause. But in a moment it was gone again. With a blink back to reality he began mentally unpacking everything that had been said. Assigning fictional images to names of people he had never met and playing over events in his mind that he had never seen.


"I'm sorry Trisha." He said in a soothing Southern drawl, threatened to be swallowed up by the remarks of others. "What you did was very brave. Stepping in to help those strangers. That was mighty kind of you." He said nodding. But his gentlemanly expression and words came to a halt on hearing a question from Mary.

"Mary, there's hardly any benefit to asking something like that." He spoke in defense of Trisha. His tone was curt, as if he himself was offended by the audacity of the question.
Mary
character, 554 posts
Tue 29 Jan 2019
at 06:39
  • msg #347

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary shoots Buford a sour look out of the corner of her eye.

"Fine," she says sharply. "You don't have to tell me what happened. Just listen: weeks ago, before we even knew there was anyone living at the church, we found the body of a man who'd had the word 'sinner' carved into his skin before he died. We all agreed that was sick and he couldn't have deserved it."

She looks at Trisha. Her gaze is not judgmental, either positively or negatively. "I don't know if that's what happened to you. You don't have to tell me if it was or it wasn't. Just know that there's no good reason for that, and whatever Wilson did, he was wrong to do so. It was...unnecessary."
Trisha
character, 467 posts
Wed 30 Jan 2019
at 10:57
  • msg #348

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Responses fly back at her so fast that Trisha soon finds herself feeling overwhelmed.
"Wow, umm..." Building up the courage to look up at the group, she fiddles with her sleeves as a tiny smile creeps across her face.

"I just- I mean, all these days all I wanted was for someone to say like 'I get why you did that stuff I don't hate you', but like...I ain't planned like, that it was gonna happen for real. I thought y'all was just gonna tell me to fuck off like the others did."

With a nervous chuckle, she looks up and smiles a little wider. Her eyes immediately center on Mary, holding her opinion in the highest regard. It feels amazing to have finally earned some approval from her, no matter what the circumstances.
The feeling is short lived, as Mary's next question makes her incredibly uneasy. She wants to answer, but finds it hard to get the words out.
quote:
"Mary, there's hardly any benefit to asking something like that."

Trisha is surprised by Buford's outburst; he is the last person she would expect to try and spare her feelings. As much as she appreciates his coming to her defense, it is not his place to decide when the discussion will stop. It seems that Mary feels the same way, as she continues to press the matter.

She reveals some disturbing information, though Trisha had already suspected as such. Wilson's attack was carried out much too smoothly for it to have been his first time.
As Mary had given her the choice, her hesitance makes it seem as if she has chosen not to say anything. However, after a moment of extended silence, she finally speaks.

"Umm...can I tell you later? We should really go."
This message was last edited by the player at 21:22, Thu 31 Jan 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2083 posts
Fri 1 Feb 2019
at 22:37
  • msg #349

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Time skip

After the group finished their conversation they began moving up North down Route 1. Within a few minutes, they found themselves in Rosedale again. This time however, they had no reason to stop. There were nothing else left in the house of God for them. Dwayne stuck his face close up to the windows until Rosedale slowly faded out of sight.

The drive was a long one with a grand view of the farm fields on the whole way. There were more scarecrows than one would expect on the field. Most of them were shambling, but the group had no reason to investigate their true nature. Its doubtful any farmer were still tending to their fields.

The SUV close in toward the bridge that crosses the Mississippi river. Mary found herself maneuvering the SUV around the abandoned vehicles more frequently as the distance between them and the bridge shortened. Finally, the SUV arrives at the edge of the bridge. What lies ahead is a labyrinth of abandoned vehicles.

Its been a little over two hours since they left the school.
This message was last edited by the GM at 06:10, Sat 09 Feb 2019.
Buford
character, 67 posts
Sat 9 Feb 2019
at 19:09
  • msg #350

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford had been filling out whole pages since they had taken off from the school. A plethora of information finally leaked out by Trisha. He felt terrible for the girl, caught up in one bad disaster after another. This whole thing had been just a nightmare. A nightmare he had helped create and worsen in his mind. He took a deep breath and looked out the window. Trying to silence the uncomfortable thoughts that kept bubbling up to the surface. He knew he had to get a move on with his own journey soon.

“I’d hate to get stuck in there.” Buford commented quietly as he looked through to the bridge.
Mary
character, 556 posts
Sun 10 Feb 2019
at 04:53
  • msg #351

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"You took the words out of my mouth, Buford," Mary says, turning off the engine. She looks at the bridge and frowns, shaking her head in disapproval.

"How many people do you think died on this bridge?" She turns in her seat, looking at the others. "Solomon's men must have come this way, so if we're lucky, they've already killed all the ghouls - but I won't drive this SUV on that bridge until we confirm it. If we get surrounded in this thing, we're dead. We're going to walk from end to end and keep our eyes peeled. Any questions?"
Regina
character, 46 posts
Sun 10 Feb 2019
at 08:25
  • msg #352

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Throughout the trip, Regina had attempted to catch some much-needed sleep. Every attempt ended up being thwarted by memories of her friends -- their rotting corpses that, just hours ago, had tried to kill her. The second time she'd woken up sweating was the moment the endeavor got called off entirely. Inquiries that might or might not have stemmed from worry were brushed off, as Regina didn't want them to worry.

With sleep proving too elusive, the doctor resolved to find some means of stimulation instead of sitting motionless for what would prove to be a long drive. Fortunately, her former patient, Ashley, was good enough. She periodically checked the bandages she'd applied beforehand to see if they needed to get changed. Whether or not Ashley was comfortable with physical contact, temperatures were monitored. And her sitting posture was periodically critiqued -- it was dangerous to be lax with such matters.

When the bridge came into view, Regina regarded it with an intense stare. To her chagrin, the SUV pulled up closer to it, before ultimately stopping so that Mary could lay out another plan. At the proper cue, Regina raised her hand, "Yes, I have a question," she said, turning around to face Mary with dry, brown eyes. "Why can't we find somewhere else to cross? This bridge...gives me a bad feeling," loathe as she was to resort to hazy reasoning, there was something off about that bridge. What she'd never admitted to was feeling a premonition of terrible things.
Mary
character, 557 posts
Mon 11 Feb 2019
at 05:33
  • msg #353

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"There is nowhere else to cross," Mary responds grimly. "It would take us hours to reach the next closest bridge, and it'll probably look just like this one. The only difference is we'll have lost Mina's trail. There's probably ferries nearby, but I don't think any of them are operating."

She makes eye contact with Regina, her face carefully neutral. "We're off peak season, you know."

She shifts her attention to Antonio. "Antonio, Solomon must have come through here, right? Do you think they'd have cleared out the bridge for us?"
Bandito
GM, 2084 posts
Mon 11 Feb 2019
at 19:04
  • msg #354

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

When Mary poses the question, Antonio takes his time taking in their surroundings. He studies the bridge layout with great focus before answering. "Its either here, or the other bridge down South. This is a good place to setup an ambush, yeah? Look at all those cars." His shifts in tone reminds you of a child who just discovered the gifts beneath a Christmas tree. "Its a nice place for a good negotiation, on a middle of a bridge, nowhere to run, lots of cars to hide in..." For a brief moment he seems to be lost in his own thoughts, until he realizes he hasn't answered Mary's question.

"Yeah, if they went through they'll move the cars. You'll have a path to go through."
Buford
character, 68 posts
Wed 13 Feb 2019
at 01:12
  • msg #355

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Nothing wrong with a little scouting party." Buford smirks. Antonio was right if they tried driving through any two bit bandit could stop them. He turned to Caleb and Terry. "Strapping men like yourself wouldnt hesitate to give it a look for us geezers and women would you?" He asks.
Mary
character, 558 posts
Thu 14 Feb 2019
at 06:34
  • msg #356

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Yes," Mary answers Antonio, her brow furrowing. "It is a good place for an ambush, isn't it?"

Mary was already expecting an ambush, of course, but a wholly accidental one by ghouls. If there were an actual group of people hiding with guns at the ready, they'd have no trouble killing Mary before she could react, as well as anyone who steps onto the bridge with her.

Nonetheless, the same logic applies as before. Mary is chasing a moving target. If they came this way, they already handled whatever threat was on this bridge, and they probably wouldn't hang around and take their place. Solomon's group has a destination in mind, or at least, that's what Mary figures.

"Fine, then," Mary nods. Her voice is firm and confident, though she's not sure whether she's trying to reassure the others or herself. "We'll check the cars. If they've cleared a path, we know they came this way."
Regina
character, 47 posts
Thu 14 Feb 2019
at 09:18
  • msg #357

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"All we'll know is that somebody cleared the way. It could have been anyone," retorted Regina, her tone impassive and her gaze fixated on the bridge. Playing devil's advocate was nothing new to her; these people needed to consider as many angles as possible, now more than any other time in their lives. "Regardless, I agree with-- Buford, was it? Buford's idea. Two people should be enough."
Bandito
GM, 2087 posts
Thu 14 Feb 2019
at 18:35
  • msg #358

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
CHA roll failed
Caleb & Terry will now be NPC'd


Caleb and Terry listen to Buford volunteering the two to scout ahead. Caleb shakes his head. "I don't think that's wise, if its only us two." Caleb repudiates the idea. Meanwhile, Terry simply stares at Buford. When Mary speaks, the behemoth shifts his attention to her instead. "We should stick together. If his people try'na do anythin' we can fight back." His voice is unnecessary loud, its clear he intents to overshadow the others with his booming voice.

"Well, we have to go through either way. If they're here so is Mina." Natasha shrugs. "I can try to sneak ahead and see if they're here. Its probably better to do this alone."
Snicker
GM, 1923 posts
Fri 15 Feb 2019
at 06:43
  • msg #359

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Alone?" A part of Mary can't blame her. Mary herself hadn't been terribly useful lately, or at least, that's how it felt. Still, the idea doesn't sit well with her.

"Are you sure about this?" Mary asks. "You should probably have at least one more pair of eyes watching your back."
Bandito
GM, 2088 posts
Sat 16 Feb 2019
at 00:01
  • msg #360

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

Natasha peers out the window briefly. "Yeah." She looks back to Mary. "Its better if I go alone. Less body to be seen. I'll be fine, I've been doing this since I was on the road with Eugene before this church thing."
Mary
character, 559 posts
Sat 16 Feb 2019
at 05:35
  • msg #361

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Alright," Mary finally says. Her voice is neutral, but worry is obvious on her face. "It's your decision. Just...what's the backup plan? How long do you want us to wait before we follow after you? Do you have some way to signal us if you need help?"
Bandito
GM, 2089 posts
Sat 16 Feb 2019
at 06:04
  • msg #362

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

"Well, I have this..." Natasha reveals the pistol in her hand. "I'm fire two shots up in the air if I run into trouble. But if it comes to that, I'll probably just start shooting at them instead. and..." She knocks her knuckles against the car window. "I'll toss a rock at you guys if I need help. Hey, Dwayne." She calls the child's name. Dwayne looks up to Natasha. "Can I borrow those binoculars?"

"Okay." Dwayne passes the binoculars to her.

"Thanks." Natasha looks back to Mary, she gives her a faint smile. "It'll be okay Mary, you worry too much." She unlocks the door, ready to head out.
Mary
character, 560 posts
Wed 20 Feb 2019
at 06:58
  • msg #363

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary wrinkles her nose. "I worry from the moment I wake up to when I finally fall asleep, but it's still not enough."

She looks back at rest of the vehicle. "Do any of you have something to say about this?"
Ashley
character, 172 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 20 Feb 2019
at 10:30
  • msg #364

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley, perhaps predictably, raised a hand, but didn't wait to be called on.

"Yeah I have kinda sorta a whole fuckin' lot to say about this," she quipped, rolling her head to one side and popping one eye open to look at Mary and the others.  She was rather enjoying her little break, a quiet nap disturbed only occasionally by Regina's nimble fingers, and she seemed loath to leave dreamland entirely behind just yet.

"...'s too much, though.  I can't explain it all right now, way I'm feelin'; can't come with you, too risky for the fragile little kid."  She somehow managed to say that without so much as a hint of malice -- which bode poorly for the idea that she might very well be accepting it.  She sighed quietly to herself, digging through her backpack to produce two fat handfuls of quarters, holding them out to anyone who would take them.

"Look, take these, use them to make noise, create distractions.  If there's someone in there, they'll know you're in there, but they won't know where if you use 'em right.  An' if there's dead things, well, they're dumb as heeeeeeell, they'll dance to whatever tune you want with a few noisy 'ping's."
This message was last edited by the player at 18:44, Wed 20 Feb 2019.
Buford
character, 69 posts
Wed 20 Feb 2019
at 18:54
  • msg #365

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford scans the faces of the people inside the van and grumbles to himself. "Kids these days." He says as he meets Mary's glare. "Natasha is it? Missy I'll go out with ya just know I ain't the fastest horse around." He says in a resigned tone.

Getting out of the car he holsters his pistol and winks at Natasha. "Ladies first."
Regina
character, 48 posts
Wed 20 Feb 2019
at 18:57
  • msg #366

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

A natural roll of the eyes from Regina ensues from Natasha's stubbornness. Granted, with how little time they'd spent together, a solo-scouting mission is something she would've only trusted to Natasha. Yet no matter how capable any one person was, they were still just that -- one person.

"I'm going with you too," Regina says abruptly, "At a distance, mind, shadowing you. I'll be the one who alerts the others; less noisy and wasteful of ammunition that way," she explains, stretching out her arms. "Don't bother arguing with me," there is a matter-of-fact tone in her voice as she glances around at each member of the van as if daring them to challenge her decision.

Regina takes Ashley's quarters are taken with an appreciative nod, "I was just about to ask for my fee," the doctor quips. Ah, even her terrible sense of humor is rubbing off on me. Quaint. Given how nobody else was interested in them thus far, these were now Regina's quarters by law.

And finally, Mary's seemingly indignant response elicited yet another eye roll from Regina. "What do you want us to say? This situation isn't complicated, and we have a plan already. Unless you wish for me to give an...inspirational speech for motivation?" Unfortunately for the passengers, Regina pops the trunk open and darts out onto the street, leaving the group bereft of a suitably uplifting speech.
Bandito
GM, 2090 posts
Thu 21 Feb 2019
at 03:15
  • msg #367

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

Natasha looks to the old man who volunteered himself to tag along. She him an irked look as if he had flipped over her glass of drink. Then her head snaps to Regina, who inserted herself into this unwanted scouting party uninvited. "Seriously? We might as well just all go, Jesus Christ..." Natasha rolls her eyes and groans. "Ugh, whatever." She snatches the spare quarters offered by the doctor and lets herself out of the car with binoculars in hand.

Natasha assumes a crouching position, leaving her head just below the hood of a nearby vehicle. She cautiously advances further down the bridge, using any vehicle within the vicinity for cover.
Mary
character, 561 posts
Thu 21 Feb 2019
at 03:23
  • msg #368

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Hm. Glad I asked." Mary is visibly impressed at the response, then looks back at the other passengers. "If you're all going, then I..."

She pauses, looking over the other passengers. Antonio, not trustworthy for obvious reasons; Dwayne, not trustworthy due to his young age; Trisha and Terry, not trustworthy for reasons she would prefer to avoid saying aloud; Ashley, easily overpowered due to her injury; and Caleb, who is still a stranger. What will happen if Mary leaves the vehicle in their hands, especially when a quick response may be needed by the others?

"...I suppose I'll stay here," she says, resigned, then looks at Regina. "I'll watch for a signal and drive up if you need me."
Bandito
GM, 2091 posts
Fri 22 Feb 2019
at 22:47
  • msg #369

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge - Buford & Regina

The three approaches the bridge with Buford following at a distance as planned. There are no sounds of any undead, or ambush. Natasha and Regina moves from car to car, using any cover they can find to hide from the line of sight of whoever that might be on the bridge.

The group finds themselves on the bridge, about half way from the center. Regina and Natasha stops behind a large delivery truck where she looks through the binocular with her head popping out from the corner. "Stop." She throws out a hand and signals Regina to halt. "I see someone with a rifle. He-" Natasha sets down the binoculars, her eyes widens with disbelief. "Oh, what the fuck..." Regina can hear Natasha muttering to herself before looking through the binoculars again. "I know him, he's with Antonio. Its... complicated, but Mary needs to know."

Natasha turns around with a hand stretched out in front. Her palm is facing Buford, gesturing for him to halt. "We have to head back. Don't let him see you, I don't know if he'll shoot."
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:51, Fri 22 Feb 2019.
Trisha
character, 468 posts
Tue 26 Feb 2019
at 11:57
  • msg #370

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha had remained uncharacteristically quiet throughout the bulk of the trip. Despite her assertions that she has less to worry about now that her secrets are out in the open, there are obviously more than a few things on her mind.
Between the occasional break to rest her eyes, most of her time had been spent staring aimlessly out the window and gently tugging on Fernando's fur and ears. The little dog was quick to scramble over the back seat into her lap and had spent the past hour or two blissfully sleeping through the extended car ride.

He awakens as the truck came to a stop in front of the bridge, but simply shuffles in his place and stays put. Trisha does much the same, though she makes an effort to acquaint herself to the new surroundings.
Still deep in her own thoughts, she does not say anything about the plan laid forth, nor does she volunteer to scout ahead. Having already exposed a lot of her vulnerabilities, she decides to test the waters by placing her trust entirely in the group. She makes no attempt to put forth her opinions or change ideas to get her way. In fact, she does little more than watch intently as the trio break off to investigate the bridge.
For the first time in a long time, she has nothing of value to say and so chooses not to say anything at all.
Buford
character, 70 posts
Thu 28 Feb 2019
at 22:09
  • msg #371

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford studied the symbol for a moment. Thinking this information most prudent for Natasha and Regina. He opens his mouth to speak but is stopped by Natasha. They would turn back now, that meant danger ahead. Despite his creaky knees he attempted to crouch down and move back.
Bandito
GM, 2093 posts
Sat 2 Mar 2019
at 04:15
  • msg #372

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

Regina, Buford, and Natasha sneak their way back to the SUV as quietly as possible. When the SUV is in view, Natasha doubles her pace and shifts into a swift jog. She approaches the driver's window.

"Mary, that soldier guy, Sam, he's here. He's on the bridge." Natasha relays the news to Mary.  "I don't think he saw us."

"Sam? Samuel?" Antonio beams with delight. "What are we waiting for boss woman? Let's go say hello to our friend, yeah?"
Mary
character, 562 posts
Sat 2 Mar 2019
at 05:50
  • msg #373

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Sam?" Mary rears back, her lips curling into a queer, confused smile of disbelief and bemusement. "Here? What are the odds?"

Maybe it's not so unlikely, Mary reminds herself. This is the only way across the Mississippi for miles. The real question isn't "Why here?" but "Why now?"

"What was he doing?" Mary asks thoughtfully. "Was there a woman with him? A blonde?"
Buford
character, 71 posts
Sun 3 Mar 2019
at 18:01
  • msg #374

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The subsequent crouch run put alot of stress on his old knees. He got to the car out of breath. An embaressment considering qhat he could do when he was young.

"Ladies, wait." He said in between breathes. "Did you see the symbol? That thing Antonio talked about. Its carved into that car back there." He thumbs behind him. "Who is Sam?" He asks.
Trisha
character, 469 posts
Sun 3 Mar 2019
at 19:45
  • msg #375

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"No way." Trisha perks up at the news, shifting forward to join in. "Mary we should go see him."
quote:
"Was there a woman with him? A blonde?"

"Oh, yeah! Did you see Samantha?" She asks, looking intrigued, but not overly hopeful. Though her tone is optimistic, she is aware enough to know how astronomically unlikely it is that things had worked out for the pair.
quote:
"Did you see the symbol? That thing Antonio talked about. Its carved into that car back there."

She cannot tell if Buford is distressed by the information, or is simply worn out from the jog. Either way, she seems happy to hear the news.
"Means we been headed the right way, then."
Bandito
GM, 2094 posts
Mon 4 Mar 2019
at 22:44
  • msg #376

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

"That carving? Yeah, Reeva's been there. They means Salomon's here too." Antonio nods his head at Buford.

"No, I didn't see Samantha. But I can't really see much without getting closer." Natasha replies to Trisha. She sounds slightly disappointed. "Sam was standing on a car, he had it aimed at our direction. I think he's on watch for someone. Do you think he joined back with his old gang?" Unlike Mary, Natasha seems wary of the presence of the blonde sniper.

"Probably, Salomon and I loved that guy. He's a valuable asset." Antonio laughs. "Shit, he probably already spotted you and radioed my boys. They're probably creeping up from behind right now." Dwayne immediately turns his head and stares out to the road.
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:44, Mon 04 Mar 2019.
Regina
character, 49 posts
Tue 5 Mar 2019
at 15:54
  • msg #377

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina is surprised by how smoothly their reconnaissance went; maybe pessimism had festered within her for too long, but she expected a dreadful change of plans, as was usually the case nowadays. However, a gunman wasn't a welcome sight, and the entire way back, Regina had her head ducked low -- even now, she occasionally shoots a nervous glance towards the bridge in fear that the sniper moved to a better vantage point. She remains silent throughout the discussion until Buford mentions a symbol that escaped her.

"I saw a symbol at the school," Regina interjects, remembering what had been carved on the bus, "What did it look like?" she says to Buford, crossing her arms. "They must use them to mark where they've been, or..." The doctor mutters to herself, rubbing a hand over her cheek, "...or it could be a warning. Marking one's territory, or claiming culpability for a slaughter -- in the case of that school." Snapping out of her self-absorbed ruminations, Regina gives a non-committal shrug, "This is all conjecture, mind you."
Mary
character, 563 posts
Fri 8 Mar 2019
at 07:01
  • msg #378

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Wait, what?!" Mary's tone sharpens and the smile disappears from her face. "You mean he's back with Solomon? I thought he'd struck out on his own! That is not good. He's got eyes like a hawk."

Mary releases the steering wheel and leaned back in her seat, scowling. She thinks hard for a moment, then starts to nod to herself.

"No...this is good. If they're here, we've caught up. That was always the plan. If they Sam back, then they must have Samantha. Either they're keeping her hostage or keeping her safe. I can see why they'd do it for Sam. He's good at what he does. The only reason they lost him..."

She looks over at Natasha, putting a hand to her chin thoughtfully. "...is because we were better. I wonder if Solomon would be interested to know that."
Bandito
GM, 2096 posts
Fri 8 Mar 2019
at 19:31
  • msg #379

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

Natasha expels a breath of air. Her shoulders are stiff, and she appears to be on edge. "Are you saying we tell them we're interested to join their little gang? That's insane!"

"I don't know girly, it might work for Salomon. That's how I got Sam in the first place." Antonio comments.
Buford
character, 72 posts
Sat 9 Mar 2019
at 05:17
  • msg #380

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford explained what the symbol looked like to Regina. Then e listens intently to the others. "So we're going to just mosey on over and talk to the gunman?" He asks, incredulously.

"Why don't we have a few people talk to him first?" He states.
Trisha
character, 470 posts
Sun 10 Mar 2019
at 03:53
  • msg #381

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"We should go get closer then. We can sneak up on 'em."
Trisha does not dwell on why Sam might be there. It is easier to just assume that he would intend to do them harm. With this in mind, she knows they will be outmatched without the element of surprise; a fact that does not concern her as much as it should. It is Antonio's remark that spurs her to action.
"Well I ain't sittin' around waitin' for it!" She declares, reaching over the back seat to grab the gun she had left in the back under Ashley's supervision.
"I ain't gonna be snuck up on again and made a damn fool of."
With her weapon in hand, Trisha shuffles over the seat in front of her and makes it known that she is prepared to get moving. Though her first instinct is to swing the door open and jump to action, she instead checks the surrounding before looking back at Mary, waiting patiently for permission from the leader.
"I don't give a shit what we tell 'em, I wanna see what he thinks he's doin' up there!"


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
12:48, Today: Trisha rolled 13 using 2d10+5 ((1,7)). Perception.

Mary
character, 564 posts
Sun 10 Mar 2019
at 07:27
  • msg #382

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Wait!" Mary almost shouts at Trisha. She takes a breath to calm herself, then turns back to look at Natasha. "Yes, we do. We as in you and I. We managed to get the drop on Sam. That means we're skilled enough to be useful assets."

Reaching down into her backpack, Mary pulls out the walkie-talkie she took from Sam last night. "We can use this to start negotiations and get a feel for whether he'll trust us. We don't need to mosey on over until we're fairly sure he won't shoot us on sight. Just in case, though, the rest of you should stay back. You'll be our ace in the hole."

You're putting a lot of trust in them, Mary can't help thinking. Some of them, you don't even know. Others, you do know can't come to your rescue. Why not just turn around? You don't even like Mina anyway.

Mary sighs softly, then chews her lower lip. "Maybe you should come with us, Terry. You have history with them, don't you? Not to mention how desirable you are."

She blinks. "As in...your physical stature."
Bandito
GM, 2098 posts
Mon 11 Mar 2019
at 17:44
  • msg #383

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

Dwayne seizes the opportunity for participation and speaks up. "Can I come? If they took Mina, maybe they'll want to take me t-"

"No! You stay here." Terry interrupts the kid. His voice is loud enough to swallow any other sources of sound from within the SUV. He looks to Mary before exiting the vehicle. "Let's do this thing then." Dwayne looks down in his seat.

Natasha shrugs and backs away from the window. "I really hope this works."

Terry and Natasha stands idle by the SUV, waiting for Mary to join them.

"Why not join the gang, all of you. We'll make a good team. It'll be nice to have more good looking ladies around." Antonio addresses to the remaining survivors in the car.
This message was lightly edited by the GM at 16:00, Thu 14 Mar 2019.
Trisha
character, 471 posts
Wed 13 Mar 2019
at 22:39
  • msg #384

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I wasn't even gonna!" Trisha snaps back at Mary's outburst like a disobedient child, immediately denying that she had done anything wrong.
With a sour look on her face, she is irritated further by being told to stay behind.
"That ain't fair I could totally-" Her tone changes halfway through the sentence as she admits defeat and decides not to fight the matter. "Fuck it, never mind. I get it."
Sliding back down in the seat, Trisha looks to the young boy sitting next the her and affectionately wraps an arm over his shoulders. She knows he is sick of feeling useless, but does not know how to provide the comfort he needs.
"It's fine. We can jump in later when they need us."
Antonio's comment gets a minimal response, though she cocks an eyebrow and gives him a very deliberate smirk to make it clear she had heard him and simply chose not to say anything.
Mary
character, 565 posts
Thu 14 Mar 2019
at 06:57
  • msg #385

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I hope so, too," Mary mutters grimly.

Stepping out of the car, Mary carefully inspects the bridge. "Let's get closer, just in case they try anything funny. We can make that bridge work for us, too - there's only one place they can get off and threaten us."

Mary looks for a spot where she can be hidden, but keep an eye on the end of the bridge, so she'll see if anyone tries sneaking out to look for her. Once she's satisfied, she puts the radio to her mouth and speaks. "Solomon! I see you've found a new home. It looks like a step down from your camp in the woods, but at least it has a nice view."
Bandito
GM, 2100 posts
Thu 14 Mar 2019
at 16:13
  • msg #386

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

Terry and Natasha tails behind Mary closely. They stop behind a vehicle, crouching and hidden from sight.

Mary hears herself speaking through the radio. And for a long pause, she does not hear a response. Audible static breaks through the radio, follow by a familiar man's voice.


"What did he say?" Natasha whispers to Mary.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:14, Thu 14 Mar 2019.
Ashley
character, 173 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 14 Mar 2019
at 18:42
  • msg #387

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley had been trying to relax, trying to follow 'doctor's orders', trying to do what she was told for once in her life.  Huddled there, in corner of the trunk space, head tipped back against the rear seat, doing her level best to just chill and let everyone else handle things.  Trying not to think about what's at stake, and the part her own failures played in it all.

It wasn't working very well.

"...rraaagh.  Fuck it.  You stay."  She growled to herself as she lifted her head from her erstwhile pillow and sat upright, opening the trunk and hopping out before anyone could react to stop her.  There would likely be consequences for her attitude later, but Ashley wasn't in the mood to worry about them.  Quite frankly, she wasn't in the mood to do much of anything but kick this guy square in the nuts for daring to stand in the way of their 'heroic' mission.

Despite any protestations from her companions -- and despite the protestations of the stabbing ache in her chest upon moving -- she quickly and quietly made her way to Mary's forward position, simply showing up as if she belonged there and holding a finger to her lips in a 'shh' gesture to silence any objections.  She wasn't silent herself, though, and while she at least kept it to a whisper like her companions (she's brash, not stupid), she certainly had quite a lot to say about their present efforts.

"Are you really gonna negotiate with a shit bargaining position like this?"  Ashley made a circular gesture to indicate their location, then mimed holding a rifle, like the man ahead of them.  "Let me sneak up there.  If he's alone, I can put a gun on him from behind, and if he's got friends, I can report back and at least we'll know we're fucked instead of just guessing."  Before anyone could move to protest, she held up one finger to stop them.  "None of you ever saw me sneaking out of the church alone, in all the times I did it, right?  I'm the only one here who's that good, and you know it."
Regina
character, 50 posts
Thu 14 Mar 2019
at 19:18
  • msg #388

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

While everyone went back and forth about a Solomon, Regina held her opinions in silence; these people didn't seem interested in having any discussion about those symbols. All the better -- she needed to put more thought into their meaning. However, when the topic turned to a plan that concerned joining up with Solomon's people, Regina couldn't reign in the urge to flash a particularly smug smile. Mary came around to the idea; she was a woman of intelligence after all. That being said, Ashley's sudden, "dramatic" entrance was an ugly shock. Was this girl bound and determined to get herself killed?

The doctor stepped toward Mary and Ashley; the latter of whom was met with barely concealed contempt This close, she could make out some of the girl's whispers, and from her expression, Regina wasn't impressed with Soma's master plan. The smallest amount of courtesy Regina could muster was a hushed voice around Mary and the would-be spy, "And could you tell me how you plan to avoid being seen or heard in..." Regina gestures to the winding maze of cars ahead of them, "...that? There's only one way past, it's being watched, and he knows we're coming," With every word spoken, Regina's hard glare wanders from Ashley to her dressed stomach wound. "Crouching down, crawling, you'll tear those bandages open, get the wounded infected, waste more supplies, and most likely die in agonizing pain."

And that was the generous admonishment bereft of the myriad insults. Letting out a long sigh, Regina felt an ache come on that made her eyes shut; pinching the bridge of her nose, the doctor spoke slowly, "Seeing as joining them was my plan... And seeing as how I'm a stranger, perhaps it would be safer to send me." Reaching into her backpack, Regina withdrew a rolled-up sheet of aging paper, "My medical degree, something to bargain with. Say I approach with this while others with guns...watch from safety or somesuch, and..." there is a long pause, "...it would keep him distracted for Ashley to slip past safely and have the best chance if the worst happens."
Ashley
character, 174 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 14 Mar 2019
at 22:21
  • msg #389

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Oh, great.  Well, it's not like I didn't expect this...

"Look," Ashley began with a petulant scowl, "I'm small, there's plenty of tight spaces I can get through that nobody else can.  You see a barricade, I see a maze of possibilities."  She seemed rather self-satisfied with her poetic phrasing there.  "Besides, they're cars, not a solid wall."  She shrugged.  "And if he spots me, then he takes his eyes off you guys.  It's a win-win."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:22, Thu 14 Mar 2019.
Regina
character, 51 posts
Thu 14 Mar 2019
at 23:57
  • msg #390

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

God dammit.

"Just..." Regina tried to imagine what words could appease Ashley's ego while keeping her plan from making things worse, "You're our ace in the hole, a last resort if, in the unlikely event that this man doesn't want a doctor among his people, we need someone to take a shot." Regina's expression softened, maybe it was Ashley's confidence. She had to remind herself that this pint-sized kid wasn't defenseless -- nobody could survive these days if they weren't tough. "Please," there it was, "All I'm asking is for caution. We can't lose our captain," Regina's weary smile was telling.
Ashley
character, 175 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 15 Mar 2019
at 01:53
  • msg #391

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley looked mildly puzzled for a moment, then... actually apologetic, somehow.

"Oh, god no, I wasn't gonna go charging in there or anything."  She waved off Regina's concern, but still managed to look fairly contrite.  "Not doing anything too crazy, I just wanna give us a better angle than 'hey please be nice to us'.  I don't wanna get shot -- again -- and I really don't wanna shoot anyone."  Her eyes fell.  "...Honestly, I don't know if I even could, even if I had to.  I really hope not to find out.  But I can point it at him easy, and even a kid looks threatening with a gun."  She looked up and flashed a small grin, clearly seeking approval from the older members of the group (which is to say, everyone).

"I promise I'll be careful.  'Last resort', like you said.  If I got my dumb ass killed, I'd never see Nicole again."  Not that she expected Regina to know the name, but the implication was clear: This is as important to me as it is to the others, maybe even more.
Mary
character, 566 posts
Fri 15 Mar 2019
at 05:02
  • msg #392

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary pauses, raising an eyebrow at the walkie-talkie. Is she being paranoid, or is this just a bit too convenient?

"It's Sam," she tells Natasha. "He found Samantha and they say they're the only ones on the bridge. Did you see anyone else?"

If it is a trap, I shouldn't let on I'm suspicious, Mary thinks, and presses the button on walkie-talkie again. "Hey there, Sam. And you, Sam. Fancy running into you here. How did you find each other?"
Bandito
GM, 2102 posts
Sat 16 Mar 2019
at 02:09
  • msg #393

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

Natasha shakes her head at Mary's question.

"Samuel found me at my camp." Samantha's voice comes through from the radio. It is audible enough for everyone around Mary. "Sam told me about the girl, what was her name... Mina? He said they took her, so I insisted," She pauses there, it sounds as if she is talking to someone else for a moment there, "that we help you find her. I think I know where they're going. At least, I know a few places they'll pass through." There is a brief pause.  "Listen, I can't help but feel responsible for this. If only I gotten out and warned your people about Antonio sooner..."
Ashley
character, 176 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sat 16 Mar 2019
at 19:00
  • msg #394

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I don't like it."  Ashley frowned, brows knitting in obvious suspicion.  "Sam's the dude who switched sides just because you had him in a bad position; he's cowardly."  With so few people left alive in the world now, it was a bizarre coincidence, meeting another 'Sam' who was so different from the fearless girl she knew--  Cut it out, damn it.  It won't help anything.  She quickly shook her head to clear it.

"I'm not saying he's the enemy, but I am saying we can't be sure he's not back with his old crew of treacherous murderers.  Just because he was trying to help that girl doesn't mean he's not selfish and potentially dangerous.  For all we know, this I'm-so-sorry act is just that, an act."  Ashley moved in her crouch to the edge of their current car-shield, looking for the least exposed route forward and then indicating it with a wag of her finger.  "Look, if you keep him distracted, I can sneak up between cars and make sure they're not lying about being alone.  In the unlikely event I'm spotted, I can just tell them the truth, that I'm a paranoid weirdo and wanted to make sure before I trusted anyone again."  Ouch.  Harsh truths.  Try not to hit yourself too hard there, kiddo.  "And if they're not alone, it's better to know now than to find out the hard way."
Mary
character, 567 posts
Mon 18 Mar 2019
at 04:20
  • msg #395

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary lowers the radio and smirks at Ash. "Actually, Antonio fired him at the same time he decided to call my bluff. That's how he got those holes in him. I should have told you the details earlier, so you could know he's not just asshole, he's stupid as well."

Many sighs through her nose, turning serious again. "You're right, though. I don't trust him. For all we know, Solomon is up there with a gun to Samantha's head and his entire gang behind him. Samantha's damned near a stranger to me herself, for that matter.

"We'll stick to the plan. They're expecting Terry, Natasha, and I, so we'll walk up in plain view. The rest of you can creep up in the cars if you'd like, but be careful. He may or may not have the loyalty of a viper, but I'm positive he has the eyes of a hawk. Agreed?"
Trisha
character, 472 posts
Mon 18 Mar 2019
at 05:51
  • msg #396

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Hey what the fuck? Don't!" Trisha calls out to Ashley as she slips out the back, but is not in a position to immediately rush after her. Thankfully Regina takes her place, heading out after the girl to hopefully pull her back in before she can go too far.

When the pair do not return straight away, she grows concerned, unable to see anything of note through the window. Trisha knows Ashley's impulsive nature better than anyone and is well aware of the complex that motivates her to do foolish things in the name of being a "hero".

In any other situation, she would have already dashed from the car in pursuit of her friend, but an important thought stops her.
She takes one look at Dwayne and realizes immediately that she cannot leave him. With much of the group now absent, Trisha is the only person in the car that the boy is familiar with. As much as she would like to believe in the likes of Buford or Caleb, she does not know them well enough to trust that they won't take advantage of their position. Stuck in the middle of two difficult situations, there isn't much else she can do but stay put.

"Ash, noo." She whines, staring through the glass longingly. "That dumb bitch she's always doin' this!"
After pining for a moment, she pulls away from the window as her attention turns to those still left in the truck.
"Well I'm in charge then since I been in this the longest. I say what we do 'til Mary gets back." She announces boldly, confident in her ability to take absolute authority.
Regina
character, 52 posts
Mon 18 Mar 2019
at 06:06
  • msg #397

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I'll go with Soma," Regina said abruptly, and she pulled her pistol to check the bullets she still had, "In case this meeting goes south," she adds, in case the surly teenager inclined to protest. Trisha's outburst, Mary and Ashley's ruminations on the nature of this gang; it was impossible for Regina to see that situation and not lend a land. That and the idea of a heavily injured teenager taking this sort of risk while she hung around in relative safety didn't sit right with someone so ethically minded.

The doctor shoots Mary an annoyed glance, "I still think that a stranger would put them at ease, but I'll defer to your judgment on this; at the very least, this one won't be completely alone," she jabs a thumb in Ashley's direction.
Bandito
GM, 2103 posts
Mon 18 Mar 2019
at 21:18
  • msg #398

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

"I mean, really. Who doesn't have trust issue these days?" Natasha comments at Ashley's remark.

"It don't sound like they was pointin' a gun to her head." Terry shakes his head. "Naw, she ain't gon' do us like that." He states. When Mary reiterates the plan, Terry nods in agreement. "You good, Nat?" He nudges the younger woman.

"Yeah, let's do this." Natasha replies. "Whenever you're ready." She looks to Mary, awaiting for her signal.

Back in SUV

"Aight' new-boss." Antonio leans back in his seat and grins at Trisha's recent self promotion. "What you want us to do?"

Dwayne maintains his sight at the back of the SUV. It seems like he's still wary of the ambush Antonio mentioned earlier.

The Other Side of Helena Bridge

The drive out of Arkansas is mostly smooth without any incidents. Other than the occasional bumps in the road one could easily fall asleep back on the truck bed. Ivy feels a small force on her body when the truck slowly comes to a stop. Next to her is Rufus, who lifts his head up to take a peek at the road ahead. When the vehicle begins moving again, he resumes to stare at a piece of paper in front of him with a pen in hand.

Back in the truck, the drive speaks to the passengers at his side. "I think we came from here last time. Gonna be a few twist and turns." He comments, then proceeds to drive the truck onto the bridge.

"El." The driver elbows the passenger at his side. As they slowly approach the center of the bridge, they can see a lone man standing on top of a car holding a rifle. The man has the rifle pointing at their direction but does not appear to be firing any shots.
Ivy
character, 1012 posts
Mon 18 Mar 2019
at 21:33
  • msg #399

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy pushed herself up from the truck bed, rubbing her eyes. After what felt like days of driving, the boredom was starting to drive her crazy. Thankfully, something up ahead was catching the two soldiers' attention. With luck, something interesting would happen for the first time in ages.

But not too interesting.

Ivy sat up and draped the strap of her rifle over her shoulder. "What's up there?" she asked.
Mary
character, 568 posts
Tue 19 Mar 2019
at 05:56
  • msg #400

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Good," Mary says resolutely, wishing she could feel as confident as she sounds. "Let's get this show on the road."

She starts walking and raises the radio to her lips. "We can discuss that in person, Samantha. If you need to tidy the place up, get to work, because we're coming up."

She stows the radio again and walks, acutely aware of how easy it would be shoot her as she does so. She wonders if she'll even feel the bullet before it kills her.
Bandito
GM, 2104 posts
Tue 19 Mar 2019
at 15:45
  • msg #401

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

Mary, Natasha, and Terry march their way to the center of the bridge. Unlike Mary and Natasha, the ex-athlete strides with pride and without fear. When the sniper comes into view, Natasha halts for a moment. She eventually resumes her steps with great hesitation.

Mary sees Samantha waving her hands at the group next to the vehicle Samuel is standing on top of. Samuel does not acknowledge the group's presence. Viewing through the scope onto the bridge ends looks to be his only current interest.

"Terry! I'm glad to see you're okay!" The woman beams into a warm smile when she recognizes Terry among them.

"How's your people?" Terry asks, the woman's smile lowers slightly at the question.

"Not too well, things are a mess after Antonio's gang left." She answers.

Natasha eyes dart to every vehicle in the vicinity, expecting to see hidden dangers lurking about. "Are you okay? Looking for something?" Samantha notices Natasha's agitation.

"No, just checking... for things." Natasha holds her arms and relaxes her shoulders. Her eyes are still scanning through the area however.

"Is Trisha with you?" Samantha inquires Mary.



Helena Bridge - The Other End

"A guy with a rifle. Keep your head down kiddo." The driver answers. The truck slowly comes to a stop.

"Oh, about time something happens." Rufus tucks the paper away and peeks out from the side of the vehicle to get a clearer look at the 'guy'. "He's got a rifle pointed our way."
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:14, Tue 19 Mar 2019.
Buford
character, 73 posts
Tue 19 Mar 2019
at 19:30
  • msg #402

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"So are these good guys or bad guys?" Buford asks aloud to the people in the van.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:41, Tue 19 Mar 2019.
Ivy
character, 1013 posts
Wed 20 Mar 2019
at 04:47
  • msg #403

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ed:
"A guy with a rifle. Keep your head down kiddo."


Ivy slipped the rifle's strap from her shoulder. This wasn't the kind of 'interesting' she'd been hoping for. "Should we...try to talk to him?"
Trisha
character, 473 posts
Wed 20 Mar 2019
at 22:33
  • msg #404

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"You can shut up and do nothin' til I say you can talk." She demands, locking eyes with Antonio and staring him down with a fierce determination. She has no time for him trying to undermine her authority with his attitude.

Looking out the window again, she watches in silence as Mary, Terry and Natasha make their way onto the bridge, completely out in the open. With no involvement in the plan and no way to speak to them, Trisha can do little more than be prepared to leap out and assist them if the situation turns ugly.
'Please be ok Mary don't die. I don't know how to be the boss forever.'
She looks to Buford as he speaks, looking perplexed by the question.
"We're all the bad guys. These ones is just on our side."
Buford
character, 74 posts
Thu 21 Mar 2019
at 03:50
  • msg #405

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford snorts derisively. "You're too young to think like that missy." He shakes his head, gazing down the bridge.
Mary
character, 569 posts
Thu 21 Mar 2019
at 04:34
  • msg #406

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary is quiet for a long moment before answering. Like Natasha, her eyes scan the surrounding area, occasionally snapping to Samantha's face. Surely she could see Solomon's men somewhere. A whispered order coming from behind a car. A rifle barrel poking a quarter-inch past a bumper. Samantha couldn't have been telling the truth, could she? Nothing is this easy. Not anymore.

Maybe it is.

"Wait," Mary says, holding up a palm. "You said there were other people? The ones in a mess after Antonio left? Are they here? If more people made it out..."

Mary trails off. She doesn't even know how to finish that sentence, so she just lets it die. "Trisha is a little ways back, watching Dwayne and...some others. She's fine, though. She's a survivor."

Mary pauses, surprised by the words coming out of her own mouth. Until she said it, she hadn't realized it - Trisha really is a survivor, despite her appearance, behavior, vocabulary, choice in pets, and everything else. She might just be tougher than you, Mary. That's a thought, isn't it?
Bandito
GM, 2106 posts
Thu 21 Mar 2019
at 16:59
  • msg #407

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

"Yes, the one back at camp Antonio abandoned." Samantha explains. "After they found out what happened to John, we lost control. Most of them fled as soon as Solomon and his people left. The few of us that stayed decided to part ways. We couldn't agree on what to do next. One of the family I knew gave us a ride here." She sighs heavily. "Everyone's gone, so I guess I don't have to worry about them anymore."

"You did what you could. None of this shit that happened is on you." The behemoth speaks words of condolence. "This mean you're free to go anywhere? You can hang with us again."

"I suppose... we'll have to see." Samantha stares blankly off the bridge for a moment. "I am glad to see you and Trisha reunited with your people. But I thought Dwayne stayed behind with the others, did they change their mind?" She looks back to Terry with her question. Before Terry could answer, Samuel kicks the hood of the vehicle he's standing on. His rifle is pointing at the opposite direction where Mary and the others came from.

"What is it Samuel?" Samantha asks.

"There's a truck coming this way." The sniper states.

"Oh shit." Natasha crouches behind a nearby vehicle as an immediate response.

"Is it them? Solomon?" Samantha inquires the sniper again.

"No. Never seen them. There's one on the back, two in the front." Samuel reads out his observation. "And a dog." He adds.


SUV

"You got it new boss!" Antonio replies with a chipper response.

quote:
"We're all the bad guys. These ones is just on our side."


Dwayne quietly watches Trisha, however, it doesn't look like he's going to say anything.

After a few more seconds of silence, Antonio speaks again. "What about songs, can I hum?" He asks with a wry grin.
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:10, Fri 22 Mar 2019.
Elijah
player, 54 posts
Fri 22 Mar 2019
at 23:10
  • msg #408

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah had noticed the figure standing on the car at about the same time Edward nudged him. Now that gave him the creeps. It occurred to him if he was inclined toward murdering and robbing people, setting up on a bridge would be a good place to do it. Short of fording the massive river (impossible) the bridge was the only way across. If they had guys up front and hidden behind, that was both points of exit covered and they'd be trapped. A real clusterfuck.

"Guess we don't got much of a choice," Elijah answered Ivy, sounding much more aloof than he felt. He didn't like this. "Stay low, Ivy, I don't know if they've got folks set up behind us or not."

He didn't ready his rifle but he did put a hand on his revolver's grip, out of sight of the windows, and prepared to draw. "Pull up slow, Ed. If there's trouble just try to gas it to the other side, alright?"
Bandito
GM, 2106 posts
Sat 23 Mar 2019
at 03:56
  • msg #409

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

"Roger dodger." The driver shifts the gear, moving the Bad Boy up to the center of the bridge.

Samuel's aligns his rifle at the truck. Its sight fixed at the driver. Realizing none of the passengers are holding weapons in hand, he lowers the sight.

Edward pokes his head out of the broken window and tips his cowboy hat. "Hello! Just passin' through!" The driver addresses the sniper. The truck comes to a stop. Its impossible to drive through the bridge without running over everyone that's standing on it. His stance remains tense, and rifle still aimed at the truck.

Everyone on the bridge can see the driver and his passengers. There is a coloured man sitting next to the driver with a poodle in the front seat. In the truck bed, there's a man and a young girl child.

"Why, hello." Samantha greets the strangers.
This message was last updated by the GM at 03:56, Sat 23 Mar 2019.
Ivy
character, 1014 posts
Sat 23 Mar 2019
at 04:04
  • msg #410

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Hiiiii," Ivy called from the truck bed.
Mary
character, 570 posts
Sat 23 Mar 2019
at 04:53
  • msg #411

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As the truck approaches, Mary slowly sidles to her left, placing herself between two vehicles where she can duck down behind an engine block for cover, but lean out to fire with her pistol if necessary. Not for the first time, she wishes she'd brought her goddamned rifle.

Is it Solomon? she wonders, pressure building between her gritted molars. Was this all an ambush after all? No, Sam wouldn't announce their approach if he was in on it. Maybe -

The truck arrives sooner than expected, or perhaps just more guilelessly. They certainly seem more confident than Mary is feeling, which doesn't put her at ease. No one could still trust in the kindness of strangers nowadays, could they? On that note, she gives Samantha a quick, annoyed glance.

"Careful," she whispers to Samantha, her eyes playing across the truck. "We don't know these people. They could be killers. Get ready to - "

She suddenly stops, looking through the windshield. Her eyes focus on the man in the passenger seat and the poodle at his side. Her mind goes back to a few weeks ago - God, it feels like years - and an overwhelming feeling of dismay at impossible, absurd coincidence. Suddenly, she's feeling it again.

"Wait a minute," she says, stepping back into full view. "I do know you, don't I?"
Bandito
GM, 2107 posts
Sat 23 Mar 2019
at 05:13
  • msg #412

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

"A child?" Samantha gasps at Ivy's loud greeting. "Are you Mina by any chance?"

"Yeah, you sure do! We came by the church few months ago." Edward greets Mary with a smile. "What are ya doin' out here?"

"Trisha will want to see you guys, I'ma go get her." Terry announces and proceeds to dash off to the other end of the bridge. On the way there, he passes by Regina and Ashley.

"Yo girls, we see some friendly faces there. Ain't no ambush, just good ol' Sam." He jogs off back to the SUV. He knocks on the window to get Trisha's attention.

"We found Samantha, girl's been waitin' for us on the bridge with his boy Samuel. Got a few good old friend of ours on the bridge too. C'mon, drive this bitch up." He swiftly swings the door open and hops in to the SUV.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
For those of you away from the center of the bridge, feel free to 'teleport' yourself there.to join the conversation.

This message was last edited by the GM at 05:33, Sat 23 Mar 2019.
Ivy
character, 1015 posts
Sat 23 Mar 2019
at 05:35
  • msg #413

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Some Lady:
"Are you Mina by any chance?"


"Mina?!" Ivy's eyes shot wide open as she heard the name of her friend. Standing up, she peered over the top of the truck. "You know Mina?!"
Ashley
character, 177 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sat 23 Mar 2019
at 05:42
  • msg #414

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"...th' fuck?"

Dumbfounded.  That was the only word that could possibly describe Ashley's feelings at that moment.  She had fully expected the situation to turn into an ambush, but it seemed that not only was Sam telling the truth, but there were also other friendlies coming across the bridge?

Jesus but we could use a little good fucking luck for once.

Ashley breathed a sigh of audible relief and stood slowly from her stealthy crouch, motioning for Regina to do the same.  Who told the brat she was in charge?  Fuck if I know.  Just the thought of more friendly faces seemed to do a lot of good for the girl, though, her face seeming immediately more lively, despite still being deathly pale.  She moved up to join them, though she still walked cautiously, as if expecting that ambush to spring any minute now.

Looking at the group of newcomers, Ashley's face scrunched in concentration as she tried to recall any of them.  Shit, I don't know any of these people... wait.  Her eyes widened upon falling on the girl in the back of the truck.  Is that that fucking kid?

Dear Ashley: you are 'that fucking kid' to most of these people.

Ashley, of course, failed to catch the irony, but it didn't matter.  She couldn't recall the girl's name, she was much too stoned at the time to bother, but she definitely remembered seeing her.  So she did the only thing she could think of: she waved back, doubling as a general greeting to the newcomers -- and to Sam, who she hadn't seen since before Dino's Grocery.

"Uh... hi!"
This message was last edited by the player at 07:41, Sat 23 Mar 2019.
Regina
character, 53 posts
Sat 23 Mar 2019
at 13:21
  • msg #415

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The sudden deflation of tension had Regina staring incredulously at Ashley, Mary, these strangers, and that little girl waving from the truck with all the cheerful innocence that she considered a relic of the past. So there wasn't going to be an ambush after all? Wonderful. Regina followed Ashley's lead for once, but didn't wave at the newcomers; being predisposed to doubt convenience was a habit, unfortunately.

Still, at least nobody was getting shot yet. That being said, the doctor rolled her eyes, "Just when I thought I'd gotten used to being out of the loop with you people," she said to nobody in particular. "Who are these people?" she asked Ashley, without taking her eyes off of them.
Trisha
character, 474 posts
Sun 24 Mar 2019
at 11:12
  • msg #416

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"You're too young to think like that missy."

She turns her head to face Buford, eyeing him up and down before responding with a bit of playful banter. "And you're too old to not be thinkin' it." A mischievous smirk spreads across her face as she waits for the man's reaction, wondering if she might have offended him before deciding she doesn't care either way.

In the brief moment of calm, Trisha finds herself feeling much more easy-going. Even Antonio's question, which was obviously meant to provoke her, is met with little more than a stern look before she finds herself breaking face and cracking a smile.
"Stop it!" Though she can't but find his childish disobedience slightly amusing, she stifles a laugh and scolds him all the same. "Seriously, I can still fuckin' kill you if I really wanted. Don't sass me or I'm gonna hit you again."

A loud knock on the side of the truck shocks her to attention as she yelps and jolts back to find the source of the noise. She is immediately relieved to see Terry smiling through the window, ready to deliver the good news.
"Oh shit, really?! Just them, without the rest?"
As Terry throws his enormous weight into the car, Trisha quickly slides over to make room before climbing into the front seat, taking Mary's place as driver.
"I'll drive us over there. What'cha mean by friends?" She asks as she pulls the truck into gear. Before anyone can intervene she is "carefully" rolling onto the bridge, jerking and jolting along the way as the extent of her driving skills come into view.

"Careful. Careful. Terry watch that side so I don't hit nothin'. Slowly. Careful. Boom! Here we go!"
Rolling up behind the truck full of strangers, she stops just short of denting it. From where she is sitting, she does not immediately recognize any of the people in the vehicle, but the situation seems calm enough that she is willing to give them the benefit of the doubt for now. Leaning out the driver's side window, she slaps the side of the door and addresses the growing cluster of people.
"Hey what's goin' on? Terry said we should bring the car up now. Who's these guys?"
Buford
character, 75 posts
Mon 25 Mar 2019
at 02:16
  • msg #417

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford snorts again but a smile makes it less antagonistic and more embarrassed. Like he's been surprised. However as things move along when Terry returns Buford quickly gets into the car and watches with restrained fear at Trishas apparent driving ability.

Once reaching the safety on the other side of the bridge Buford gets out of the vehicle and his eyes dart from face to face. Memorizing their features and listens in intently to what the others of his group are saying. Once again, not knowing what the situation is.
Ashley
character, 178 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Mon 25 Mar 2019
at 02:41
  • msg #418

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina:
"Who are these people?"

Ashley debated internally for a long, silent moment before coming to a conclusion on what to say.

"Old friends, I guess you could call them."  She nodded matter-of-factly at that, just to make sure Regina didn't mistake her hesitation as a setup for a sarcastic reply -- for once, she wasn't being sarcastic.  Ashley being Ashley, though, she felt immediately compelled to (over)explain things.  "Stopped by the church a few weeks ago, but they didn't stay.  Given how that place turned out for the rest of us, I'd say they're the lucky ones.  None of them have bullet holes in 'em, after all."  Despite being the topic of her own dark joke, she still managed to flash a sly grin to Regina.

Clearly, the girl took some serious pride in being the kind of survivor she had become.

"I mostly stayed out of it all -- I'm not exactly the social type, y'know -- but I recognize that little girl in the back, and, well, none of them tried to rob or murder us, unlike everyone else in this grand and gruesome shit-show, so that makes them alright enough in my book."
Mary
character, 571 posts
Mon 25 Mar 2019
at 03:10
  • msg #419

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Some kid:
"Mina?! You know Mina?!"

Mary squints at the little girl. Was she part of the group that visited weeks ago? Maybe... Mary wouldn't know. She wouldn't even know Mina's face if she weren't tasked with teaching the little munchkins their ABCs.

Oh, what the hell. "We're the reason you know Mina!" she calls back to the truck. "We were living in the church. You recognize us, don't you? Elijah?"

She gestures to the man in the passenger's seat. "I see you still have your dog! I was there when you found her, remember?" Mary has forgotten the dog's name, but somehow still remembers it was female. "She was with that...boy. At the gas station. What was his name again?"
Regina
character, 54 posts
Tue 26 Mar 2019
at 20:38
  • msg #420

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

It was easy for Regina to understand why Mary's people warmed up to these people so fast; running into people that had assuredly not tried to murder them, after what they'd endured, could only be a breath of fresh air. A part of the doctor wanted to question their trustworthiness, but with the mood lifted ever so slightly after hours of misery, these doubts remained unvoiced.

At least this was an excellent opportunity to bond with her patient, "We have something in common then," said Regina, unfurling her medical degree and poring over it with a wistful look in her eyes. "I'm more comfortable dressing wounds and evaluating symptoms than pretending to care about a conversation." Even Terrance and Selina had been hard-pressed to get her to open up.

The doctor let Ashley take a peek at the sheet of paper with its intricate, flowy-font text (it was starting to fade) if she so wished, before rolling it up and slipping it into her pack. "I was more comfortable with my patients than my co-workers," Regina looked off in the distance, taken by some brief memory of her old life. Then, as if infected by Ashley's penchant for shit-eating grins, she looked at the teenager with a slight smile, "It's why I've made your recovery my responsibility, whether you like it or not." Did she really just say that?

Okay, maybe working with a patient didn't completely fix her tendency to commit a social faux pas. The doctor's cheerful expression snapped back to its resting frown. "Antonio's too, even if he's..." she lowered her voice, "...an ass."
Bandito
GM, 2109 posts
Wed 27 Mar 2019
at 20:39
  • msg #421

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

quote:
"Mina?! You know Mina?!"


"Not quite, how do I explain..." Samantha steps closer to the truck bed. "She was kidnapped by a group of bad people, we're trying to find them and rescue her."

"Kidnapped, people still do that? That's preposterous!" A man sitting next to Ivy scoffs at the news. He extends his hand out to the woman. "Rufus." The woman takes his hand and give it a firm shake. "Samantha."

Ashley's greeting warrants a quick glance from Samuel. The man speaks no words in return, instead he nods ever so subtlety that Ashley could barely make out his head movement. The other passes a quick glance to acknowledge the girl's presence. Although most of them don't recognize Ashley.

quote:
"Hey what's goin' on? Terry said we should bring the car up now. Who's these guys?"

"These your friends?" Antonio pokes his head out of the window. He observes the crowd and turns to the boy. "You know-"

"Its Ivy!" Dwayne recognizes the voice from the truck bed. He kicks the door open and emerges out from the vehicle. From Ivy's perspective, she sees a young boy with an Afro dashing his way through the crowd towards her. He stops next to Samantha, looking up at Ivy. His eyes are sparkling with joy, and face beaming with a wide smile. "Ivy, it is you!"

"Hey, come back!" Terry calls out to the boy. Dwayne does not falter. He shrugs, turning to Trisha instead. "Yo T, you 'member the two soldiers that trained us how to use a gun? They had a buck on their truck when they found us."

When Trisha stuck her head out, she catches a glimpse of the truck. It does looks familiar to her.

"Wait, I remember you!" The driver in cowboy hat hollers at Trisha. "We almost hit ya with the truck! Where's that little dog you had with ya?"

quote:
"She was with that...boy. At the gas station. What was his name again?"


"That would be Jack. He ain't with us anymore." Edward replies to Mary. "I don't remember all of ya, and there's a buncha new faces." He hints at the strangers on the bridge.



Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
OOC note
For people on bridge:
There's a lot of characters on scene right now. Just to clarify, Elijah, Ruby, and Edward are sitting in the front. Edward being the driver. Ruby being the dog. On the back sits Ivy (the girl child) and Rufus (some guy). These are all PC characters, they won't appear in the NPC compendium. For their description please refer to their PC character sheet.

For the people in the truck:
Samuel - Standing on top of the car, still holding a rifle.
Samantha - Woman talking to Ivy.
Regina & Ashley - They're standing next to each other. Regina is a new face to them., i'm not sure how familiar they'll be with Ashley.
Buford - Complete stranger, near the SUV Trisha is currently in.
Trisha, Terry, Antonio - These three are in the SUV. Trisha is poking her head out of the window, they should be familiar with her because she mouthed off Katrina taking her seat in the truck when hitching a ride. Ivy knows Terry. No one knows Antonio, he's not visible yet.
Mary - Y'all know her.
Caleb - Some guy no one knows, he's in the SUV but havne't said anything yet. I don't have plans to bring him into the conversation.

For sake of convenience, you can assume everyone can hear all conversations unless they are whispering.

For any questions, shoot me a PM or bug me on discord.

Map:
https://i.imgur.com/f2tmIib.png


This message was last edited by the GM at 00:57, Thu 28 Mar 2019.
Ivy
character, 1016 posts
Thu 28 Mar 2019
at 23:51
  • msg #422

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Dwayne:
"Ivy, it is you!"


"Dwayne?!" Ivy shouldered her rifle before hopping off of the truck and running over to greet the boy. Now there was a face she wasn't expecting to see again. "You're alright! But what happened to the church? Was it attacked by the same people that took Mina?"
Bandito
GM, 2110 posts
Fri 29 Mar 2019
at 00:23
  • msg #423

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

The boy's smile dissipates at Ivy's query. Dwayne nods slowly. "They killed a lot of people. They killed Mina's dad..."
Ivy
character, 1017 posts
Fri 29 Mar 2019
at 01:01
  • msg #424

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"O-Oh," Ivy stammered in response, her elation sobered in moments. "What...what about Angie?"
Bandito
GM, 2112 posts
Fri 29 Mar 2019
at 03:59
  • msg #425

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

"I don't know, we don't know where she is. I don't think she's dead..." Dwayne answers. He takes a glance at Rufus, and the two soldiers sitting at at the front of the truck. "What happened to the other people you were with?" The boy asks in return.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:59, Fri 29 Mar 2019.
Ivy
character, 1018 posts
Fri 29 Mar 2019
at 04:35
  • msg #426

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"It's uh...a long story," Ivy summarized. "Malcolm, Kale and Alex decided to stay in Arkansas. Everyone else is either missing or dead."
Trisha
character, 475 posts
Fri 29 Mar 2019
at 11:42
  • msg #427

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Hey I remember you, too!"
Trisha points to the man as she greets him, recognizing him as one of the group that had returned her to the church after the hunt for her missing dog. Though she cannot recall their names, she is glad to see them all the same.
quote:
"Where's that little dog you had with ya?"

As if on cue, Fernando rears his head and cranes his next to stare out the window, alerted by the scent of another dog. Though he cannot see the animal, just the knowledge of its presence is enough to make him feel threatened. He growls and cries as he looks to Trisha for help, but she simply places a hand over his tiny head so that he cannot see.
"He's still around." She laughs, eager to socialize but determined to keep herself from becoming distracted. Once again, her strategy falls back to: If in doubt, ask Mary.
"We prob'ly oughta go someplace else for this, huh? Mary! You think we oughta get off the bridge soon? You said we don't wanna get stuck."
Buford
character, 76 posts
Fri 29 Mar 2019
at 16:46
  • msg #428

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford focused on the man talking to Mary. So there were three groups on the end of this bridge but none of them knew about this supposed kidnapping.

"Howdy son, I'm Buford." He announces himself to the driver. Moving on over to truck, holding out his hand for a shake. "I'm hopin' one of you can clue me in on whats going on. Ya'll know these people from before. Were you with the church too?" He asks.
Bandito
GM, 2112 posts
Fri 29 Mar 2019
at 17:46
  • msg #429

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

"Hello, sir. Edward." Edward greets the older man and shakes his hand. At this distance, Buford is able to visualize the wound on the driver abdomen. The bloody bandages is enough for him to discern it to be a lethal wound. "We passed by the church once and met these folks. Are you from the church yourself?"

Ivy

"Oh... I hope Alex is okay. I've been practicing the sling shot and I wanted to show him." Dwayne appears to be disappointed.

Samantha offers her condolences to the little girl. "I'm sorry to hear that, I'm sure the rest of them will do fine." She extends her hand. "I'm Samantha, nice to meet you, Ivy."
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:59, Fri 29 Mar 2019.
Ivy
character, 1019 posts
Fri 29 Mar 2019
at 19:15
  • msg #430

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy politely shook the woman's hand. "Nice to meet you too."
Mary
character, 572 posts
Sat 30 Mar 2019
at 05:50
  • msg #431

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

At first, the explosion of social activity overwhelms Mary. Rather than attempting to take control, she simply stands and observes the myriad conversations, logging the relationships between each speaker. The children were especially interesting to watch; she'd had no idea that they'd built such a strong relationship during their first meeting. In fact, they seemed to recognize each other more strongly than any of the adults.

Trisha:
"We prob'ly oughta go someplace else for this, huh? Mary! You think we oughta get off the bridge soon? You said we don't wanna get stuck."

"Hm?" Mary looks over her shoulder at Trisha quizzically, then remembers what she was doing and frowns. "Dammit. Right."

She sighs, then raises her voice to address everyone. "Yes, as Dwayne explained, we were recently attacked. They killed a lot of people and took Mina. I'm sorry to cut this short, but we need to get moving if we're going to stay on their trail."
Ashley
character, 179 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sat 30 Mar 2019
at 07:11
  • msg #432

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina:
"It's why I've made your recovery my responsibility, whether you like it or not."

...Would it be weird to say I like it?

I mean, shit, at least someone out here's looking out for me.  Terry's a solid partner for scavenging runs, but I don't think I could trust him with anything other than business.  Mary's got her own shit to deal with, no time for a kid like me.  And Trisha?  Psh, as if.  She's a friend, but she's just not that kind of friend.  Feels kinda nice for someone to actually give a shit about me for a change.  Almost like--

...No, it would definitely be weird to say I like it.


And so Ashley instead said nothing, simply enjoying a moment's silence and understanding with a fellow misanthrope before the chaos of conversation cut in.

Mary:
"Yes, as Dwayne explained, we were recently attacked. They killed a lot of people and took Mina. I'm sorry to cut this short, but we need to get moving if we're going to stay on their trail."

"Yeah hey so," Ashley began, stepping up alongside Mary.

Remind me again why I'm taking charge of this?  Oh, right, because I'm the goddamn captain of this here ship, and goddammit, I'm gonna act like it.  She took a deep breath to gather herself, then addressed the group of newcomers with all the scrawny teenage gravitas she possessed.

"Captain Ashley here."  She offered a short wave by way of greeting, flashing that trademark cocksure smile of hers.  The fact that she stood there with a bullet hole through her jacket and shirt with bandages peeking out from underneath  -- the fact that she was still standing after taking a wound that would've put most people in an early grave -- lent at least a little authenticity to her feigned bravado.  "You look like decent folk who would most probably take exception to a bunch of murderous assholes kidnapping an innocent little girl.  Bein' as the post-apocalypse has seen fit to cancel any and all important business meetings and plans we might've had going on prior to this walking dead shitstorm we now find ourselves in, I figure you've all got nothing but time, and nothing better to do with it than to lend a hand, especially since it sounds like you guys know Mina.  So, what say we go give those chucklefucks a black eye or two and save a little girl?"

Don't acknowledge the fact that you're a little girl to most of them too.  Don't even think about it.  You've got this, Captain Ashley Soma.  You've got this.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:19, Sat 30 Mar 2019.
Regina
character, 55 posts
Sat 30 Mar 2019
at 13:59
  • msg #433

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

And then Regina stepped forward beside Ashley, looking as though she'd rather be in the back and out of the spotlight. However, someone needed to inject some reality into the "Captain's" speech. "If you're aiming to cancel the business of surviving," the doctor side-eyed her patient with a frown before continuing, "We're pursuing dangerous men who kill without remorse and leave each other to die," She looked at the girl, Ivy, and her little dog, too. As much as Regina wanted to help Mary's people find their friend, her conscience couldn't abide with anyone joining this mission without knowing the dangers.

Pointing to Ashley's wound, Regina's eyes passed over the rest of the strangers. "They've no compunctions with kidnapping and shooting children," As tough and intelligent as Ashley was, there came the point when one's limits needed to be pointed out. She met the teenager's eyes as if daring her to be annoyed. "It's nothing like taking care of a few walkers." With that, she stares over to the river, effectively disengaging from the conversation.
Buford
character, 77 posts
Mon 1 Apr 2019
at 00:40
  • msg #434

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh no son I've been out west headed eastward for a while now. I stumbled on these folks here who said they were needin' help." He says. "There ain't alot of shake in their step about it though, then again theres been an awful lot of coincidences the moment I joined up with them.

His eyes fix Ed with a curious stare. "You didn't stick with the church when you found these folks?"
Ivy
character, 1020 posts
Mon 1 Apr 2019
at 03:10
  • msg #435

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Some Lady:
"It's nothing like taking care of a few walkers."


"Don't worry," Ivy said with a dismissive wave of her hand. "We've fought bandits lots of times. And if Mina's in trouble, then I can't just ignore it!"
Mary
character, 573 posts
Mon 1 Apr 2019
at 04:27
  • msg #436

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary shoots Ashley an annoyed look as the blonde steps up and starts running her mouth like the teenager she is. The situation devolves further as Regina inserts herself into the dialogue as well. Mary resists the urge to sigh audibly, and only succeeds that she reminds herself that this group already knew the church to be a disorganized mess of people at odds with each other. At least no one is pointing a gun at each other.

Nonetheless, she finds herself wishing that Ashley could take some cues from the maturity and restraint shown by her friend, Trisha.

"Everything she said is true," Mary says, gesturing towards Ashley, "and everything she said is also true," she continues, gesturing towards Regina. "We don't know how dangerous it'll be to get Mina back. This group is ruthless and effective. We don't know how many members they have, though we do know they dump anyone they don't think can pull their weight. However many there are, they'll be competent at the very least."

She takes a step forward. "That said, I know you're competent, and since you're traveling in the opposite direction that you were before, I imagine you're not headed anywhere in particular. If you help us with this, it can be a permanent partnership. We'll be safer together than we are apart."

Ivy:
"We've fought bandits lots of times. And if Mina's in trouble, then I can't just ignore it!"

"Well, we've got one vote," Mary mutters to herself.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:05, Mon 01 Apr 2019.
Trisha
character, 476 posts
Mon 1 Apr 2019
at 05:40
  • msg #437

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Sitting quietly with her head resting on her elbow, Trisha finds herself feeling very isolated from the rest of the group. She begins to regret the position she has put herself in, shouldering the responsibility of keeping their vehicle, and their prisoner, secure while the others negotiate. As she quietly stews in her own misguided emotions, her attention falls on Ashley as she hears the girl roll into another one of her long winded motivational speeches. She absently looks ahead as she thinks to herself.
'I hope they say yes. Wish I could say somethin' not stupid to help. She'd say somethin' to help if it was me.'

With nothing to contribute other than the risk of embarrassing herself, she reluctantly makes the decision to stay quiet on the matter. Trisha is fully aware that her acceptance within the group structure is dependent on her good behavior. As hard as she has been working to correct herself, breaking bad habits is an ongoing struggle she has barely begun to take on.
Being responsible may possibly win her the validation she sorely needs, but it sure is boring.
"I hate this." She groans, complaining out loud to the men in the car. Turning to Antonio, she again turns her frustrations towards him. "This is dumb why did I say I'd stay here and watch you?"
This message was last edited by the player at 06:27, Mon 01 Apr 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2113 posts
Mon 1 Apr 2019
at 15:24
  • msg #438

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Helena Bridge

After hearing Ashley's speech, the man sitting in the back of the truck stands. "Well yes! Of course we'll help." He announces then shrugs at the concerns of danger. "At least they still retained some shred of humanity to not murder children from the sound of it."

quote:
"You didn't stick with the church when you found these folks?"


"No, not at the time. We had another place that we thought it'd be better." Edward replies. He looks to Mary after she finish speaking. "I don't know if this will be a permanent thing, we got a place we're heading to. We'll talk about that later, why don't ya hop in, we can talk on the road."

Back in the SUV, Antonio listens closely to the conversation exchanges. He breaks out of focus when Trisha speaks. "I dunno, but I don't mind." He grins at her.

The group decide to re-arrange their seat assignments for the vehicles. Mary and Trisha climb onto the back of the truck, while Ivy mingle herself with the church survivors in their SUV. Following Samantha's direction, the truck drives onto the road with the SUV tailing behind. Right before leaving, Caleb bids his farewell to the group. He claims the group is partaking on something he did not foresee and did not signed up for. Nevertheless, he wishes them luck with their rescue.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
We will split this thread into two for now. We will rejoin in this thread after a week. Make sure to get all your questions out for the group during this time!
Truck people - Edward, Elijah, Ruby (not people).
In the back seats: Rufus, Samantha, Samuel, Mary and Trisha.
link to a message in this game

SUV - Terry, Trisha, Natasha, Dwayne, Ivy, Ashley, Antonio, Buford, and Regina.



This message was last edited by the GM at 20:58, Mon 01 Apr 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2126 posts
Mon 8 Apr 2019
at 18:03
  • msg #439

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road - Truck

"Infantry." Samuel replies flatly to Elijah's question. "I'm a good shot." Elijah senses pride in the man's words.

"El." The driver taps on Elijah's shoulder and points two fingers ahead. In the distance, there's a man shambling his way at the group. There are three ghouls trailing behind him. His upper body are tightly bound together by a rope. Judging by the way he skips, there's some sort of constraint on his legs that forces him to resort to this awkward movement.

At the sight of the truck, and the SUV the man makes his way towards the group in series of desperate hops.

"Looks like trouble." Edward stops the truck, parking roughly about 20 feet away from the stranger and his hungry fans.

On the Road - SUV

Noticing the decreasing acceleration of the SUV, Dwayne pops his head out of the window to check on the situation ahead. "He looks like he's in trouble." He points out.

The SUV comes to a stop behind the leading truck.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Both group can see the stranger in danger in clear view.

Ivy
character, 1026 posts
Mon 8 Apr 2019
at 21:55
  • msg #440

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Uh oh."

Ivy watched the man frantically trying to reach the vehicles, monsters hot on his heels. There wasn't much time before those things caught up to him. Thinking fast, the child opened the door and stepped out of the SUV. The butt of her rifle pressed firmly against her shoulder as she brought the weapon to bear and flipped the safety to 'off.'

The young girl took aim at one of the shambling bodies pursuing the bound man, and fired. The monster's head jerked back as the low-caliber bullet punched through one of its cloudy eyes, and the walking corpse crumpled onto the asphalt, now just a regular corpse.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:01, Mon 08 Apr 2019.
Mary
character, 577 posts
Tue 9 Apr 2019
at 06:04
  • msg #441

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary's eyes settle on Sam, lingering even after he gives his characteristically taciturn response. There's more to that story, she thinks, but can't tell whether he's deliberately hiding something or just not inclined to volunteer it. With her eyes on the man, she doesn't even notice the bound man until she feels the truck rolling to a stop.

"You don't see that every day," she mutters as she turns over in the truck bed, drawing the pistol from her shoulder holster. Leaning against the truck cab for stability, she levels her pistol at one of the ghouls. She's about to fire when gunshot rings out from behind her and the ghoul slumps to the ground.

Mary shifts her sights to the next ghoul, fires, and is rewarded with the sight of an entry wound opening on its pallid temple before the second body slumps to the ground. Mary glances over her shoulder, tracking the sound of the first gunshot, and sees the little girl with the rifle. Hmm. Good form.
Regina
character, 59 posts
Tue 9 Apr 2019
at 18:27
  • msg #442

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Why are we stopping?" Regina asked, only to get her answer by looking straight ahead at the man desperately limping away from three hungry corpses. "That's...disturbing," the bindings around his body were enough to clue her in that people had done this to him, a disturbing thought in and of itself. "Letting someone be eaten alive..." she muttered, her disgust evident. Whoever this stranger was, nobody deserved to die that way; Regina crawled out of the SUV with Mary and Ivy.

As it turns out, they had the situation under control from the way they'd placed their shots. Regina considered drawing her pistol, but with the distance and the man's position in front of the last walker, she thought better of it. A gun offered safety, though Regina had little time to practice actually firing it over the past few weeks. Instead, she stepped to the side, out of Mary and Ivy's line of fire, cupped her hands over her mouth, and started yelling. "Get out of the way!" Hopefully, the man wasn't completely panicked as to be unable to hear, but at least there was a chance the walker would change its direction towards a new, more vocal meal.

Hopefully.
Elijah
player, 58 posts
Tue 9 Apr 2019
at 18:53
  • msg #443

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Jesus," Elijah muttered upon seeing the man. He gripped the hilt of the machete at his hip and started to step out of the truck. "He couldn't've come far like th-"

He cut off when the first gun fired, blinking in momentary surprise. Having no sweet clue where this guy had just bumbled from, or if the presumably unfriendly fuckers who tied him were nearby, he'd really been hoping to avoid that. Oh well.

"Guess we're goin' loud," he grumbled, quickly unslinging his M4 and bracing it against his shoulder in one smooth, practiced motion. He lined up the shot and in the span of a few seconds a bullet had ripped through the side of the third and final infected's head.

He moved the rifle onto his shoulder again, drew the big ass machete for real this time, and marched over to the guy. "Least someone's having a worse fuckin' day than me," he greeted the stranger.

He looked to the bindings on his legs and brandished the blade, indicating he wanted to cut them. If he didn't freak, Elijah would free his legs but leave the rest of his torso bound for now. Either way, he then put his hand on the man's back. Optimistically, for support. Realistically, he was in a rush and didn't want to dick around in the open. He steered him roughly toward the vehicles. Delicacy was apparently not one of Elijah's top priorities at the moment.
Bandito
GM, 2130 posts
Tue 9 Apr 2019
at 20:18
  • msg #444

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

When Ivy fires at the undead, the stranger trips and falls to the ground. He distances himself away from the rest of the ghouls, pushing himself forward inch by inch like a worm. When the other ghouls are eliminated, he rolls to the side of the truck. By using the vehicle as support, he manages to get himself standing up right. A muffled laugh escapes from Rufus.

"Mmmh, mmmf!" The man utters a sound that almost sounds like words of gratitude as Elijah frees him of his constraints. There's a piece of duct tape on his mouth, silencing his ability to speak.

"Here." Samantha moves to the side of the truck bed and tears off the duct tape.

"Ah! Shit, ah." The man winces with a high pitched squeal, shaking his head from side to side. "Thank you, whew."


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
NPC added to conpemdium.

This message was last edited by the GM at 02:40, Wed 10 Apr 2019.
Ivy
character, 1027 posts
Tue 9 Apr 2019
at 22:55
  • msg #445

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy let out a sigh of relief as she lowered her rifle. A spent casing flew through the air as she lifted and pulled back the lever before pushing it back forward and down. Flipping the safety back to 'on,' she slung the weapon over her shoulder. Not bad for her first time firing the thing.

"Are you okay?" Ivy asked as she approached the formerly-bound man. "Who tied you up like that? And...why?"
This message was last edited by the player at 22:55, Tue 09 Apr 2019.
Buford
character, 80 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 03:46
  • msg #446

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Well I'll be a mule!" Buford says, throwing his hands up as he gets out of the van to see the person responsible for the commotion. "I have gone days without seeing people and the moment I get along with you folks it's like the circus is in town. Does this happen often?" He asks anyone nearby, incredulous.
Mary
character, 578 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 05:42
  • msg #447

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"What specifically, Buford?" Mary asks. "Meeting people in waves? I've noticed the same thing. Meeting people hopping down the road with ghouls in lukewarm pursuit? That one is new to me."

Mary leans against the side of the truck bed, resting her right arm on the edge. She keeps her gun in conspicuous view, trying to make the movement appear casual, though she's careful to keep it pointed away from anyone. She's still thinking on what to say when Ivy takes initiative, questioning the stranger. Mary cocks an eyebrow and glances at the little girl, not quite sure what to make of it.

"What's your name, stranger?" Mary asks, looking back to the bound man.
Trisha
character, 480 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 13:27
  • msg #448

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha stands up in the truck bed and leans over the front of the vehicle as she watches the scene play out. She prepares to jump into what she assumes will be a swift, quiet takedown, but ducks back down as gunfire rings out around her.
"Wait I wasn't ready!" She blurts out in a hurry, rattled by the sudden flurry of activity. One shot had clearly come from Mary, though Trisha is surprised to look over and see who had fired first.

"Damn kid, you got that from so far!" Thoroughly impressed by the girl's skill, she can't help but comment on it, pointing to Ivy as she addresses her. "I ain't never coulda made a hit like that."

With no more shots to be fired, she leans over the side of the truck to watch the stranger stumble to safety. Though his vulnerability does garner some sympathy from her, she has no emotional connection to the man and is able to appreciate the comedy in his misfortune.
'Better him that me. He's fine now, he'll get over it.'
"Talk about lucky." She meets his eye with a smile as she reaches an arm out to the man, playfully tugging on a length of rope around his body. Though time is short, Trisha would hate to pass up the opportunity to flirt with a stranger, especially if it may be the last chance she ever gets.  "You do this kinda stuff a lot, then?"
Bandito
GM, 2133 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 14:47
  • msg #449

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

quote:
"Who tied you up like that? And...why?"


"Yes, I'd also like to know who roped you into this situation." Rufus comments. Samantha tilts her head, staring at Rufus. "Really?" Nevertheless, a faint smile surfaces from the woman.

"I'm good I'm good, you want the short version or the long version?" The stranger replies to Ivy.

Natasha, Antonio, and Dwayne steps out of the van to take a peek at the stranger and the crowd that surrounds him.

quote:
"What's your name, stranger?"


"I'm Jeff." Jeff introduces himself. "I'd shake your hands, but, you know." He looks down at the rope and gives his body a wiggle.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
NPC compendium entry updated.


quote:
"You do this kinda stuff a lot, then?"


"Haha, no, not really" Jeff grins. "Well, maybe several times before, there was this one crazy chick I used to know that likes this kind of stuff, she..." He studies the audience around him. Recognizing there are kids among them, he lowers his voice to a whisper. "I'll tell you about it some other time."
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:42, Wed 10 Apr 2019.
Buford
character, 81 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 18:08
  • msg #450

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford clears his throat to draw his attention away from explaining about the past no one cares to hear.

"Son, why don't you start with whats important, who'd you tick off to dress you up like this?" He asks.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:57, Wed 10 Apr 2019.
Regina
character, 60 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 18:39
  • msg #451

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

At the very least, the man seemed amicable considering his close shave with death. However, some of the group weren't keen on getting to the meat of the matter, and when the stranger -- Jeff -- started to go off on a spiel in response to Trisha, Regina hurriedly placed two hands over Ivy's ears. She didn't need to hear this.

Fortunately, Buford had come to ask the relevant questions, and the doctor stepped away from Ivy, looking thoroughly embarrassed with herself. "You, um, you didn't need to hear that," she said, before clearing her throat and turning toward Jeff. "Give us the long version, we've got sharpshooters to keep us safe," she nodded to Ivy, Mary, and Elijah, then fixated a harsh stare on Jeff. "Answer this, first, was it because you were bitten?"
Elijah
player, 59 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 19:07
  • msg #452

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah stood with the others, positioning himself between Ivy and the road the stranger had hobbled down. "Good shot," he said quietly to the girl. He glanced surreptitiously at her rifle, ensuring the safety catch was engaged again. Not much of what Jeff said managed to pry much of a reaction from him, but he did blink and shoot Mary a glance at Trisha's comment. Is that normal? He looked equally perplexed by Trisha as Mary was by Ivy.

"Yeah... I've learned people who're bit ain't too forthcoming with that information," Elijah commented. He scoffed and sheathed the machete again. This is why he didn't untie the guy completely yet. "We shouldn't stand out here lollygaggin' too long, this fella couldn't've hopped too far the way he is. I dunno who might've heard those shots and I'm not too keen on meeting 'em just yet."

He tilted his head to Edward, indicating for the man to watch the road while he checked Jeff. Because whether he liked it or not Jeff was getting checked for bites. He crouched by the truck and started methodically looking Jeff over, and there was a sort of curt roughness about him that made it clear it wasn't optional. The process basically looked like a thorough first aid assessment. Except if he was bit there wasn't actually anything they could do for him.

Elijah rolled 18 using 2d10+7. Per/int
Bandito
GM, 2134 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 19:51
  • msg #453

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On The Road

The driver nods back at Elijah in acknowledge. Samuel stands from the truck bed, aiming his rifle down the road ahead.

"No, I'm not- Hey!" Jeff hops backward a step at Elijah's initial attempt to check him. However, he doesn't resist once the process begins. "Woah woah, okay, go for it." He looks back to the others curious of his story. "Long version, I was in the area sca-heh, scavenging- hah, haha!" Jeff shifts his body as Elijah checks him for bites. "Sorry, I'm ticklish." He apologizes with a wide smile and waits for the examination to conclude before speaking again.


"I was scavenging in the area and saw a little girl crying in the middle of the road. I thought maybe she's lost or something so I went up to check on her. Maybe this was part of their plan, I don't know. When I got close, she ran. I followed her behind this house, and next thing I know there were five other dudes around me." Jeff continues his story. "I tried to run, but they caught me. Took my stuff, tied me up and hauled me back to some garage. I was trying to make friends with them, but they thought I talked too much so..." He moves his finger up to his lips and draws a line across with his fingers pinched, mimicking him zipping a zipper. At the end, he glances at Samantha briefly. "Thanks for that by the way." He looks back to the crowd. "They tied me to a chair, but I freed myself. Experiences, you know, with that stuff. Anyway, I took off when they weren't looking. I must've hopped at least a mile from there, before I ran into you."
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:51, Wed 10 Apr 2019.
Buford
character, 82 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 20:22
  • msg #454

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford looks up and scans the area for a possible ambush. "So you're telling me you, uh, stealthily hopped out of being held hostage and only the walkers here noticed you? You hopped for a mile goin' about an inch a minute and those fellers didn't see you or find you were gone until..." He trailed off.

"I don't really buy this but, that girl, think she could be that Mina ya'll looking for?" he asks
This message was last edited by the player at 20:22, Wed 10 Apr 2019.
Trisha
character, 481 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 22:31
  • msg #455

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I like this guy." As the man is no threat to her, Trisha is happy to find herself in a position where she can let her guard down and have some fun with him.
She doesn't find his story difficult to believe, that sort of treatment is part and parcel of travelling alone. It isn't until he mentions a child that she begins to take things a little more seriously.
"What kind of little girl? Did she have brown hair, what she looked like? We been after some guys what took our kid, it mighta been them."
Without giving anyone time to answer the questions, she keeps talking as she grabs onto Jeff and gently pulls him closer to the truck.
"We gotta keep movin', come get in here and tell me 'bout that kid. What kinda guys got you, where did you go to?"
Ivy
character, 1028 posts
Wed 10 Apr 2019
at 22:51
  • msg #456

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy rolled her eyes as Regina covered her ears. After all these weeks, the young girl was no stranger to hearing adults talk about...adult things. But she also wasn't a stranger to other adults trying to preserve what little innocence she had left. So she just let it slide.

Regina:
"You, um, you didn't need to hear that."


"Was it sex stuff?" Ivy asked in a deadpan tone. "It was sex stuff, wasn't it?"

Jeff:
"I must've hopped at least a mile from there, before I ran into you."


"Uh...huh." Ivy eyed the man skeptically. Somehow this all felt uncannily familiar. This wasn't the first time they'd saved a guy at the side of the road who'd been pursued by monsters after running afoul of less-than-savory types. And last time, the guy that they'd helped had turned out to be less than truthful about who he was.

Ivy was about to ask more questions, when that girl with the dog ushered the man towards the truck. She was doing an okay job asking the questions Ivy had been pondering, so the young girl was content to follow them and listen for now.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:42, Thu 11 Apr 2019.
Terry
character, 496 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 03:57
  • msg #457

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

He rivets his eyes suspiciously, studying the new arrival. Not taking his eyes off of the gathering he leans toward Antonio and,

"Get out an' stay behind me," he commands.

Terry feels an uneasiness that creep in his posture, his muscles suddenly stiff. He scoots over to the nearest door and jerkily steps out, a stark contrast to the usual smoothness he carries. The door slams shut with an authority once Terry is out and on his feet. He needs to settle his growing apprehension and it wouldn't wait a moment longer.

There was a muted ting as the shotgun shells he failed to load into The Bitch slides smoothly out of his lap and onto the ground. Ammunition scatters across the road and he pauses in mid-stride to look at his disaster.

"Ah shit,"

Muttering darkly he hurried retrieves them, feeling tense and angry with himself for not being prepared earlier. He crouches down to collect them and turns on his boot when he sees a vaguely familiar child standing next to Regina. Terry feels the knots of tension that had been building all day intensify, and for a moment it is all he can do to breathe as he stares at her, the gears grinding in his mind.

Pocketing the shells Terry strides past her and inserts himself into the conversation.

"What girl!? Where was she? When? HOW?!" he demands in rapid fire succession, raising his voice to match each question.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:14, Thu 11 Apr 2019.
Elijah
player, 60 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 05:01
  • msg #458

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah rolled his eyes at Jeff, sighed, and continued checking him over. He did not even look remotely amused by the man's antics. While he talked, Elijah kept a close eye on him, trying to determine if they were being bullshitted. This reminded him a whole lot of that asshole Dresden. Would they really be so unlucky that'd happen a second time? Probably.

He'd only just finished looking for bites when Trisha started tugging Jeff away. "Careful," he warned the girl. "Don't fuck with the ropes just yet."

He stood up and rested a hand on his machete's hilt. He looked to Mary and the others and gave a slight shrug.

"Well, he ain't bit," he announced, speaking as though Jeff wasn't there. "Doesn't strike me as all too bright, but he ain't bit..."

He didn't get to say much more because a very large and presumably very pissed off man erupted onto the scene. Elijah shifted his weight subtly, half-wondering if he'd have to pull him off Jeff. His expression didn't change much but he did put a hand up placatingly.

"Easy, he's gonna take us where he last saw her. Right, Jeff?" He tilted his head, indicating for the man to clamber up into the truck bed. "And if he tries any funny shit we'll toss 'em off on the side of the road and make damn sure he won't be hopping anywhere else.

Ivy, how about you ride up front with Ed." He started toward the back of the truck to keep an eye on Jeff. "I reckon once we get closer to the street we ought to close the rest of the distance on foot. If we get fired on all cramped up in the vehicles it'll be a bad scene, not like this shit's armored, plus the engines are goddamn loud..."

He trailed off into a mutter, seeming to be more or less just thinking to himself now.
Regina
character, 62 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 05:19
  • msg #459

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina was mercifully saved from having to answer Ivy's question by what could aptly be described as an explosion of drama from the black man whose name she vaguely remembered: Terry. While a few of the group were reservedly skeptical of his story, Terry must have been holding in an ocean of anger from those hours of silence, explaining his bombastic 'interrogation' that was straight out of a buddy cop movie. "Show him some common decency," she snapped with a frown, unperturbed by the former football star's significant height advantage and intimidating form. "I highly doubt a man in his state is in any position to hurt us," she looked around to everyone else.

Fortunately for her sanity, one of the men, Edward, had a bit of common sense left in him, despite that unnecessary threat. "Edward's right, we can't let our joints get stiff," the doctor looked at Buford with concern -- an older fellow like him was prone to such health concerns. With that, she walked back to the SUV, where she could sit beside Ashley again. With all that common, it was surprising to see her so quiet; then still, maybe a snarky teenager was the last person that needed to chime in on a volatile situation.
Mary
character, 579 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 07:08
  • msg #460

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary is tempted to roll her eyes at Trisha's flirting, but happens to catch Elijah's glance. She gives a slight, dismissive shake of the head, signalling that this was not a hill worth dying on. She can't help but remember the church's behavior during their last meeting, and grimly wonders whether they'll even reach Mina before Trisha, Terry, Ashley, and Regina's memorable personalities drive them apart.

"Why would they take you hostage?" Mary asks. "It's not like they can ransom you."

Internally, she doesn't consider his story completely unbelievable; in fact, this seems like a good sign, since Solomon's crew has a history of recruiting peons. Hopping a mile with ghouls on his heels does sound unbelievable, but she believes he'd overestimate the ground he actually covered. Nonetheless, she wants to glean whatever information she can from Jeff's explanation.

Terry:
"What girl!? Where was she? When? HOW?!"

"Terry!" Mary says sternly. "Let him get a word in! Save that energy for Solomon, would you?"
Trisha
character, 482 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 12:13
  • msg #461

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The slam of a door and the faint clang of the shotgun shells hitting the pavement rouses Fernando, alerting him to the presence of more people behind him. Once he spots Terry, his tail begins to wiggle in anticipation, expecting a scratch on the head or something nice to eat.
His excitement dies off the second the man raises his voice, causing the dog to shuffle away and sit behind Trisha, out of his view.

Perplexed and annoyed by Terry's outburst, the girl looks at him as if he has lost his mind. It's obvious he is feeling tense, but she cannot see any reason for him to be so aggressive.

"Hey it's cool, don't get so mad." She coos, hoping to calm him with a soft touch on the shoulder.
"My new friend Jeff is gonna see if he can help us out. Y'know, since we been so good to him and all."

Though she is being deliberately facetious to lighten the mood, there is truth to her statement, and she hopes Jeff knows it. They could have easily done any number of horrible things to him, but they have chosen not to, for now. As far as she is concerned, he already owes them.
Bandito
GM, 2136 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 15:58
  • msg #462

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

Jeff complies when Trisha ushers him to the back of the truck. He makes an effort to climb onto the truck bed. Rufus and Samantha assists the man with his endeavor.

quote:
"Was it sex stuff? It was sex stuff, wasn't it?"


"No, it ain't, don't worry about it kiddo." Edward quickly replies. Despite his serious tone, one could tell he's holding back a mild laughter.

"What sex stuff?" Dwayne looks up to Natasha with his question.

"Er... Don't think about it, you're too young to know." Natasha answers.

"Come on." The driver kicks open the passenger door, gesturing for Ivy to enter. Ruby takes it as a sign of the driver granting her freedom, making a move for the door. "Stay." Edward commands, putting his hand on the animal's back. The dog obeys.

quote:
"Get out an' stay behind me,"


"You da boss." Antonio follows Terry out of the car. He's been listening to the conversation without the intent to participate up until this point. Terry's loud burst of questions startles Dwayne, who turns to Terry and watches the other berates him for his outburst.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Terry: Intimidation Failed


"I'm getting a lot of questions and a lot of emotions here, I'm guessing you guys know that little girl." Jeff senses the gravity of the situation and settles himself next to Rufus, seemingly unabashed with strangers. "She had brown hair, they're pretty long. She also had an overall on." He looks up , squinting as he tries to recall the events. "She was crying, a lot." He adds before turning to Mary. "Let's just say it was better for me to have them believe they could ransom me."

Jeff adjusts himself in his seat. "Ahhh, my feet are killing me." He lets out a satisfied groan. "You guys are going after them aren't you? I can show you where they took me, its close. Actually, its very close, I probably should've said that before I got on the truck."

"Smoke." Samuel states and points his hand at the distance. "Two thousand feet, tops. They're making a camp for the night."

"Those shots we fired just now, they must've heard 'em." Edward speaks, ejecting the keys from the ignition. "El, we should probably go on foot now. They'll hear us with this bucket of bolt before we get a sight on 'em."
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:11, Thu 11 Apr 2019.
Buford
character, 83 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 19:29
  • msg #463

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Theres some walkers in the trees over there." He points at the silhouettes shambling in the distance, just under the tree shade as he turns back to the group.

"Good eyes soon, good eyes." He looks to Ed and Eli. "If ya'll are gonna go save that little girl then count me in. Gonna be tough though." he said, unable to shake the sense of deja vu he was getting by agreeing with these two men to go out and save someone allegedly held prisoner.
Ivy
character, 1029 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 19:34
  • msg #464

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy was about to settle into the front of the truck when the order came to get back out and move forward on foot. "Aw," Ivy pouted as she climbed back out onto the pavement. At least they weren't walking far. But from what she heard, their target knew they were coming. This could potentially get bad.

Ejecting the magazine from her rifle, Ivy fed a bullet in to replace the one that she'd fired before popping it back in. She survived Little Rock. She'd survive this too. "Let's go then."
This message was last edited by the player at 19:41, Thu 11 Apr 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2138 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 20:09
  • msg #465

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

"Kiddo, hold on." Edward calls out. "Go on, git." He ushers Ruby out of the vehicle. The dog pounces off to the ground happily. Once the space was no longer occupied, the driver scoots over into the passenger's seat.

"I know Mina was your friend, but these folks we're up against are ruthless killers. I want you to stay here and keep an eye out on the others." Ivy spots a look of concern across the soldier's face. She can make out her own reflection from his eyes, along with something unfamiliar, a faint trace of fear.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:09, Thu 11 Apr 2019.
Ivy
character, 1030 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 20:56
  • msg #466

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Seriously?" Ivy put her hands on her hips. "That's always my job! You didn't let me come with to fight those bandits at the farm, and Alex and I almost died! Ari didn't let me come with to stop those people at the base, and Eli only got out because I snuck there anyways! When are you gonna start trusting me to help you fight?"

A sigh escaped the girl's lips. There was no point in arguing with him. Once Ed got an idea in his head, there was no changing his mind. He was as stubborn as a mule. "Ugh, fine. But you're not going either!" She pointed at the man's bandaged torso. "You look like a walking piece of swiss cheese!"
Bandito
GM, 2139 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 21:42
  • msg #467

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

Edward listens to Ivy's argument. He doesn't say anything until the very end.

"Kiddo, dealin' with people and clowns are different, you know that. You're not ready, and it ain't somethin' a kid should be doin'. I'll prepare ya for that, and when we do, I'll let you come along, I promise. Just not right now, not today." The drive exits the vehicle and crouches down next to Ivy.

"El's gon need me to back him up, ain't that right?" Edward stands, looking at Elijah. "Sarge." He grins.
This message had punctuation tweaked by the GM at 21:43, Thu 11 Apr 2019.
Elijah
player, 61 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 22:19
  • msg #468

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah moved away from the truck. He took a few seconds to fully untie Jeff and fixed him with a hard look. Don't try any bullshit. He squinted at the infected shambling around in the trees for a few seconds, then glanced back to Edward and Ivy.

"Actually, you'd best stay here too," he said bluntly. "If we get into a proper scrap, which I imagine we will, you're more liable to drop your guts all over the street than be any real help. I can't be tripping over that shit in a gunfight."

There was a note of grim humour in his tone. "Just worry about keeping an eye on these ones. Take out any infected with melee. If things get too hot here for whatever reason, we'll all meet back at the bridge. Alright?"
Bandito
GM, 2141 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 22:36
  • msg #469

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

"Hey, thanks chief." Jeff smirks back at Elijah. He stretches his arms in place, enjoying the full control of his body.

Edward smile recedes into a fierce look. For a brief moment, Elijah expects him to argue against his judgement. However, he expels a heavy breath instead. "Understood, Sarge." The driver moves a hand to the top of his cowboy hat, giving it a firm squeeze before letting go.

"Alright kiddo, we're both gon be on lookout." Edward says to Ivy with a cheery tone.
Elijah
player, 62 posts
Thu 11 Apr 2019
at 23:12
  • msg #470

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Good." Elijah looked around the assembled crowd, trying to take stock of what exactly he was working with. "Alright, whoever's good to fight come on with me and Jeff. We'll be back before too long."

He started off, gesturing for Jeff to follow suit. On the way he'd get him to give a quick rundown on the streets layout; he wasn't familiar with the area and wasn't sure what they'd have for cover. Would be nice if there was a building or something he could get up on to shoot.
Regina
character, 63 posts
Fri 12 Apr 2019
at 01:08
  • msg #471

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Seeing that an away party was forming, Regina reached for one of the half-empty medkits and stuffed it into her backpack. "I'll be back in a bit," she said to Ashley and the rest, without elaborating on how long 'a bit' might be, it was for the best. The doctor followed after Elijah, "I'm a doctor," she informed him, he'd have to take her at her word on that. "If this girl -- Mina -- if she's injured, I'll handle it." Given the carnage the kidnappers had left in their wake, they had to expect the worst.

"And another thing," Regina lowered her voice and spoke with measured care, "We have more injured than we do medical supplies, and what little we have left much to be desired," she eyed each member of the away party worriedly. "I'd appreciate if we didn't take any unnecessary risks; on the off chance that we meet these people, a gunfight is...it's too risky, Mister, ah, Elijah?" Elijah looked and acted like an enlisted serviceman, she was confident he'd see things her way.
Buford
character, 84 posts
Fri 12 Apr 2019
at 01:59
  • msg #472

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Welp, heres hoping this is Mina cause if it ain't we might be exchanging one life for another." He says, drawing his handgun from his side holster.
Terry
character, 497 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Fri 12 Apr 2019
at 02:48
  • msg #473

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Instinctively, Terry gets into his ready stance, wielding The Bitch and putting on a menacing face.

quote:
"And if he tries any funny shit we'll toss 'em off on the side of the road and make damn sure he won't be hopping anywhere else."


"But when I said that--!"

quote:
"Let him get a word in! Save that energy for Solomon, would you?"


The warning tone in her dry voice commands Terry's attention immediately.

The smooth talker finds himself stuttering for better words, staring and pointing at both of Jeff's defenders with an incredulous look.

"But what I meant was--!"

quote:
"I highly doubt a man in his state is in any position to hurt us,"


He looks over his shoulder to find the woman from earlier--Regina--completely unfazed by his character. He bounces his confused gaze from her to Mary and back again.

"But what you don't realize--!"

quote:
"My new friend Jeff is gonna see if he can help us out. Y'know, since we been so good to him and all."


He flinches upon being touched, his hulking frame bouncing comically. Terry fakes a cough in effort to conceal the act. He forgot Trisha was weird. Her stance is hardly surprising.

"Now see here!" His voice resounds like a thunderclap against the stillness of the terrain, the last bastion of recluse for the emotional child Terry morphs into when backed into by logic and reason. But then Jeff speaks, and the rest of the conversation is under way and Terry is, once again, left to pick up the pieces.

His voice quivers dangerously with emotion as he spins on his heel and speaks to Antonio in what Terry passes for a whisper. "Didju get a good look? He one of yo people?"

Terry is already moving to follow the soldier out in front. Regardless of instructions The Bitch stays with him. Feeling the weight of the weapon in his hands spurs his memory to reload the damn thing and Terry runs a stocky finger into his pocket to fish the shells as he motions for Antonio to follow.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:01, Fri 12 Apr 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2142 posts
Fri 12 Apr 2019
at 03:00
  • msg #474

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

quote:
"Alright, whoever's good to fight come on with me and Jeff. We'll be back before too long."


"I'll come." Natasha volunteers. She seems eager to get started.

"I'm sure you're not going in without a plan?" Rufus speaks. "Strolling down the streets in a large group in daylight." He waves his hand at the sun just above the horizon. Within an hour or two, the sun will set. "I suppose if you are expecting to engage in a consultation or some sort with these people that would work."

"They will stay there until daylight. Only a few will be on watch at night." Samuel states.

"Yeah, I agree with..." Jeff looks to Rufus, who stares back. "...This guy. I'm sorry what is your name?"

"How much does a polar bear weight?" Rufus answers his question with another question.

"Wh- a lot? A ton?" After staggering a bit, Jeff answers. "A bear ton?"

"Enough to break the ice!" Rufus reveals the answer. Jeff opens his mouth, unable to respond in words.

"Oh stop it." Samantha shoves Rufus on his shoulder. "His name is Rufus."

"I uh, agree... With Rufus." Jeff says, quietly. "About having a plan thing not the polar bear."


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
"Didju get a good look? He one of yo people?"


"Hm? Oh Jeff? Yeah, he's one of my best man." Antonio casually replies. He leans his hands on the windshield of the SUV. When Terry asks his question he waves his arm at Jeff's direction.

"Jeffrey my man! You glad to see your old boss?" Antonio calls out.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:33, Fri 12 Apr 2019.
Ivy
character, 1031 posts
Fri 12 Apr 2019
at 04:15
  • msg #475

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"...Old boss?" Ivy asked with one eyebrow raised.
Mary
character, 580 posts
Fri 12 Apr 2019
at 06:52
  • msg #476

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"We do need a plan," Mary says, following after Elijah. "The people we're chasing are serious. From what I've seen, they're disciplined and coordinated. I don't know what that means by your standards but I know we can't march down the street like it's the O. K. Corral."

She looks over her shoulder at Sam. "Sam, you're military. How would you describe Solomon's men?"

Antonio:
"Jeffrey my man! You glad to see your old boss?"

Mary grits her teeth. After everything else, she doesn't need Antonio shouting down the street when they're already in a dangerous position. Then, her brain processes what he said. She stops, then slowly turns her eyes to Jeff.

"Well, Jeff?" she asks slowly. "Are you glad?"
Trisha
character, 483 posts
Fri 12 Apr 2019
at 11:32
  • msg #477

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I could walk."
Trisha shrugs her shoulders casually as she climbs out of the truck bed. Rather than risk an injury, she lifts Fernando in one arm and places him on the ground. He immediately runs over to Ruby and approaches her with a confident strut. Craning his neck as far as he can, he stands before her and sniffs as close to her face as he can reach in a show of dominance.
"Fernando don't fuss that dog! I mean it!" With a fierce glare, Trisha points a finger and gives the little dog his first warning.

She readily falls in line and follows Elijah's orders, pulling her gun out and checking that it is loaded.
"Oh shit wait!" She stops in her tracks, remembering something. "I left my hammer in the other truck I gotta go run and get it."
Pointing to the truck in the back, she is already halfway there by the time her sentence is finished. Throwing the back door open, she climbs onto the seat and retrieves the hammer she had left sitting on the floor.

Sliding it through her belt, she leans over the back seat and puts her hand out to run it over the top of Ashley's head.
"Hey some of us is gonna head out and see if we can see whatever. There was some smoke, we mighta found 'em." Though she has been fired up by all the activity, she doesn't look forward to leaving her friend behind.

"I know we was countin' on the captain to give us a plan..." She rolls her eyes as she smiles at the idea. "but we gotta walk some and you ain't s'posed to walk too much and someone gotta stay back and look out for the "Starman Spacecar" anyways."
After sharing some sincere moments thinly veiled under the guise of an elaborate joke, Trisha reluctantly leaves Ashley and jogs back to the "attack team" in time to watch Antonio call out.

"Shut the fuck up you don't even know him, idiot."

She shoves him in the ribs on the way past, walking up and placing herself uncomfortably close to Jeff. Berating Antonio for the question is all part of the performance of keeping a hostage; she would not be surprised to find out that the two men do know each other. Jeff's origin does not matter to her, all that matters is her ability to get what she wants out of him.

"He ain't a dud like you." She teases. "If he was with y'all that means he still is." Her tone conveys arrogance with a hint of offense, as if she has complete trust in the man she had met not more than five minutes ago. Gently, but swiftly, she takes Jeffery's hand in her own and slides their fingers together. She holds firmly so he cannot easily slip away, but not so tight as to make him suspicious.
"And then I'd have to hurt him."
Buford
character, 85 posts
Sat 13 Apr 2019
at 02:43
  • msg #478

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Military, huh?" Buford turns to look at Sam as if he was seeing him for the first time.
Bandito
GM, 2146 posts
Sat 13 Apr 2019
at 04:40
  • msg #479

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

"What? No, I don't know him!" Jeff meets the scrutinizing gazes around him. He raises an eyebrow quizzically when Trisha grabs his hand.

"He's not one of them, I would recognize him if he was." Samantha reminds the group.

Antonio breaks into a chortle and claps his hands. "You should've seen your faces!" A series of coughs soon interrupts his short lived laughter.

"Can I shoot him? We already got a better lead right?" Natasha speaks out Mary.

quote:
"Military, huh?"


Samuel glances over his shoulder and meet Buford in the eye before turning away. He seems disinterested with the commotion around him. As always, the scope on his rifle occupies all of his attention.
This message was last edited by the GM at 04:42, Sat 13 Apr 2019.
Ivy
character, 1032 posts
Sat 13 Apr 2019
at 05:08
  • msg #480

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy rolled her eyes. This Antonio guy was looking to be a real headache. But at least Jeff wasn't turning into Dresden all over again. So far.

While the adults finished hashing out their party composition, the young girl's attention shifted to their surroundings. If they were staying put for awhile, they'd have to remain vigilant for any approaching monsters...or people. Ivy scanned the treeline for signs of movement or unwelcome guests.
Trisha
character, 484 posts
Sun 14 Apr 2019
at 05:38
  • msg #481

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha's face drops into a scowl as she stares at Antonio coldly, unimpressed by his shenanigans. Her reaction lacks the hint of humor and lighthearted fun that usually accompanies her interactions with the man. Before, he was just poking fun, now he is actively sabotaging their efforts to recover Mina.
"Ok you got one more chance, then I'm gonna get serious. Don't waste any more of my fuckin' time."

With nothing more to say to him, she is happy to end the communications there and move on with the task. Still holding his hand, she leads Jeff along in the direction she needs to go.
"Let's go then, I ain't puttin' up with this no more."
quote:
"Military, huh?"

She watches Sam, not at all surprised by the lack of response.
"You wastin' your time there." She smiles at Buford and shrugs her shoulders. "He don't talk to nobody, really. He only likes Samantha." Turning a quick eye to Samantha as she is mentioned, she gives the blond woman a wink and a mischievous smirk.
quote:
"Can I shoot him? We already got a better lead right?"

"He don't get to die 'til we find Mina. I gotta know if she's hurt before I decide how bad I wanna make it." She says casually, having set her plan in stone not long after meeting the man.
Elijah
player, 63 posts
Sun 14 Apr 2019
at 22:03
  • msg #482

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah nodded to Regina, either in acknowledgment or confirming she had in fact gotten his name right. "Elijah Barnette. I've got supplies y'all can use, plus a field kit that's got all the essentials if'n it comes down to a scrap." There was a canvas kit strapped to his side emblazoned with a red cross. "I served as a combat medic. When we get back, maybe you could take a look at my buddy Edward. He took a pretty bad hit to the stomach, would be nice to get a proper doctor to check it out. What's your practice, did'ja work in trauma?"

He looked hopeful. But then Antonio started spouting off. He shot him a reprimanding glare. A girl was missing and this asshole was cracking shitty jokes. If he had ins with the bandits, he'd know all about numbers and tactics, but he suspected the guy was too much of a dumbfuck to give them accurate information. He didn't want to waste more time. He nodded to Mary. "Figured we'd hash that out on the way. Between the infected and those yahoos, I don't wanna leave that little girl out there for any longer than necessary. So finding her's our first priority."

He gave the assembled group a quick once over. He almost wished he hadn't told Edward to stay. They were admittedly not exactly a force to be reckoned with. And some of them already looked pretty beat to shit already.

"Anyways, while we're walking keep close to residences, cars, any kinda shit you can duck behind for cover, and don't fire any guns," he explained. Seemed kind of obvious to him, but he wasn't sure how green these people were. "Personally, I'd like to wipe those cocksuckers off the map regardless of when we find her, but I get if y'all ain't up for that. If we fight, it's gonna come down to guerilla tactics.

Meaning, I'd like to split us up into different firing squads. Scout out the ambush site first - their camp - find good cover and concealment for us. Ideally, that'll give us good fields of fire to saturate the site and fuck up any cover they'll try to take. To be most effective, we'd have to strike first. Hit 'em fast and hard.

If any of y'all got a map that'd help us plan better. Uh, I ain't local."

Elijah furrowed his brow in thought. He was trying to think about a lot of shit very quickly. Then he blinked like something had just occurred to him. "Unless you think they'd be open to negotiating with you folks?" He looked between Mary and Regina. "You know 'em better than me. They did take the girl alive, dunno if that means you got something they'd want in exchange. Fuckers like that ain't really the honest type in my experience, though."
Mary
character, 581 posts
Sun 14 Apr 2019
at 22:39
  • msg #483

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"No, don't shoot him," Mary says with a tone of long-suffering patience. "We're not getting rid of him until we have Mina back...or he causes more trouble than he's worth. Once we have her in hand, we'll decide what to do with him, depending on how helpful he's been."

She looks back at Antonio, but her eyes aren't malicious, warning, or even annoyed. She looks closest to a schoolteacher warning a distracted student that what she's saying is important.

She looks back to Elijah. "If Jeff really did run into Mina, then they're putting her to work. That means she's safe for now. Samuel used to work for them and he told me they'd rather shoot anyone who approaches than negotiate. If we can scout them out and catch them by surprise, though..."

She sighs testily. "We shouldn't have fired our guns. They must have eyes on us. Maybe we should leave and come back after nightfall. If we go now, it'll just look like Jeff warned us about the trap and we decided to go another way."
Bandito
GM, 2150 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 01:59
  • msg #484

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

"They're greedy, they'll trade off that little girl if we have something to give in return. Antonio or no, they're all the same." Samantha boldly states. "They probably won't shoot me on sight, I can go and try to talk to them." She looks to Mary. "I will need to go alone."

"Bold move! You have a commendable bravery." Rufus compliments. Samantha smiles back at him.

Samuel glance roves his shoulder at Samantha. "I will provide cover from afar." He states, turning away.

"I rather sneak in at night and get that kid out before they notice us. I don't really trust any of them." Natasha crosses her arms. "What about you? Aren't they going to search for you?" She turns to Jeff, who shrugs at the question.

"I dunno, maybe. I don't see why they would though, they already took all my stuff." He sticks his tongue out to the side of his lips. "Well, most of my stuff."
Regina
character, 64 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 03:18
  • msg #485

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah's assurance eased some of the ever-present worries Regina felt about supplies, though she didn't expect his kit to last more than a few days with the way things were going. "Yes, I was a trauma surgeon," she said, and if Elijah was perspective, he might have noticed her looking to the side for a split-second. In truth, her time spent practicing proper surgery lasted for three months, and most of it was under the supervision of a more experienced colleague; with the apocalypse making it near-impossible to operate under ideal conditions, anyone would be rusty. How would they feel having that kind of doctor in the group? She didn't want to find out.

The mission was a prime opportunity to avoid thinking about her uncertain future -- better to focus on another kind of grim outlook entirely. "At the risk of sounding pessimistic," Regina said, pausing for effect, "...all we have to go on is the word of a man we have no reason to believe -- no offense, Jeff," she shrugged at their hostage, trying not to look too apologetic. "I'm sure it goes without saying that they'll be expecting us," she emphasized 'expecting' with a nervous wringing of the hands -- pre-work jitters in the earlier days.

The doctor picked up the pace so that she was walking beside Mary. "A few hours ago, I proposed approaching these people and making it clear that I was a doctor unaffiliated with Mary," she started to chew on one of her nails, that idea sounded so much better back then, "I still believe they'd make the obvious trade, and I know it's better than shooting our way in. Like I said earlier, we barely have enough supplies for five people!"

All that rumination and Regina just now remembered what Jeff had said. "What didn't they take from you?" she asked him, eyeing his mouth suspiciously. And while they were on the topic of distrust, Regina pointed at Antonio, "And if we're bringing him, he shouldn't ever leave our sight, or else..." Or else what? They should shoot him?
This message was last edited by the player at 03:21, Mon 15 Apr 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2151 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 03:41
  • msg #486

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

quote:
"What didn't they take from you?"


Jeff climbs off the truck bed. He walks over by Regina and presents himself in front of her. With a cocky smile, he throws his right hand out with a twist, revealing the tip of a small, curved knife. He lifts up the jeans of his right leg, revealing additional knives he kept hidden near his feet.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
NPC compendium updated.

This message was last edited by the GM at 03:42, Mon 15 Apr 2019.
Mary
character, 582 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 04:40
  • msg #487

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary raises an eyebrow and steps back, eyes focused on the blades. It takes her a full couple of seconds to process this revelation before she speaks.

"Alright," she says, "I'm glad to see these here and now rather than sticking out of someone's throat at the worst possible time. I...appreciate that you showed us those when you could have kept them hidden. That's a gesture of trust, and I'll try to interpret it as such."

Her eyes linger on the blades. They'd laid against his skin, hidden but close at hand, ready if he needed them even if he hoped he wouldn't. Hmm.

She turns to Samantha. "You have more experience with these people than any of us. If you believe you can negotiate for Mina, well, I do want to avoid a firefight if possible. Nonetheless, I want a backup plan. I'll circle around and stay hidden nearby just in case things turn violent. With Sam back here, we can cover your retreat, at least."

She looks to the whole group. "Does anyone want to come with me?"
Bandito
GM, 2152 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 14:56
  • msg #488

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Does anyone want to come with me?"


"Sure." Natasha answers.

"Me too. I don't think they'll like seeing me again." Jeff also responds. It looks like both of them will be with Mary.

"Then Rufus and I will go with Elijah." Samantha speaks for the both of them.

"Yep." Rufus agrees. They both step off the truck bed and follows the Sergent onto the road.

"I'll come too." Antonio says as he walks over by Mary.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:51, Mon 15 Apr 2019.
Ivy
character, 1033 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 18:37
  • msg #489

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Antonio:
"I'll come too."


"So you can stab them in the back at the first chance you get?"
Regina
character, 65 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 20:21
  • msg #490

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Seeing a less than receptive response (which is to say, practically no response) to her idea, Regina figured speaking about it would go over better once they were moving. "As I said before, I'll go," she says, somewhat testily -- the doctor wasn't used to being ignored.
Trisha
character, 485 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 21:36
  • msg #491

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh cool! Like Secret Squirrel!"
Trisha's eyes light up at the sight of Jeff's knives, probably more impressed than she should be.

quote:
"I'll come too."

"You don't get to pick where you go! We tell you where to go and you do it!"
She gives Antonio a stern look, but holds of on hitting him again. She looks to Elijah, the new co-leader by defacto.
"I might go with you guys then. I can't shoot nothin' from far away but I can run fast and I got a hammer to smash stuff with."


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Should probably hurry up and do a CHA roll for Jeff before he dies.
07:34, Today: Trisha rolled 21 using 2d10+6 ((5,10)).


Buford
character, 86 posts
Mon 15 Apr 2019
at 22:39
  • msg #492

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford shakes his head. "I don't agree with negotiating. That gives them a chance." He says looking to Elijah. "If they heard those gunshots then won't they just assume his disappearance is connected to you showing up." He nudges his chin at Jeff.

"Doubt they'll talk, would be easier to take them out at night. More chaotic yes, likely to bring walkers, but it's no more danger then going up to knock on their door." He says.
Terry
character, 498 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Tue 16 Apr 2019
at 03:39
  • msg #493

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

A massive thumb is jerked in Buford's general direction.

"What he said," Terry states plainly.
Elijah
player, 64 posts
Tue 16 Apr 2019
at 03:56
  • msg #494

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah raised an eyebrow at Antonio. "Go and sit your dumb ass down. You're not coming."

He turned back to the others as if that settled the matter. "Like Regina said, since she's a doc they might be more open to negotiating with her. But I don't like the idea of trading one person for another, I don't think anyone should be staying with those crazy bastards, so at the end of the day we'd have to bust someone out one way or the other."

He shrugged. He'd thought once he'd laid down his idea to split into squads had settled the debate but apparently not. He was just used to being able to boss people around in the military. Civilians were different. "Alright, Trisha, you stick with us. Help put down any infected straggling around. Regina should go with Mary and them, each group should have someone with medical training."

They were circling some kind of consensus but it'd be best to settle it definitively.

"How about we put the approach to a vote, then? Think y'all are right in wanting to approach at night, it'd give us more time to get a lay of the land if we're careful."


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
https://www.strawpoll.me/17825293

Lol I hope it's okay, I made a strawpoll to help with things.


Mary
character, 582 posts
Tue 16 Apr 2019
at 05:32
  • msg #495

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary makes a disapproving noise in the back of her throat. "If you want to go up and negotiate at night, it'll be harder for us to cover you. We'll sneak up more easily, but if they have someone of their own circling around, we can't be sure we'll see them. You're the ones that will be at risk, though, so it's your choice. Again, I'd like to avoid a firefight if possible."

She gives Antonio a side-eye, somewhat confused that he would even attempt to sign on. "Even assuming I trust you as far as I can throw you, Antonio, are you even up to this? The whole reason you're here is because you were too badly wounded to keep up with Solomon and his men.

"In fact, why the hell are you even here? Come with me." Mary grabs Antonio by the upper arm and firmly guides him back to the SUV. Taking him around back, she pushes him down to sit on the rear bumper. "Sit. I'm serious. You need to rest, for your health."
This message was last updated by the player at 05:32, Tue 16 Apr 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2153 posts
Tue 16 Apr 2019
at 16:15
  • msg #496

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"So you can stab them in the back at the first chance you get?"


Antonio brings his hands to his heart. His mouth opens with a silence gasp, setting for a dramatic reaction of disbelief. "Little girl, that hurt my feelings! If anything, I'll try to do it upfront, yeah?"

quote:
"Doubt they'll talk, would be easier to take them out at night. More chaotic yes, likely to bring walkers, but it's no more danger then going up to knock on their door."


"I know I ain't goin', I would've taken 'em out at night." Edward voices his thoughts. "Ain't no sense leavin' degenerates like these alive if we can help it."

"The thought you resorting to murder against people we have yet acquainted is concerning. Its also dangerous for us if you meet every conflict with direct, impetuous violence." Rufus reasons, turning to face the truck driver who glares back at him.

"I ain't lettin' a buncha killers loose!" Edward barks back at Rufus. "We let these folks go, they'll go on and kill somebody else. We should stop 'em while we got the chance."

Rufus moves both hands behind his waist. He seems elated by the soldier's response. "Then I presume someone should also come and stop you from killing?"

"I think its best if we do this peacefully, no one has to die today. There's been enough deaths." Samantha steps in to interrupt the conversation.

"If we can get Mina out without anyone noticing that'd be great. I don't want to fight these jackasses. Don't get me wrong, these f-, assholes deserves to die, but I'm not going to kill myself over it." Natasha states.

"Yeah, what she said. And they... they got a lot of guns guys." Jeff speaks. "Can I be honest? I don't really want to go back. I'd like my stuff back. Not sure if I want it back THAT much." He scratches his goatee. "I'm all for the sneaking around at night thing though." Jeff throws both of his hands up in the air.

"Mr. Jeffrey told me once that if we kill someone, they never get the chance to repent for their sins." Dwayne says. "He said only the Lord gets to decide who dies and who lives."

Antonio winks at Trisha as he excuse himself and Mary to the SUV.

"Ah, Mary Mary Mary." Antonio muses himself. "You ever smoke?"
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:50, Tue 16 Apr 2019.
Buford
character, 87 posts
Tue 16 Apr 2019
at 17:19
  • msg #497

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford looks over at the two women. "Stealth won't be easy. We don't know their camp, the number of hostiles, where she's kept." He looked from Samantha to Natasha. "The only thing we do know is that they aren't peaceful. We have a numerical advantage most likely but that doesn't mean a thing if we go around groping in the dark for the hostage, or if we show ourselves in an attempt at peace." The old man shrugs, looking thoughtful now as he considered all the options again.

"I suppose since alot of you don't mind bad men getting away with what they're doing why don't we offer Jeff and Antonio for the girl?"
Regina
character, 66 posts
Tue 16 Apr 2019
at 22:31
  • msg #498

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

To say that Regina was perturbed by the votes thus far would be like saying a hurricane was slightly dangerous. "And what happens if you can't kill these people?" she said to Edward, advancing on him with a sharp look, "What if the next group is more than you can handle?" Her eyes shift to the wound on his stomach, "What happens when all the injuries from your...crusades eat through the rest of the bandages and the antiseptic and the stitching? We barely have anything left, none of you are realizing how sparse our supplies are!" Regina's volume increased with each word, close to a shout -- she didn't care. "This isn't about justice or being fine with bad men getting away, this is about avoiding unnecessary fights, for all our sakes!"

With a huff, Regina starts back towards the SUV. "If the consensus is that a killing spree is preferable to an attempt at rational discussion, I'm staying here," she said, leaning against the vehicle. "Every plan has a risk, but I'm confident that we can force a dialogue -- it stands a better chance than outright violence."
Mary
character, 583 posts
Wed 17 Apr 2019
at 05:18
  • msg #499

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Is that a joke?" Mary snaps at Antonio, annoyed. Realizing just how loud she'd been, she looks up at the others, then sheepishly looks away.
Bandito
GM, 2159 posts
Wed 17 Apr 2019
at 15:56
  • msg #500

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

quote:
"I suppose since alot of you don't mind bad men getting away with what they're doing why don't we offer Jeff and Antonio for the girl?"


"What?" Jeff turns sharply at the source of the voice. "You're kidding, right?..." He asks with a nervous grin.

After Regina's spirited argument, Edward eyes flares with rage. However, it immediately dissipates. "Then I'll make sure I take down as many of these degenerates with me." He states. "They ain't gon' talk, all they want is to kill and steal. I reckon we kill 'em first before they get a chance to do the same to us."

"Outright violence could be solution if they are irrational barbarians. Ever tried negotiating with a hungry, wild bear?" Rufus remarks, glancing at Regina. "A group like theirs must be carrying supplies. It belongs to no one if they are exterminated."

On the Road - Mary

"Must be a bad one, cuz' you're not laughing, yeah?" Antonio grins.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:57, Wed 17 Apr 2019.
Ivy
character, 1034 posts
Wed 17 Apr 2019
at 17:59
  • msg #501

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford:
"I suppose since alot of you don't mind bad men getting away with what they're doing why don't we offer Jeff and Antonio for the girl?"


"Wait, what?!"

Ivy, who had been silent up until now, finally spoke up. "We can't just give him back to those people!"

Edward:
"I reckon we kill 'em first before they get a chance to do the same to us."


"Eli, will you please talk some sense into-"

Rufus:
"A group like theirs must be carrying supplies. It belongs to no one if they are exterminated."


"Oh my god."

Ivy held her forehead in frustration. These people were impossible. This was turning into Little Rock all over again. "Before we do anything, shouldn't we send someone to, y'know...scout ahead or something? We don't even know what their hideout looks like." Her gaze turned to Jeff. "Do you remember anything about it?"
This message was last edited by the player at 20:12, Wed 17 Apr 2019.
Trisha
character, 486 posts
Wed 17 Apr 2019
at 22:22
  • msg #502

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Ain't no point talkin' with 'em. If we got somethin' they want, they're just gonna take it anyways and then back outta the deal. They already did it once." She is obviously still very bitter over the ordeal.
"Mr. Jeffrey is a asshole and a idiot!" She looks to Dwayne with a frown, sick to death of hearing about the Lord.
"I ain't gonna have them people tell me I'm the bad one after what they been doin'."

Trisha can feel herself growing frustrated and cranky, but forces herself back on track, funneling those emotions where they are put to better use.
Watching Ivy temporarily lose her patience, she is continually impressed by the girl's maturity and intelligence, if not a little threatened by it.
"She's totally right, none of us has even been there yet. We should go check it out first before we bother killin' anybody."
Terry
character, 499 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Thu 18 Apr 2019
at 03:10
  • msg #503

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Every plan has a risk, but I'm confident that we can force a dialogue -- it stands a better chance than outright violence."


Terry's answer is automatic, flat, and dismissive.

"Fuck that."
Regina
character, 67 posts
Thu 18 Apr 2019
at 05:34
  • msg #504

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

These people, these people; Regina was close to being incensed by their bullheadedness. It was a sorry state of affairs when a child managed to be one of the few voices of reason. "I actually agree with..." Regina chewed on her bottom lip, "with Ivy. Knowing what we're about to deal with will help us all come to a more informed agreement," rational conversation had a way of calming the doctor down better than any painkiller.
Mary
character, 584 posts
Thu 18 Apr 2019
at 07:05
  • msg #505

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary looks down at Sam, lip curling in aggravation.
Bandito
GM, 2160 posts
Thu 18 Apr 2019
at 15:16
  • msg #506

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road
quote:
"We can't just give him back to those people!"


(!) Jeff will remember that.
"Yes let's not give Jeff back!" Jeff agrees with Ivy. "I got a look at the place when I was hopping out of the garage. Its a pretty big house in an open field. There's not many trees around, so we'll be easy to spot unless we crawl."

quote:
"Mr. Jeffrey is a asshole and a idiot!"

(!) Dwayne will remember that.

Dwayne mouth opens in surprise, he doesn't respond at Trisha's vocal claim however.

"Dwayne, I'm going to need to borrow this for a bit longer, okay?" Natasha holds up the binoculars and asks the boy.

"Okay." Dwayne nods.

"We can get a good look with this. I'll scout ahead with Jeff. Who else is coming?" Natasha asks.


On the Road - Mary

Antonio takes a quick look at the crowd before resuming his conversation with Mary.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:22, Thu 18 Apr 2019.
Mary
character, 585 posts
Fri 19 Apr 2019
at 04:59
  • msg #507

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary narrows her eyes and looks down at Antonio for a long moment.

"Alright, we're done here," Mary growls, then roughly grabs Antonio by the upper arm and yanks him to his feet. Putting the heel of her other hand on the small of his back, she marches him to the group, fuming.

"Jeff stays with us. Antonio goes back. We'll see if he's any more polite to them than he is to us. Trisha, Terry, take him somewhere I won't have to hear his stupid jokes and make him behave, would you? Samuel, I want to talk to you. Natasha, don't go - I've got another plan."
This message was last edited by the player at 04:59, Fri 19 Apr 2019.
Buford
character, 88 posts
Fri 19 Apr 2019
at 16:14
  • msg #508

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"And what is this plan, Mary?" Buford turns and asks with a curious eyebrow raised.
Trisha
character, 487 posts
Sat 20 Apr 2019
at 23:59
  • msg #509

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh I wanna come with." Trisha raises her hand to volunteer, full of enthusiasm and raring to go. "I wanna see what I'm up against."
quote:
risha, Terry, take him somewhere I won't have to hear his stupid jokes and make him behave, would you?

"Umm..." She hesitates, torn between doing what she's told and doing what she wants. With nothing but Mary's authority in danger, Trisha knows she is not entirely obligated to follow the order. She looks up at Terry for a moment, then back to Mary as she finally makes a decision.

"Yeah, ok." She chirps, the confusion leaving her face as she rushes over to do as she is asked. Taking over control of Antonio with a tight grip on his arm and an elbow in his side, she pulls him away from Mary.
"What'd you say to her? She looks mad. Well, madder than usual."
Ivy
character, 1035 posts
Sun 21 Apr 2019
at 14:20
  • msg #510

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Just when Ivy thought she'd found a solution, albeit temporary, to the group's inability to reach a consensus, her proposed scouting mission went up in smoke. But despite her disappointment, she couldn't help but feel intrigued by this mysterious new plan. So the girl kept her mouth shut and waited to see where Mary was going with this.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:02, Sun 21 Apr 2019.
Mary
character, 586 posts
Sun 21 Apr 2019
at 15:28
  • msg #511

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary watches Trisha  lead Antonio away. She waits until he's out of earshot to speak, buying time by giving him a slow, subtle nod as he goes.

Once she's confident Antonio won't hear her, she speaks quickly and quietly. "Antonio says if Samantha goes, they'll just shoot her, but most of them still respect him. He says Solomon will come out to see, so Sam can shoot him, and then Antonio will take control. Then he'll give us Mina and we can go our separate ways.

"I don't trust him, but he wouldn't suggest this unless he thinks he can take control. Anything he tries will come after. Just like we planned, we'll sneak around to provide insurance, except we'll have Antonio think we're not.

"Samuel, you know how these people work better than anyone. Will they actually listen to Antonio?"
This message was last edited by the player at 15:29, Sun 21 Apr 2019.
Regina
character, 68 posts
Sun 21 Apr 2019
at 15:48
  • msg #512

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary's return had Regina at rapt attention, "It's better than trying to murder them all -- in the sense that getting shot in the chest could be preferable to the forehead." she said, and from the way she continuously rubbed at her forehead, the doctor was still stressed. "There are a lot of dependencies that are outside our control, Mary," Regina began to count off on her fingers, "We're depending on Antonio keeping his word, I don't need to explain why that's a tenuous possibility," an aside glance was cast at the wounded man, to make sure he wasn't listening. "We depend on these bandits who haven't rioted at his absence to accept him as their leader again shortly after an assassination, and we're banking on everyone keeping that behind-the-back sneaking mission a secret." Expressing apprehension verbally always made things sound worse than they really were, not that such a problem had ever stopped the doctor from speaking her mind.

"Still..." she took a deep breath, forcing a smile. "We don't have the luxury of options, and out of all the poor ideas expressed thus far, this one is the best of them -- I'll help however I can."
Elijah
player, 65 posts
Mon 22 Apr 2019
at 05:19
  • msg #513

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah scowled and shook his head. "That fella seems stupid as homemade sin, and I've known him all of fifteen minutes," he griped, watching Antonio move away with Trisha with a look that may well incinerate him. "Reckon he's speaking more from a place of delusional grandeur than a rational brain."

He trusted Antonio about as far as he could throw him. Whatever, they could figure it out later.

"I'm gonna go ahead and scout it out at any rate, I'm tired of jawing and daylight's burning." He gestured impatiently at Jeff. "C'mon with me. And whoever else, one more pair of eyes. Ivy, darlin', how about you tag along for the look-see."

It probably seemed nuts to the others, but it wasn't like they were going there to pick a fight. After the base Elijah trusted that little girl with his life more than most of grown strangers here. She had good eyes, and he knew she'd actually listen if something went wrong. He tilted his head for her to follow along and started down the road.
Ivy
character, 1036 posts
Mon 22 Apr 2019
at 05:22
  • msg #514

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The girl perked up at the soldier's words. She had something to do! Something important! "Okay!" she exclaimed in excitement as she hurried along after Eli. "Take care of Ed!" she called back to the others. "He's hurt!"
This message was last edited by the player at 05:44, Mon 22 Apr 2019.
Regina
character, 69 posts
Mon 22 Apr 2019
at 06:04
  • msg #515

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina felt apprehensive, seeing three strangers head off to scout, but out of everyone who could've gone, she felt better knowing that a soldier was getting it done. The little girl who tagged along also served a timely reminder of what Eli had mentioned before: his wounded friend, the hothead of questionable intelligence. "Ah, look at that -- a way to help," she said, approaching Ed. "Your friend Eli said you were hit in the stomach without specifying," she pointed at his shirt, "Lift it or lose it." She set her backpack down and withdrew one of the medkits for ease of access.
Bandito
GM, 2166 posts
Mon 22 Apr 2019
at 16:38
  • msg #516

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

quote:
"Natasha, don't go - I've got another plan."


Natasha glances over at Mary with a look of surprise. "Sure." She answers. "Kid, wait!" She chases after Ivy, passing her a pair of binoculars. Realizing Ivy already owns a pair, she returns the binoculars to Dwayne and started walking back to Mary. "I'm all hears." She says.

Jeff tags along with the scouting group as per Elijah's request.

"Kiddo, listen to Eli, and do everythin' he says!" Edward calls out to Ivy before she leaves. When Regina approaches him for another examination, the soldier complies and removes his sweater. He lifts up his tank top, hanging it over his neck, revealing the wound. "Buckshot, close range." He states. Dwayne quietly moves over by Regina and peeks at the soldier's injury. He seems to be curious with the wound or her work.

quote:
"What'd you say to her? She looks mad. Well, madder than usual."


"I told her she could be part of our gang, all of you too." Antonio chuckles. He is quickly reminded of his current injury when his cough takes over, again. He winces. "I might have said something about my men liking them a little younger. Wasn't a smart thing to say, yeah?" He grins at Trisha.



"Oh bollocks!" Samantha huffs as Mary explains her earlier conversation with Antonio. "I would not believe a word that came out of that man's mouth. They have no reason to shoot me on sight."

"I don't know. I don't like anything that comes out of that asshole's mouth either, especially if its a plan." Natasha crosses her arms. "Do they even want him back?"

"That sounds like a good plan." Rufus states. "If you want to do this hostage exchange slash assassination take over, I imagine none of you would shed a tear for him if they decided they don't want him back and shoot him."

Samuel remains silent while the others voice their thoughts. He gently taps on his rifle a few times while his eyes on the road. "It'll work." Sam speaks without turning to Mary. "Remove Salomon and the rest will fall in line. No one else will challenge him for leadership. He'll let Mina go, he keeps his word." At the end of his sentence, Mary gets the feeling Samuel had more to say before he stopped.
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:04, Tue 23 Apr 2019.
Mary
character, 587 posts
Tue 23 Apr 2019
at 06:26
  • msg #517

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary gives Samuel a sidelong look, holding it for a long moment, before speaking.

"Here's my logic," she says, addressing everyone but specifically focusing on Samantha and Natasha. "I don't doubt he has an ulterior motive. Nonetheless, his plan requires that we deliver him to that group and shoot Solomon when he appears. This tells me that, at least, he expects Solomon's group will not shoot him on sight and that we will shoot Solomon on sight. That fact that he expects us to be prepared to shoot Solomon means that he knows we'll have a gun trained on his approximate position, and he doesn't know us well enough to assume that we won't shoot him if things start look shifty.

"Thus, he's probably honest when he says he can get to their camp, that Solomon will appear, and that he can take over once Solomon is dead. That doesn't mean he's right, just that he believes it - and he does know this group more intimately than any of us besides Samuel, and probably better than him as well. What I don't know is whether he'll turn on us afterwards. That's why I want a backup plan in place for that."

She takes a breath, then looks over at Samantha. "Samantha, can you tell me why you think you'll be safe talking to these people?"
Regina
character, 70 posts
Tue 23 Apr 2019
at 07:16
  • msg #518

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina stared at Ed with her eyebrow cocked high, waiting for him to grin and admit to joking about getting blasted with buckshot at close range. When he didn't, and his wound was revealed, she inhaled sharply at its grotesque make-up. "How you're still alive is beyond me," she said, opening up the med-kit. She explained to Ed that his bandages needed to be changed, "Hold still," the doctor unwrapped his filthy gauze and tossed them aside. "I don't want to go digging around for any pellets until we're safe and I have better tools, just let me know if you feel any more pain until then...Ed?" With trained precision, she cleaned off some of the dried over blood from Ed's wound with a disinfected rag and re-wrapped another layer of bandages over his belly.

The conversation with Ed hardly engaged her, however -- Mary was the object of her attention. "Are we forgetting that Antonio said approaching this 'Salomon' character was a bad idea?" Regina said, frowning. "I remember him saying specifically: 'We'll be gunned down before we get close.'" Antonio's stories were constantly changing ever since she'd met him, to the point where Regina had lost any capacity to trust what he had to say. She stared sternly at the older woman, "Are you sure you want to trust him on this?"
Bandito
GM, 2169 posts
Tue 23 Apr 2019
at 17:11
  • msg #519

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

quote:
"How you're still alive is beyond me, I don't want to go digging around for any pellets until we're safe and I have better tools, just let me know if you feel any more pain until then...Ed?"


"Us soldiers are hard to kill ma'am. Thanks doc, and willll do." Edward slips on his clothes.

"Is it okay to leave them in there?" Dwayne inquires, watching the soldier with anxious eyes.

"Sometimes. Its better to take 'em out if ya can." Edward replies.

quote:
"I remember him saying specifically: 'We'll be gunned down before we get close.'"


"Yeah, I did hear him say that." Natasha affirms.

"They won't gun Antonio or I down on sight." Samuel states, he turns to Samantha. "They probably will shoot you on sight."

"Why? They have nothing to gain from doing that." Samantha replies, glancing over to Mary. "I've talked to some of them before, they know me. I'm sure I can reason with them. Besides, I'm not armed, I pose no threat."

Samuel stares at the former bandit boss when Antonio's allegiance comes into question.
Mary
character, 588 posts
Wed 24 Apr 2019
at 12:38
  • msg #520

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I don't trust him in general," Mary answers Regina. "I trust him to act in his own self-interest. He wouldn't tell us to march him up to those thugs if he secretly figured they'd blow him away."

She looks over at Samantha, mouth skewing uncomfortably. "Samantha, you've talked to them, but you were the help. You were a prisoner. During the whole time you were with them, did you ever actually talk them into anything they didn't want to do?"
Trisha
character, 488 posts
Thu 25 Apr 2019
at 00:25
  • msg #521

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"I told her she could be part of our gang, all of you too."

"Ain't nobody wanna be part of your deadshit gang."
Trisha is only half listening as she responds, paying more attention to the group as she moves further away. Once they are out of earshot, she forfeits any opinions on possible plans, knowing they won't be needed. She whistles for Fernando and the dog comes running, his interest in Ruby trumped by his fear of being left behind.
quote:
"I might have said something about my men liking them a little younger. Wasn't a smart thing to say, yeah?"

"Yeah only cuz you know Mary ain't never gonna put out. You just want someone to put your dick in and not complain about it. Why would you even think anyone's gonna go for that?"

Dragging him by the arm, she leads Antonio all the way to the back of the SUV, where she opens the back hatch door to reunite with Ashley. She immediately climbs up and leans her body gently against her side, taking hold of her hand and placing her cheek on the girl's shoulder.
"You feel ok still? Me and Terry gotta play guard dog for a bit so he don't bother Mary no more."
She waves a hand in Antonio's direction and looks at him with disdain, growing bored with him already.
Buford
character, 89 posts
Sat 27 Apr 2019
at 15:40
  • msg #522

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford had been writing intensely in the journal he kept with him. Detailing and logging the events he transpired. A few times he looked to catch a conversation but he had been jotting down his thoughts since the others had left. The only thing that made him stop was a comment from Ed. He looked up at the man from his notepad.

"Did you say you were a soldier too?"
Bandito
GM, 2179 posts
Sat 27 Apr 2019
at 20:11
  • msg #523

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road

"Not particularly, no." Samantha answers. She appears to be at a loss for words.

"Prisoner?" Rufus reiterates. His voice sounded more interested than surprised. He looks to Samuel. "You imprisoned her?"

"You mostly talked to Antonio. He's not in control anymore." Samuel ignores the question.

"That's still no reason to send him in, you know as will as I do he'll try to turn this against you. Somehow." Samantha replies, looking at Mary.

"So, let's pretend we agree on sending him in for now. How do we go about this backup plan if he decides to fuck us?" Natasha asks, holding up her hands.

quote:
"Did you say you were a soldier too?"


"Yeah, I was." The driver replies to the older man. He looks to Buford, curious for the reason for his query.

Antonio lets himself into the SUV once Trisha waved him off.

Ashley had been resting in her seat with her eyes closed until she felt the embrace of Trisha. Her eyes open, staring at Trisha. "Still alive." She pops her head out of the window briefly before she turns her head back to Trisha. "They still at it?" She asks. However, Trisha knows the question is redundant.
Trisha
character, 489 posts
Sun 28 Apr 2019
at 06:01
  • msg #524

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"They still at it?"

"Yeah, we're workin' on it." She sighs, sounding less sure of herself than usual. She manages only a brief smile for her friend before looking past her as Antonio takes a seat. So much about him is still a mystery to her, his true intentions clouded by obnoxious jokes and a dangerously charismatic demeanor.
"Don't bullshit me on this no more." Her voice is stern, but vulnerable as she stares intently at Antonio, still desperate enough to continue giving him the benefit of the doubt. If there's any chance that he might be of assistance, then she is willing to open the lines of communication.
"You really think we can get Mina back if we take 'em on? How'd you ever get 'em to listen to you anyways? What made you such a great boss?"


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
16:01, Today: Trisha rolled 19 using 2d10+6 ((7,6)). CHA-be real with me Tony

Mary
character, 589 posts
Sun 28 Apr 2019
at 06:17
  • msg #525

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I know he's planning to turn this against us," Mary says, crossing her arms. "That's why I sent him with the people we can't trust to keep a secret. Now we hash out our ace in the hole.

"Once we kill Solomon, we pull the rug out from under him. We tell Antonio that unless we get Mina, Samuel will shoot him just like Solomon, and if that's not enough, that we sent people out to surround the place. Maybe they're hardy enough in there to survive an attack, but without costing more than Mina's worth. By now, he Antonio knows how dangerous we are, particularly to him if we strike before he can get under whatever cover the camp provides. We get Mina, he gets his gang, and we never have to see each other again. Everyone wins."

Look at you, Mary, planning out all these murders. Mary grits her teeth, avoiding everyone's eyes. You really are just like everyone else, aren't you? It doesn't matter whether you pull the trigger or not, you're a killer. All that moral posturing never meant a thing.

"There's just one...wrinkle." Mary's lip curls uncomfortably. "This won't work unless we surprise him. I don't want to give him time to think his way out of it. Someone will...I will have to go with him, right up to their entrance. I'll pretend I want to trade him for Mina. We need to set up some hand signals if I need Samuel to fire on short notice."
Bandito
GM, 2181 posts
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 16:20
  • msg #526

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Road - SUV

Antonio listens intently to Trisha. "They like me. I get shits done and keep people alive." He answers with a grin. Unlike before, Antonio seems to be paying attention to her words this time. "Maybe not. But you send me in and have me talk to my old gang, they listen, I'll let her go. If..." His expression grows grim as he enunciate the rest of his sentence. "Salomon dies."

On The Road - Truck

"A hand signal will be too obvious. I will have sight on you the whole time." Samuel looks to Mary. He studies her from head to toe. "Your scarf. When you take it off, I'll shoot."

"I should go with you." Samantha speaks. "Its true I was their prisoner, but I've come to know a few of them. I don't consider them as friends, though I'm confident they would not shoot me on sight." She looks to Samuel. "I know you want me to stay and be safe. I can't stand idle when I'm partially responsible for what happened to that child." Samuel nods in acknowledgement before turning back to Mary.

"One more thing. Antonio knows I won't shoot him without a good reason." He states. "I don't have a reason to shoot him."

"Yeah, of course not." Natasha makes her sarcastic remark.

Edward waves his hand at return of the scouting party. Dwayne is the first to approach them. He seems eager to know the result of their reconnaissance. "Did you see her?" He asks.
Ivy
character, 1047 posts
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 20:24
  • msg #527

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Dwayne:
"Did you see her?"


"Uh-uh," Ivy answered with a shake of her head. "But we got a good look at the place they're staying. Eli drew a map."
Trisha
character, 490 posts
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 21:56
  • msg #528

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Perplexingly, Antonio still seems to have a lot of confidence in his own abilities. His grand promises sound extremely tempting, though it wouldn't be the first time Trisha has been lead astray by false promises from someone who all but begged her to trust them.
"I already trusted you once." She grumbles, looking him dead in the eye. "So did John or whatever the hell his name was. He wanted the Father so I went and made him go out. I did all the things you told me to do and then you just went back on it all anyway!"
Her voice shakes as she fights the urge to burst into tears, still incredibly hurt and frustrated by the betrayal.
"We'll kill Salomon either way, we'll kill all of 'em, I don't care. But what's gonna stop you turnin' on us again once you get what you want?"
Bandito
GM, 2183 posts
Mon 29 Apr 2019
at 22:52
  • msg #529

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On The Road - Near Truck

"Oh..." Dwayne sounds slightly disappointed at Ivy's response.

"Don't worry kid, she's there." Jeff approaches the two children. He leans in and lowers his voice.  He steps back. "There's only so many kids wearing an overall right? What are the chances that they're both girl with long hair? She had to be your friend."

"Yeah." A faint smile of relief surfaces on Dwayne's face.


On the Road - SUV

quote:
"But what's gonna stop you turnin' on us again once you get what you want?"


"Shit, nothing probably." Antonio looks away, his expression breaks into a small laugh. "What I want is to get my people back, and for you and big T here to join me. Maybe Mary, but she's too scary. Worse than Salomon."

When Antonio glances back at Trisha, she sees an unfamiliar sincere pair of eyes staring back at her.

"Its the way it is, its what we do. We'll probably do it again. I'm sorry for what happened to that girl, you'll get her back."
Trisha
character, 491 posts
Tue 30 Apr 2019
at 11:55
  • msg #530

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Shit, nothing probably."

"Right. Thought so." Trisha simply rolls her eyes sarcastically at the response, though her expression darkens as the man continues.
"You know we ain't gonna join nothin' with you."
Her tone is much less pointed, sounding thoroughly exhausted from repeating herself. For as many times as she has shut him down, it surprises her that he continues to bring it up. She is even more surprised to see a glimpse of sincerity as he turns to look at her, treating her with enough respect to give her as close to an honest answer as she's ever heard from him.

"You ain't sorry." She says bluntly. "But I guess it ain't my place to tell nobody how to live. As long as I get Mina back and you leave us alone forever it ain't none of my business what you do."
Though Antonio's candor had earned him a little sympathy, Trisha is quick to remind him of what he is dealing with. With a firm look of determination, she leans in and jabs him in the chest, just below the bullet wound.
"But I had too much of bein' beat up on by guys like you. You fuck with us one more time and I'm gonna personally rip your guts up from inside that hole and suck 'em up like spaghetti!"
Elijah
player, 75 posts
Wed 1 May 2019
at 06:57
  • msg #531

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

“Yeah, sorry, son. I’d reckon she was holed up in one of the buildings,” Elijah said to Dwayne. A slight twinge of guilt gnawed at the pit of his stomach. The poor kid looked so hopeful. In that moment he really wanted to make a promise like she’s okay or we’ll get her back tonight. But he couldn’t. Because he just didn’t fucking know anymore and he’d already made enough dumb ass promises to Ivy and Alex, which had blown up spectacularly.

So he didn’t say anything. He waved to Edward and cleared his throat. “Hey, y’all,” he greeted. “We’re back.”

He held up the notebook and smiled crookedly. It was the small victories. He was muddier than when he first left from crawling around the field, but everyone looked unharmed. “We got a map done up, so everyone’s who’s coming come on and take a look. I’m gonna be honest, a direct attack is gonna be tricky ‘cause there’s a whole lotta open space around their buildings. We got a lot of visual cover but little physical, other than the far tree line or close up to the houses. I imagine we could sneak up real close in the dark though.

Do y’all still wanna try to hit it tonight or are we gonna take Antonio up on his... Uh, offer.”

He didn’t like the guy, but at the end of the day these people knew him better, so if they wanted to gamble on him then so would Elijah. It would be nice to get this done quick and clean. He was dealing with untrained civilians though. He was worried Mina might end up getting hurt in all the confusion.
Mary
character, 590 posts
Sat 4 May 2019
at 00:37
  • msg #532

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Sounds good to me," Mary says, nodding at Samuel.

She looks over as Elijah returns. "Oh, good! You're back. Antonio wants us to offer him for Mina. He says that'll lure our Solomon, their leader, so we can shoot him. Antonio will resume control of the group and give us back Mina. I figure we can follow that plan until Solomon is dead, and then I'll tell him that you're waiting in the wings in case he betrays us. My hope is that revelation will ensure he upholds his end of the deal. Did you find anything that could help with that?"
This message was last edited by the player at 04:13, Sat 04 May 2019.
Elijah
player, 76 posts
Sat 4 May 2019
at 02:49
  • msg #533

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Sounds fine by me," Elijah said. He gave the notebook a demonstrative waggle when Mary asked if they'd found anything useful. "Uh-huh. Take a look."

He flipped it open and passed it over to the older woman. "There's a big field all around their place. I marked the windows they got and there's a balcony. Counted four guys milling around, probably more inside, armed with rifles. They've got good physical cover but're basically stuck 'round those two buildings right there.

We've got real good visual cover for an approach. I'd wanna split into a couple different squads to cover all the angles," he continued, pointing out several different sections on the map. "It'd be good to get three or four lines of fire, more the better really. Anyone not good with guns could probably sneak up real easy if a proper brawl breaks out.

Would probably be a good idea to blindfold Antonio or something so he can't see where we're taking up positions. I think we've got good chances. Biggest risk would be whoever's gotta take Antonio up's basically swinging in the wind."

He gave a small shrug and glanced up at the darkening skies.
Mary
character, 591 posts
Wed 8 May 2019
at 06:17
  • msg #534

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Yep," Mary says grimly. "We sure will be."

She sighs, then glances over at Samuel before looking back at Elijah. "Just one more thing. Where was the entrance? We'll want our sniper set up so he can shoot Solomon when he appears. If you can just tell him where to set up, we can get this elaborate suicide pact on the road."
This message was last edited by the player at 06:44, Wed 08 May 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2195 posts
Wed 8 May 2019
at 15:22
  • msg #535

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

In the Fields

Everyone that is participating in the upcoming fight with the bandit walk on the path Elijah and the others ventured earlier. It will be easy for the bandits to spot them in broad daylight if they march up to their current hideout. As Elijah described, there aren't any ideal covers in the fields on the way.

The group comes to a stop before they're within the bandit's visible range.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Now is your last chance to make any changes to your plan.
PC Present : Mary, Elijah, Trisha, Buford, Terry
NPC present : Natasha, Rufus, Samantha, Samuel, Antonio, Jeff,

So far its decided that
  • Mary, Samantha, and Antonio will go from the front.
  • Samuel will be in a sniping position.



I will update the map with windows when I get the chance.



This message was last edited by the GM at 15:23, Wed 08 May 2019.
Trisha
character, 492 posts
Thu 9 May 2019
at 12:29
  • msg #536

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha looks out over the house, struggling to see much of anything at such a distance.
"I can't shoot nothin' from this far." She grumbles, looking around the are for closer cover.
"How close you think I can get without them seein'?" She wonders aloud.
Buford
character, 90 posts
Thu 9 May 2019
at 18:59
  • msg #537

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford grinded his teeth deep in thought.

"You know what, maybe we outta wait for night fall. Or at the least wait for sunset and come in with it setting against our backs. That might change things, but for right now I don't reckon we can get into position easily without being seen."
Elijah
player, 78 posts
Thu 9 May 2019
at 22:58
  • msg #538

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"We got close well enough before, had to crawl in on our stomachs though," Elijah commented. "Reckon your old bones can handle that?"

He pointed to the field ahead of them. "Trisha's right, we can't really see or shoot nothing from here. If y'all wanna wait 'til sunset, I'd personally like to go get in position anyway so we can keep eyes on the place. Won't be much longer."
Trisha
character, 493 posts
Sat 11 May 2019
at 17:05
  • msg #539

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I guess we can wait a little, but not too long." She reluctantly accepts the idea. Brimming with nervous energy, Trisha finds some comfort in Elijah's aura of confidence and authority.
"I was thinkin' I could sneak round and check out the back."
She turns to Natasha, bumping her shoulder to get the girl's attention. "You and me is the smallest, we could probably get up real close. Wanna go for it?"
Buford
character, 91 posts
Sat 11 May 2019
at 17:30
  • msg #540

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford cocked an eyebrow at Elijah. "There was a time where I did all of this and more friend but that time is past. "I could try but I doubt I couldnt get far."
Mary
character, 592 posts
Sun 12 May 2019
at 04:31
  • msg #541

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mark cocks an eyebrow at Buford, wondering just who those past times held. This isn't the time for that conversation, though, so she makes a mental note and turns her attention back to the task at hand.

"If you want to wait until dark, I can," she says. "Samantha and I will be in the same position either way, so I don't have a preference. Just remember that the dark will help them surprise you, too."
Bandito
GM, 2209 posts
Sun 12 May 2019
at 06:29
  • msg #542

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Time skip - Operation Don't Shoot Each Other

The group discussed their plans among each other and waited until nightfall. Before the sun completely sets, all three backup group moved to their assigned positions. It is nearly pitch black in the fields. The campfire Elijah spotted earlier was the only light source for miles.

Samuel left for his position. He picked out a spot directly in front of the house out on the fields. There were tractors parked beneath a wooden rain cover that looked solid enough to stand on. Samuel lay still, waiting for Mary to approach with Antonio.

"I can hardly see." Samantha squints at the road leading up to the house. "That means they can't see us that well either. I hope they won't mistaken us for the walking corpses."
This message was last edited by the GM at 06:31, Sun 12 May 2019.
Mary
character, 592 posts
Wed 15 May 2019
at 04:50
  • msg #543

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Alright," Mary says to Antonio. "Let's make this look convincing."

Taking the remnants of the rope that had bound Jeff, she ties Antonio's wrists behind his back, then draws her pistol. "I should probably put a bag or something over your head, too, but I want them to recognize you. Just keep that smart mouth under control long enough to make them think you're actually my hostage, would you?"

She pauses, looking him in the eyes. "Just remember. You get your gang back, we get Mina, and everyone walks away happy. Don't do anything stupid."

She looks over at Samantha. "Are you ready?"
This message was last updated by the player at 04:50, Wed 15 May 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2222 posts
Wed 15 May 2019
at 16:05
  • msg #544

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Bag? I can't even see your face right now." Antonio replies at Mary's suggestion.

"I get my gang, you get the kid, everyone's happy. That's the deal." He reiterates with a smirk.

Samantha stares out into the dark. She seems to be lost in thought until Mary calls her. "Hm?" She turns around. "Oh, yes. I am." Its clear she's nervous. "I hope Samuel can see us."
Mary
character, 593 posts
Fri 17 May 2019
at 04:09
  • msg #545

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh, I think he can," Mary says. "Just in case, though, we'll carry this."

She pulls out her flashlight, smacking one end into her palm. "We'll use it to light up Antonio's face, then Solomon's. The good news is that if we shine it around enough, it should ruin their night vision, so we can be sure they won't see Samuel. The bad news is that it'll ruin ours as well. If things go sour, we'll be running blind."

The other good news is that it'll ruin Antonio's night vision, so no one should notice the others creeping around, Mary thinks to herself. She declines to mention that part out loud.

"No time like the present," she says. "Antonio, how do your people like to start negotiations? Do you think we can just walk up to their front door?"
Bandito
GM, 2229 posts
Fri 17 May 2019
at 14:17
  • msg #546

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"We always have people on patrol at night. Sometimes they shoot when they see people, depends on the person and how they feel, ya?" Antonio answers. "Its better if we sneak up on the patrol team, whoever they are I can talk to them, then they will bring us to Salomon."
Mary
character, 594 posts
Sun 19 May 2019
at 04:46
  • msg #547

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"For fuck's sake," Mary swears starkly before she can stop herself. Of course they'd have patrols at night. Why hadn't she thought of that?

What if they stumble upon the others? Mary hadn't heard any gunfire, so she simply had to assume they'd manage to avoid them. Pressing her lips into a thin line, she sighs through her nose and looks over at Antonio.

"I'm not looking forward to the prospect of sneaking up on some thugs in their own familiar territory," she gripes, looking over at Antonio. "We'll do what we have to do. Just remember, whatever you tell them, Samuel needs a clean shot on Solomon. Don't let them take you behind any walls."
Bandito
GM, 2239 posts
Tue 21 May 2019
at 14:53
  • msg #548

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary and the others hide themselves in the bushes like the other groups. They sneak around the main road leading up to the house, searching for the patrolling guards. It didn't take long before they spot them walking in their direction.

"There, that's them." Samantha whispers and points her finger at the duo. "I can't see their face."

There are two guards in sight. Mary and the other's presence are not known to them yet. They appear to be conversing with one another. The content of their conversation is not audible for Mary.

Antonio squints, trying to get a clearer view on the faces of the two guards.
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:39, Thu 23 May 2019.
Mary
character, 595 posts
Fri 24 May 2019
at 06:19
  • msg #549

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"We'll wait until they pass, then introduce ourselves to their backs so they don't get the chance to shoot us before we say anything," Mary mumbles quietly. She looks at Antonio, then remembers he probably can't read her expression in the dark, so she elbows him softly in the dark. "I'll start us off, but when I tell you to talk, be ready. Whatever you say, make it convincing."

She draws her pistol just in case, her flashlight already ready in her left hand. After a moment, she adds, "You recognize their voices, right? They'll recognize yours?"
Bandito
GM, 2246 posts
Fri 24 May 2019
at 15:09
  • msg #550

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"They will, whoever they are." Antonio whispers back to Mary.

"...gone, why waste time on him?"

M-maybe he want to gut him up like a f-f-fish."

Samantha holds her breath, waiting for the pair of guards to walk past the group. They can hear their footsteps and their conversation while they're passing by. The man is accompanied by a woman. Her voice is shaky, and appears to be physically unstable.

"Yeah, well, she ain't gonna find shit in the dark." The man speaks. Suddenly, he throws his elbow backwards as if shaking off someone's hand on his shoulder. "Stop poking me!"

The woman chortles like a hyena.

The trio can see the backs of the guards. Now's their time to act.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:12, Fri 24 May 2019.
Mary
character, 596 posts
Sat 25 May 2019
at 19:45
  • msg #551

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

They're too confident, Mary thinks. They're not even trying to make sure no one sneaks up on them. Is that because they're poorly disciplined or because they don't need to be cautious?

It doesn't really matter. She can't change the plan now. "C'mon," she mutters to Antontio and Samantha, then stands. She pats Antonio on the small of his back with the side of her pistol while her left hand keeps the flashlight ready, thumb on the button.

She takes Antonio close, trusting Samantha to keep up. When she gets close enough, she speaks in a clear voice, but keeps the volume low enough not to alarm everyone in the building.

"Stop. No sudden moves. I want to talk to Solomon. I have something he'll want to see."
Bandito
GM, 2249 posts
Sat 25 May 2019
at 22:55
  • msg #552

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Both guards stop in place when Mary declares her presence.

"Reeva, girl, what have you been up to?" Antonio announces his presence with a greeting. The guards slowly turn around at the sound of Antonio's voice.

*Click*

With a flick of a switch, a flashlight shines upon Antonio's face, then at Mary and Samantha.

"Holy s-s-shit!" The woman chuckles in rapid session, it almost sound like she's having a mild seizure. "You're alive!"

"Boss?" The other coloured man expresses his surprise. "What the fuck?"

"I heard you let a prisoner slip? I'm only gone for a day, yeah? Yous already fucking up?" Antonio smirks at the two.

"Fuck you, we weren't in charge of looking after him." The cloured man replies.

"Avery was l-l-looking after Jeff. Salomon s-sent her ass to find him after she f-f-fucked it up!" Reeve chortles. "What you doin' with Sam and... this woman?" The addict addresses Mary with a glare.

"We're here to see Salomon." Samantha states.

"They're turning me in, take me to him, yeah?" Antonio winks at the two guards. The pair passes a look to each other.

"You know he'll gut you like a pig? He ain't playin' man, he's gonna kill you." The man replies.
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:56, Sat 25 May 2019.
Mary
character, 597 posts
Sun 26 May 2019
at 04:36
  • msg #553

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Can you turn that off before a ghoul spots us, please?" Mary asks impatiently, gesturing to the flashlight. "I haven't come this far to get eaten while you three catch up."

Really, she's more concerned about people watching from the building. She's desperate for any advantage she can claim, and she'd prefer to keep track of everyone who knows of her presence here. She's not sure how she could use that, but it can't hurt.
Bandito
GM, 2250 posts
Sun 26 May 2019
at 09:18
  • msg #554

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Reeva glares at Mary at her request.

"Whose this g-granny?" She inquires Antonio.

"She's the one that shot me." Antonio answers.

The addict step up close to Mary's face. Her eyes draw up close, it is almost intimidating. The tension dissipates when the woman breaks into a laugh. Reeva steps away, pointing a finger at Mary. "Her? This i-is her?"

The other guard shuts off the light on his flashlight attached on his rifle. "Are you sure about this man? He's not going to let you back. He'll kill your sorry ass." Antonio cocks his head at Mary at the guard's concern. The guard turns to Mary and Samantha. "I'll take you to him, keep your hands up. All of you." He waves his hand at Mary's pistol. "Your gun, hand it over."
Mary
character, 598 posts
Sun 26 May 2019
at 22:40
  • msg #555

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Yeah, that's me," Mary answers. Her tone is curtly businesslike, as if she has better things to do than to acknowledge the woman. "They did tell you what happened, didn't they? Did you never wonder why your blond sharpshooter never came back?"

She looks over at the man, not moving her pistol from Antonio. "No, I won't be doing that. I'm not going to start a fight with you all by myself. This is just enough to stop you or him - "

She jabs Antonio in the side with her gun. " - from trying anything stupid. We're going to go to your building's entrance, and I'm going to negotiate with Solomon there. You can have everyone in your gang standing guard if you want."
Bandito
GM, 2252 posts
Sun 26 May 2019
at 23:10
  • msg #556

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"That's not how this works. You want to talk to Salomon, you hand me that gun." Mary sees the guard staring at her with fierce eyes.

"We don't want a fight, we're here to deliver this man to Salomon." Samantha speaks from the back.

"Let her keep it man, just take us to Salomon." Antonio urges the guard the comply. Like the woman, the male guard steps closer to Mary and glares her down. He is physically few inches away from touching her nose. "Fuck it." Mary feels a spot of saliva splattering on her cheeks when the guard speaks in her face. The guard backs away from Mary. "You do anything stupid, we shoot. Reeva!" The man nods at the addict. "Get the back, keep eyes on 'em."

Reeva circles around to the back of the group. Suddenly, Mary hears a giggle form the back. "Oooh shit! I-I remember you. Hey Ty, she's that woman in that p-p-painting!"

"Who cares? Let's just bring them in and let Salomon deal with this shit." The man replies.
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:10, Sun 26 May 2019.
Mary
character, 599 posts
Tue 28 May 2019
at 01:53
  • msg #557

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Finally, I'm back in familiar territory. Back at the start of her career, it seemed like every publisher was gunning to fuck her over as hard as possible. More than one had apparently decided a little thing like her with no man to protect her would be easily physically intimidated. They were wrong.

Of course, even in the late seventies, it was pretty unlikely a man would attack her in his own office. That lesson may not apply here.

Mary maintained her look of patient contempt through the man's words, not even allowing herself to react when he sprayed her face with spittle. Only when Reeva mentioned a painting did her eyelid twitch. She remembered the faces of all the churchgoers she'd lost - not even dead, but gone, nagging at her like a sentence without a period.

Focus, Mary, she thinks. Everyone is counting on you.
Bandito
GM, 2255 posts
Tue 28 May 2019
at 03:06
  • msg #558

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The two guards escort Mary, Antonio, and Samantha to the front of the house. Mary sees the two story tall house, standing next to the garage Jeff mentioned. There are venches in the front porch, currently occupied by no one. The steps leading up to it are only but a few feet tall. There's a campfire in the front of the house, and a man tending the fire. When the group approaches, the man stands.

"Wait here." The coloured male guard holds out his hand at Mary and the others. He walks up to the man next to the fire. After a brief conversation, the man takes a peek at the group before heading into the house. There's a dim light coming out from the house windows. It flickers every now and then.

After a minute or two, several men walks out of the main house door one after another. They are all armed with a handgun, or a rifle. It is as Jeff described, there are at least eleven of them. The dark skinned guard gestures his hand for the group. As commands, Reeva herds the trio closer to the main house. While they approach on foot, the bandits form a semi-circle around the house.

Reeva abandons her place at the back of the group and joins the other bandits in their formation. They are now surrounded by Antonio's old gang. Finally, a bald headed man walks out of the door. He rests both of his hands on the front porch railing and stare at the trio. Its unclear if Samuel will have a clear shot where Salomon is standing now. The support column next to Salomon may be obstructing the sniper's line of sight.

"Hey boss!" Antonio calls out with chipper. "Isn't that the title now?"

Salomon remains stolid at Antonio's greeting. He turns around and waves his hand. "Kill them."
Mary
character, 600 posts
Tue 28 May 2019
at 23:05
  • msg #559

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"You have a half-dozen guns trained on you right now!" Mary shouts quickly. "Thank you for all lining up in the open, by the way!"

She doesn't look at Salomon, instead sweeping her gaze across the rank-and-file bandits. "Your security's awful. Just ask Reeva and one she was yukking it up with - we could have killed them without anyone knowing if we'd wanted. Just ask Jeff, the one who escaped from under your nose with his hands tied behind his back! He told us everything. You can kill us, but it's going to make life much fucking harder for you."

She's breathing hard, but tries to control it. It's difficult; her lungs want to keep up with her sprinting heart. Her free hand pulls at her scarf, loosening it until it's ready to come off with one yank. She doesn't remove it yet, but hopefully it will signal Samuel to be ready. Her eyes go back to Salomon, piercing and intense. "We don't want trouble, just a deal. I'll give you Antonio and you can make whatever example out of him you want. All we want in return is the girl."
Bandito
GM, 2271 posts
Sat 1 Jun 2019
at 08:30
  • msg #560

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The bandits raise their weapons simultaneously. At Mary's shout, Salomon raises his hand again, the bandits halt in place.

"Your threats are empty, woman." Salomon turns around. "If you don't want trouble, why have you come seeking it?" The man paces a few steps on the porch, staring directly at Mary.

"Boss man, they're giving me to you, so-"

"Quiet! I heard enough shit out of your mouth, your next word will be your last." Salomon snaps to Antonio with an implacable glare. He draws the machete from his belt, pointing it at the previous leader of his men. Mary and the others hear Reeva giggling in the background.

"We only want the child, she's innocent in all of this. That's all we want." Samantha pleads to the man.

Salomon gazes to Samantha and lowers his machete. "If that is true, then why is your friend armed?" He nods his head at Mary. "We discuss trade when you surrender your weapon."
This message was last edited by the GM at 08:47, Sat 01 June 2019.
Mary
character, 601 posts
Sun 2 Jun 2019
at 15:26
  • msg #561

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary holds Samuel's gaze for a moment, then shrugs. "Fine. If you try anything, I'm not the one you have to worry about, anyway."

She turns the pistol over in her hand so that the grip is facing outward, careful not to sweep the barrel over anyone, and holds it out for Solomon to take.
Bandito
GM, 2274 posts
Sun 2 Jun 2019
at 20:09
  • msg #562

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

A smile surfaces on Salomon's face at Mary's offering of her weapon. "Bring the girl." He calls out to one of his men. The man nods, walking across the field to enter the garage. When the guard returns, he is seen escorting a girl. Her long hair drifts behind her as she walks. They stop just below the steps of the porch. When the girl's eyes meet with Mary's, her eyes widen, and tears follow.

"Is that her?" Samantha asks.

"Girl, you know that man in front of you. He's the one responsible for your father." Salomon speaks to the girl. "Take the gun from the woman." The man commands.

Mina glances over her should to catch a glimpse of Salomon before making her way to Mary. She walks slowly, carefully planting every step as she goes. It is as if she's treading on a sea of ice. Her small trembling hands reach for the pistol from Mary. When the girl has her grip on the weapon, Salomon speaks.

"Good. You're free to go."

Mina squeezes the weapon in hand. Salomon's next command sends fear to her eyes.

"After you shoot him."
Buford
character, 98 posts
Sun 2 Jun 2019
at 21:45
  • msg #563

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford took cover behind the closest thing he could find that kept him in a comfortable range to listen in on the conversation. Struggling to piece together what brought the conversation to this moment he wondered if he should jump in now or wait to see if Mary was calling an audible here.

He turned around, in a harsh low whispered voice he talks to Natasha.

"Hes there, we taking the shot, on three?" He asks.
Bandito
GM, 2276 posts
Sun 2 Jun 2019
at 22:35
  • msg #564

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford

Natasha turns sharply at Buford at his plan.

"What? No! That's not the plan!" She hisses at the older man.
Buford
character, 99 posts
Mon 3 Jun 2019
at 02:53
  • msg #565

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I dont think there is a plan." He whispers glumly. "Pick your target and get ready when things go wrong then."
Terry
character, 507 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Mon 3 Jun 2019
at 03:44
  • msg #566

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry presses himself flat against the exterior of the home, crouches and sidles into a comfortable position underneath the window nearest him. He wants to get closer to the shouts but not draw attention to him and Jeff. He can hear Mary; hopefully he wasn't too late to help.

When he sees Mina a smile plays at his lips. As close as he can comfortably be, Terry directs his gun in another direction. If anyone gets antsy he'll fire immediately.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:26, Mon 03 June 2019.
Trisha
character, 501 posts
Mon 3 Jun 2019
at 04:57
  • msg #567

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With a little force, Trisha is able to pry open the window and quickly scampers through. Once inside, she grips the small dagger tightly in her hand and creeps across the room, tiptoeing carefully around the sleeping bags that lay about the floor. As she approaches the door, the sound of Mary's voice becomes clear. The negotiations must be going well so far, since she has not been shot on sight.
Trisha reaches for the door, but hesitates, terrified of blowing the plan. Instead, she takes a moment to listen.
quote:
"Bring the girl."

She panics, pushing herself away from the door and dropping low to the ground as she scrambles to pull out her gun before anyone can enter the room and discover her. After a tense moment, it becomes clear that Mina had been retrieved from somewhere outside the house.
As the man barks instructions at the little girl, Trisha's curiosity finally gets the better of her. She has to know what is happening out front, and the closed door before her is the fastest way to get an answer.
As gently as possible, she turns the handle and swings the door open, taking a moment before peeking out.
Mary
character, 602 posts
Mon 3 Jun 2019
at 05:46
  • msg #568

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary glances up at Salomon, shocked. After a moment, she shake her head and gives him a grim, but somehow thinly amused smile.

"Impressive," she says, then looks down at Mina. Mary drops to a crouch, ignoring the shooting pain from her knees, and catches the girl's eye.

"Mina, listen very carefully." Mary's voice is quiet but firm, at a volume that Salomon will only sort of be able to hear. With any luck, he'll step or lean off the porch to hear better, but if not, it doesn't matter. She's out of time. "Mina, you have to trust me. Be brave, now.

"Close your eyes, Mina," Mary says. She puts a hand on Mina's shoulder, slowly sliding it up her arm towards the gun. Before she reaches her elbow, however, Mary uses her other hand to pull the scarf off of her shoulders, letting it drop to the dirt. "And get on the ground."
Bandito
GM, 2278 posts
Mon 3 Jun 2019
at 06:33
  • msg #569

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford

(!) Natasha will remember that.

"Err, yeah there is? Everyone talked about it to hell and back, were you not paying attention? We wait for the shot." Natasha fixes her sight on Mary, awaiting for her next move.


Trisha

The door opens with a creak. Thankfully there are no one around to hear it. Trisha finds herself in the living room. All furniture are shoved against the wall, providing a large open space. In the window in front of her, she sees the back of the man speaking.


Mary

To her advantage, Salomon leans forward out from the porch railing to hear Mary's words.

When Mary places her hand on the child's shoulder, she feels her trembling body. Her shoulder perks up at the touch. When she closes her eyes, she breaks into a series of loud sobs. The child cups her hand around the gun and pulls it down with her when she drops to the ground.

The scarf falls. Before the piece of garment touches the ground, Salmon's head kicks back by an unseen force. Blood drips down from between his eyes as the man falls backwards. Samantha clutches her hand together close to her heart. The deed is done.

In the distance, they all hear the sound of a roaring engine. All bandits raises their weapon, some gasps with surprise when their leader fell.

"Hold your weapons!" Antonio stands up with both hands up in the air. "I made a deal with them, Salomon dies, and they get the girl!" He shouts out to the crowd. Despise his words, all of his men still have their weapons trained at Mary and Samantha.
Trisha
character, 502 posts
Mon 3 Jun 2019
at 11:33
  • msg #570

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The door opens to an empty room, to Trisha's relief. She stays crouched as she slowly enters, staying clear of the window as she looks scans the room, looking for any other doors or hallways somebody could emerge from.

Her heart stops at the sound of a single gunshot from outside. She freezes in place, almost too terrified to face what she might see when she looks out the window. Her eyes dart up just in time to see the man on the porch crumple to the ground, giving her an immediate wave of intense joy and satisfaction.

As she throws herself to the ground expecting more gunfire, the feeling of relief washes over her when there is no retaliation. At least, not yet. Hearing Antonio's voice, she relaxes further and takes another moment to examine the interior of the house.
Mary
character, 603 posts
Tue 4 Jun 2019
at 03:07
  • msg #571

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary sees Salomon's head snap backwards and watches him fall to the porch. There is no ambiguity now. She's killed a man. Whether or not she pulled the trigger, she caused his death. She's a killer.

Mechanically, thinking as little as possible, Mary picks up the scarf and looks up at Antonio. "I wasn't kidding about the half-dozen guns," she says. "Don't let them make any sudden moves. And...thank you."

She grabs Mina's shoulder and shakes it. "Get up. We're leaving. Don't look behind you." Hooking a hand under the girl's armpit, Mary stands and hauls Mina to her feet. "Keep that gun pointed at the ground."

She stands and looks around. She has no idea where the others are and can only assume they're somewhere out there in the darkness. "Give us a moment to get out of sight!" she shouts into the night, away from the bandits. "Then meet back up with us! We're done here!"

She looks over at Samantha and repeats, "We're done here." She's not sure if she's telling Samantha or herself.

Then she starts walking in the direction of the vehicles, a hand on the back of Mina's head to keep her marching and facing forward. Mary tells herself not to look back, but before she's even realized it, she turns her head to look back over her shoulder at Antonio's bandit camp, watching it disappear into the distance.
Bandito
GM, 2280 posts
Tue 4 Jun 2019
at 03:39
  • msg #572

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Lower your guns, your boss is dead!" Antonio shouts out his order. "Comrades, I am your new boss!" The man mimics the accent of Salomon. They hear Reeva giggling in the background. All of Antonio's men lower their weapons.

Antonio meets Mary in the eye and nods when she give him her thanks. Mina lowers the weapon and wipes her eyes with her sleeve.

"Its over sweetheart, let's get you back to your friends." Samantha walks besides Mina.

"Sure you girls don't want to stay?" Antonio calls out to them from behind. "I hate to see my new friends go!" The man continues to shout out to them.

On her way through the paved road, Mary hears Mina sobbing quietly to herself. Her breathing gradually becomes still. When her weeping stops completely, the girl takes a single heavy breath. Then, Mary feels the brush of the child's hair slipping through her fingers.

"Tell Samuel he can come back anytime! And-" Antonio's incessant farewell messages comes to a sudden stop. By the time Mary turns around, she sees the back of the girl running towards Antonio. She raises the gun, pointing it at the man. At the same time, all of Antonio's men train their weapon on the girl.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Current Map Status:
https://i.imgur.com/D6xpc4t.png



Trisha

Trisha checks her surroundings. She notices nothing out of interest from the living room. However, near the front door, she spots a backpack hanging from the racks. It is black, with red stripes.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:46, Tue 04 June 2019.
Trisha
character, 503 posts
Tue 4 Jun 2019
at 11:41
  • msg #573

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha makes a beeline for the backpack as soon as she spots it.
"Oh neat! Bet he's got some cool shit."
Before she can begin snooping, she hears Mary's voice call out, ordering the group to fall back. The authoritative tone puts her at ease, making her feel safer just by knowing Mary is nearby.

Slinging the backpack over her shoulder, Trisha prepares to head out, though she cannot bring herself to leave right away. She remembers the promise she had made to Ashley as she walks a few steps deeper into the house, looking for the staircase to the second floor.
"Nicole. You back there?" She keeps her voice low, hoping it is enough to be heard. "I told Ash I'd come get you."
She receives no reply, so she steps forward and speaks a little louder.
"C'mon I mean it. If you're in here we gotta go now. I can't go back without you. I promised."
Again, she is met with nothing but the silence of an empty house. It becomes apparent that Nicole is not here, and she probably never was. The realization hurts, though Trisha knows there is nothing she can do but hope that Ashley won't be too upset.

She can hear Antonio rambling from outside, sounding very pleased with himself.
'I wish I didn't have to hate him so much.'
She glances out the window for one last look at the man, just in time to see a tiny figure rush over and draw a gun on him.
Her stomach drops as she watches the girl, though she does not dare call out, in fear of giving away her position. All she can do is look on in horror and mutter to herself in a panic.
"No no no Mina don't do it!"
This message was last edited by the player at 22:25, Wed 05 June 2019.
Mary
character, 604 posts
Wed 5 Jun 2019
at 06:47
  • msg #574

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Of course. Of course it has to go fucking pear-shaped at the last possible moment.

"Mina!" Mary shouts authoritatively. "Get back here, now!"

She takes a step towards Mina. "This is about your father, right? You know, the important thing to him was keeping you safe? If you shoot Antonio, you're going to die, Mina. They will kill you, and it won't fix anything. It won't bring him back. It'll just ruin the last thing he ever wanted."

Does she even care about that? I can't deal with kids. How do you even talk to them?

"Mina." Mary's voice is quieter now. "Dwayne is back here. He wants to see you. He wants us to be together again. Let's go. It's done."
Buford
character, 100 posts
Wed 5 Jun 2019
at 20:40
  • msg #575

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Sheepishly he looks back to Natasha, "I guess you were right kid, old habits." He said apologetically. Out of the corner of his eye he sees the kid running towards Antonio.

"Kid, kid, stop!" He cant help but cry out.
Elijah
player, 84 posts
Thu 6 Jun 2019
at 00:35
  • msg #576

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah moved up and kept low. He could make out the small, shadowy figure of who he assumed to be Mina moving back toward the bandits. First he's confused, then his heart sank. He trained his rifle on one of the bandits and waited. If Mary couldn't get her under control things were about to get messy. "Get ready," he muttered to Rufus.
Bandito
GM, 2286 posts
Fri 7 Jun 2019
at 05:10
  • msg #577

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh my god, she's going to shoot him!" Natasha gasps at the sight of Mina running up to Antonio.

"Child! Please step away from that man! Do not shoot him!" Samantha shouts out her plea like the others.

When the others shouted out their please, Antonio's men scan their surrounding for the source of their voices. Some of their weapons are trained on them.

CHA roll critical success.

Mary's words reaches Mina, and it seems to be the most effective. Mina quickly glances over to the older woman, tears still trailing down from her cheeks. "He... he said," she lowers her gun, her voice shaking, "he said I will feel better if I kill him, if I avenge..."

Antonio stares down at the girl. "Then you're pointing the game at the wrong person girl, you want to aim it at him. He shot your dad." The man grins, bending down and points his finger at one of his men. "That's him right there." Mina peers at the direction where Antonio is pointing. Antonio stands up straight, calling for the man. "Mikey! She wants to avenge her dad, come here!"

"What the fuck man, fuck you!" The man in the green beanie yells back. Antonio laughs along with Reeva.

Antonio then rests both of his hands on Mina's shoulders. He crouches down, whispering something to the kid. Before Mina realize it, Antonio swipes the weapon off of her hand. The child does not react to his act and continues to weep. A moment later, the man leads the child back to Mary.

"There you go, she's yours, again. We should be rewarded for giving her to you twice, yeah?" He reveals a cocky smirk. "How about... you leave us with everything you got?" He waves the gun in a half circle around him. "All of you."
Elijah
player, 85 posts
Fri 7 Jun 2019
at 06:38
  • msg #578

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

There's a small twinge of relief when the girl didn't fire. But they weren't out of the woods yet. Elijah watched the figure in the middle sweep the gun over Mary, which suddenly didn't bode well for negotiations. He could only assume it was Antonio since the little bastard seemed to be calling the shots and commanding the group's attention. He signaled to Rufus, indicating he was switching targets. Was he not letting them leave?

He's still laying flat in the grass. He tried to think about his next move if a gunfight were to break out right now. He didn't have much cover. He knew that when he sent the one group by the garage and the other to the house. Someone had to take the shitty spot. Might as well be him. He decided he'd have to just play things by ear. He seemed to be doing a whole lot of that these days. At the very least he'd keep Rufus further back. Maybe fall to the treeline and rotate if things got hairy. They'd have to do a lot of moving around to keep the bandits in the crossfire without getting pinned down. Still, wasn't as bum as a deal as Mary and the kid had right now.

He shifted in the grass and adjusted the rifle against his shoulder. He knocked the sights up and kept them trained steadily right on Antonio's head. Try something, I dare you. The stupid little bastard.
Trisha
character, 504 posts
Sun 9 Jun 2019
at 04:55
  • msg #579

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Peeking through the window, Trisha watches the situation unfold as she tosses up whether or not to intervene. While Mary had successfully taken control of Mina, the slip up was going to cost them.
Immediately, Antonio takes the opportunity to milk the moment for all it's worth. With the gun snatched from Mina's hands, he begins to make demands in an arrogant display of bravado. The stunt does not surprise her, though she is still on edge as she crouches down and slowly reaches for the door handle.

Turning the handle, she pulls the door open, just enough to look through while still keeping hidden within the house. There isn't much she can do from her position, but she needs to let Antonio know she isn't impressed.
"Don't push it, Tony." Trisha's voice calls out. "You know we ain't got nothin' that's worth the fight for."
She sounds more disappointed than annoyed as she continues.
"I was gonna come get a kiss goodbye, but now I can't risk it."
Mary
character, 605 posts
Mon 10 Jun 2019
at 04:24
  • msg #580

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Ha. Ha. Ha. That's very funny, Antonio." Mary leans her head back and turns it to look at the dozen thugs surrounding her. "We have you surrounded. The first one to shoot or move, dies. If you don't believe me, ask your old boss."

She looks back at Antonio, but doesn't speak immediately. She looks at him like she's not angry, just disappointed.

Samuel:
"Antonio knows I won't shoot him without a good reason."

Finally, she sighs and speaks.

"Samantha," she says, not taking her eyes off Antonio or changing her heavy-lidded expression. "Please come take my pistol back from Antonio. If he tries anything, Samuel can get in on the joke, too."
Bandito
GM, 2291 posts
Mon 10 Jun 2019
at 04:51
  • msg #581

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Front of the Housde

Samantha steps forward and meets Antonio in the eye.

"Are you sure you want to do this Mary?" Antonio asks, staring past the woman in front of him.  "We out number you, by a lot, yeah?" He grins, then a short laugh escapes from his lips. He holds up his hand at Samantha and begin laughing to himself.

"I'm just fuckin' with you Mary, you're always so serious!" The gang leader flaunts Mary's pistol in his hand. "But I am keeping this gun though, you guys took mine."

A shot rings out from the distance, from the direction where Ivy and the others are left behind. All of the raiders, including Antonio peers toward the direction of the booming sound.

"I think they're in trouble, you better get back, yeah?" Antonio turns his head to the house. "Hey girl! Come out here and give me that kiss!" He opens both of his arms wide to the side.

Elijah & Rufus

Elijah signal is lost to Rufus. The man appears to be lost in his own world keeping his eyes fixed on Antonio's men. However, after the distant gunshot, he speaks. "That sounded like it came from where we left the others. I like to think they're smart enough to not fire a gun, unless the situation is dire. In which case, we should probably go."
This message was last edited by the GM at 04:55, Mon 10 June 2019.
Trisha
character, 505 posts
Tue 11 Jun 2019
at 04:57
  • msg #582

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha finds it alarming that she still cannot tell right away when Antonio is joking. It makes it difficult to trust him, but even harder to hate him.
quote:
"Hey girl! Come out here and give me that kiss!"

There is no better motivation for Trisha than the feeling of being desirable. Even so, she is weary of getting too close while Antonio waves his handgun around happily.
Pushing the door open, she stands against the doorframe, making sure her hands are in full view of anyone who might look at her. She greets Antonio with a stubborn look, which slowly cracks into a smirk.
"You put that gun down away from me and you got a deal."
Trisha steps forward and leaves the safety of the house, cheerfully stepping over Saloman's bleeding corpse without a second thought.
"A quick one, though. Like you said, we ain't got time to wait around."
Bandito
GM, 2293 posts
Tue 11 Jun 2019
at 05:21
  • msg #583

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Front of the house

Antonio flicks on the safety of the pistol and holster it to the side of his hip.

"Safe as I can be!" He stands still, awaiting for Trisha to deliver.
Trisha
character, 506 posts
Tue 11 Jun 2019
at 09:25
  • msg #584

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Good."
In a gesture of goodwill, Trisha puts her own gun away as she steps off the porch. She approaches Antonio with a warm smile, feeling more excited than she really should be, given the situation.
"Just a kiss." She warns, leaning her face in close to his. "You get one warning, or I'll stick ya in the gut."
Placing a hand on his good shoulder, she tilts her head and stands on her toes to reach his lips. At least nobody say she does not keep her promises.
Elijah
player, 86 posts
Wed 12 Jun 2019
at 02:05
  • msg #585

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"You start on back if'n you want," Elijah murmured to Rufus. "Don't get lost. I've gotta make sure this idiot doesn't try nothing funny."

He still had his sights trained on Antonio's head, shifting it just a bit when Trisha came out to... Oh, for crying out loud.

Whatever was wrong in his side wasn't loving all this laying around in the grass. It was seizing up his side and making it hard to breathe properly. He gritted his teeth, blinked a few times, and waited for Mary and the others to head down the road. When they were in the clear he'd back out of the field.

If the gunshot was indicative of something bad currently happening, he likely wouldn't be able to get there fast enough to make much a difference. He had to trust Ed and Ivy could handle themselves, as they'd done in the past. Didn't feel great but that's life.
Bandito
GM, 2296 posts
Sun 16 Jun 2019
at 04:12
  • msg #586

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Front the House

Trisha leans in, her lips meets with Antonio.

"What. The. Fuck." Natasha says with a disgusted grunt at the sight of Trisha kissing the man. After Trisha deliver her promise, Antonio steps back with a smile.

"Sure you don't want to stay? It'll be a lot more fun with you here." He jests.

With Mina's rescue, the Antonio's claim to the leadership restored, their business with the bandits are done.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
The group will be moved to where they had left Edward, Regina, Ivy, and Ashley.Please conclude anything else you want to do before the next update.

Trisha
character, 507 posts
Mon 17 Jun 2019
at 00:46
  • msg #587

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha pulls away from the kiss looking very pleased with herself. When Antonio offers her the chance to stay, she gives him a stern look and answers plainly.
"Nah. Maybe if you go your shit together some. Cut out all that snatchin' kids and killin' folks."
With a wave of her hand, she walks past Antonio, giving him one last smile as she looks back at him.
"Y'know I do like you, Tony. I just wish somebody could tell me why."
With that, she has nothing more to say to him. She joins Mary and the others, happy to walk away from the experience forever.
Mary
character, 606 posts
Mon 17 Jun 2019
at 00:51
  • msg #588

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary hesitates when Antonio laughs, not sure whether to trust him or not. He's bluffing. He's hedging his bets. Don't show him your fear. She puts her hands on Mina's shoulders, afraid they'll betray her.

"Well, every joker needs a straight man, Antonio," she says dryly. "After all, you can't play off of him any more."

She motions towards Salomon's corpse with a head movement. She tries not to take her eyes off of Antonio, but catches something in her peripheral vision and can't help but look over to see Trisha. Not sure how to react, she freezes in place, watching them banter back and forth. Her muscles tense as Trisha steps off the porch, approaches Antonio, and...kisses him.

"Are you really..." she starts to mumble, then trails off. The corner of her mouth twitches, and she chuckles, then titters, then laughs, then guffaws. Even after Trisha is done, it takes several seconds for Mary to get a hold of herself, her hands clamped down on Mina'a shoulder for support.

"Okay, keep the gun!" she says, with a voice that's a little too loud and a shrug that's a little too animated. "I'm sick of it! Let's go, ladies! Now."

Mary turns Mina around and marches her into the darkness, hands like steel claws on her shoulders. Mary exhales sharply through her pursed lips, then sucks in a breath to do so again. In the space of a minute she's whipped back and forth between tension, victory, terror, more tension, and uncontrollable laughter, and she doesn't even have the words to describe the state of her nerves right now. By the time they're out of sight of Antonio's gang, even her iron grip on Mina's shoulders can't stop her hands from shaking, because the quakes run all the way up her arm. Her breath shudders like she's just crawled out of a frozen lake and she refuses to even think about her feet, afraid that even acknowledging them will snap them out of whatever mechanical habit has kept them moving so far and send her tumbling to the ground.

"T-take her," she grunts, pushing Mina towards Trisha or Samantha or whoever the hell is beside her. "I've, uh, I - take - take her, keep going."

Mary stumbles into the dark, clamping a hand over her mouth, then fumbles at her jeans. With her hands shaking as they are, she barely gets them open in time, pushing them and her underwear down her thighs and dropping to crouch to empty her bladder of more than she can remember drinking in the entire previous day. Her stomach is next once she's done, so fast that she can't even stand up, just leaning forward to get her mouth over her knees. Her stomach really is empty, though, with nothing but a couple mouthfuls of searing acidic bile spilling out her mouth and between her boots.

"Fuck," she whispers to herself. "Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck. Fuck." She allows herself a couple of soothing breaths before she stands, pulls up her jeans and staggers forward, wiping the sweat from her forehead. By the time she gets back to the others, she's almost calm.
Bandito
GM, 2297 posts
Mon 17 Jun 2019
at 04:36
  • msg #589

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Well, catch you later, friends." Trisha hears these words from the man before he begin addressing to his henchmen.

"Are you okay Mary?" Samantha asks her question but did not expect an immediate response from the woman. She shifts her attention to the child. "Come here child, we're going to take you back to your friend." Mina buries her eyes with her arm. She wipes her face with her sleeve. Samantha offers her hand to the child. Mina accepts.

"Comrades! Pack up your things! We move out as soon as Avery comes back!"

Antonio voice fades out as the group withdraw themselves from the field.

Rufus returns to the boulder to retrieve his belongings. Thankfully, he was able to locate the spot where he left them. On their way back, they did not see Samuel on the spot where they left him. However, they did spot the truck the soldiers were driving. Inside, they find Ruby and Fernando in the seats. The keys are missing from the engine. When they approached, Ruby barks out to Elijah. Next to the truck is Samuel, who explained the event he witnessed earlier. According to Samuel, everyone that the group left behind were pursuing someone with both of their vehicles. Samuel himself couldn't see who they were after. After the shot rang out, Edward was seen limping out from the tree lines. He suspect the man might be injured, or worse, bit by the ghouls. Afterwards, Regina took him, and the kids back to the SUV and drove back where the group left them.

The group pass by multiple ghouls on their way back. Most of them are shambling towards Antonio's current hideout. Their surrounding is no longer as serene as before. That gunshot must have attracted the undead around the area. With the number of people they currently have, they easily dispatched any roaming ghouls that walked in their way.

By the time they arrive, they hear two audible voices arguing in the SUV.

quote:
"Are you being willfully dense? I had to shoot her because you got close enough to let her stab you half to death! If she could do that to a soldier, what do you think would've happened if I tried to grab her?"


The woman's voice belongs to the woman, Regina.

"If ya grabbed her like I told you to, I would've killed her before she tries anythin' to you! Edward argues back at the woman. "Then you don't need to!..." He pauses to take a wheezing breath. "To shoot!"


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
You are all regrouped with Mina. For Ruby and Fernando, please make a post stating that you grabbed them out from the truck if you wish to take them with you. The driver's window is missing from the truck.

Trisha
character, 508 posts
Mon 17 Jun 2019
at 05:50
  • msg #590

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha can't help but notice Mary's odd behavior as they walk away. Even as the bandits' house moves further and further out of view, Mary remains as tense as ever. She has never seen the woman so visibly shaken, though she does not dare to broach the subject.
When Mary clumsily excuses herself from the group, Trisha watches as she stumbles out of view. Soon, the sound of retching can be heard, explaining why Mary had pulled herself away in such a hurry.
"She's just bein' sick." Trisha states, as if trying to reassure the others, and herself, that everything is completely fine.

As the group rejoins, Trisha's mood turns sour as they come across the truck, seemingly abandoned with the two dogs inside. Fernando seems particularly distressed, having scratched and torn at the seats in a fit of anxiety. He squeals in excitement as Trisha pulls him from the truck and hold him close, placing a hand over his face to quiet him down.
She is all ready to get upset and find someone to blame for leaving her best friend stranded. As Samuel appears and relays what he had seen, Trisha feels less inclined to make a fuss, just thankful that her little dog had made it through unharmed. She holds him tight in her arms as they make their way back to the SUV.

Approaching the SUV, Trisha grows uneasy as she hears the sounds of an argument. She moves quickly, climbing into the car and inserting herself into the conversation with a flurry of questions.
"What's goin' on? Who'd y'all shoot? Is Ash ok? Why'd you leave Fernando all alone like that?"
Elijah
player, 88 posts
Tue 18 Jun 2019
at 00:00
  • msg #591

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah covered the group until they were in the clear, then moved back through the field with Rufus. He's surprised to see the truck and the dogs. The truck was already pretty smashed to shit. Some torn upholstery was really the least of their worries. Might be getting close to the time where they should just cut their losses and siphon the what's left in the tank into a new vehicle entirely. Unless Ed could think of a way to fix it. Vehicles weren't really Elijah's forte.

He opened the door for Ruby to jump out. The dog did a funny little dance around his feet, shifting her front paws up and down. He knelt down for a minute to pet her and engage in some quiet, undignified baby-talk. He grabbed his ranch rifle and shotgun out of the truck bed and slung them over his shoulder. Between the huge machete, revolver, and carbine he was lugging around a small arsenal. Might be good for trading if nothing else.

He brought up the rear of the group with a fixedly blank expression. He kept an eye on the kid for a bit, trying to make sure she wasn't limping or otherwise injured. Seemed okay. He was trying not to be too worried about Ed. He hoped to Christ the dumb shit hadn't gone and gotten himself bit. Figured they couldn't just sit in one place and stay out of trouble.

Elijah kept back while Trisha went and clambered into the SUV. It was such a bold move that under any other circumstances he might've laughed. Instead he gestured at Ed and Regina, hand out, palm upturned - what the fuck? He wondered if he should go over, but Regina was a proper surgeon. If someone was hurt she might know what to do better than him anyhow.

While waiting for them to get out and ideally explain themselves he shuffled over to Mary. He shifted the ranch rifle off his shoulder, double-checked the safety, and held it out to her. "Here," he grumbled. If she took it he'd pass over the spare mag and cartridges too. "Dumb cocksucker took your gun. This is better anyhow."

He glanced away from her and watched the general direction of the SUV. He didn't look all that focused. After a weird pause he cleared his throat and stole another glance at Mary.

"Alright?" There's another pause then he chuckled dryly. "Didn't go too sideways. Out there, anyway."

Looked like things had went and gotten fucked on this end though.
Ivy
character, 1093 posts
Wed 19 Jun 2019
at 06:11
  • msg #592

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Left at a loss for what to say, Ivy ended up falling silent and letting the argument between the two adults proceed without her. After the scare with Ed, she just wanted to be glad that he and everyone else was still alive and leave it at that. But apparently the experience wouldn't be complete without the obligatory finger-pointing. As that lady with the dog, who was currently not with her dog, inserted herself into the conversation, Ivy silently prayed that she would somehow be able to help settle this mess. And not make it worse.

Wait. The lady with the dog? Didn't she leave with the others to rescue Mina? If she's back-

...Oh.

Ivy scrambled out of the SUV. "Mina?!"
This message was last edited by the player at 03:14, Fri 21 June 2019.
Mary
character, 607 posts
Fri 21 Jun 2019
at 06:04
  • msg #593

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Edward:
"If ya grabbed her like I told you to, I would've killed her before she tries anythin' to you! Then you don't need to!...to shoot!"

"Oh, what the hell is going on now?" Mary grumbles. She's about to speak up when Elijah pulls up beside her. She starts slightly, then takes the rifle.

"What is this, a Mini-14?" Mary asks. She's never used one before, though she's heard of them. It would be impossible for someone in her position not to. She checks the magazine - .223 - and is about to snark about the light caliber, but thinks better of it. As much as she prefers the kick of a thirty-ought-six, she knows that's a luxury and extravagance she can no longer afford. She'll have a much easier time scavenging .223 ammunition, and it'll be easier to carry as well. It's lightweight for a rifle as well, and she lifts it to her shoulder, looking through the ring sight.

Through the sight, she sees the hole appearing in Salomon's head, the man - no, corpse - falling backwards onto the porch. She'd pulled the trigger herself. She hadn't, but she had.

Mary lowers the rifle abruptly, swallowing, and took a deep breath before grinning up at Elijah. "Well, I wouldn't use it to hunt buck, but big game's probably wasted on us anyway. That's why you traded us that venison, isn't it?"

She lowers her voice. "No, it went as well as could be expected on my end. I don't know what this is, though."
Regina
character, 105 posts
Fri 21 Jun 2019
at 06:27
  • msg #594

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I am not debating this with you," Regina said with firm insistence akin to a mother reprimanding a child. Getting out of the SUV, she was too frustrated with Ed and herself to wave at the returning group. Regina did, however, linger on them, counting heads and fearing the worst; with a sigh of relief, however, she saw that only Antonio was missing. In his place was a little girl who was probably Mina. Everything had gone according to plan, it seemed.

That should have been a consolation, but all Regina could think of from then on was Ed and his fresh wounds. Going to the back of the SUV, she retrieved one of their first-aid kits. Unfortunately, Trisha's questions diverted Regina's attention, "I shot a person, Ashley is fine, and-" Damn, she'd completely forgotten about Fernando! "-I was too concerned with the bandit about to tell her comrades what your plan was to worry about a- to worry about him, I'm sorry."

Opening the door to where Ed sat, Regina placed the first-aid kit on the floorboard; "Don't move," she said, placing her hands on the hem of the soldier's shirt to gently lift it up, "Try to raise your arms-" When it was off, she pored over Ed's wounds with a critical eye. "Not too deep, but those scissors looked dirty..." Soaking disinfectant onto a ball of cotton, she looked Ed in the eye. "You'll get two for flinching," she said dryly, before dabbing the ball onto the areas he'd been stabbed. Finally, she wrapped a few lengths of gauze of his chest.
Bandito
GM, 2300 posts
Fri 21 Jun 2019
at 07:48
  • msg #595

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Oh! They're back! They're back!' Dwayne hops out of the vehicle. The soldier did not respond to the group's return until Trisha approaches the SUV.

"One of 'em bandits came, we..." The soldier's speech is mildly impaired by an irregular pattern of heavy breaths. Nevertheless, he still tries his best to explain to Trisha. "We had to kill her. I got stabbed. Can't drive, wanted to take the dogs but no time." By the time Regina gets to Edward's treatment, the man is already lifting up his shirt to reveal the wound. Several stab wounds are visible on his body. Blood and mud cover most of these wounds.

Regina did not find any first aid kit in the SUV during her search. Realizing what the doctor seeks, Edward sets a small first aid kit to the side of the seat. "Here, and take it."


Samantha has one hand on Mina's shoulder. They slowly walk towards the SUV to join the others. When Ivy calls, Dwayne also turns his head at the girl. Rufus waltz to the SUV and opens his arms to the side. "We're back, and we successfully rescued the hostage!" The man exclaims.

"Oh thank god you guys are okay." Natasha exhales in relief. "I don't want to ever do that again. My heart is still pounding, I can't believe we got out alive."

"Heeeeeeeey..." Jeff waves his hand to greet the others. However, his enthusiasm trails off along with his greeting. "Yoooooou, and... you. We're... yeah, we're back." He realizes he doesn't know everyone's name but flashes a smile to anyone he meets in the eye regardless.

"Its a shame we couldn't do anything about the kid snatchers. Back in the days, if you stole so much as a calendar from people, you'd get sentenced for months." Rufus comments.

At first, the girl doesn't seems to hear Ivy's call. Mina lifts her head slowly in search of the source of the voice. When Mina's eyes finally meets with Ivy, her stare is vacant, as if she's staring at a stranger. What appears before Ivy is not the same cheerful girl she met back at the church in Rosedale. There are dried tear trailing down from both side of her face. Her unattended hair is in need of a thorough grooming. She wears the face of a starving children shown on a television's commercial before the dead walked. The only thing Ivy recognizes from Mina's current state is the ribbon that is attached on the strap of her denim overall.

"Is that your friend?" Samantha asks the girl, who appears to be despondent.

"Mina!" Dwayne calls out, running over to the girl. Mina glances over at Dwayne briefly before shifting her attention back to Ivy.

"...Ivy?" Mina says, her eyes widens with sudden recognition.
This message was last edited by the GM at 07:49, Fri 21 June 2019.
Buford
character, 101 posts
Sat 22 Jun 2019
at 04:15
  • msg #596

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Good lord." Buford exclaims, paying sole attention to Edwards mess of a chest and stomach. It made him cringe and it took alot for that. "I'm glad you're still awake, son." He turns his head to watch the kids mingle with each other. This Mina girls response would revveal alot about her and what shes dealt with.
Trisha
character, 509 posts
Sun 23 Jun 2019
at 15:47
  • msg #597

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha immediately finds her way over to Ashley, throwing an arm around the girl and leaning in for a hug.
quote:
""I shot a person, Ashley is fine, and I was too concerned with the bandit about to tell her comrades what your plan was to worry about a- to worry about him, I'm sorry."
"

"But that's good." She chirps, watching Regina walk around the outside of the car."Means we ain't lost nobody yet."
With Fernando safe by her side, Trisha does not have the time or the energy to get upset over why he was left behind; all that matters is he is here. She moves to lean in closer when Ed begins to explain things in a little more detail, watching with curious eyes as Regina treats his injuries.
"That's nuts. You look like my brother at his first wedding." She comments while watching the graphic procedure, paying close attention to the way Regina cleans and dresses the wounds.
quote:
"We're back, and we successfully rescued the hostage!"

She looks to Rufus as he approaches them, happy to see someone still in a good mood.
"Hell yeah we did!" She joins in, pointing back at him with a confident grin.
"You guys still gonna come with us now we got her back?"
Ivy
character, 1094 posts
Sun 23 Jun 2019
at 16:01
  • msg #598

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy smiled. Mina looked like crap, but that was par for the course these days. At least she was safe. "Yup, that's me." Ivy approached the other girl as she fished around in her pocket, pulling out the ribbon that Mina had given her when the group left the church. "I'm back."
Mary
character, 608 posts
Sun 23 Jun 2019
at 21:57
  • msg #599

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"You - !" Mary reaches for her forehead, but stops before her hand even gets there, scowling. "We've got to go. They're going to realize she's missing, and when they do, Antonio's not going to be his chipper self."

She approaches the SUV, gesturing to the other vehicles with a wave of her hand. "Everybody in, let's go! Anything you need to do, you can do on the road!"

Words can't describe the relief she feels at having a clear goal in front of her again. The pressure of imminent danger and need to guide the others clears her head and allows her to focus on her next step, and her next step only.
Bandito
GM, 2301 posts
Mon 24 Jun 2019
at 00:41
  • msg #600

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"This, ain't nothin'." Edward returns a smirk to the old man.

When Trisha brings up the question, Edward passes a look to Elijah. "Depends on where y'all are goin'."

Mina steps closer to examine the ribbon. "You kept it!" She sounds surprised and pleased at the same time. For a moment, the girl is about to reciprocate the smile. A half formed smile vanishes like an unfinished thought, and gloom overtakes her again. "They shot him, Ivy, they killed him. He's dead..." She sniffs. "It ain't fair. He didn't do nothin' wrong."

After Mary make the announcement for their evacuation, Jeff speaks up. "If you don't mind, I want to tag along with you guys and lay low until the morning."
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:43, Mon 24 June 2019.
Ivy
character, 1095 posts
Mon 24 Jun 2019
at 02:15
  • msg #601

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy wilted at Mina's words. "I'm sorry..." Stepping closer, she wrapped the poor girl up in a hug. "I know it hurts. I lost my dad too."
Elijah
player, 89 posts
Mon 24 Jun 2019
at 02:33
  • msg #602

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah nodded to Mary, confirming the make of the rifle. The comment about the venison earned a short chuckle, despite his customarily distant air. That was apparently just his vibe, it seemed. He gave a slight shrug. "Makes two of us."

He didn't know what was going on either. He listened attentively to Regina and Edward. Yeah, Mary had the right idea. They had to bug out and fast. "Figure we should stay the night, at least. Maybe a few days," he commented to Trisha. "See how our injured are doing tomorrow and go from there, at any rate."

He went over to Edward to get the truck keys. "I'll get the truck. Which looks almost as fucked up as you," he scowled. "Once we're somewhere quiet we gotta get you cleaned off ASAP. We been lucky with infections so far."

He really hoped that luck wasn't about to run out. Whatever, right now they had to focus on getting somewhere far away from Antonio. "Whoever's riding in the truck, c'mon. Not you, Ed. Go sit your dumb ass down."
Buford
character, 102 posts
Tue 25 Jun 2019
at 17:07
  • msg #603

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford's face twisted into a troubled frown as he watched Ivy and Mina interact. He turned after a time to nod at Ed's comment, forcing a smile.

"Breathing's all that matters." He replied. His attention shifts to Mary wanting to high tail  it out of here and Buford was inclined to agree. Despite everything they somehow succeeded in getting the girl back. Why wait around and let disaster get a second chance. He found his familiar seat in the SUV.
Trisha
character, 510 posts
Wed 26 Jun 2019
at 12:09
  • msg #604

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Depends on where y'all are goin'."

"I guess wherever Mary says we go." She shrugs. "I never thought that far."
She watches Elijah walk away, intent on retrieving the shabby old pickup. Reluctant to leave her most vulnerable friends, Trisha does not volunteer to accompany him.
"Be careful." She calls out before he is too far away.
As Mary calls everyone to attention, Trisha makes her way back to the trunk space of the SUV to sit with Ashley as the others pile in.
Terry
character, 508 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Thu 27 Jun 2019
at 02:47
  • msg #605

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Something within him breaks at the scene with the children reuniting and a knot of emotion burns hot and tight at the back of his throat. Stopping his protective instincts was a challenge as he watched her struggle, completely helpless to the perils of the new world as he fought to stop from bleeding out just a few feet away.

How the men kept on walking, ignoring her convulsive lashing, indignant protests, and empty threats, how everything in her life, even her own individual power, meant nothing up to that point.

Terry watches the two while mentally wrestling to numb his emotional turmoil, focusing his mind on the positive. Mary's was an example to follow. She exercised intelligent forethought and decisive action sufficiently far in advance of any likely crisis and executed her plan brilliantly. He is eager to learn from her example and makes a personal decision to double his efforts to secure a homeland these people so desperately deserve.
Bandito
GM, 2303 posts
Thu 27 Jun 2019
at 19:47
  • msg #606

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy feels the weight of Mina's arms on her shoulders. The girl sobs deeply into her. "It ain't fair..." She murmurs these words.

Edward sits up from the chair when he hears Elijah heading out to retrieve the truck. However, he quickly sinks back in after Elijah explicitly telling him to stay put. "Yeah, I wasn't, I ain't gonna go."

A few people accompanied Elijah to the truck, while the others got into the SUV. When Elijah returns with the vehicle, the group drives a good distance away from Antonio's current domain.

Vacant House

The group eventually stops at a promising location clear of the ghouls. They discover a vacant house that appears to be untouched or scavenged. Natasha was skilled enough to pick the locks of the front door and grant the group entry. Once inside, the group made sure the place is safe with a thorough room by room search. Other than the master bedroom, they have access to all the other rooms.

Edward's wound was properly looked through in the bedroom. Despite his current condition and the visible wounds, he was in a stable state. His previous clothing was discarded off to the bedroom floor. He managed to find himself a new set of clothes from rummaging through the wardrobe. After he was cleaned and attired, the soldier was adamant on taking the first watch. He reasoned Ashley, who looked visibly pale, needed the bed rest more than he does. Edward also took Ruby with him on watch, stating that she will keep him safe. As the bedroom is now vacant, Ashley now rest inside undisturbed.

Rufus insisted the group should host a 'whoopee' after Mina's rescue. He took the liberty of taking some of the groceries the group picked up from the market this morning to the kitchen. He seemed to have found some sort of a portable stove in the kitchen cabinets. Luckily, it still had juice in the butane cartridge for the burner to ignite.

The other adults, except for Jeff, gathered at the dinning table in hopes of figuring out their next step. For Jeff, he decided to lay flat on a couch in the lounge. Dwayne and Mina found themselves a secluded corner in the living room while the adults have their discussion over at the dinning table.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Map of the house: https://i.imgur.com/rR1EU3U.png

Please identify the location of your character in your next post!


This message was last edited by the GM at 19:49, Thu 27 June 2019.
Regina
character, 106 posts
Thu 27 Jun 2019
at 22:43
  • msg #607

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ever since their departure from the highway, Regina kept her silence as she soaked in everything that had occurred. It felt as though months of significant events had all happened over a single day. The deaths of two people she'd grown to like, running into an assorted band of misfits who took her in, treating a teenager, treating a soldier twice, and gunning a living person down for the first time. The doctor did her best to hide shaking hands and avoid making sarcastic comments -- ostensibly to preserve everyone else's mood now that Mina was safe and sound. In actuality, Regina was tired -- emotionally and physically, which made an abandoned house feel like a gift from God himself.

Inside their temporary haven, Regina sat on the couch opposite from Jeff after ensuring Ashley had a safe and comfortable spot to rest. From there, she leaned back and shut her eyes. "We should put as much distance between Antonio and his friends as possible," she said, once the discussion of the group's future began. "If he isn't upset that I killed one of his people, the others will be. Maybe. I don't know, I- I don't think we should risk finding out."
Ivy
character, 1096 posts
Thu 27 Jun 2019
at 23:27
  • msg #608

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy stayed by Mina's side throughout the ride to their new haven. Once they had finally arrived, she shed her heavy backpack, rifle, and overstuffed jacket and set them down in the kids' corner. Her body felt almost like a feather with all that weight shed. She must have gotten used to carrying it around. That or she was getting stronger. She'd take either one.

The girl plunked down onto the ground and rested her back against the wall. "What a day..."
Elijah
player, 90 posts
Fri 28 Jun 2019
at 02:09
  • msg #609

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah spent some time checking in with the injured. He made sure Edward was properly cleaned from his plunge in the ditch - again, he'd just have to pray that didn't result in an infection. He made sure Ivy's ribs were okay. If they were bothering her again he gave her more ibuprofen.

Unsurprisingly, Edward's insistence he take first watch was argued against vehemently by Elijah. When the man proved more stubborn than he was, Elijah relented with a fine, do whatever the fuck you want. He was just now coming out from double-checking on Ashley. No one could ever accuse him of not being thorough. He still seemed vaguely pissed off though.

He wandered out into the living room. He looked around, seemingly doing a headcount for whatever reason. He just liked knowing where everyone was. It was nice to see all the kids together. It'd be good for them. Probably. Aside from that, looked like he'd just bumbled into the now what talk. He didn't really know what to do with himself. Didn't really want to get into planning. Way too tired. Kinda wanted to go outside, but Ed was out there, and Elijah knew he'd just start snapping at him again. Maybe he'd help Rufus in the kitchen. Then again, the guy's constant shit-stirring and needling aggravated the ever-loving hell out of Elijah.

After some indecision, Elijah unslung his rifle (and shotgun) and set them down by the couch. "Don't mind me," he grumbled as he plunked down next to Regina. He was too tired to get all antsy over his personal space. Wasn't exactly The Ritz in here.

He sank back against the couch, shifting the machete's sheath so it didn't dig into his side. He watched the kids over in the corner with a far-off expression.
Bandito
GM, 2305 posts
Sat 29 Jun 2019
at 01:42
  • msg #610

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Kid's Corner

"Yeah." Dwayne comments. Both Dwayne and Mina sits on the ground near Ivy. Mina's hand is currently occupied by a remote control. Her fingers hover through all the buttons on the remote control mindlessly. When she notices Ivy, she glances at her.

"I don't see Alex, is he...?" Mina asks.
Ivy
character, 1097 posts
Sat 29 Jun 2019
at 01:55
  • msg #611

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy felt a pang of guilt as Alex's name was brought up. As much as she'd suffered since this all started, it was nothing compared to what he'd endured. "He got hurt pretty bad, but he lived. He's with Mal in Arkansas."
Bandito
GM, 2306 posts
Sat 29 Jun 2019
at 02:24
  • msg #612

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Kids Corner

"Is it that bad in Arkansas? You guys came back pretty quick, I think its been a month?" Dwayne asks.

"Why did he stay? His leg hurt or somethin'?" Mina shoots her question at Ivy as well.
Ivy
character, 1098 posts
Sat 29 Jun 2019
at 03:17
  • msg #613

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Dwayne:
"Is it that bad in Arkansas?"


"It's...complicated," Ivy began. "A bunch of people were fighting over an air force base, and it turned into a big fight that brought tons of monsters. We decided it wasn't worth it to stay there."

Mina:
"Why did he stay? His leg hurt or somethin'?"


"..."

Ivy looked down at the ground as she curled the ribbon around her finger. "He...he lost his eyes. He's blind."
Mary
character, 609 posts
Sat 29 Jun 2019
at 04:38
  • msg #614

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"What, Little Rock?" Mary asks. She stands over Jeff's couch, having momentarily paused her restless pacing to lean against its back. Realizing she's interrupting a child's conversation, she looks away uncomfortably. "Hmph. I suppose it figures people would fight over that."

She avoids eye contact with anyone, looking down at the ground. "Blind. Christ."

She sighs, then looks over her shoulder at Regina. "We traveled a while to get here, and they have no way to track us...but yeah. We'll keep moving in the morning."

Stepping to the table, she pulls out a chair and sits down. Once she's off her feet, a feeling of intense physical relief floods through her body, and she leans forward and rests her arms on the table. It takes considerable willpower not to lay her head right down on its surface.

She looks at Natasha first, then the two Sams. "How are you holding up?"
Regina
character, 107 posts
Sun 30 Jun 2019
at 03:19
  • msg #615

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Based on how Mary reacted to Regina's first kill, the doctor expected a thorough lecture that would have inevitably led to a heated argument. Thankfully, either because she forgot or decided that it wasn't worth getting into, Mary was keen to talk amicably. "I'm sure they thought your people would never find them, too," Regina riposted while scooting over to give Elijah more space.

The soldier's arrival was timely, and given his lack of grief over Edward's near-death experience, Regina surmised that such occasions were frequent with the two of them. "I don't mind," she said, which was the truth. She was starting to remember Elijah's name, and how level-headed he seemed compared to Edward, who was practically his polar opposite. "I have to ask... How did you end up with Edward and Ivy?" Though she considered herself tolerant, Regina didn't want to presume anything about their relationship.
Bandito
GM, 2307 posts
Sun 30 Jun 2019
at 07:39
  • msg #616

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Okay I guess. Why didn't you walk from the main road?" Natasha slumps into the chair. It produces a brief creaky noise.

"I'm doing better. I still can't believe we got away." Samantha replies. She sits down on the chair, looking rather exhausted.

Samuel's constantly peeking out the windows near the dinning table.

Everyone hears a soft snore from Jeff, who is fast asleep.

Kids Corner

"Oh my god, really?" Mina gasps, while Dwayne stares at Ivy with widened eyes.

"He... can't see at all? What is he going to do? Who's going to protect him?" Dwayne asks.

"He ain't gonna make it if he can't see. How can you live when ya can't see?" Mina states.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:40, Mon 01 July 2019.
Trisha
character, 511 posts
Sun 30 Jun 2019
at 15:07
  • msg #617

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha finds herself hovering around Regina as the woman completes her treatment on the wounded. The more she watches, the more the process intrigues her, having never seen a doctor of her caliber outside of the television.
When Ashley is given the bed, Trisha cannot be persuaded to leave her friend alone. She settles on the floor next to the bed and stays with her, resting her eyes as she waits for Ash to drift off to sleep.
After a short, unscheduled nap, she leaves Ashley to herself and moves to rejoin the others. Tired and sore, but otherwise content, she yawns and stretches as she enters the living room. Fernando walks out slowly behind her and does the same.

She sits down on the arm of the couch and looks at the man currently asleep next to her.
"This guy gets it." She jokes.
Watching the children from afar, she listens in on the conversation, unsure of who they are talking about. Having only checked up on Mina briefly on the drive over, she is glad to see the girl with a little more energy.
With so much dramatic change over the last few days, Trisha is happy to do little more than sit and appreciate the calm moment.
Elijah
player, 91 posts
Sun 30 Jun 2019
at 17:55
  • msg #618

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah kept watching the kids. Or staring in their general direction, he didn't seem to actually be absorbing much. Now that he had time to sit, he kept thinking about Alex. How strange it looked for Ivy to be sitting there without him. He keyed in toward the end, enough to glean they were asking about the boy. He was getting ready to intervene. Maybe give them his notes to draw in, or suggest they play with Ivy's Legos. Do something normal so they'd quit prying at Ivy.

He blinked a couple times when Regina spoke and cleared his throat. It took his brain a few seconds to play catch up and actually process what she asked. "Oh. Uh, yeah. Me and Ed go way back, before all this shit. Met in the army. He's been trying to put me in an early grave ever since. We got stationed together at the same QZ during the initial outbreak. Heard it originated on the west coast, dunno how substantiated that was. Folks also thought it came from fuckin' Mars. At any rate, the whole op was a stupendous clusterfuck. Went all ass over teakettle pretty quick. Made it outta our post with a couple'a other folks."

There was a slight pause. Just long enough to border on awkward. Probably went without saying they were all dead now. "Anyway, found Ivy pretty soon after. Few other people too. It's... Yeah. It's just us now. We all been together awhile." He glanced to the kids then lowered his voice.

His hand tightened a couple times over his machete's hilt, like it was some kind of stress ball or security blanket.
Trisha
character, 512 posts
Mon 1 Jul 2019
at 11:47
  • msg #619

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

She turns to look at Eli as he answers Regina's question, revealing a little more about his relationship with Ed and Ivy. Though she does not understand all of what he says, the sentiment comes through clearly.
"What's army like?" She asks, hoping to lighten the mood with a little chatter. "I never knew someone from army before."
Mary
character, 610 posts
Mon 1 Jul 2019
at 17:14
  • msg #620

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Natasha:
"Why didn't you walk from the main road?"

Mary blinks at Natasha. Her face remains blank for a few seconds before her brain processes what she asked.

"You mean, when we brought Antonio to Solomon?" she asks, then shrugs. "I don't believe I ever said I would use the road. Anyway, Antonio suggested we find guards to escort us so we wouldn't get shot in the back before we introduced ourselves."

Mary's eyes flit to Samantha, but she doesn't say anything, because if she opens her mouth, she's not sure what will come out. I can't believe it either. When I tally up everything I've survived, it seems impossible. Sometimes I wonder if I'm dead and haven't realized it.

Instead, she looks over at Samuel. "How does it look out there?"
This message was last edited by the player at 12:07, Wed 03 July 2019.
Ivy
character, 1099 posts
Wed 3 Jul 2019
at 09:02
  • msg #621

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy fidgeted uncomfortably under the two kids' questions. "H-He'll be okay," she said, more to herself than to them. "He's with Mal and Kale. They'll look after him."
Bandito
GM, 2309 posts
Thu 4 Jul 2019
at 00:25
  • msg #622

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

Natasha listens to Mary's words. She doesn't look exceedingly happy about her explanation, but seems satisfied with it for now.

quote:
"How does it look out there?"


"I see movements from the dead, only a few." Samuel peeks through the window again. "I haven't seen Antonio's men so far."

When Elijah clears his throat, it draws in the attention of the two kids. They listens to the soldier's tale. Dwayne glances quickly at Mina and Ivy on several occasions at Elijah's uses of less appropriate words. Nevertheless, both Dwayne and Mina lays off on bombarding Ivy with questions about their missing friend.

quote:
"What's army like? I never knew someone from army before."


"Did ya had to shoot somebody?" Mina asks. The children focus their curious eyes on the soldier. At the same time, a sweet aroma slowly disperse throughout the room from the kitchen. Fernando begin to sniffs the air, turning his head at the kitchen.
Elijah
player, 92 posts
Thu 4 Jul 2019
at 21:04
  • msg #623

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah pulled a face at the kids then chuckled. He'd gotten that exact line of questioning from his nieces and nephews before all this, so it wasn't too shocking. For some reason they always got morbidly interested when they heard he was a field medic. Always wanted to hear about all the blood and guts. Weird kids.

"Uh, I mean..." He rubbed at his cheek. "I was a medic, so it was more puttin' folks back together than taking 'em apart. Didn't really have to shoot at no one unless they shot at me first. Eh, it was alright though. Regimented as shit. Met some good people. Met some real assholes too but that's life. Thought maybe I'd leave and get into the medical field proper at some point."

He shrugged and glanced to Trisha. "And how about you, miss? You must've been in high school before all this shit, ain't that right?"
Regina
character, 108 posts
Fri 5 Jul 2019
at 04:40
  • msg #624

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I thought about going into the army myself," Regina mused, "But I realized that my personality didn't lend itself to a regimented environment," the doctor smiled slightly, staring up at the ceiling, lost in a distant memory. It was better than thinking about what Eli had said about Ivy -- at the very least; it was nice that Elijah and Edward were looking out for the young girl.
Mary
character, 611 posts
Fri 5 Jul 2019
at 06:53
  • msg #625

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary looks over at Regina, an eyebrow raised in disbelief, before finally breaking into a raspy chuckle.

"You, in the army?" she echoed. "You're almost as poor a fit as I would be. Too bad your better judgment prevailed; I'm sure it would have been one entertaining disaster."
Buford
character, 103 posts
Fri 5 Jul 2019
at 16:15
  • msg #626

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford had taken up as little space as possible, leaning against the wall. He had his notepad out and was writing as the others talked. He was listening, drinking in every word that was said and had noted it accordingly. His only pause was when Little Rock Base was mentioned. Finally he pried his eyes up from his notepad. Wanting to talk to Elijah but waiting for the conversation to cease. Trisha, as strange as she was, was an interesting person and he was also curious about her.
Trisha
character, 513 posts
Sat 6 Jul 2019
at 07:05
  • msg #627

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Did ya had to shoot somebody?"

Trisha glances over at Mina as she asks the question, then back to Eli, eager to hear his answer. His story isn't as action packed as she was hoping, but it does intrigue her to hear about his past. She never would have pinned him as a doctor. He seems much softer and gentler than she has seen from other is the medical profession. She imagined an army doctor would be even harsher.

quote:
"I thought about going into the army myself,"

When Mary laughs, Trisha can't help but let out a small giggle along with her.
"Yeah." She agrees with the sentiment, finding it quite amusing. "She ain't gonna be told what to do by nobody."

quote:
"And how about you, miss? You must've been in high school before all this shit, ain't that right?"

"Prob'ly. Nobody cared what I did, so I sorta just stopped goin'."
She answers, shrugging a shoulder as she grabs her knee to balance herself better on the arm of the couch.
"I mean, my big sister taught me how to start hoookin' for real cash instead'a like, burgers or whatever. So I had money and I was like "Why would I even go?""
Regina
character, 109 posts
Sun 7 Jul 2019
at 05:14
  • msg #628

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina regarded the room with mock indignation that was a poor mask for a thin-lipped smile, "I'll have you all know that I am more than capable of following orders -- albeit with...commentary," she said, swatting the air as if she could physically bat their comments away. Regina knew this was a lie, however. She was the type of person who couldn't listen to anyone without having plenty of information -- a luxury not afforded the typical army grunt.

"You go to school to learn practical skills, Trisha," Regina said, her tone shifting into one of utter seriousness. "Maybe, wherever we go, that could be something all of us work on together? Practical schooling. Learning how to farmland, make repairs..." the doctor thought aloud, looking around to gauge everyone's opinions.
Elijah
player, 93 posts
Mon 8 Jul 2019
at 20:47
  • msg #629

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The bluntly phrased 'hoookin' for real cash instead'a like, burgers' made a look cross Elijah's face. It was some exciting new mixture rarely seen on the customarily dour, serious man's face, somewhere between temporarily stunned and completely aghast. He chuckled uncomfortably. Not entirely sure if the girl was joking, he glanced to Mary silently saying what? or help me. It wasn't entirely clear.

He looked immensely relieved when Regina brought up practical skills. "Uh, right." He blew out, then winced and massaged his ribs. "The kids... Well, Ivy's got basic first aid down pat. Helluva shot too." He permitted some pride to creep into his tone. The girl had been given a shit hand, they all had, but at least she'd quickly picked up some skills that could help her fend for herself. "Ed's good with vehicles too, mechanics, that kinda shit. Course we'll likely be taking off but... Dunno, he might could give y'all a crash course or something if you're lacking in that department. Uh, that aside, this whole scavenging and moving around thing ain't ideal, sure hope we find somethin'... Better soon. More sustainable, like. Everywhere's pretty well torn to shit from what I've seen so far. Imagine it's worse out west."

He'd trained medics, but Regina was a proper surgeon so she could probably teach her people all the basics of first aid and triage. So he didn't feel the need to offer up that expertise. Though granted she didn't seem to have... the personality best suited for teaching, but oh well. Come to think of it, he did wonder how an actual surgeon made it out of the hospitals alive. The field hospitals had been bad, he could only imagine how much worse the proper ones in the city were.
Bandito
GM, 2310 posts
Tue 9 Jul 2019
at 04:22
  • msg #630

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"What's hooking?" Dwayne asks.

"That's like Angie's job. She said you have to be nice to people and pretend to be their girlfriend." Mina explains to Dwayne.

Suddenly, Rufus calls out from the kitchen. "Food's ready!"

Dwayne springs to his feet. He passes a look to Mina, who still sits on the ground.

"I'm not hungry." She states, looking down at the ground.

"Come on Ivy, let's go get some food!" The child speaks to Ivy instead, urging her to follow him to the kitchen.

quote:
"The kids... Well, Ivy's got basic first aid down pat. Helluva shot too."


"Is that why she's carrying a rifle around?" Samantha comments. "Even if that's true she's a good shot, its still... unsettling, for a child."
Trisha
character, 514 posts
Tue 9 Jul 2019
at 11:57
  • msg #631

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha shrinks down when Regina scolds her, embarrassed to have been called out in front of everyone. Whether she means to or not, Regina seems to know just what to say to make you feel small and insecure, only to pull you in again with just the right amount of encouragement.
quote:
"Maybe, wherever we go, that could be something all of us work on together?"

"Yeah?" She perks up at the suggestion. "I been thinkin' I should know how to like, fix someone when they get hurt. Ash nearly died 'cuz I couldn't fix her when she got hurt. I weren't gonna say nothin' but..."
She trails off, afraid of seeming too needy in front of people she really does not know very well. Trisha knows it isn't her place to be asking for lessons in anything, especially after openly admitting to bailing out of high school.

quote:
"What's hooking?"

On this practical skill, she is a lot more up to speed.
"It's when you take dick for money and food and stuff."
Mina reiterates in more child friendly terms, a subtlety completely lost on Trisha.
"Pretty much, yeah."
Perhaps for the better, the conversation is cut off by the call for dinner. Trisha watches as the little boy hurries away excitedly, before turning to Ivy with a concerned look.
"Sure you is. Everyone is. I can't even remember the last time I weren't even a little hungry."

Fernando, having spent most of his time hovering as close to the kitchen as possible without daring to enter it, comes running at Rufus' call. He is first to the kitchen and yelps at Rufus as he stares up at the food. Then he sits at the man's feet and waits patiently, as is expected of a "Good Boy"®™. He is sure he will be rewarded.
Buford
character, 104 posts
Tue 9 Jul 2019
at 18:29
  • msg #632

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Trisha, please." Buford finally interrupts when he listens to Trisha explain what hooking meant to a child. His tone wasn't malicious or scolding, merely pleading with her not to tell the truth. His face stays contorted into a frown when Mina explains by using an example.

It couldnt be helped he supposed, the reality of their new lives were far worse than any activity from their old lives. Nonetheless he felt uncomfortable, every kid in this incident was growing up far too fast on their own, did we really need to speed them along?

"Elijah, a word?" He asks the soldier now that most of the people were preoccupied with eating.
Elijah
player, 94 posts
Wed 10 Jul 2019
at 02:10
  • msg #633

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"It's better than the alternative," Elijah bluntly told Samantha. Whatever the alternative was, he didn't seem keen on elaborating. He sounded vaguely offended. "Things're gonna get worse before they get better. Best she's got a way to defend herself."

Granted, not every kid should really be toting around a loaded rifle. He hadn't been keen on letting Alex have one of his own. Guess it didn't matter now.

With the call for food, and Trisha taking it upon herself to explain hooking (good lord) Elijah decided that was a good a time as any for him to escape. Or take his leave, rather. He got up and shouldered his rifle and shotty again, pulling a face like it was painful. He was about to head outside when the old guy - Buford, he reminded himself - called out.

Looked like Ed had to wait a few more minutes. "Ivy, go on and get something to eat," he said offhandedly. He moved over to join Buford. "Yeah?"
Ivy
character, 1100 posts
Wed 10 Jul 2019
at 06:53
  • msg #634

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy looked up as Eli called out to her, before turning her gaze back to Mina. She wanted to eat, but she didn't want to just leave the other girl alone. Not after what she's been going through. "Is it okay if I eat mine over here?"
Trisha
character, 515 posts
Wed 10 Jul 2019
at 07:08
  • msg #635

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Trisha, please."

"What?" She replies defensively. "I ain't did nothin'."
quote:
"Is it okay if I eat mine over here?"

She looks to Ivy with a small smile, thankful that the child has the sense to think more practically that she can.
"Good thinkin'. Mina, you want us to go get somethin' and bring it back for ya?"
Mary
character, 612 posts
Thu 11 Jul 2019
at 04:22
  • msg #636

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary looks over at Trisha as she describes her career up to this point, unsure how to react. When Elijah looks over, she meets his eyes and just shakes her head slightly. This is not a hill worth dying on.

"I don't know about you, Regina, but I didn't learn how to work a field or fix a car engine in high school," Mary says. "There's not much practical value in education on civics or history or home economics, anymore...well, maybe home economics, actually."

Or writing. Mary makes no attempt to hide the bitter tone in her voice. Though she's first and foremost an outdoorsman, she'd always prided herself on her learnedness and intellectualism. If humanity survived another generation - which was still a big if, she knew - the arts would take a major step backward. It burns her inside to know how much will be lost.

"There's probably more women living off of Trisha's skillset than those surviving with their high school education," Mary mutters.

When Rufus calls them all to supper, she looks over at Elijah, hoping to capture him in a conversation. Disappointed, she sees Buford has already stolen the opportunity. She looks over at Mina as well. Truth be told, Mary's not ready to eat either; she's hungry, but still so anxious that her stomach refuses to sit still. She watches Mina for a moment, then sighs.

You're the teacher, aren't you? she thinks to herself. Who else even knows her? Terry, but does he really know how to deal with this? It's got to be you, again.

She doesn't like it, but it's true. She has to take responsibility for this.

Yes, Mary. Keep busy, or the fear will get in.

She likes that even less, and resolves not to think about it. She gathers two portions of food, then walks over to where Mina and Ivy are sitting. With a grunt, she sits down on the floor and sets the plates on the floor. "Eat something, Mina. You'll feel better."
Bandito
GM, 2312 posts
Thu 11 Jul 2019
at 18:52
  • msg #637

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

The young girl avoids eye contact with either Trisha or Mary. With a low mumble, they hear "fine..."

With that, Dwayne rushes into the kitchen after Fernando.

Rufus arranges the counter with various consumables. There's a large plate of spaghetti next to a bowl of spaghetti sauce, a sauce pan filled with what seems to be the content of the MRE, and a giant bowl of brownish stew. The tiny creatures yelp captures Rufus' attention. As he stares down, the man takes a step back from the creature. He appears to be nervous and uncertain what the creature wants.
Ivy
character, 1101 posts
Fri 12 Jul 2019
at 00:44
  • msg #638

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Despite the dismal atmosphere of the room, Ivy found her mouth watering as Mary brought the food over. She couldn't even remember the last time she'd had pasta. "Thanks."

The girl coiled a few saucy noodles around her fork and popped them into her mouth. It was good. Really good. If only they had some parmesan cheese, it would be perfect.
Buford
character, 105 posts
Fri 12 Jul 2019
at 15:36
  • msg #639

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Quick question." He days, fixing his old eyes on Eli's. "I havent seen the midwest, but I know that Little Rock is one of our biggest bases on the mainland. Are you telling me theres no military presence there. Have you seen any real military presence in your travels?" He asks in a low, serious tone.
Elijah
player, 95 posts
Fri 12 Jul 2019
at 23:00
  • msg #640

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah nodded to Ivy and turned his attention back to Buford.

“Not really.” Elijah frowned. “Kinda surprised me too. Thought if anywhere would’ve held up it’d be Little Rock. But there was only a handful of people there and they were still going off old, standing orders. No word from the brass since after the first week. Comms were all fucky, disorganized, folks going AWOL... Real shitshow. The whole chain of command dissolved. Nowhere got martial law established or quarantines secure, last I knew. Figure if we got any organized force left they’re holed up in a bunker in DC or some shit.”

He shrugged. That was all the info he really had on the matter. “Wouldn’t count on anyone coming to the rescue anytime soon, if that’s what you’re driving at. Think we’re on our own.”
Regina
character, 110 posts
Sat 13 Jul 2019
at 05:16
  • msg #641

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

There was a slight pause from Regina as she registered Trisha's positive reaction with her patented cynical disbelief; Trisha wanted to learn from her? They'd only known each other for about a day, and Regina had thus expected to be treated with a measure of cagey suspicion by most of the group. Not one to look a gift horse in the mouth, Regina mulled over Trisha's musings before wearing a weary smile. "I could try to show you a few things whenever I treat Ashley or Edward," she said, without mentioning how her limited experience in the field made for a teacher hardly qualified to be teaching anyone. Regina didn't want to dash Trisha's enthusiasm -- it was nice to be around someone who managed to derive some joy from living, as hard as it was.

However, the doctor received a rude reminder that Trisha's cheerfulness wasn't to be mistaken for innocence, as she learned once the definition of 'hooking' was explained. With food from the kitchen presenting an escape, she gladly excited the room with her smile thoroughly strained. With a smattering of spaghetti on her plate, Regina faced Mary with a skeptical expression, seemingly in disbelief at what she'd heard. "On the contrary, we should keep history's lessons in mind. You know how the expression goes," Regina coiled a length of sauce-covered noodles around her fork, and, once imbibed, the doctor savored meaty flavors she thought were long-forgotten. "Civics, as well -- things...things can't stay like this," yet as Regina said this, it felt like an argument to herself rather than Mary.
Trisha
character, 516 posts
Sat 13 Jul 2019
at 08:37
  • msg #642

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha is disheartened by Mina's deadpan response, as she had been hoping for a more positive reaction. At the very least, getting her to agree to eat at all can be considered a small victory. With the smell of hot food calling to her, the temptation is too much to put off any longer. She heads to the kitchen to snatch something up before it all runs out.

She is taken aback by the sheer amount of food laid on on the table before her. Though it isn't the same quality as the church food she had grown spoiled on over the last few weeks, Trisha is amazed that Rufus was able to produce it all in such a short amount of time.

"Damn, look at you!" She glances over the food, then turns to Rufus, looking thoroughly impressed. "How'd you do all that so fast? Can I have some 'a that brown stuff?"
Bandito
GM, 2313 posts
Sat 13 Jul 2019
at 09:46
  • msg #643

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

After seeing Ivy digging in to her food Mina gives her own portion a taste with minimal interest. Although reluctant at first, the sweet taste of the pasta sauce induces the child craving for more. She begin eating the pasta at an alarming speed, as if she is starving.

In the kitchen, the presence of the small house dog still leaves the chef unease. He glances in between Trisha and Fernando when she addresses him.

"Its easy, I use the water to boil the spaghetti and the MRE at the same time." He explains. "That appetizing bowl of mystery are the scraps of the leftovers. If it tastes odd, think of all the nutrition value it has!"

"I'll have what she's having." Samuel states as he enters the kitchen.

Natasha and Samantha help themselves with the MRE now that the spaghetti are no longer available.

"Are you sure? That looks very brown." Samantha's head looms over the bowl of stew.

"Someone has to eat it." Samuel replies.

"Okay, your loss. I'm not trading mine if you get second thoughts." Natasha scurries off to the dinning table with her food.

"Well, I don't mind giving it a try. You can have half of mine portion if that tastes... off." Samantha offers to Trisha.

"Mr. Rufus? I want to learn how to cook." Dwayne looks up to the man with reddish pigments on the corner of his mouth.

"Then you shall join me the next time I cook us a meal! Bring good pencil and papers for notes!" Rufus exclaims.
This message was last edited by the GM at 09:46, Sat 13 July 2019.
Trisha
character, 517 posts
Sat 13 Jul 2019
at 13:54
  • msg #644

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Though she'd asked permission as a show of goodwill, she does not wait for it to be granted before diving in. By the time the others enter the kitchen, Trisha is already well into a bowl of the brown stew.
She listens to Rufus as she eats, waving to the women as they take their share of food. When the integrity of her meal is brought into question, she simply shrugs off the concern, contented with her choice.

"I ain't picky. I eat way grosser stuff all the time." She happily replies.

Desperate to be fed, Fernando gives up his "Good boy" routine and begins to make a spectacle of himself. He stands up against Trisha's leg and claws at her jeans until she looks down at him. He jumps down and stomps his feet frantically, calling to her in a series of chirps and grumbles.
After a few last hurried mouthfuls, she places the bowl on the ground, giving him the last of its contents. He scoffs it down in record time, licking the bowl clean.

"He ain't gonna bite ya." She looks at Rufus, having noticed his cautious reaction to the little dog. "You don't gotta be scared of him."
Mary
character, 613 posts
Sat 13 Jul 2019
at 21:19
  • msg #645

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary helps herself to a bit of the spaghetti, but not more than a few mouthfuls. She's never been fond of pasta, often feeling bloated after eating it. She eats more of the other portion she'd taken, this one of the brown slurry of a stew. It tastes like a synesthesic cacophony, but not that bad, really.

She's concerned by Mina's muted response, but seeing her dive into the spaghetti is encouraging. Maybe the girl will be more energetic after a good night's sleep. Instead, Mary turns her head to Regina.

"You may be jumping the gun there, Regina," she says. "The lessons we learn from history are more applicable to an entire society than to our individual lives. Same goes for civics. They'll be useful when rebuilding, but...that might take a while."

Mary isn't unsympathetic to Regina's point; she's been living alone in the woods for years and may not be as personally horrified by the collapse of society as most, but she still doesn't like the idea of human civilization coming to an end. It's more that she'd rather not try to consider the process of rebuilding, because she has no idea where to start and she doesn't care for that impotent feeling.
Bandito
GM, 2314 posts
Mon 15 Jul 2019
at 05:09
  • msg #646

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"I'm not scared. I'm merely," Rufus stares down at the tiny dog devouring the content of the bowl, "concerned." As he leaves the room, Trisha notices him circles over Fernando at a safe distance in his path. Rufus joins the others at the dinning table.

Dwayne finishes his meal at an alarming speed. He fetches some cloth off the kitchen counter to clean off the sauce around his mouth. When he is done, he looks to Trisha with curious eyes.

"What's the grossest thing you ever ate?"
Mary
character, 614 posts
Mon 15 Jul 2019
at 05:17
  • msg #647

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Ate!" Mary shouts from across the room, immediately sitting up straight. "Not just put in your mouth! Not just swallowed! Ate!"
Trisha
character, 518 posts
Mon 15 Jul 2019
at 05:55
  • msg #648

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Despite his protest, it is clear Rufus is harboring a level of fear towards Fernando. Though Trisha cannot fathom why, as the dog is much too small to cause any real harm from a bite or scratch, Rufus has hurriedly left the kitchen before she has a chance to press him further. With him gone, she shrugs off the curious behavior for the moment and takes the bowl back from Fernando.
quote:
"What's the grossest thing you ever ate?"

While Trisha mulls over the question, she hears Mary shout from the other room, warning her to watch what she says.
"What's even the difference?" She calls back, this time being deliberately obtuse. She isn't that dense; she knows what Mary is implying, more or less.

She looks back to Dwayne, answering his question as she scrapes her finger around the side of the bowl, grabbing the last of the sauce that Fernando had not yet polished off.
"Anyways, prob'ly moth I think. They got that gross powder on 'em. And dry. Really dry."
She sets the bowl down on the counter, satisfied by the free meal.
"How bout you?" She asks Dwayne. "You ever eat a moth?"
Regina
character, 111 posts
Mon 15 Jul 2019
at 06:20
  • msg #649

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"With all due respchect, thatsh complhetly whron," said Regina, whose balancing act of lecturing Mary and eating this delicious spaghetti tipped decidedly in the spaghetti's favor. Swallowing her portion, Regina dared anyone to comment with a pointed glare before continuing, "History lessons apply to an individual or a group, big or small." Realizing that she'd need to come up with an example, Regina set her fork down and stared off in quiet contemplation. "Look at...Oregon settlers. They were small groups on an exodus through wild, untamed lands. You don't think that has anything to offer us, in our current circumstances?"

Whatever Mary's response would be, the intermission featuring Mary's attempt to shield Dwayne from any "interesting" facts of Trisha's life diverted Regina's attention to the young woman, who was doing her best Fernando impersonation. "Trisha, a dog was licking that," she says, queasily. "If you wanted more food, I'd be glad to share. Just...don't do that again."
Bandito
GM, 2315 posts
Mon 15 Jul 2019
at 06:43
  • msg #650

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

Dwayne looks confused at Mary's sudden shout. The boy's thought on the meaning behind her words disperses when Trisha answers. His eyes go wide with a sour face.

"Eeeeeeeeeeeew!" He laughs. "No, I didn't eat any moths. I hope I never have to." The boy tilts his head and ponders at Trisha's question. "Um..." It takes him a while to think of an answer. "Frogs. Frog legs." Dwayne replies. "My mom and dad took me to a restaurant once where they sell frog legs. They look really slimy and gross, but they taste a little bit like chicken. They also have snails, and other kind of bugs. I didn't try them, only the frog legs."
Trisha
character, 519 posts
Mon 15 Jul 2019
at 08:03
  • msg #651

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Nah it's fine. Me an' him share all the time."
Though Regina seems thoroughly repulsed by the idea, Trisha has no issue with sharing from the same bowl as an animal, especially her own pet. Having done it for years with no health repercussions, she does not see why she should have to change her behavior.

She is intrigued by Dwayne's story. Though she had not been to many restaurants, definitely never as a family outing with loving parents, she has never heard of a restaurant known to sell frogs and bugs. At least, not in America.

"What the hell kinda place makes you pay to eat frogs? You just go down the creek and gig 'em yourself for free."
She begins to wander out of the kitchen as she continues the conversation with Dwayne.
"I wouldn't pay money to eat a snail or a beetle, neither. I'd just get my own."
Still hoping to get more than one word answers out of Mina, she goes to rejoin the two young girls.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:03, Mon 15 July 2019.
Ivy
character, 1102 posts
Mon 15 Jul 2019
at 10:57
  • msg #652

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I ate a chocolate-covered cricket once," Ivy contributed. "There was this pet shop my mom took me to sometimes that sold them at the front counter. They said that if you could eat one right there in the store, it was free. So I tried one. It pretty much tasted like regular chocolate. Just more...crunchy."
Buford
character, 106 posts
Tue 16 Jul 2019
at 02:51
  • msg #653

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Figure if we got any organized force left they’re holed up in a bunker in DC or some shit.

"I sure hope so, partner." Buford says, his mouth stretching into a frown. "I came from Texas, near the border. Nothing worked I can tell you that. I guess if Little Rock is gone then I imagine so is the Midwest. I bet Nevada and D.C. are the only ones left." He snorts derisively, humoring himself.

"Guess I really did go the wrong way. Remind me again friend, whats your plan to survive this?" He asks.
Bandito
GM, 2316 posts
Tue 16 Jul 2019
at 04:04
  • msg #654

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

Dwayne follows Trisha out of the kitchen to rejoin the other kids. Mina sets aside the empty plate. There's spaghetti sauce all over her mouth as she speaks.

"I ate crickets before. No chocolate on it. It didn't taste-" She burps loudly, "like anythin'."
Ivy
character, 1103 posts
Tue 16 Jul 2019
at 08:45
  • msg #655

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Do we...have any napkins?" Ivy asked as she saw the messy aftermath of Mina's feast.
Regina
character, 112 posts
Wed 17 Jul 2019
at 03:44
  • msg #656

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Mina!" Regina chastized the girl with a stern tone and even sterner glare; while she might have just escaped a harrowing hostage scenario with a gang of ruthless bandits, that wasn't a good reason to forget your manners. "I don't believe so," she said to Ivy, having become aware of a few drops of sauce at the corners of her mouth. Nothing to do but wipe them away with the edge of her sleeve -- the cleanest part of it, that is.
Trisha
character, 520 posts
Wed 17 Jul 2019
at 22:27
  • msg #657

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"What pet eats chocolate crickets?"
Trisha asks with a giggle, happy to see the children with a little more cheer in them. To be truthful, the gloomy atmosphere had begun to grow boring, so she is thankful for the reprieve.
Though she appreciates the fact that Regina cares enough to say anything to them at all, Trisha does not care for the way she speaks to Mina.
"Don't talk to her like that. She ain't did nothin' wrong."
She is quick to defend the child, going against her better judgement by calling Regina out.
Bandito
GM, 2318 posts
Fri 19 Jul 2019
at 00:09
  • msg #658

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Yeah! I ain't done nothin' wrong!" Trisha siding with the girl only further incites her to talk back to the doctor.

"I think there are some in the kitchen." Dwayne says and enters the kitchen. He returns shortly with a stack of paper towels. He passes them to everyone. Mina wipes herself in a quick, single stroke across the face.
Regina
character, 113 posts
Fri 19 Jul 2019
at 03:11
  • msg #659

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"The least you can do is say 'excuse me,'" Regina retorts, looking back and forth between Trisha and Mina. She wipes off the stain on her shirt with a paper towel and scrunches it up. "Bad manners lead to poor hygiene, poor hygiene leads to...you know," she gestures to one of the windows to illustrate a vague point about how the outside world worked now.
Terry
character, 509 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Sat 20 Jul 2019
at 05:07
  • msg #660

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry accepts the paper towel merrily. "Good thinkin' my man," he praises.

As Regina goes into her etiquette lesson Terry growls, a low feral sound that didn’t sound like him at all. Then, suddenly, a burp erupts from his mouth at a volume that competed with the room-level volume Regina is speaking at.

"'S'just food," he says with a boyish grin. "Let 'em have a lil fun' with it." Despite the congenial manner Terry speaks, the volume of his voice makes it clear he isn't asking.

Armed with a bowl of stew he sets himself to task of eating. He doesn't so much as eat as he inhales his portion, devouring bites with only a the barest modicum of tableside manner.

"I ate a toad once," he says in between monstrous bites. "Coulda used salt. ...And fire."
Trisha
character, 521 posts
Sun 21 Jul 2019
at 10:17
  • msg #661

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I ain't never been much for manners."
Trisha shrugs, still not sold on the benefits of Regina's "manners and hygiene" campaign.Though her tone was a little pointed, the scolding does seem to be coming from some semblance of genuine care and concern.
"I guess I could try it some. Ain't no harm I s'pose."

She contemplates the idea, unwilling to commit to seriously changing her behavior. Leaning a shoulder against the wall, she looks over at Terry as he speaks.
"I ate toads. One time I got really sick."

Fernando, who had just finished clearing the remnants of sauce off Mina's plate, approaches Trisha to hassle her for more food. Since she has nothing more to give him, all she can do is console him with a scratch on the head.
Mary
character, 615 posts
Sun 21 Jul 2019
at 23:36
  • msg #662

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary sees Trisha licking at Fernando's leftovers and, as she does with much of Trisha's behaviour, wills herself to forget the experience.

Regina:
"Look at...Oregon settlers. They were small groups on an exodus through wild, untamed lands. You don't think that has anything to offer us, in our current circumstances?"

"Like what?" Mary challenges, leaning forward to look probingly at Regina. "What lessons can we learn from them? The benefits of settling under a hungry young government looking to secure its borders? The subtleties of shifting politics with displaced Indians? Or do you think we can find the practical minutiae of migration and survival in a history book? They must be teaching something different nowadays, because when I was in school, the only fine details I learned were dates."

She settles back, listening to the dietary discussion. "You know, in some parts of the world, bugs are delicacy," she says, trying to warm up the kids to the concept of eating bugs. "They eat crickets and grasshoppers and things like that all the time. Maybe we could try it."

"Could" nothing. They probably would have to at some point. Then again, maybe Mary could hunt enough for the lot of them, once they settle down. There won't be much competition in the upcoming years, that's for sure.
Bandito
GM, 2319 posts
Mon 22 Jul 2019
at 00:40
  • msg #663

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

Mina inhales deeply. The side of her cheeks inflates as she holds her breath in her mouth. She maintains that state for a while and then...

*BURP*

The girl looks directly at Regina. "Excuuuuuse me."

"That's enough of that, its not very polite." Samantha walks over from the dinning table. Mina ignores the woman's comment. "Here you go little one." Samantha gently sets down her plate next to Fernando. There's just a little bit of MRE left on the plate.

"I remember having a cricket falafel once, it didn't taste any different than normal falafels." Dwayne looks to the woman with curious eyes. "They are deep fried grounded chickpeas with spices, molded into small spheres. They are quite good." She explains to the children. "Maybe someday we'll be eating bugs out of necessity. Speaking of which, you ever had any of these bug delicacies Mary?"
Regina
character, 114 posts
Mon 22 Jul 2019
at 04:52
  • msg #664

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary's insistence on dismissing Regina's ideas made her resist the attempt further. "I do think your people could stand to learn a few things about dealing with people," she retorted, with a hint of exasperation. "How you can walk away from Antonio's gang and utterly dismiss the idea that maybe, just maybe, we should avoid brushing so close to the razor's edge in the future." Her critique had slipped out without pause and was spoken with a biting, accusing edge that seemed to imply Mary could have handled the Antonio situation better. "We won't always be able to shoot our problems. Take Edward," the recent memory of his altercation with that bandit was like an itching wound that wouldn't stop irritating. "He put himself in danger unnecessarily, just so he could kill a 'bad person,' I think that's how he put it?"

And as though it wasn't enough that Mary was challenging good sense, Mina had to chime in with an enormous belch that was as impressively loud as it was disgusting. The doctor merely glared at the small girl. Those marauders turned her savage... She thought.
Trisha
character, 522 posts
Mon 22 Jul 2019
at 21:43
  • msg #665

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha simply rolls her eyes at Mina's behavior; not surprised to see the girl continue to test the boundaries of what she can get away with.
"Don't push it too far." She warns with a light chuckle. "You get a smack in the mouth if you piss off the wrong guy."

Samantha steps in and tries her hand at reigning in the unruly child, before leaning down and offering Fernando the last of her meal. Before the plate has fully met the ground, he has inhaled most of the food, his tail wagging so fast he could practically take off flying with it.
"You ain't had to do that for him." She gives Samantha a warm smile, grateful for the act of kindness. "Thanks."

Trisha watches Mary and Regina bicker back and forth, but with no horse in this race, she decides it better to not intervene.
Ivy
character, 1104 posts
Tue 23 Jul 2019
at 02:37
  • msg #666

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"So...what do we do now?" Ivy asked, hoping to steer the topic away from the current argument.
Mary
character, 616 posts
Tue 23 Jul 2019
at 06:35
  • msg #667

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Involuntarily, Mary remembers the sight of Salomon's corpse falling, a hole in his head by her command. Goosebumps rise on her arms as a hot, uncomfortable flush runs through her.

"First of all, we ran into Edward a few hours ago, and the plan was never for him to shoot anyone," Mary says, ignoring Ivy. Now, she's clearly heated, her brow furrowed and her words fast and insistent. "You know this. You were there. Second, you've no business calling out razor edges given your plan was to surrender yourself into their clutches and blindly hope a solution would present itself thereafter. Third, none of this is even relevant because there's not a history book on the planet that will teach you how to negotiate a hostage situation!"
Regina
character, 115 posts
Tue 23 Jul 2019
at 13:20
  • msg #668

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"And how is that any different from blindly trusting Antonio to honor his side of the deal?" Regina shoots back, icy and calm in contrast to Mary's heated anger. "But while we're talking about who was where, I'd remind you that you weren't there to see Edward dive at a woman with a weapon, whom I had a gun trained on, and nearly drown in a river whilst Ivy dealt with walkers." Moving down the laundry list of Mary's complaints, Regina had all but tuned out everyone else's voices. "Putting both of those issues aside; to return to my main point -- I don't mean that we should review history books to learn how to survive. It's not practical, I agree, but we shouldn't simply forget everything in human history, because there are lessons that we could take from past events."

Scooting her chair back, Regina sat up and left the kitchen without giving Mary the chance to speak. Instead, she went to check on Ashley. "How are you feeling?" she said upon entering the room and closing the door behind her. "Any lingering pain? I should see if those bandages need to be changed..." The time-honored technique of busying herself to distract from a terrible mood had always been a consistent help for Regina.
Bandito
GM, 2320 posts
Tue 23 Jul 2019
at 19:42
  • msg #669

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

The conversation ceases as the argument between Mary and Regina escalates.

"She speaks the truth!" Rufus declares from the dinning table. "Our rich history teach us many valuable lessons."

With a loud groan, Jeff sits up from the couch. He rubs his eyes while looking over the room. The man then sniffs the air. "Is that...," he sniffs again, "spaghetti I smell?"


Ashley's Bedroom

Ashley doesn't respond to Regina's questions. It appears that she is deep in slumber. Regina should be able to wake up her patient without trouble if she desires.
Elijah
player, 96 posts
Wed 24 Jul 2019
at 04:11
  • msg #670

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford:
"Guess I really did go the wrong way. Remind me again friend, whats your plan to survive this?"


"Same as everyone's been doing, I guess. Keep my head down, try not to get bit. Guess I haven't gotten too good at minding my own business yet." Elijah looked somewhat sheepish. "Figure we'll head on down toward Kentucky next and... Yeah."

He didn't look overly enthusiastic by the line of questioning. He gave the argument at the table a passing glance. "Anyways, I better get Ed if you'll excuse me. Nice meeting ya."

He skirted away from Buford and headed outside. He sat down on the stoop beside Edward, apparently less annoyed with him now. "Food's ready in there, if'n you want it. You gotta contend with the bickering at the table though." He gave a short laugh.
Bandito
GM, 2321 posts
Wed 24 Jul 2019
at 18:00
  • msg #671

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

The scent of cigarette overwhelms the outside air when the soldier leaves the house. Elijah sees Ruby below the steps pacing about. When the canine sees Elijah, she approaches him while wagging her tail.

On the steps, the wounded soldier stands with a cigarette in hand. Edward puffs a mouthful of smoke into the air. He's not known for smoking, at least to Elijah.

"In a bit." The corporal answers. "Is that why you're out here?" Edward grins with a raised eyebrow.
Buford
character, 107 posts
Thu 25 Jul 2019
at 04:13
  • msg #672

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The old man scratches at his scruffy cheeks. Apparently bothered by Elis revelation. "Kentucky, huh?" He says to himself before shaking his head. With the soldier taking leave he decides to make an appearance in the kitchen. His edpression a little more dour after the conversation.

"Is there any grub left?" He asks aloud.
Elijah
player, 97 posts
Thu 25 Jul 2019
at 05:41
  • msg #673

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Yeah, man. Had enough of that shit to last me a lifetime already. Not gonna risk the headache over MREs of all things."

Elijah let out an exaggerated sigh. He leaned forward to pet Ruby's head and coax her closer. "Hi baby. You being good?" He looked at her, as if expecting an answer, and ruffled either side of her face. "Yeah, I know you are. You a good girl? Yeah?"

The poodle started whipping her tail back and forth then promptly tried to clamber into Elijah's lap. Failing that, given the lack of room and the fact she wasn't the lapdog she thought she was, she relented to laying on the step under him and Edward. Elijah stretched one leg over her and stayed hunched forward, rubbing her on the side and speaking in quiet, mostly nonsensical baby talk. After a moment he sat back up more comfortably, but the dog kept wagging her tail slowly.

"Since when do you smoke?" he asked Edward. He almost wanted to ask if Jasso had gotten him started. He shrugged like fuck it, mostly to himself, and fished out his joint that had certainly seen better days at this point. He took a long drag and offered it to Edward, coughing just a little on the exhale. "Not in the army no more," he said conspiratorially.
Bandito
GM, 2322 posts
Thu 25 Jul 2019
at 07:09
  • msg #674

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"MRE and the stew, help yourself in the kitchen." Rufus replies to the old man. There's only one portion of MRE left in the kitchen.

"You ate any bugs before Mr. Buford?" Dwayne looks up to the elderly man and asks.


Outside

Edward listens to the talk between Elijah and Ruby. At the end of it, he scratches the back of Ruby's ear. "Girl." He calls, Ruby turns her head to look at the soldier. "I wonder how much you understand. Can ya tell the difference between 'em clowns and us livin'? Maybe they're all the same to ya."

Edward accepts Elijah's offer and takes a whiff. He shakes his head and coughs slightly at the joint. "This stuff will kill ya." The soldier passes the substance back to Elijah. "Old man was a smoker. After mom's gone, he started smokin' everyday. I was curious why he liked 'em so much, so I snuck in his room and tried the stuff. I was in high school at the time. Anyway, I hated it. Still do." He flicks the lit cigarette off from his fingers.

"Every week, I'd snuck back in and have another one. Then I started gettin' my own. Dunno why I kept doin' it, figured it was the thrill of not gettin' caught by my old man." The soldier leans his elbow on the railings, chuckling softly to himself. "He found out. Came home one night and asked me to have a talk in the kitchen. Gave me a pack of cigarettes and said, 'none of us is leavin' the god damned kitchen till ya finish that entire pack.'" He breaks into a smile. "I got to my third one before I started cryin'."
Trisha
character, 523 posts
Thu 25 Jul 2019
at 13:41
  • msg #675

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As the argument comes to an end and the group begins to disperse, the atmosphere in the room grows uncomfortable. Still unwilling to get involved, Trisha is relieved to see the two women part ways.
"See, that's why I don't think that far ahead." She says with a shrug, hoping to lighten the mood a little.
quote:
"Is that...spaghetti I smell?"

"Used to be." Trisha answers him. "It went fast. Still some other stuff, though."
Watching Jeff awaken from his nap reminds her of the backpack she has yet to formally return to him. She takes the bag and sits on the floor, leaning against the couch.
"I never even saw what was in here. Can I look?" She says to Jeff, already in the process of unzipping the backpack. "I figured I got it back, I should get to see.
Mary
character, 617 posts
Fri 26 Jul 2019
at 05:06
  • msg #676

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Blind trust?" retorts Mary indignantly as Regina leaves the room. "I trusted Antonio to serve himself and that's it! Why do you think I - "

Mary is cut off by the sound of the closing door. She clamps her mouth shut, fuming, and is half-tempted to follow her into Ashley's room and continue the argument. Sense prevails, however, and she waves a hand dismissively. "Fine. Run away."

At least she's worked up an appetite now. She digs into the stew, letting her anger cool in silence. Her eyes follow Elijah as he walks out, reminding herself to catch him before the end of the night. For the moment, however, she's too interested in the contents of Jeff's backpack.
Bandito
GM, 2323 posts
Fri 26 Jul 2019
at 06:15
  • msg #677

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Nice, you found it!" Jeff's face lights up with delight at the sight of his personal belongings. His smile recedes quickly when Trisha asked to peruse the content.

"Uhhh... There's not much to see." He says. Its clear he doesn't want Trisha to be running through his things.
Ivy
character, 1105 posts
Fri 26 Jul 2019
at 10:31
  • msg #678

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Well, so much for changing the subject. Apparently their next move was a matter to be settled later. For now it was time to bicker. As usual.

Ivy turned her attention to Jeff, who had finally woken up from his nap. "Hey Jeff, did you know a girl named Emma?" asked the child. With any luck, it'd distract him long enough for Trisha to take a quick peek in his bag. Ivy may have voted against giving him back to the bandits, but that didn't mean she trusted the guy just yet.
Bandito
GM, 2324 posts
Fri 26 Jul 2019
at 18:43
  • msg #679

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Who?" Jeff turns to Ivy. It seems like he doesn't know the person she speaks of.
Elijah
player, 98 posts
Sat 27 Jul 2019
at 03:45
  • msg #680

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

Elijah chuckled dryly.

"Yeah? Sounds about right. Our grandma did something like that to Addy. Didn't cry though. Granted she did puke all over the floor, so, no real winners that day." He scoffed and watched down the driveway. After a moment his head seemed to tilt to watch the stars. He took another drag then shrugged to himself. "Bet he's off makin' all the infected cry now, huh, the bastard that your old man is."

It wasn't said entirely without affection. It wasn't really a secret that Edward's old man had been could be a hard ass son of a bitch. Not all bad, but Elijah was of the opinion he was entirely too hard Edward most of the time.
Ivy
character, 1106 posts
Sat 27 Jul 2019
at 04:02
  • msg #681

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Nevermind."
Bandito
GM, 2325 posts
Sat 27 Jul 2019
at 06:31
  • msg #682

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"That he is." Edward replies with a grin. The soldier removes his hat and begin wiping it clean with a piece of cloth, like the way he used to with his old filthy cap.

Elijah hears the man humming lowly to himself. He can't quite make out the song, but it has a cheery tune. When he is finished with the hat, he dons it back onto his head.

"We did a good thing today."
Elijah
player, 99 posts
Sat 27 Jul 2019
at 07:06
  • msg #683

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

Elijah closed his eyes for a moment and relaxed. "Mhmm," he agreed without opening them, passing the joint back to Edward. He was listening to their surroundings. Crickets, wind in the trees. Kind of creepy without any cars in the distance. He wondered if he'd ever get used to that. "Felt good. These here are good people. Glad we got their girl outta there without a fight. Could've got messy."

He laughed lightly. "'Bout damn time something went easy, ain't it? Shit."
Bandito
GM, 2326 posts
Sat 27 Jul 2019
at 08:20
  • msg #684

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"A-fuckin-men to that. Let's make sure it stays that way." Edward takes the joint and takes a big whiff. Again, he coughs before passing it back to the sergeant. The soldier lifts his head up and stare at the sky. A gentle breeze passes through the men and their animal companion.

"I got a good feelin' about Kentucky, El." He says, not taking his eyes off the stars in the sky. "No more runnin'. It'll be the place where we can stay, like a... like a home." He chuckles to himself. "If I remember right, we had some fine lookin' ladies back home."
Trisha
character, 524 posts
Sat 27 Jul 2019
at 19:45
  • msg #685

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Uhhh... There's not much to see."

Jeff's response is vague enough that Trisha decides to take it as permission. She was going to look either way; asking first was more for show than anything else.
"That's fine. Don't take much to impress me." She glances over at him for a moment, flashing him a quick smirk before diving into the contents of the backpack.
Bandito
GM, 2327 posts
Sat 27 Jul 2019
at 20:24
  • msg #686

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

Jeff have no further comments and sits uncomfortably on the couch watching Trisha rummaging through his things.

(?) Jeff will remember that.

Inside the backpack, Trisha finds a handful of curved knives. They are almost identical to the ones Jeff keeps on him. There's a bottle of water, a pack of crackers, a whetstone, a grappling hook, and a leather bound journal.
Trisha
character, 525 posts
Sat 27 Jul 2019
at 20:58
  • msg #687

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The contents of the backpack are predictably dull, earning a disappointed shrug from Trisha.
"Oh right." She suddenly remembers something else she had forgotten to return. She pulls out the knife she had borrowed and drops in into the bag with the others. "It ain't got muck on it, I didn't get to stab nothin'."
Looking further, she spots the journal tucked away under the small knives.
"What's in that book in there?" She asks, boredom and curiosity pushing her to investigate further.
Bandito
GM, 2328 posts
Sun 28 Jul 2019
at 06:00
  • msg #688

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"My journal." Jeff bluntly answers. "Please don't read it." He pleads.
Elijah
player, 100 posts
Sun 28 Jul 2019
at 06:01
  • msg #689

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"Back in Kenctucky? I reckon you don't remember right," Elijah teased. He finally opened his eyes again and yawned. This was the most relaxed he'd looked in weeks. Usually his head was on an hyper-vigilant swivel. Right now he just seemed to be taking in the night air. "Think I'll worry about picking up chicks when we got running water again. Electricity. Maybe I won't have to worry about 'em blowing my head off someday soon."

He patted Ruby on the side. "Whaddya think, girl? You're pretty well done with all this running around, ain'tcha?"

Ruby didn't seem to have much of an opinion on matters. She wagged her tail slowly against the step.

"Uh-huh," Elijah agreed, like she'd provided some blinding illumination.
Bandito
GM, 2329 posts
Sun 28 Jul 2019
at 06:21
  • msg #690

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"Runnin' water..." Edward reiterates Elijah's words, turning his head to sniff himself. "I could use a bath." He stares off the distance, seemingly lost in his thought of taking a bath. Then, he quickly turns to the sergeant with a glimmer in his eyes.

"Hey, ya think I can take a dip in that big ol' man river under that bridge back there?" Edward waves his hand at the direction of the Mississippi river.
Elijah
player, 101 posts
Sun 28 Jul 2019
at 06:25
  • msg #691

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"You wanna get your ass bit by a catfish?" Elijah asked dubiously.
Bandito
GM, 2330 posts
Sun 28 Jul 2019
at 07:49
  • msg #692

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"They'll need to be quick if they want a piece of this." Edward smirks. "Maybe I can use my ass as bait and catch ourselves some fish for dinner."
Trisha
character, 526 posts
Sun 28 Jul 2019
at 21:09
  • msg #693

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Please don't read it."

"I ain't gonna snoop that hard, don't worry."
Seeing his discomfort, Trisha decides to end his suffering for now. She zips up the backpack and passes it back to him.
"I'm not much of a reader, anyhow. No good at it." She says cheerfully, shrugging off Jeff's concern about his personal privacy. Instead, she takes the opportunity to get to know him better. Though she can't trust him enough to know if he tells the truth, it is worth the time to reach out.
"So it's just you and your book, then? Y'ain't seem in a hurry to get back to nobody."
This message was last edited by the player at 06:07, Tue 30 July 2019.
Elijah
player, 102 posts
Mon 29 Jul 2019
at 02:46
  • msg #694

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

Elijah pulled a face. "Ass fish," he said slowly. "Fuck's sake, think I'll stick with the MREs."

He started snickering like the concept was incredibly hilarious for whatever reason.
Bandito
GM, 2331 posts
Wed 31 Jul 2019
at 06:06
  • msg #695

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Whew." Jeff accepts the backpack with haste. He double checks the content before zipping it shut. "They didn't take anything, lucky me. Thanks for getting this back by the way." The man passes a smile to Trisha along with his gratitude.

"There is someone I need to get back to, but she'll understand if I don't make it back to our hideout tonight. Sometimes it takes us more than a day to finish our scavenge run." Jeff touches his chin, pondering. "Come to think of it, she does occasionally come out here looking for me. Did you come across any cap wearing woman by any chance?"


Outside

Edward laughs heartily at Elijah's comment.

"Y'know that old man of mine, he never said nothin' about it, but I know. I see his game, I ain't dumb." The soldier says, mildly slurring his words. "He wants a grand kid from me, always askin' me to say hello to some... girl, of his friends and... people." The soldier looks to the sky and mumbles. "Bastard never liked Tina, said I could do better."

He turns to the sergeant with narrowed eyes that's impossible to distinguish between fatigue or suggestive. "Say El, lemme ask ya somethin', you ever thought about settling' down? Put 'em guns down, have kids, and do dad's stuff." Out of nowhere, he breaks into a laugh. "Ya ever had that special person, not the 'intellectual disabled' special, the special special person?"
This message was last edited by the GM at 06:22, Wed 31 July 2019.
Trisha
character, 527 posts
Wed 31 Jul 2019
at 10:29
  • msg #696

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"It's cool." Trisha shrugs in return, passing him back a smile of her own. "Thanks for sayin' 'thanks'."
As Jeff talks, she continues to shuffle closer to him, sitting up on her knees and throwing her arms over the arm of the couch. She rests her chin on her folded arms, watching Jeff's face as she tries her best to listen intently to his story.
'Oh no, he's hot!'
quote:
"Did you come across any cap wearing woman by any chance?"

She thinks for a second, then shakes her head at the question, unsure of who he might be referring to.
"Last girl I saw was that crackhead back at the house, but that prob'ly weren't her. Only other ones I know is all here."
She gives him a sympathetic look, but then raises an eyebrow and and asks him quietly. "She your wife or somethin'?"
Ivy
character, 1107 posts
Wed 31 Jul 2019
at 15:45
  • msg #697

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Jeff:
"Did you come across any cap wearing woman by any chance?"


"Uhhh..." Okay, now Ivy wasn't sure what to think. "Did she...wear a police badge?"
Bandito
GM, 2332 posts
Wed 31 Jul 2019
at 18:58
  • msg #698

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"No, nothing like that." Jeff answers Trisha.

"She said she was a police." Dwayne adds.

"I don't think that's her. DId she had brown hair, and looked young? She's a college student." The man questions the two children.
Elijah
player, 103 posts
Thu 1 Aug 2019
at 05:01
  • msg #699

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Ehh..." Elijah massaged his jaw. His head tilted nigh imperceptibly to the side and he squinted. "Y'know, I never really wanted kids. Sometimes... Nah, figured mosta the time I wouldn't be good at it. Being a dad, I mean."

He seemed to remember his joint was still burning out and put it to his mouth. He let it dangle precariously between his lips and gave a shrug. "Didn't think I'd know how to raise a kid and not fuck 'em up, or something. And whenever I started getting real serious with anyone, I'd - I dunno, push 'em away, I guess. Think I must've been some type of fool. Don't matter too much now, huh?"

He chuckled without much mirth. "Guess you always think you got time to make shit right, 'til you don't."
Bandito
GM, 2334 posts
Thu 1 Aug 2019
at 06:48
  • msg #700

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"No kids? Ya don't want any lil' El's runnin' around in the house?" Edward chuckles at his own imagination. The soldier listens to the sergeant's take on his past relationships and utters a muffled grunt. "It sure don't matter now."

Edward sits on the steps with distant gaze lost to the horizon. "That girl of mine, Tina, she wanted things to get serious between us. But you know my old man, crazy old bastard sent me off to military school, drifted us apart. Hated that bastard for that for years." The soldier goes quiet briefly, seemingly lost in thought. "Never had any girl like her after that." He stands, patting Elijah on his back.

"Y'know what El, still ain't too late to make somethin' out of this shit world. Ya still got a body strong as a bull, handsome face like a- a devil." A wide smirk surfaces on his face as he shoots out these compliments. "Oh! And a great ass!"
Mary
character, 618 posts
Thu 1 Aug 2019
at 06:50
  • msg #701

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I'm sorry, Jeff, but I don't think we've seen her," Mary says. "Twelve hours ago, we were in Mississippi. We only came out here to get Mina back. If this girl of yours is a local, we probably haven't crossed paths."

Having had her fill of stew, Mary stands and stretches. As she does so, she glances out the window at the soldiers outside. She wants to speak to them - the older one, at least - but she feels this isn't the right time.
Elijah
player, 104 posts
Thu 1 Aug 2019
at 07:18
  • msg #702

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah snubbed out the joint. He tried to flick the remainder in the general vicinity of Edward's face. Since he was sitting down he couldn't smack him on the back of the head, so he had to improvise. He was really much more consumed by surviving day to day than worrying about his post-apocalyptic love life, or lack thereof.

"I swear to god, you don't hear half the shit that runs outta your own mouth." He patted Ruby a final time and forced himself to stand. "Wish I was as lucky. Might get less headaches."

He let out a laugh that broke into a wheezy cough. He winced and held his ribs, where he'd been shot, but was still chuckling a bit. Then he took Edward by the shoulder and steered him toward the door. "Alright, food. Before I skin ya."
Bandito
GM, 2334 posts
Thu 1 Aug 2019
at 07:46
  • msg #703

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"Yeah, yeah, I'm goin'." Half way to the door Edward breaks free of Elijah's hand. On his way in, he mutters something that's barely audible for Elijah. "...call himself a bad dad and still makin' me eat dinner on time."

Safe House

"It was worth asking." Jeff shrugs at Mary's answer.

Samantha silently excuses herself from the conversation and lays down in a quiet corner. Seeing the woman taking her respite, Natasha proceeds to do the same.

The door opens with Edward walking into the room. "Heeeey. I was told there's food and, food are usually in... the kitchen, like the one we have in this house." He speaks to the room, at no one in particular before wandering off into the kitchen momentarily before returning with a bowl of stew in hand.

"Psst, hey kid." Jeff not-so-subtly captures Mina's attention.

"What?" She stares at him.

"Thanks for doing that thing for me." He winks at the girl.

Edward plants himself on the floor next to Ivy.

"Yeh, I gree'." The soldier intrudes the conversation with mouthful of stew. He turns to Ivy. "Wha we ackin' bout'?" When he speaks, Ivy catches a whiff of an unfamiliar scent.
This message was last edited by the GM at 07:47, Thu 01 Aug 2019.
Ivy
character, 1108 posts
Thu 1 Aug 2019
at 12:28
  • msg #704

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Why did the room suddenly smell like a skunk? Ivy wrinkled her nose at the unpleasant odor. "We were talking about the grossest things we've eaten."
Bandito
GM, 2334 posts
Thu 1 Aug 2019
at 18:25
  • msg #705

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Mmmm!" Edward utters a noise of acknowledgement. "I ad a dead swurl."
This message was last updated by the GM at 18:25, Thu 01 Aug 2019.
Mary
character, 618 posts
Fri 2 Aug 2019
at 02:14
  • msg #706

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Is that it? I've even plenty of dead squirrels," Mary says slyly. "Now, if you'd eaten a live squirrel, that would be different."
This message was last updated by the player at 02:14, Fri 02 Aug 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2334 posts
Fri 2 Aug 2019
at 01:32
  • msg #707

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Well, it uh..." Edward swallows his food and clears his throat. "It ain't fresh. God knows how long its been lyin' there. I cut it open, and ate its guts. Saw a TV show documentary as a kid, they were talkin' about survival in the wilds and stuff like that, so I tried it. "
This message was last updated by the GM at 01:32, Fri 02 Aug 2019.
Trisha
character, 528 posts
Fri 2 Aug 2019
at 11:54
  • msg #708

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As soon as Edward enters the room, the smell on his breath is immediately recognizable to Trisha. She can't help but feel a hint of jealousy, disappointed that she had missed out on the dank.
She watches in amusement as Edward stumbles to the kitchen and back, settles in next to the children and proceeds to hold a conversation with his mouth full of food. Trisha smiles to herself, thinking of how mad Regina would be if she saw him.

"That's the kinda stuff I woulda done." She laughs, amused by how fast he answered the question. "D'ya get sick and spew your guts out all over? I did."

Having noticed Jeff and Mina's interaction, she turns to the man and nudges him slightly.
"What'd she do?" She asks with a puzzled look.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:46, Sat 03 Aug 2019.
Bandito
GM, 2334 posts
Sat 3 Aug 2019
at 08:16
  • msg #709

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Yeah, sure did. Puked all over the place after I swallowed it." Edward resumes devouring the content of the bowl. "Neevet starf off the gound, kilos." He mumbles.

quote:
"What'd she do?"


Jeff chuckles quietly at Trisha's question. "Something brave." After giving that vague response he stretches in his seat with a yawn. Like a contagious disease, Dwayne yawns a few seconds later.
This message was last updated by the GM at 08:16, Sat 03 Aug 2019.
Regina
character, 116 posts
Sat 3 Aug 2019
at 13:44
  • msg #710

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Isolated from people with a patient that needed her, this was Regina's ideal environment. And Ashley wasn't the worst patient she'd ever met, which was impressive given the circumstances. That the teenager was managing to rest easy was a good sign, probably, but probably wasn't good enough in Regina's book. "Ashley," she said, gently nudging the girl's shoulder. "I want to check those bandages again, it's been a while."
Bandito
GM, 2335 posts
Sat 3 Aug 2019
at 19:32
  • msg #711

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House - Bedrooms

At Regina's touch, Ashley gasps with eyes wide open. She sits up from the bed at an alarming speed. Both of her hands grips onto the arm Regina had reached out to touch her.

"Oh, shit... sorry, bad dream." Ashley exhales, relaxing herself back into the bed. She releases her firm grip from Regina. Slowly, she lifts up her shirt to reveal the wound. The bandages are still intact, however, no traces of of blood.




Safe House - Morning

After a long night out in the plains, most of the survivors enjoyed their moment of rest. The soldiers offered to keep watch on night. in Samuel's case, he insisted. Mina and Dwayne are fast asleep once they lay down their heads.

The next morning, everyone's gathered in the living room to discuss their next move. Of course, a few of them already have a plan in mind. For the others, this would be the time to address the question that was brought up many times before.

What comes next after Mina?

"If I hurry, I might be able to catch up to my people." Samantha says. She had been considering returning to her previous group. After all, the only reason she came here was to offer her help with Mina. "What do you think?" She turns her head to Samuel.

"If we find a car, we probably can. It'll take a few days on foot. Either way, I can track them down." He states.

Jeff peeks out of the closest window. "I think its safe now for me to head back to my hideout. So, that's where I'll be going."

"And we have no plan." Natasha flatly points out.

"No plans, but freedom to do anything and go anywhere." Rufus comments.

"We're on our way to Kentucky." Edward discloses his group's intentions. "We'll be makin' a detour to check out a community in Cleveland on the way. If y'all want, we can head there together."
This message was last edited by the GM at 04:54, Mon 05 Aug 2019.
Terry
character, 510 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 04:09
  • msg #712

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry didn't make a habit of shackling himself to people he didn't know but he was clever enough to know that while there was strength in numbers, it would only be a matter of time before they drew attention to themselves. Without a place to operate out of, someplace they can get the lay of the land without anyone sniffing around--they were targets for anyone desperate or dangerous enough to come knocking.

His group's safety was paramount, and Terry has little prospects. Once the friendlier soldier make an offer Terry rolls his head and stretches.

"Hard choice," Terry mutters under his breath loudly. He huffs with slight frustration as he pushes himself to a stand. "Depends. They got mo' army guys where y'all headed?"
Bandito
GM, 2336 posts
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 04:35
  • msg #713

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"Nah, I don't think so. I heard the place was formed by civilians." Edward answers the behemoth.
Mary
character, 619 posts
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 04:56
  • msg #714

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary laid down to sleep uneasily, not sure what tomorrow would bring. She'd wanted to talk with the older soldier, make her case for them taking her group in, but she'd felt like she couldn't get the necessary time alone with him. It was the sort of worry that should have kept her up, and in previous days, perhaps would have - but after the stress of the past few days, she was out in minutes.

Her relief is immense at hearing Edward offer such a position, unprompted. Her eyebrows climb at Terry's statement, though. How is this a hard choice?

"Well, Terry, we seem to have four options," she says.

"One, we go with Samuel and Samantha, if they'll have us." She looks at them both. "No offense to either of you, but we don't know you well, nor do we know your people.

"Two, we go with Jeff, if he'll have us." She moves her gaze to the knife fanatic. "We know even less about you. Too little, I think. Again, no offense.

"Three, we go with the soldiers." She smiled at Elijah and Edward. "We don't know you very well either, but you've made a good impression so far. Not just yesterday, but the first time we met, as well. I hope we've shown we're reliable, as well.

"And four, we go it alone." She looks back at Terry again. "That's two children and a wounded teenager relying on you, me, Trisha, and Natasha. Frankly, Terry, I think we could find enough food, water, and shelter - but I don't think I could survive the lack of adult conversation."
Trisha
character, 529 posts
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 12:41
  • msg #715

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Though she had hoped to spend more time mingling among the group of newcomers, Trisha found herself nodding off not long after dinner. She takes Fernando and they curl up in bed with Ashley, sleeping soundly through the night.

In the morning, she simply sits and watches at first as the others discuss their plans for the future. She has not yet worked up the energy to bother speaking. It saddens her to hear talks of splitting up, though she had expected as such. She has decided not to address her feelings on the issue, accepting that she likely won't see them alive again.

To take her mind off the idea, her attention shifts to Mary as the woman aggressively overthinks her options. As their dependable leader, Trisha expects that the final decision will still be Mary's to make. Believing this, she is less concerned about giving her own opinion.
"That's too many options. We don't need that many." She waves her hand flippantly, as if waving away any concern on the matter. Looking over and Ed with a smile, she can only hope he keeps his word.
"If you guys is serious 'bout lettin' us come with, I ain't gonna look no gift hog in the mouth."
Regina
character, 117 posts
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 17:26
  • msg #716

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

While Ashley remained stable throughout the night, Regina had done her best to tend to the teenager's needs to make the hours until morning as comfortable as possible. That "work" dissolved the annoyance that lingered from the discussion with Mary, and a few precious hours of restful sleep put the doctor in a relatively pleasant mood come morning. She joined the rest of the group who gathered to discuss the future.

Staying silent, Regina listened to Mary list off options with a frown. The group's "leader" came off as passive-aggressive by omitting Regina's place in their future entirely, and worse, implying that she didn't make for adult conversation. If Regina were generous and assumed Mary merely forgot, the implication that Regina didn't provide intelligent conversation was still there. It was a blow to the doctor's ego to be compared to Trisha and Terry in that regard.

(?) Regina will remember that.

Whatever, it wasn't worth confronting, but that didn't mean Regina wasn't going to chime in on Mary's options. "As someone who spent time alone with Edward, I don't trust him to make rational decisions," she said, bluntly. "Elijah is the most responsible between the three of them -- excluding the dog. Furthermore, I don't think going east is a good idea at all." Heading to the east meant getting close to the most populated areas in the country, which was an ugly prospect. "We haven't known Samantha and Samuel for long, but they've made a good impression on me." She nodded politely to the two of them, then shrugged when it came time to address Jeff. "Going with one man to his hideout seems like an untenable proposition."
Mary
character, 620 posts
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 18:06
  • msg #717

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"So you do plan to stay with us?" Mary looks over at Regina. Despite trying to maintain an air of logical stoicism, she can't prevent a smile from forming on her lips. Doctors were, of course, invaluable, but Mary didn't want to provoke her prickliness by assuming she'd hang around, especially after the heat last night.

"That's good," she says. "I didn't want to speak for you, since we've only just met, but if you're going to stick around, I appreciate your input."
This message was last edited by the player at 18:06, Tue 06 Aug 2019.
Buford
character, 108 posts
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 18:36
  • msg #718

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Bright eyed and bushy tailed Buford listens in on the debate ongoing. His mind made up, he chimes in. "If we're both going east for a bit I'll ask to tag along. Stronger in company, ya'll got a truck too. Certainly easier than walking across the state."
Regina
character, 118 posts
Tue 6 Aug 2019
at 18:44
  • msg #719

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary's response took Regina off-guard, and she felt guilty for assuming the worst out of her. When put in that context, it was apparent Mary was only trying to be polite by not pushing Regina to join up with the rest of her people. "Oh. Well, thank you. I, ah, appreciate that," she said, picking at one of her fingernails. "As I said, I believe going with Samuel and Samantha is the best option for us -- if they're going west. Somewhere with fewer people."
Terry
character, 511 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Wed 7 Aug 2019
at 03:19
  • msg #720

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Sometimes Terry wanted to know things just for the sake of knowing them. He was a curious person who liked information, even if he didn't particularly act on it or forgotten it. He felt included by Mary's explanation and was proud of himself for following close enough to remember, despite his interest waning in proportion to the length.

Terry opens his mouth to speak with Trisha beats him to the punch, and more or less betrays his own feelings on the subject. He clears his throat when the doctor chimes in next.

He shifts his weight, his eyes narrowing as he crosses his massive arms, though he keeps his mouth shut as the doctor continues. Somewhere in-between her prattling the on-going discussion had become a one-on-one conversation.

It was moments like these where he did his best not to feel frustration or the boredom of his mind when he thought too long about how the women couldn't shut the fuck up once they got started. Some things will never change. But there was something childlike in Terry’s chest as he watched the group and then took in the atmosphere.

Mina may have returned, but everything was different now. The world didn’t feel as dark as it did two days ago and Terry was grateful. The day felt brighter with other souls to share it with.

His attention returns to the conversation once a voice with a considerable level of bass in it contribute something. He draws back, assesses the group, and appears to re-think his approach and instead directs his next thought to Buford.

"Well s'not like we'd just up and leave you to rot after you actually tried to help. I mean,” his mouth quirks into a snotty grin, “You picked up a gun and came with us to save a complete stranger you ain't had no ties to. Givin' you a ride is the least Ashley could do,” he say

It wasn't actually Terry's ride so technically it wasn't his decision to make but Buford had contributed enough that giving the senior a helping hand wasn't necessarily breakin' the goodwill bank.

"This place'a yours got a name?" he asks Edward, noting subconsciously that the persistent morning lighting illuminates the high angles of the soldier's cheekbones, making him look younger than he was. He'd sworn he'd seen him before. "Or any other details? Like," Terry swallows thickly, "Is the government gon' come in and give us any help?"
Bandito
GM, 2337 posts
Wed 7 Aug 2019
at 03:34
  • msg #721

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

Edward's eyebrow elevates with a clearly visible irked expression at Regina's assessment of him. He holds his tongue and the conversation moves on.

(?) He will remember that.

"My people split up after Antonio's men left us to die. Everyone split up when they couldn't agree where to go next. They're not expecting Samuel and I to come back." Samantha explains. "If you want to come with us that won't be a problem."

quote:
"This place'a yours got a name? Or any other details? Like, is the government gon' come in and give us any help?"


"I ain't got a name. All we know is a location. Someone that used to be in our group came from that community." Edward hesitates momentarily before answer the other question. "Government's done, we're on our own."
Terry
character, 512 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Wed 7 Aug 2019
at 03:52
  • msg #722

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry tenses slightly before acknowledging this information with quarter inch nod of his large head. He should have known better than to ask the obvious. Still, having confirmation of the government's whereabouts only made him itchy and irritated.

A sigh breaks the seam of his lips as he cards thick, meaty fingers through his dreads to scratch his scalp. "Can we make it 'fore sundown?"
Bandito
GM, 2338 posts
Wed 7 Aug 2019
at 04:07
  • msg #723

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Pretty sure we can. As long there ain't no trouble on the road." Edward replies.

"We going back to Mississippi? Maybe we can find Ms. Carter on the way?" Dwayne asks.

"Why? She's probably dead." Mina comments.
Terry
character, 513 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Wed 7 Aug 2019
at 04:40
  • msg #724

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry laughs, but it’s humorless and bordering on impatience.

“She's alive. We'll help her if we happen across her but right now we have to take care of ourselves.” Terry chides, slipping into his parental voice as his eyes flicker briefly over Trisha, and then to Mary. He had no possible way of knowing her fate. While Mina may be clever enough to pick up on that fact Terry wasn't eager to tread upon another child's innocence.

His eyes soften, mouth working into an unfamiliar grimace, "Double goes for Frank, David and anybody else we recognize."
This message was last edited by the player at 04:49, Wed 07 Aug 2019.
Mary
character, 621 posts
Wed 7 Aug 2019
at 05:45
  • msg #725

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry:
"Is the government gon' come in and give us any help?"

Mary audibly scoffs derisively at that.

She looks over at Buford, but doesn't know how to respond. In fact, there's a lot she doesn't know in relation to him. Unlike Regina, whose value as a doctor is unquestionable, she couldn't guess at what Buford brings to the table. Nonetheless, she can't shake the feeling there's more to him than meets the eye - he's too confident, even if subtly so, for a man of his age in these circumstances.

"So we know you're going east," she says, nodding at him. "We still have to decide exactly how many of us are going with you."

She does her best to ignore Mina's assertion. Firstly, she doesn't want to deal with kids right now, and secondly, she figures Mina is right. Still, she notices Terry looking at her, and resists the urge to sigh.

"Lots of people could have gotten away," Mary says evasively. She avoids eye contact with Mina, as if she's addressing the entire group. "Unfortunately, we don't know where they went and they don't know where we went. They could be totally fine, but we probably couldn't find each other. Terry's right, we'll all be safer if we focus on keeping ourselves fed and healthy. It's what Ms. Carter would want."

Mary doesn't actually know or care what Ms. Carter would want, but mentally pats herself on the back for that last bit anyway.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:49, Thu 08 Aug 2019.
Buford
character, 109 posts
Wed 7 Aug 2019
at 16:18
  • msg #726

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Buford clears his throat at the talk of the government being gone.

"Well, we don't know for sure. It's a big country after all." He defends. His eyes dart to Mary and he nods. "Would ya'll be willing to split up, you sound like ya'll be together for a while now?"
Trisha
character, 530 posts
Fri 9 Aug 2019
at 07:09
  • msg #727

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The mention of Sandra Carter makes Trisha roll her eyes as she grumbles quietly to herself. Still feeling hurt over the way she was treated by the more devout members of the church, her pettiness will not allow her to let go of that grudge.
"Don't matter if she died or not. I ain't havin' nothin' to do with that bitch ever again."
She scoffs, the disdain clear in her voice. "She don't want no help from people like us anyways."

Any talk of the government garners no response from Trisha. Her rural, conservative family had instilled the very strong belief that the government would never help the people in times of crisis. She had never even considered the possibility that they might.
quote:
"Would ya'll be willing to split up, you sound like ya'll be together for a while now?"

Trisha locks eyes with Terry, giving him a look of concern and uncertainty. "Well..." She looks to Natasha and does the same. Though she had simply assumed the small group would stick together, she only now realizes that she cannot be sure.
"I was hopin' we'd just go where Mary thinks we should go. I mean, all I know is I ain't got nothin' else but this."
She shrugs, a little embarrassed to have just admitted that. She watches for the reactions of the team.
Regina
character, 119 posts
Fri 9 Aug 2019
at 08:31
  • msg #728

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina closed her eyes and began to give her temples a gentle massage; she didn't like most of what these people were saying. Up until today, she'd stubbornly clung to the hope that the government would eventually clean the outbreak up -- after all, America was no stranger to bouncing back from a crisis. The grave finality of Samantha's assertation sunk in like an ugly stench you couldn't ignore. In all likelihood, they were well and truly alone. Regina sunk back into the couch, unsure of what to say, hoping that nobody noticed her agitated leg.

Nobody asked for her opinion, but seeing as how she'd saved two lives in a day, Regina felt entitled to give it. "Surviving is a goal, what we need is a plan." she said, leaning forward and looking around the room, her eyes resting on Mary. "There should be a clear, concise reason behind any course of action we take. It's easy to say that we can probably find the essentials, but are you basing that any actual knowledge that wherever we go will have them? If so, is the risk worth it?"

Regina's thoughts went to her workplace close to the east coast; the image of a sprawling city warped into a wasteland of corpses in her mind's eye. "East is...I don't want to imagine how much it's changed. What's our long term plan if we head to the coast? Unless we're going to grab a boat and live at sea, I don't see it working out."
Elijah
player, 105 posts
Sat 10 Aug 2019
at 06:40
  • msg #729

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah had already given his thoughts on the west coast and the government last night. He didn’t really feel like doing it again. Last night he’d fallen asleep after eating and could hardly be roused to keep watch. Definitely the best sleep he’d had in a good, long while. Today he almost looked well rested. Which was saying something. He was perched on the arm of the couch, listening to the others.

He shot Edward a testy look when he proposed the two groups join up. He’d already learned at the AFB he didn’t like large, civilian groups. Too disorganized. Too much talking. Everyone had to have an opinion. Case in point.

“Well, like Ed said,” he started simply. “We’re headed to Kentucky. If y’all decide to head that way you’re welcome to come, I guess.”

He gave a shrug. “Fact of the matter is, you folks gotta get good and far away from Rosedale. Soon. Don’t think you need much more clear and concise reasoning than that. Sucks, but it ain’t easy to make a plan and stick to it to a T. Lots of shit happens out on the road. Places you’re certain will be secure and well-stocked can end up being rubble or occupied. Having good, resourceful people’s better’n getting too caught up geography or schematics, ‘s’all I’m saying.”

He didn’t sound too invested one way or the other, merely offering his two cents. He was a guy who liked order and structure, but when it came to wandering around in the apocalypse a lot of traditional things had to be adapted or go out the window. Maybe when they got their own place that kind of thorough planning would be good. But when it came to travel there were too many unknown elements. They had to stick to vague, broadly applicable things: avoid congested areas, know what buildings would’ve been hot spots, don’t get bit. The usual.
Ivy
character, 1109 posts
Sat 10 Aug 2019
at 09:01
  • msg #730

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy slumbered peacefully (for once) on the sofa, blissfully unaware of the adults' discussion.
Mary
character, 622 posts
Sat 10 Aug 2019
at 20:59
  • msg #731

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Believe me, I have no loyalty to Rosedale," Mary says bitterly. "Least of all now."

She gives Regina a wry smile. "There is some appeal to living on the sea, isn't there? No ghouls, no bandits, none of the crap we've had to deal with in the last few months. We'd die of storms or scurvy, of course, but at least it'd be a change of scenery."
Regina
character, 120 posts
Sun 11 Aug 2019
at 05:29
  • msg #732

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I hate the sea," Regina said with naked disdain. "Boats make me sick," which was only part of the whole truth. She would rather face a horde of walkers than admit to being terrified after watching Jaws when she was younger.

She cleared her throat. "That aside," she said, with the air of one who clearly wanted to change the subject, "We can't just wing this. That may work for the three of you, Elijah," she stared at the soldier sternly, "But with this many people, it's better that we're all on the same page, with the same plan."
Terry
character, 514 posts
Demigod of the Gridiron
Champion of Men
Fri 16 Aug 2019
at 02:42
  • msg #733

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

He draws a breath at Mary's expert handling of the situation, and a slow smile curls into his short beard as he is heartened by her words. Trisha's comments mirrors his own thoughts about the reality of their situation he allows silence to lapse as the conversation plays out before him.

quote:
“We’re headed to Kentucky. If y’all decide to head that way you’re welcome to come, I guess.”


quote:
"But with this many people, it's better that we're all on the same page, with the same plan."


“Saddle up, lock & load,” Terry ventures cheerfully with a tight grin, a surge of energy coursing through him at the idea as he drums a fist against his palm for emphasis.

"I say the best plan we got is gon' leave our asses behind if we keep goin' in circles." Terry reiterates, training his eyes on Regina challengingly.

"If you got a plan then come on wit' it. If not then this talkin' shit is for the birds, dawg. I'm ready to fuckin' go."

There was no trusting Antonio. He had knowledge of their strengths, weaknesses, locations and numbers. The last time he had that it hadn't ended in their favor. The further the distance between the group and Rosedale the better he would feel. He hasn't haven’t slept well in two days, struggling to find an equilibrium he knows won’t come without leaving.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:53, Fri 16 Aug 2019.
Regina
character, 122 posts
Fri 16 Aug 2019
at 05:03
  • msg #734

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Terry's opinion, crude as it was, managed to make a surprising amount of sense. Hypotheticals weren't going to cut it. "I think going west is the best option. There are smaller towns, fewer people congregated, and the terrain is flatter. Or..." Another idea came to mind, more wild, but undeniably adventurous, "Or, we go to Tennessee, to the Rocky Mountains. I vacationed there once; it's out of the way, isolated, and I can't see many walkers making it up a mountain." She looked at Terry expectantly, awaiting any nitpicks or problems he'd have with the scenarios proposed.
Elijah
player, 106 posts
Sat 17 Aug 2019
at 03:53
  • msg #735

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah listened patiently while the other group of survivors discussed their intended destination. He stroked Ruby's head, the dog resting her head on his lap. She looked half-asleep. He guessed there were worse places to hunker down than a mountain.

"Well. If y'all wanna go that way, we can go with you as far as Tennessee then continue up north." He patted the dog one last time and rose to his feet. He grimaced faintly and rubbed his ribs. "In any case, me and mine best head out now. We could sit around jawing and arguing schematics for all of eternity."

He adjusted the rifle on his shoulder and shrugged his bag up to fit more comfortably. It looked like he already had everything prepared that he needed to bug out. He tried to scoop Ivy up without waking her so he could carry her out to the truck. She was probably dead tired. Poor goddamn kid.
Mary
character, 623 posts
Sun 18 Aug 2019
at 15:52
  • msg #736

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Hmm," Mary muses, looking at Regina. "Most mountain climbing just requires endurance, with ghouls have in spades, unless you're talking about rough or steep terrain. In that case, you'll have to go up and down that terrain every day, because there won't be any food, water, or firewood above it. If I can, I want to stay close to the woods. That's our best source of all three."

Standing, she gathers up her supplies. There will be plenty of time to discuss their options on the road and thereafter. She doesn't want to break up the group, but fears that might be necessary if they can't come to an accord.
Trisha
character, 531 posts
Sun 18 Aug 2019
at 23:25
  • msg #737

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"I'm ready to fuckin' go."

Excited by Terry's reckless ideas, she jumps to attention and cheers back at him.
"Hell yeah let's do it!"
Still unsure of their destination, Trisha does not really care where she goes, as long as there are others for company. She watches Mary collect her things and takes it as a cue to do the same.
"I gotta wake up Ash if we fixin' to go right now."
Bandito
GM, 2341 posts
Tue 20 Aug 2019
at 07:31
  • msg #738

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

Everyone begin packing their things and getting ready to leave. Samantha step towards Trisha and wrap her arms over her neck, giving her a hug. "I wish you well, all of you." She lets go, passing a huge to Natasha as well. "Maybe we'll meet again someday." Say says, releasing Natasha from her arms.

"Yeah... Maybe." Natasha murmurs.

"I guess we're going separate ways." Jeff scoops up his backpack off the floor. He grins at Trisha. "Thanks again for this."

"I ma' go start up the bad boy." Edward spins the truck keys with his index finger and heads out.
Trisha
character, 532 posts
Wed 21 Aug 2019
at 14:09
  • msg #739

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha melts into the hug when Samantha puts her arms around her, enjoying the moment of comfort for all it's worth. She knows she won't see the pair again, but has long since come to terms with it.
"Gonna miss you guys." She says quietly, hugging her tightly one last time before being released.
quote:
"I guess we're going separate ways."

"I s'pose we is..." She replies, walking up to Jeff as he collects his bag. She returns his smile when he thanks her, shrugging as she puts her arms over his. "I guess I'm just nice like that." She pulls him into a hug. "Thanks again for stickin' round to help us out."
Though she still regrets not making a move when she had the chance, she is content to let him go. He isn't her first crush and he likely won't be the last.

With everyone just about ready to leave, Trisha approaches Dwayne and Mina, hoping to keep their attitude as bright as possible.
"Y'all excited to get goin' wherever we're goin'? I ain't never been in no other state before so I'm excited."

All the commotion rouses Fernando from his slumber and he emerges from under the couch. He dances around Trisha's feet a while before turning his attention to Ruby. He approaches the larger dog with his ears back and his tail held high, giving her a more courteous sniff than last time.
Ivy
character, 1110 posts
Fri 23 Aug 2019
at 00:37
  • msg #740

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy yawned as she finally roused from her slumber. Sitting up, she rubbed her eyes. "Whuh...what'd I miss?" she mumbled half-incoherently.
Mary
character, 624 posts
Fri 23 Aug 2019
at 02:15
  • msg #741

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"You've been asleep for quite some time. It's been nine years," Mary says, pulling on her backpack. "We've beaten the ghouls and rebuilt society. We're about to go drop you off at school."
Ivy
character, 1111 posts
Fri 23 Aug 2019
at 12:06
  • msg #742

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Wh..." It took a moment for Ivy to shake off her morning amnesia and realize Mary was messing around. "Ha ha. I kinda do miss school though...is that weird?"
Bandito
GM, 2343 posts
Fri 23 Aug 2019
at 18:42
  • msg #743

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

Mina doesn't respond to Trisha's question. Its hard to tell if the question even registered to the child. She seems to be lost in her own world right now staring at the ground. Finally, she looks up and shrugs. Dwayne appears to be concerned. "I don't know, I never been out of state either."

Mary's little jest puts a smile on Dwayne's face. "No, I miss school too, and all my friends."

"School sucks. All they do is give us homework." Mina comments.

"You kids will be rebuilding society. Sure the zombies are everywhere, that doesn't mean school is out indefinitely. We can educate you without the classroom." Rufus states. "My offer still stands." He looks to Ivy.
Mary
character, 625 posts
Sun 25 Aug 2019
at 04:02
  • msg #744

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary pauses, looking down at at Ivy and considering her question. She thinks back to her own childhood, or at least, as much of it as she can remember. She thinks about the time she spent in grade school: listening to her teachers, interacting with the other children, and coming and going according to its rigid schedule. She thinks about the world she lives in now: uncontrolled, unpredictable, and most importantly, isolated from all the different types of people she'd taken for granted in school. She takes a moment to weigh these factors and come up with her answer.

"Yes, that's very weird," she says, giving Ivy a bewildered look.

She turns to Dwayne with a similar expression, but hesitates when she's about to turn to Mina. Instead, she looks at the girl out of the corner of her eye. She's uncharacteristically quiet and gloomy. She clearly needs to talk to someone that can lend a sympathetic ear. Equally clearly, Mary is not that someone.

Instead, she Mary looks up at Trisha. "Oh, Trisha. We have such sights to show you. I'll point the border out to you when we reach it. It's a big line with state names on either side, just on the maps."
Trisha
character, 533 posts
Sun 25 Aug 2019
at 17:26
  • msg #745

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Much to Trisha's disappointment, Mina is just as sullen and withdrawn as ever. She had hoped a proper night's sleep was all the girl needed to bounce back, an unrealistic expectation for a child that has been through so much.
With only one known method for coping with grief and hardship, all she can do is double down on her attempts to distract the children from thinking too many unhappy thoughts.
"I ain't even worried or nothin'." She reassures Dwayne. "It's gonna be fun, cuz I'm gonna make it fun."

As the kids discuss school, Trisha makes eye contact with Mina before she rolls her eyes and sticks out her tongue to make an ugly face, as if disgusted by the idea. She already knows how Mina feels about school and hopes a little solidarity might help her brighten up.
Hearing Rufus' comment, she leans over and speaks quietly in the girl's ear.
"Ain't nobody gonna teach us nothin' if we don't wanna be learnt."

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
03:25, Today: Trisha rolled 21 using 2d10+6. CHA-cheer up Mina.

quote:
"...I'll point the border out to you when we reach it. It's a big line with state names on either side, just on the maps."

"Really?" She asks, intrigued by Mary description. "Like, just a line on the ground? Like someone drew it?"
Mary
character, 626 posts
Tue 27 Aug 2019
at 05:09
  • msg #746

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Gobsmacked, but somehow not surprised at the same time, Mary has to turn away from Trisha to hide her reaction. She disguises the movement as her checking for anything left behind.

"Ah, no," she says, back still turned. "I'm afraid not. That was a joke."

She turns back, her face pleasant again. "If you want, however, I can point out to you when we cross state lines. You probably won't be able to tell the difference when we cross the border, but if you pay attention, you might notice some differences between the states. You should keep an keep an eye out and see if you spot anything exciting while we're driving - in fact, you should probably avoid talking, so don't get distracted."
Ashley
character, 184 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 28 Aug 2019
at 08:34
  • msg #747

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I think," began a dry, raspy croak, slowly regaining momentum as it continued, "that you're all forgetting one very important thing..."  From the bedroom door stumbled Ashley, dressed in sleeveless shirt and weather-beaten jeans, carrying her jacket and shoes in one hand and backpack in the other.  Though she looked like death warmed over, dark-ringed eyes a sign of troubled sleep and troubled conscience, she still managed to crack a shit-eating grin as she continued:

"A crew really ought to consult its captain when making travel plans."

She flashed that grin to and fro, eyes lighting at least briefly on every face in the room, just to make sure everyone knew she was joking.  Well, mostly joking.

"...Ugh."  Ashley made a sour face and stuck out her tongue, then set her backpack down and held up a hand.  "Someone throw me a Twinkie or something?  Morning breath tastes like ass."
Regina
character, 123 posts
Thu 29 Aug 2019
at 03:55
  • msg #748

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As soon as Ashley makes her grand entrance, Regina is back to being a busy-body. Retrieving a bottle of water, she walks up to the teenager and hands it over. "We haven't forgotten, our captain simply isn't fit for duty at the moment," is the doctor's riposte. And Regina smiles so Ashley knows that even a surly doctor can joke around at times.

"No twinkies," she gestures again to the water bottle, "Drink it. You need to stay hydrated."
Ashley
character, 185 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 29 Aug 2019
at 09:34
  • msg #749

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Thanks, mom," grumbled the bedraggled teen, unable to suppress a smirk at the woman's dry wit.  She wouldn't know it, but that was a compliment -- it was her father Ashley hated, while she had nothing but good to say about her mother.  "But unless you've got a toothbrush and some toothpaste hiding in that bag, water's not gonna help morning mouth."

Despite the complaint, she dutifully chugged a good quarter of the bottle's contents as she walked to the couch before capping it and flopping down to take a seat.  She pulled on her socks and laced up her shoes before speaking again, giving her brain a few more moments to catch up with the waking world.

"So uh... what exactly is the plan, anyway?"  She fidgeted nervously with the bracelet around her left wrist, looking from Regina to Mary to Elijah and back again.  "Mina's safe, you guys got what you wanted... I didn't..."  Her face soured at that before turning down towards her feet, the absence of her new friend Nicole weighing heavy on her conscience.  No, y'know what, fuck that, I made a promise.  She shook her head quickly, still gazing floorward, but her brows knit in obvious frustration.  "Maybe you guys can just drop me off back at Rosedale," she muttered, half serious and fully disappointed.
Trisha
character, 534 posts
Fri 30 Aug 2019
at 06:48
  • msg #750

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"I'm afraid not. That was a joke."

"Aww." She seems disappointed to learn the truth, but quickly shrugs it off. "That woulda been cool though."
Her interest is piqued again as Mary goes on, mentioning ideas that could be mad into a fun game to pass the hours on the long trip. Trisha is willing to give it a try, but finds one suggestion so laughable she refuses to even take it into consideration.
"No point seein' new stuff if you can't talk about it." She replies with a light chuckle. "That ain't no fun."

With her few belongings gathered up, Trisha turns to head outside and help prepare the vehicles for the trip. Before she can reach the door, a tired voice stops her in her tracks. She whips around to see Ashley stagger out of the bedroom and meets the girl's eye with a look of relief.
"Ash!" Excited to see her with a smile on her face, no matter how sarcastic, Trisha rushes over to meet her at the couch, leaning over the back as she looks down at her friend. "Mornin'! I didn't know if I should wake ya just yet. We's all headed outta state..." She pauses to think. "...someplace. I ain't really fussed about where."

As much as she is looking forward to the trip, it pains her to see Ashley so disappointed. Though she does not personally care for Nicole, she broke a promise to her best friend when she failed to find her and bring her back. The fact that Ash is still upset over it causes Trisha great distress.
quote:
"Maybe you guys can just drop me off back at Rosedale,"

"What?" She asks quietly, a hint of fear wavering in her voice. She looks absolutely terrified. "Really?"
Ashley
character, 186 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 30 Aug 2019
at 08:55
  • msg #751

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley groaned, rubbing her temples.  It was still much too early in the morning for people to be questioning her impeccable judgement.  How do normal people deal with having friends?  Seriously.  This shit's exhausting.

"No, not really... I mean, fuck, I don't know..."  She lifted her head to look at Trisha, her expression nearly pleading.  "I made a promise, and I failed.  I fucking failed."  She hung her head low again, frustrated that she couldn't even manage to work up a suitable fury over that.  "I thought for sure she'd be here, but--... I don't know.  I don't."  Hands resting on her thighs, she flexed her fingers closed to fists, then released.

"Rosedale was the last place I saw her.  I mean, if we're being realistic, she's probably dead by now -- it's just statistics at this point.  We're the anomaly.  I hope she isn't dead, but she probably is and there's fuckall I can do about it."  Ashley sat upright, only to groan and drop her head back against the couch cushion.  "It's stupid, I know, holding onto hope like that.  It's stupid and I'm a big fucking idiot for believing in it.  I want to see if I can pick up her trail, but, like... how fucking stupid is that, in a town with a fucktillion dead dudes wandering the streets, would've obliterated any trace of her footprints or whatever great fuckin' idea I had for tracking her, and... just... fuck."

Without so much as lifting her head, the wordy teen uncapped her bottled water and downed another quarter of it.  If she succeeded at nothing else, she could at least say she had followed doctor's orders.
Regina
character, 124 posts
Sat 31 Aug 2019
at 08:55
  • msg #752

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley's anguished uncertainty over her friend- 'friend,' hit too close to home for Regina to ignore. "I know how it feels, Ashley," Regina said as she sat down beside her patient, her stern demeanor fading. "My family is still in New Orleans. I...I don't know if they're alive," realistically speaking, the chance that any them made it out alive -- much less in a state of undeath -- was slim to none. "I fought with the guilt for God knows how long, but..." Truthfully, that guilt never left. She could have done more, but that wasn't what Ashley needed to hear.

So Regina a deep breath and continued, "...But, I realized there was nothing I could do." She placed a hand on Ashley's shoulder; it was becoming a habit at this point. "You're lucky that you've got people around you to live for, and I'll be arrogant enough to speak for them: none of us want you beating yourself up over this." Regina looks around the room, expecting a few voices to chime in and agree.
Mary
character, 627 posts
Sat 31 Aug 2019
at 12:09
  • msg #753

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary winces at Ashley, Trisha, and Regina's display of vulnerability and empathy. She considers lending a sympathetic ear but decides it would come off as obligatory and artificial, which it would be. Instead, she ushers everyone else on out of the building to give the captain and her sympathizers some privacy.
Bandito
GM, 2345 posts
Sat 31 Aug 2019
at 17:47
  • msg #754

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Safe House

"It is pretty silly to claim guarantee on something out of your control, that is precisely why the whole notion of promises is absurd. Searching for a lost friend is irrational, far from idiotic!" Rufus declares.

Everyone leaves the room at Mary's behalf to give the trio some privacy.

"What's idiotic is-" Samantha pulls Rufus away before he finishes his sentence. All that's left in the house are Trisha, Ashley, and Regina.


Outside

The group sees a lone ghoul strolling down the street on this fine morning from across the house. It is slowly approaching the group from a long distance and poses no threat to anyone right now.

Dwayne eyes dart back and forth between the two vehicles, the SUV and the truck.

"I want to sit in the back of the truck." He says.
Trisha
character, 535 posts
Sun 1 Sep 2019
at 14:27
  • msg #755

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The morbid conversation pusher her distress and discomfort even further, but Trisha does not leave her friend's side, even as the others leave in a hurry. She doesn't say anything as Regina tries to comfort Ashley as best she can. Though she offers a more insightful and empathetic view, Trisha does not appreciate being tricked into thinking about memories and emotions she had been happily repressing.
"This is why I don't like to think about stuff like this." She grumbles quietly, her good mood completely ruined.

"Sorry I didn't find her..." She looks down at her hands as she apologizes to Ash, trying her best not to let herself get too upset. "I know you really liked her. It ain't your fault she got split up, y'know."
She gives the girl a small, hopeful smile, still desperate to console her.
"We might be headin' back through there anyways, I heard. She might still be near the church, we could go look."
Elijah
player, 107 posts
Wed 4 Sep 2019
at 04:06
  • msg #756

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah was waiting outside, leaning against the side of the truck. He looked calm. Even well-rested. He nodded to the others in greeting. Otherwise he looked perfectly content to continue quietly waiting for the others to reach a consensus and watch the sunrise.

"Nah, you don't gotta sit in the back," he said to Dwayne. "Ain't safe."

He didn't like Ivy sitting back there either.

"Ed, we gotta fix the windows on this thing and find a cab. Even reinforce the front with a brush guard and get some bars on the side or some shit. It's a liability right now. God forbid we ever gotta drive through some real nasty shit with the way it is now."

The only reason they'd ever gotten out of the QZ was by dumb luck, the grace of god, and the fact they'd had a big ass, military vehicle. This truck was a busted up liability in comparison and a great source of grief for Elijah.
Ivy
character, 1112 posts
Wed 4 Sep 2019
at 12:17
  • msg #757

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With little else to do, Ivy watched the single monster shambling down the street. "I wonder if there's any place without monsters," she pondered to no-one in particular. "On an island somewhere, or something."
Bandito
GM, 2346 posts
Wed 4 Sep 2019
at 19:52
  • msg #758

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside

"Oh... okay." Dwayne is disappointed by Elijah's answer. He quietly takes a seat in the back of the SUV.

"Yeah, ain't got the tools to fix it up." Edward taps on the edge of the window frame, where the windows are suppose to be. "Maybe we'll find somethin' from an auto-shop. Or a better truck."

The driver kicks open the door and whistles at the dog. "C'mon girl, get on." He slaps his laps. Ruby takes a look at the soldier before circling around to the passenger side, waiting for it to be opened.
Ashley
character, 187 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 5 Sep 2019
at 04:42
  • msg #759

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"It's fine," sighed Ashley.  It wasn't.  "I'll figure it out."  She wouldn't.  "No sense in sitting around fretting over it."  That much, at least, was true, and she suited word to deed, sitting up and tugging her jacket on before hopping up off the couch.  She hummed to herself as she headed out after the others, a melody only she knew.

"♫...fearless in motion...♫"

Ivy:
"On an island somewhere, or something."

...And just in time, it would seem.  A brief excitement put a spring in Ashley's step, bullet holes be damned, and she nearly skipped on her way over to her gathered fellows.  She leaned over to catch Ivy's eye, a knowing smirk tugging the edges of her pale lips.

"Hey... Ivy, right?  Has anyone ever told you about a little place called Gaillard Island...?"

She finally understood why her mother seemed to have so much fun talking about her work.
Mary
character, 628 posts
Thu 5 Sep 2019
at 05:30
  • msg #760

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"How do you plan to fix the windows?" Mary asks, mouth curling into a bemused, askew grin. "Is there a garage out there that's still open for business?"

She steps over to the truck, peeking in the shattered windows, then turns back towards the soldiers with a shocked expression. "This truck's seen better days. What happened to your dash?"
Regina
character, 125 posts
Thu 5 Sep 2019
at 05:41
  • msg #761

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley's assurances earned a skeptical look from Regina, but the doctor knew when to drop the subject; the matter was resolved -- for now. The three of them walked outside, back into the stuffy, humid air Regina loathed oh so much. Although she was content to keep her silence, Ashley's attempt to bond with Ivy over a particular island piqued Regina's interest. "That's a name I haven't heard since High School," Regina said, walking up to the two of them. "I'm interested to know where the warp drive is going to take us, Captain."

Was that the correct terminology? Warp drive? Regina didn't know, nor did she particularly care. Teenagers, however, seemed to care about inconsequential details like that.
Ivy
character, 1113 posts
Thu 5 Sep 2019
at 10:42
  • msg #762

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley:
"Has anyone ever told you about a little place called Gaillard Island...?"


Ivy looked up at the blonde girl. "No, what is it?"
Ashley
character, 188 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 5 Sep 2019
at 11:32
  • msg #763

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Eh heh heh heh..."  Ashley gave an exaggerated triumphant chuckle as she straightened up, toothy grin taking in not only Ivy, but Regina too, since she actually seemed to be showing interest.  She took that as a small victory.  With all the gravitas of a lecturing professor -- a trick she'd borrowed from her mother after having seen it in action so many times -- she paced a few steps back and forth, one hand supporting her elbow, other hand wagging a finger demonstratively as she spoke.

"Gaillard Island started as... well, I'll spare you the history lesson, the story's pretty long and we're looking to get on the road.  I'll tell you all about it some other time, if you want.  Suffice it to say, it's a man-made island in Mobile Bay, not too far south from here.  It was originally just a dumping ground for spare dirt while they were digging a channel nearby, but birds started roosting there, including some endangered ones, so they declared it a bird sanctuary."  The excitable teen paused there, lowering her hands to a her more usual casual posture as she gave that a moment to sink in.

"That means," she dove right back in, gesturing sharply with one finger, "that it is completely off-limits to humans, and it's been that way for the past twenty years.  The absolute most that might've set foot on it are a handful of scientists every once in a while just to check on the island's stability and the birds'... uh... happiness, I guess."  That one kinda got away from her, but she dismissed it with a shrug rather than sweating the particulars.

"So, there's nobody there, and there's ten thousand birds that come through the island every year, last count.  No people means no monsters, and tons of birds means... well, I hope you like chicken, but if you do, we're fed for life."  All birds taste like chicken, right?  Surely that's right.  "Oh!  And the bay itself is full of all the fish these birds hunt, too!  So there's fish to eat, we just have to catch them."  She broke there briefly, pausing to make sure everyone was following, but also in anticipation of the upcoming negative she was going to have to lay on them.

"Now, there is a problem with all this... I mean, even above and beyond finding or even making a boat, which we can definitely manage one way or another, not to mention actually getting there from here in the first place.  That's not so much a problem.  If we can make it to Mobile, we're gravy."  She paused and cleared her throat quietly.  "No, the problem is there's no man-made structures on the island, either.  Which, again, not a huge issue.  Every place I've gone in this shambling shitshow apocalypse has had to do some building, even when they already had a man-made building to start from.  The church needed its fence, and I helped build that.  Whitehaven needed... well, Whitehaven needed a lot of shit."  And she'd prefer to spend as little time thinking about that as humanly possible, so she hurried on past it.  "So we'd have to spend some time ferrying supplies back and forth to get building materials on the island, but that's just a matter of time and effort.  You ask me?"  She stopped pacing in front of Ivy and Regina, faced them and crossed her arms, her face beaming radiant confidence.

"I think it's the best shot we've got at surviving this thing.  And I aim to survive it."
Elijah
player, 108 posts
Thu 5 Sep 2019
at 12:49
  • msg #764

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Edward:
"... Or a better truck."


"Wouldn't hold your breath," Elijah grumbled. Wasn't totally out of the park to find a better truck for Ed to hotwire - over half the owners were dead, presumably - but he was just given to grumbling by default.

Mary:
"Is there a garage out there that's still open for business?"


"Haha," Elijah said dryly. He let out a short chuckle despite himself. "We're gonna start our own. Get a monopoly going."

He just shrugged when asked about the dash. Really, that had been the least of his concerns during all the dramatics at the AFB. He hadn't given it much thought until now.

"Hell if I know. Think some dumb shit back on the AFB smashed it up purely to be a goddamn nuisance. Par for the course. Then last night the dogs decided to eat the upholstery..."

He didn't appear to pay too much attention to the girls' talk about some bird island. He was looking the truck over like he was seeing it for the first time. It looked like Elijah was taking a moment of silence to openly mourn what crappy shape it was in.
Ivy
character, 1114 posts
Thu 5 Sep 2019
at 17:21
  • msg #765

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy listened intently to Ashley's tale. An island without people, or monsters? With plenty of food? It almost sounded too good to be true. But it sure sounded better than staying here. "Awesome! But...what about water? Mom always told me not to drink the water when we went to the beach. She said it'd make me sick."
Regina
character, 126 posts
Thu 5 Sep 2019
at 19:15
  • msg #766

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley's tale sounded too good to be true. At the very least, the teenager touched on one of Regina's problems with the plan; the lack of buildings was a problem if tents were out of the question. "Ferrying enough supplies to make houses for all of us could take weeks," said Regina, who was already picturing the woodchopping. Her eyes wandered over to Elijah -- maybe watching him work wouldn't be that bad. Still, "We'd be in danger all the while." Walkers, people who might notice the missing trees...

People.

"You're not considering that other people have the same idea as you." Regina wasn't a superstitious person by nature, but this group had a knack for running into less-than-ideal scenarios. Her curiosity piqued, Regina gave Ashley a faux-quizzical look. "What do you intend to do if we run into people on that island?" Just how hardened were these girls?

The doctor raised both hands as she weighed the benefits and downsides of the island's potential occupancy by strangers. "They could have houses built already." One hand raised, the other lowered. "Could be armed," they leveled out. "But maybe they'll be peaceful."

Regina shrugged, then crossed her arms. "What then?" she asked, looking between Ivy and Ashley.
Ashley
character, 189 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 6 Sep 2019
at 07:56
  • msg #767

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley nodded to Ivy, smiling proudly.  Competent kid, this one!  Reminded her of herself.  "She's right, untreated water can make you sick.  Fortunately, Captain America gave me some books about survival, and one's got a whole chapter on water filtering.  There's two basic ways to treat water to make it safe to drink, the--"  She caught herself about to launch into a lengthy ramble and stopped with a soft chuckle at her own expense.  "Y'know what, it's a long chapter, I can tell you all about it on the ride."

For once, Regina's objections didn't provoke vitriol from the teen, and she nodded along with the older woman's concerns.  "It's not a perfect plan, I know that, and I'm not married to it, but here's where I'm at on this.  One way or another, we're going to set up a safehouse somewhere.  That's inevitable, can't stay on the road forever.  It won't be perfectly safe, nothing ever is, especially when a horde can roll up on you out of nowhere and force you out with little to no warning."  Not that she was intimately familiar with that situation or anything.  "So, instead of moving from one place to another to another to another on dry land, constantly being pushed out by the dead," she made a hopping gesture with pinched fingers, as though moving a piece around a board game from space to space, "what I'd want to do is see if we can find a base near the shore, and use that as a staging ground.  We hole up there while we're boating to and fro, building a shelter on the island, and once it's all set up, we move in.  They can't swim, as far as I can tell, so it's a lot more long-term than anything else we've got.  We scout the island before we do anything else, of course, and if there's people... well, then we bail and we're back to square one, and all we've lost is the time spent checking."  She shrugged, a weary acknowledgement of a world gone mad, with no guarantee you could count on your fellow man to be kind or even decent.

"I know things are unpredictable, I know this depends on a bunch of 'if's, but I figure we might as well have some plan rather than none, and this feels a whole hell of lot more plan-like than just driving aimlessly and seeing where we end up."
Regina
character, 127 posts
Fri 6 Sep 2019
at 08:29
  • msg #768

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley's intelligence, though never in question, was in full show at this point. There was something surreal -- and impressive -- about a kid thinking so far ahead. Still, Regina had to rain on her parade, and she tried to put on her kindest smile before doing it. "You're not considering the weather; anything we build will be torn apart come hurricane season." It was a significant reason why Regina wanted to avoid the coast as much as possible.

Maybe two minds (or three, if Ivy was inclined) were better than one. "You weren't there when I suggested the rocky mountains. I reasoned that walkers would have a hard time climbing -- in significant numbers at least, and their isolation could keep us off anyone's radar. Mary..." the doctor nodded in Mary's general direction with a frown and a tone that suggested no small amount of irritation, "...thought otherwise. What about you, Captain?" Regina looked down at Ivy and thought of a suitable title for the little girl, "...First Mate?"
Ashley
character, 190 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 6 Sep 2019
at 10:25
  • msg #769

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley frowned, though only briefly.  She had failed to account for hurricane season, being a thing she's never had to deal with personally, and only briefly heard about in geography classes at school.  She still liked the idea, but was willing to put it aside for now to discuss another idea -- after all, she herself said all she wanted was some plan rather than none.  There'd be no harm in having more options.

"I think," began Ashley with a sudden and self-satisfied smirk, "that you haven't spent much time with this idea, have you?  There's a ton of contingencies and what-ifs."  Her expression softened to a smile bereft of any sort of malice; she really just wanted the satisfaction of that counter-zinger, rather than to initiate any sort of protracted hostilities.  On the contrary, she was looking forward to having some common ground to bond with Regina over -- if they were to be a team, she'd much prefer being on good terms.

"See, my reason for wanting an island is that water, near as I can tell, is an absolute barrier."  She slapped one hand down on her open palm in a chopping motion, negating a theoretical and abstract group of zombies with this 'absolute barrier'.  "Mountains aren't absolute, but I agree they'd have trouble navigating perilous paths -- but then, so would we.  Honestly, I'd want a retractable bridge or something, for that 'absolute barrier' again, but... hm."  Brow knitting in thought, Ashley began pacing slowly, one hand supporting the opposite elbow, other hand cupping her chin thoughtfully.

"I think what we'd really want to look for is a plateau amidst craggy peaks -- someplace functionally impossible to approach on foot from most sides.  And, coincidentally, exactly the kind of place people tend to put hunting lodges or outdoorsy getaway hotels.  We look around for that, and we just might solve both the environment problem and the housing problem at once."

Before Regina could congratulate herself (even silently), Ash wagged a finger in front of herself.  "But, there's still a lot of 'if's to be worked out, general skeletons of a plan to be sketched up.  As luck would have it, it looks like we'll have plenty time on the ride anyway."  She lifted her face to Regina and flashed her a genuine smile, a 'teacher please notice me, this is all I've got, being the smart one' that came to her with an uncomfortable ease... mostly because it was unfailingly true for her and she was accustomed to having to beg for any scraps of attention/affection.

"...And uh, we should probably figure out seating arrangements for the near future an get going."  She gestured to the others gathered variously in and around the vehicles.  "We can spitball some ideas as we ride."
Bandito
GM, 2347 posts
Sat 7 Sep 2019
at 05:16
  • msg #770

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Time skip - Abandoned House

After parting ways with Samantha, Samuel, and Jeff, the group ride across the Helena Bridge back to Mississippi. No incidents occur on their brief journey, and soon they find themselves back in Rosedale. Based on Trisha, Ashley, Terry, and Dwayne's memory, they locate the house where they last seen Ms. Carter and the other church survivors.

There's a small group of ghouls huddled in a circle around a body across the street from the house. There's at least seven of them. Edward parked the truck at a good distance away without alerting the group of undead. The SUV does the same.

Dwayne's head pops out of the window, eager to see if Ms. Carter and the others are still around. Its impossible for the group to see any movement inside the house from this distance.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Map of current location:
https://i.imgur.com/0W3byVT.png


Mary
character, 630 posts
Sun 8 Sep 2019
at 15:38
  • msg #771

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"The island has some potential," Mary says on the ride over, having been quietly listening while Ashley described the proposition. "Ashley's right; the water will provide a barrier, and if it's not visible from the shore, the isolation will protect us. It sounds like it has plenty of fish and poultry, and we can even plant greens if it's large enough.

"However, Regina's also right that we'd be exposed to whatever storms they get out on the ocean. I...don't know anything living on the water, actually." It feels odd for Mary to admit being ignorant about living in the wild. "We'll also exposed going back and forth from the mainland - if anyone spots the boat while we're moving, they'll know exactly where we sleep. And if the island is visible from the coast, it's a lot less secure. They won't even need to know we're there - even the stupidest person still alive will realize how valuable an island is if they see it with their own eyes."

She's quiet for a moment in her seat, gazing out the window idly, before looking over at the others. "Nonetheless, I do prefer it to a mountain."



Mary slips out of the vehicle, easing the door closed behind her. She holds her new Mini-14 in both hands as she steps off the road and to the next building ahead and to the right. She steps behind the nearest corner, out of sight of the seven ghouls on the road, and motions for the others to move up to meet her.
Ivy
character, 1115 posts
Wed 11 Sep 2019
at 06:51
  • msg #772

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy gave the clustered monsters an uneasy look as the caravan pulled to a halt. Hopefully they'd stay focused on their meal and leave everyone alone. The young girl hopped out of the SUV and hurried over to join Mary around the corner.
Elijah
player, 109 posts
Sat 14 Sep 2019
at 18:12
  • msg #773

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah brought up the rear. He tried to get a look at whatever it was the infected were chowing down on - some unfortunate somebody, probably, but hopefully not their somebody. He took a look at the streets and shouldered his rifle, opting for the machete for now. God only knew how many freaks were bumbling around out of sight.

"So what's this Carter woman look like anyhow?" he asked quietly. "I reckon we ought to split into groups to sweep the area. It'd attract less attention," he tilted his head to the group of infected, "and we'd cover more ground..."

He glanced back to their ragtag group. Some doubt crept into his expression, like he wasn't sure if some of the members should be let out of sight after all. "'Less they're still holed up in the house, anyways. Might be best to start there before splitting..."

He looked back to the group of infected. He seemed full of dread from that sight and it wasn't particularly hard to guess why. He also studied the house in question, looking for windows or a backdoor that were out of sight from the infected. He'd rather avoid fighting those things altogether.

If he saw an entrance, and good opportunity to sneak up, he'd start toward the house. He wasn't big on standing around talking about it.
Bandito
GM, 2348 posts
Sun 15 Sep 2019
at 00:00
  • msg #774

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Street

Dwayne immediately jumps out of the car after Mary, followed by Natasha.

"I'll stay put, give a holler if y'all need help." Edward shuts off the engine of the truck. Rufus hops off the back to join Ivy and Elijah.



Elijah finds the front door to be open. Everyone hears footsteps coming from the inside. Some of the windows are smashed open, leaving glass debris scattered all over the ground. There is a small path to the backyard in between the neighboring house. It is clear of any undead at the moment.

Dwayne gently taps Mary on the side with his hand. He whispers, "the windows weren't smashed yesterday."
Ashley
character, 191 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Tue 17 Sep 2019
at 11:28
  • msg #775

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

With absolutely no regard for securing doctor's permission first, Ashley hopped out of the SUV shortly after the others did.  Hey, she'd had time to heal, can't spend forever sitting there resting.  Quickly she moved up to flank Elijah, who clearly had a mind for business and, more relevantly, was wearing military identifiers, which (due to prior experience) immediately led her to assume he knows what the hell he's doing.

"Sound inside means people, living or dead."  She grimaced in unpleasant realization.  "And even if they are alive, they might not be friendly.  Now, I'm not actually certified for field tactics," she paused briefly to nod towards Elijah with a grin that seemed almost too playful for their current situation, "but I've been pretty fucking excellent at it so far, and exactly zero people have died on my watch."  That was a lie, but the truth of it was so old it was no longer relevant to anyone but her own demons.

"Anyway, point is, someone should come around from behind, just in case they're not friendlies, so we can pincer them.  Probably two someones, safer that way but without being too noticeable.  Me and... someone else quiet.  Volunteers or victims?" she chirped out in a sing-song tone.

"Oh, right," she glanced back to Elijah, "she's blonde, this Carter lady.  Short hair."  She indicated around jaw-length.  "About yea tall."  She held a hand up a few inches above the top of her head.  "I don't know her much, I only ever really saw her in passing."
This message was last edited by the player at 23:17, Tue 17 Sept 2019.
Regina
character, 128 posts
Wed 18 Sep 2019
at 12:02
  • msg #776

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The backtracking journey had Regina in a bit of a dour mood -- here they were free of danger (relatively) for once, and what do they decide to do? Go back in search of someone she didn't know, who could most likely be dead. So it was no surprise that the good doctor opted to stay inside the SUV for this "rescue mission." Then to her chagrin, Ashley left the safety of the SUV without asking, just like a teenager. Presumably, to earn more battle scars or whatever teenagers were into these days. Thus, Regina stepped out with no small amount of grumbling, looking thoroughly annoyed.

Regina joined the away party during Ashley's so-called 'battle plan,' which upon considering the situation before them...didn't seem wholly terrible. "I'll go," she said, without further comment or quip -- too annoyed for that. Regina checked her Glock's clip -- half-way empty. She looked squeamish at the sight of the walkers helping themselves to a corpse buffet, "Those could be a problem," she pointed to the walkers. "Someone could distract them," Regina shrugged as another idea crossed her mind, "...Or hope they'll deter violence from us or any hypothetical strangers."
Ivy
character, 1116 posts
Wed 18 Sep 2019
at 13:00
  • msg #777

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley:
"Volunteers or victims?"


Ivy raised her hand. "I volunteer."
Mary
character, 631 posts
Thu 19 Sep 2019
at 06:15
  • msg #778

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy:
"I volunteer."

Mary glances down at Ivy and grimaces, but bites her tongue for the moment. She still doesn't know the girl very well and isn't in the mood for this argument. Instead, she shoots Elijah a meaningful look, assuming he'll shoot down the child's attempt to throw herself into harm's way instead.

"If we're splitting up, I suppose I should watch the street," she says quietly, shifting the Mini-14 in her grasp for emphasis. She looks down at Dwayne. "Dwayne, I want you to stay out here with me. Keep an eye out and make sure nothing is sneaking up on us, can you do that?"

Inspiration strikes, and she looks back at Ivy. "You have a scoped rifle. You should probably stay here, too, where we can watch and keep the others safe."
Bandito
GM, 2349 posts
Thu 19 Sep 2019
at 07:24
  • msg #779

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Street

At Mary's request, Dwayne nods in agreement. "Okay, I can do that." He takes out his binoculars to survey down the streets. He lowers his binoculars briefly when he scans over the group of ghouls feasting on the corpse. It seems that he recognized one of the ghouls.

"I volunteer." Both Natasha and Rufus speaks out simultaneously. They briefly exchange a look between one another before looking to Ashley.
Ivy
character, 1117 posts
Thu 19 Sep 2019
at 10:28
  • msg #780

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary:
"You have a scoped rifle. You should probably stay here, too, where we can watch and keep the others safe."


Ivy glanced at the rifle slung over her shoulder. The lady did have a point. The girl un-slung the rifle and nestled the butt up against her shoulder, barrel pointed at the ground. "Okay."
Ashley
character, 192 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 20 Sep 2019
at 07:19
  • msg #781

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Volunteer, then... and it looks like I'm the victim, Ashley mused with a silent smirk and a quick glance to Regina -- though there was more than a smidge of respect in her expression.  She was sad to see Ivy go, after seeing how competent the kid is with a rifle -- but, better to keep a spotter out here, like Mary said.  Mind turning back to Regina, she glances back to the woman, this time with a genuine smile, borne of respect -- however fleeting.

"It's a good idea -- leave the things to their feast, keeps 'em off us, deters enemy gunfire -- and if we have to take a shot, we'll be out the building faster than the theoretical... let's say... raiders."  With that, she waved the woman over as she began creeping around the corner of the house, just far enough to take a look.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:24, Fri 20 Sept 2019.
Mary
character, 632 posts
Sun 22 Sep 2019
at 17:20
  • msg #782

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary smiles at Ivy's assent, then looks up at Eli, expecting to see some expression of approval. After that, she looks across the street, biting her lower lip.

"I'll head to that other building," she says, pointing across the street. "Then I can keep a better watch on the building. Maybe I'll even see something through the windows."

She puts a hand on Dwayne's shoulder. "Dwayne, if you see anything, tell Ivy, okay? Don't shout. If you need to tell me something, just wave at me and I'll take care of it."

With that, she creeps back towards the vehicles, circling behind the SUV before moving to the corner of the building across from Ivy.
Regina
character, 129 posts
Tue 24 Sep 2019
at 05:10
  • msg #783

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina didn't return Ashley's smile, of course. Their situation at the moment was too dangerous to afford much brevity. In the doctor's eyes was a warmth that even she, a master of her own emotions, couldn't hide. "Raiders, how very...Road Warrior," Regina mused, before letting Ashley take the lead around the corner of the house. However, this humoring of the teenager's ego ended the closer they approached the walkers; and Regina ended up putting herself in front of Ashley just in case the worst happened.

"So, Ms. Carter... What kind of person is she?" Regina asked, looking away from the walkers at Ashley.
Bandito
GM, 2351 posts
Tue 24 Sep 2019
at 06:04
  • msg #784

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Street

"Okay, I will." Dwayne nods and watches Mary move across the street through his binoculars. On her way across, Mary spots one of the ghoul lifting up its head. A piece of flesh falls from its mouth. The ghoul head dives back down at its meal. None of the reanimated corpses noticed her, and she successfully reaches the corner of the building across the street. She now has a clearer view of the house where Miss Carter's group were last seen.

Mary catches movements inside the house through the opened door. At this distance, she can't see their faces.

Rufus shrugs at Natasha when neither of them were chosen for Ashley's task. They linger at their current spot, waiting for Mary to finish what she is doing.

"It looks like they're enjoying a nice lunch. Its impolite to disturb someone while they dine, I say we leave them be." Rufus comments. "Say, anyone know what a zombie's favorite type of beans is?" He asks those that's still around him.

In the other corner of the house, neither Ashley or Regina spots any ghouls in the backyard. They see what's left of what they assume to be a vegetable garden, a collapsed shed, and knocked over plastic folding chairs. The fence around the area is about six feet tall.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Map of current status :
https://i.imgur.com/ONGCJ0M.png


This message was last edited by the GM at 06:04, Tue 24 Sept 2019.
Ashley
character, 193 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Tue 24 Sep 2019
at 06:36
  • msg #785

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley let Regina take the lead, content to keep an eagle-eyed watch on the situation, and one hand on the knife strapped to her thigh.  Besides, it gave her more time to talk.

"She's a pain in the ass," Ashley snarked, then quickly appended with a cheeky smirk, "but not like you are.  She's... well, she's a teacher," she huffed, as if that was explanation enough.  It likely was, given how painfully predictable her response to authority was.

"In charge of the little kids.  Cares more about her church buddies than the truth."  A distinctly darker tone to her voice there, her trademark grin disappearing as she thought back to the last encounter she had with the woman.  Trisha, attempting to tell the story of Wilson's bizarre attack.  Ashley, doing what she could to back up her friend.  And that damnable, bossy woman, simply telling them to stop making trouble and stop making up stories instead of lending an honest ear to someone in trouble.  No, this earned a full-on scowl, the more Ashley thought about it.  "Honestly, I don't even know why we care," she muttered, half to keep her voice down and avoid alerting any potential unfriendlies, half because she didn't want to chance any of the others in their group hearing such bleak musings.

In some effort to regain her usual glib footing, the girl quipped sarcastically, "She's probably out there somewhere telling all the deadies to sit down and behave themselves."  She sputtered a half-cough of laughter as the comedy of the theoretical situation hit her.  "Hell, they're probably obeying."
This message was last edited by the player at 10:45, Tue 24 Sept 2019.
Regina
character, 130 posts
Tue 24 Sep 2019
at 15:04
  • msg #786

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Thank you? Regina thought, slightly amused at the implication that while she's a pain in the ass, she wasn't as bad as this Carter woman. With the walkers out of sight, Regina made sure to keep her finger off the Glock's trigger and relaxed her stance. She listened to Ashley's story silently, but in rapt attention.

It seemed Ashley's animosity went beyond Carter's occupation. The mention of a church brought to mind Trisha's heartfelt confession; Regina couldn't imagine a scenario that nightmarish, much less surviving it. At Ashley's bitterness, the doctor let out a huff of her own. "I never cared about backtracking to begin with," she pointed in the direction of the walkers eating in the distance, "And this woman, Carter, doesn't sound like someone worth wading through that for."

One thing was for sure, and they needed to get past these 'deadies' sooner rather than later. "Let's get this over with," Regina said in resignation, walking toward the fence and planting her back against it. "Come on, I'll boost you over," she knelt down and locked her hands together for Ashley's foot to rest on.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:01, Tue 24 Sept 2019.
Elijah
player, 110 posts
Tue 24 Sep 2019
at 22:47
  • msg #787

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah nodded, shooting Mary a look of relief when she suggested Ivy should stay and keep watch. The girl could hold her own, there was no doubt about that, but there was no need to put her through more than necessary with so many able-bodied adults around.

"Alright. Just no one shoot nothin'. It'll bring everything hiding in buildings down on us and then some."

Elijah broke off from the group and checked out the house. He studied the broken windows. Had they been broken from the inside or outside? He was trying to decide if the scene was one of a break-in, an odd escape, or if it had been from someone shooting out in the streets... he looked around for spent casings.

Once he gave that a cursory inspection, and had some idea of what to expect of the footsteps he heard, he stepped through the open door. Obviously he had military training if that hadn't been apparent yet. He used the doorframe for cover and checked his corners before entering fully. He moved up methodically in the house and tried to keep to cover until he figured out who or what was walking around. He kept the machete out and a hand on his holstered revolver.
Ashley
character, 194 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 25 Sep 2019
at 03:17
  • msg #788

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"The shit we do for warm bodies, eh?"  Alright, that was dark even for Ash, but she owned it; shrugged and stepped up and said no more of it, not nearly fool enough to delay the mission just to hear the sound of her own voice, no matter how enamored of it she clearly was.

"One sec," she said as she was half-hoisted, balancing with one foot on Regina's clasped hands, her own hands atop the fence and lifting herself just enough to peer over.  She bent down slightly to report the situation in a whisper.  "Two deadheads at, uh..."  This would've been much (tacti)cooler if she didn't have to pause and remember the layout of an analog clock.  "...eleven o' clock?  By a dumpster near the house, far side, away from the fence.  Haven't noticed us yet.  Here I go."

Ashley pushed off Regina's hand-platform assist and vaulted the fence with a perhaps surprising grace, a one-time dancer's lightness of touch, though two years ago felt a lifetime away here.  She landed crouched and kept low, eyes flickering between the house and the two zombies as she advanced a few steps, both to clear room for Regina to climb over, and to see what sense she could make of the house's situation.  Windows broken, door still closed.  Dead outside meant dead inside, most likely, given the windows and the two yard zombies' lack of interest in the house.

This is probably a waste.  Ash suppressed a disappointed grumble.  She's probably toast just like the rest, or, best-case scenario, she ran and there's nobody here.  She quietly retrieved the screwdriver from a side pocket of her backpack, taking it in a downward-facing reverse grip in her right hand, and her knife similarly held in her left.  Either way, safety says we need to drop these two before heading inside; no sense leaving an unpleasant surprise to jump us on our way out.  She waited silently for Regina to cross the fence, watching the oblivious undead, ready to lunge and attack if they made any motion to notice the sneaking duo.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:14, Wed 25 Sept 2019.
Regina
character, 131 posts
Wed 25 Sep 2019
at 17:56
  • msg #789

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Walkers were in the backyard, but who couldn't see that coming? After Ashley was over the fence, Regina hoisted herself onto the fence with decidedly less grace, landing on shaky feet and breathing a little more heavily from the effort. Hopefully, the walkers didn't hear that.

Regina crouched down and walked close to Ashley's side, "Hand me that screwdriver," she whispered, holding her hand out. Though her eyes lingered on the knife, the doctor quickly diverted her attention to the walkers. "You take the one on the right," she pointed to Ashley's target. "We'll go at the same time, alright?" The doctor looked Ashley in the eye and hoped her apprehension didn't betray her.
Ashley
character, 195 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 26 Sep 2019
at 00:08
  • msg #790

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Without a word, Ashley passed the screwdriver over.  She gestured towards the zombies, then mimed a horizontal stab motion with her knife, and with her free hand, jabbed a finger towards her own temple: the fastest way to a rotting brain was the indent there, passing through as little bone as possible.  Not that a doctor likely needed to be told about anatomy, she realized afterward.  Oh well.  Better safe than sorry.

Satisfied with the simplicity of her silent tactics briefing, Ashley set her gaze forward again.  In that moment, her eyes finally made sense -- the deadest, coldest stare, cherubic sky-blues forced to turn off everything innocent and childlike, to shove it all down and make peace with a world that had ended; make peace with something mechanically identical to murder, over and over again.  It got easier, of course.  What frightened her was that it had become too easy.  Or perhaps more accurately, what frightened her is that it didn't frighten her anymore.

Deathly quiet, Ashley stepped forward in time with Regina, and moved in for the kill.
Regina
character, 132 posts
Fri 27 Sep 2019
at 07:08
  • msg #791

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

A silent nod let Ashley know that Regina understood the plan; give the walker a solid stab through the temple. That dangerously sensitive indent is a universal danger in patients with head trauma. Funny how that knowledge served her now.

The doctor, who had grown accustomed to the often disgusting nature of her past profession, could never be comfortable around walking, disease-ridden corpses. Now that Ashley was by her side, Regina had to suppress her fear. Lives were riding on her ability to contribute to the group. Gripping the screwdriver tightly, she walked in tandem with Ashley. Rising once she got close to her target, Regina thrust her weapon at the side of the walker's head.
Bandito
GM, 2352 posts
Sat 28 Sep 2019
at 18:21
  • msg #792

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah

Peeping through the windows, Elijah immediately spot three ghouls shambling in the living room. One of them had a long, bloody beard, who appears to e quite old. While spying on the house, Elijah can still hear the flesh munching noise from behind him. The group of ghouls are still enjoying their meal across the street, for now.

House Backyard

Ashley and Regina quietly creep up to their prey. At the last second, Regina steps on a pile of rubble. It produced enough noise for her target to turn its head at the time of her strike.  Her screwdriver dives into its cheeks. Before she can retract her arm, the walker grabs hold of her arm. It growls, moving its head closer to Regina's arm.

Ashley manages to dispatch her target. It falls limp onto the dumpster and slides off to the ground motionless. In the corner of her eye, she notices a ghoul inside the house approaching the window. It might have seen or heard them.



Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Updated map https://i.imgur.com/cpE8Jkq.png

This message was last edited by the GM at 18:23, Sat 28 Sept 2019.
Ashley
character, 196 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 29 Sep 2019
at 01:26
  • msg #793

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

*crunch*
*squish*
*thump*


The strike was solid, perfectly aimed, and Ashley's target went down like a sack of (rotten) potatoes.  Out of habit, she stepped back as she pulled her blade free of the zombie's skull, keeping clear of any retaliation.  Regina, it seemed, wasn't quite so lucky, and Ash's eyes went wide as she processed the scene and its possible outcome.

Aw HELL no.

quote:
21:22, Today: Ashley rolled 29 using 2d10+12. stabbing... with DETERMINATION (+5 Resolve).


Springing into action in the space between breaths, Ashley lunged towards the remaining zombie, slamming into her target with force enough to pierce eye, brain, and the back of its skull, her hand nearly embedded in its face.  She planted a foot against the zombie's chest and, with a growl of effort, dislodged it with a firm shove that slammed the twice-dead corpse back against the dumpster to crumple next to its companion.

"Are you--"  Ashley panted out without even taking a moment to catch her breath, quickly realizing she was speaking in a normal tone and dropping to a whisper, "are you alright?"  She kept watch on the house zombie in the corner of her vision, but her immediate concern was Regina.
Ivy
character, 1118 posts
Sun 29 Sep 2019
at 06:06
  • msg #794

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy peered around the corner of the building, glancing down the road at the cluster of monsters. She could see Eli not too far from them, but at the moment they didn't seem to notice him yet. Hopefully it'd stay that way.
Regina
character, 133 posts
Mon 30 Sep 2019
at 15:17
  • msg #795

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The suddenness of Regina's error seemed almost surreal. One moment, the walker was as good as dead (again), the next, it had her arm in an iron grip. For a rotting corpse, these creatures were deceptively strong; Regina couldn't break herself free from its iron grip. This was it; a single mistake had killed her. She almost let out a scream at the sheer horror of it all.

Then, with an even higher degree of suddenness, Ashley sprung to action. The teenager dispatched the grappling walker with a degree of strength and viciousness that Regina would never have assumed. As the monster crumpled to the ground, the doctor pulled her sleeve up to check for any bites. By the grace of God, there were none.

Regina let out a long, shaky sigh, "Yes, I- I'm fine," she lied. "That was my mistake," she added, a hint of bitterness creeping into her voice. That tone didn't match the doctor's smile upon looking at Ashley, however. "I wish my assistant had been as fast as you." It was the closest to a compliment that Regina could think to use. Certainly not the one Ashley deserved for saving her life.
Elijah
player, 111 posts
Mon 30 Sep 2019
at 20:06
  • msg #796

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah looked in the window and pulled a face. He really doubted the person they were looking for was still in there with all the infected bumbling around. But they had to be thorough. He guessed. Why did they have to be thorough again? Not like he knew this lady. Sometimes he really wondered why he insisted on getting himself into dumb shit like this. He concluded it was because he was a proper dumb ass.

He moved by and stepped through the front door. Not wanting to attract the attention of the things out in the street, he didn't make any noise to bait the ones inside. He just unceremoniously walked up to the one in the middle and cracked its head open with the machete.

He kept his back to the front door and watched the other two, waiting for them to make a move.
Ashley
character, 197 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Tue 1 Oct 2019
at 07:33
  • msg #797

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Shit happens," replied Ashley, shaking her head with a smile she made no effort to conceal.  "I'm glad I'm fast, too."  Even such a small admission was unusually candid from the prickly teen, but she'd have to admit sooner or later that there were people whose presence she actually enjoyed.  Regina, despite her troublesome concern for Ashley's well-being, was steadily winning a place on that short list.

She also made no further effort to keep her voice down -- if the noise attracted the one walker inside, that would simply make their job easier.  Keeping a watch on the lone zombie, she strolled up the steps to the back porch, peering around to and fro to try to get an idea of the situation, both outside and inside.

"She's not here, you know."  Ash jerked a thumb house-ward.  "Deadies inside, nobody deliberately sticks around for that.  She either ran or got got."  She shrugged, idly twirling the knife between her fingers as she waited for opportunity to present itself.  Ideally, the zombie inside would come towards the windows, and make itself an easy target as it clumsily crawled out.  "I mean, maybe she's locked up in a bedroom or something, but my money's on no.  But I guess we might find some sign of where she went, if she went."
Bandito
GM, 2353 posts
Tue 1 Oct 2019
at 07:57
  • msg #798

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah

Directly in front of Elijah stands a ghoul. It shambles towards him as the other ghoul falls to the ground from Elijah's machete. The sound of the corpse hitting the ground captures the attention of the ghoul that was turned away from Elijah. Both ghouls shamble at their meal.


Backyard

Regina and Ashley's conversation is interrupted by the sound of a ghoul falling out from the nearby window. It stands, growling and dragging itself towards Regina.

*Clunk*

Just now, both of you hear something moving from inside the dumpster.

Ivy

"A human being!" Rufus answers his own question. Natasha groans and rolls her eyes.

When Elijah goes through the door, Ivy no longer has sight on him. Dwayne checks over the building with his binoculars before returning his sight on the group of ghouls across the street.

"I don't think Ms. Carter is here anymore." The boy says.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Latest Map https://i.imgur.com/kqkpUTa.png


This message was last edited by the GM at 07:59, Tue 01 Oct 2019.
Ivy
character, 1119 posts
Tue 1 Oct 2019
at 11:49
  • msg #799

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Rufus:
"A human being!"


Ivy bit her tongue, trying not to be amused. Eli was inside and out of sight, and the monsters outside were still none the wiser.

Dwayne:
"I don't think Ms. Carter is here anymore."


"It doesn't look like anyone's here anymore," said the girl. "Just a bunch of monsters."
Elijah
player, 112 posts
Tue 1 Oct 2019
at 22:07
  • msg #800

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"C'mon, then," Elijah muttered at the infected. He'd killed so fucking many of these things he'd stopped feeling bad about it. It was just a cruel necessity now, like slaughtering a chicken or some shit. He had trouble even seeing them as people anymore - that was almost as screwed up as the dead walking, wasn't it.

But if you don't learn to compartmentalize you could go crazy, and Elijah couldn't really afford to go much crazier. Once again, he half-wondered why he insisted on putting himself through this crap. Because he still gave a shit about living people, he guessed. Wonder what it'd take to change that.

He shifted the machete, getting a tight hold on it, and split the head of the infected in front of him open - like he'd done dozens of times already. He wrenched it back out of its skull and turned on his heel to face the third and final one. He let out a slow breath. Stupid goddamn things.
Bandito
GM, 2354 posts
Wed 2 Oct 2019
at 02:31
  • msg #801

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah

The ghoul goes limp and crumbles to the ground. To Elijah's side, an old man with a long, bloody white beard raises its hand as an attempt to grapple the soldier. Its movement are much slower compared to the other undead Elijah encountered, allowing him to side step out of its grasp. Elijah hears a low growl from the ghoul.
Elijah
player, 113 posts
Wed 2 Oct 2019
at 02:48
  • msg #802

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As Elijah sidestepped the sluggish infected, he brought the machete down on it in one fluid motion. Its head just about split in half. He pulled a face. He gave the machete a few waggles, trying to dislodge all the bits of skull and brains it'd accumulated. Nasty. Best not to think about it.

He gave his surroundings another cursory look, searching for more infected or signs of recent habitation. He gave a sigh and stepped over a body. He moved over to the nearest closed door and gave it a few knocks (shave and a haircut) so he wouldn't be mistaken for an infected bumbling around. If there was no sound inside, he'd try the door anyway and check the room. Just to make sure.
Ashley
character, 198 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 2 Oct 2019
at 09:45
  • msg #803

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley watched the walker lurch out the window with something disturbingly close to glee.  Make noise and they go wherever you want, just as planned.
quote:
05:31, Today: Ashley rolled 12 using 2d10+7.  bitches be trippin.

"Reg!  You're up!"  Ashley called to her partner as she sidestepped to the right around approaching zombie.  She swept her left foot hard as she went, which, along with a firm shove with her left hand on its back, combined to send the ghoul toppling to the ground in front of Regina, leaving an easy and momentarily defenseless target for the doctor to eliminate.
Regina
character, 134 posts
Thu 3 Oct 2019
at 10:56
  • msg #804

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As the walker tumbled into the backyard, Regina was about to order Ashley to run -- only for the teenager to rush ahead and ground the monster. There wasn't any time to talk; at Ashley's prompting, Regina ran over, knelt down, and stabbed into the walker's head as hard as she could. The screwdriver punctured the walker's eye up to the handle and made a horrible noise -- followed by the walker going limp.

Ironic, that the human body could disgust her so much at this point.

"You know, I'm still wondering--" Regina wrenched the screwdriver free with a grunt, "--why we're here, doing...this. I may be new to your group, but I deserve to know why we're risking our lives for someone you clearly don't like," Regina's annoyance was bare in her tone, and the doctor stared at Ashley, waiting for an answer. Going back for a teacher felt odd, considering Mary's prior disinterest in the idea of having lessons unrelated to survival.
Ashley
character, 199 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 4 Oct 2019
at 04:13
  • msg #805

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Don't take me as an example.  I'm a weirdo."  Ashley shrugged and flashed a wry smirk.  She paused to give the door handle a try.  Locked, not that that was really an obstacle with the adjacent window busted out.  "She's someone I don't like, but I'm clearly not the majority here -- at the very least, the little kids liked her, and the end of the world has made us all nothing if not sentimental.  Or at least, made everyone else."  She squatted next to the fallen walker, slipped her backpack off and set it next to herself, and began wiping the clumpy blood off her knife on the cleanest parts of the corpse's clothes.

"Truth is, I'm doing this for selfish reasons."  Another shrug, a weary tone of it-is-what-it-is in her voice and actions.  Sure, she may be an awful human being, but at least she was honest about it.  "I figure, I rack up enough brownie points helping out with shit I don't care about, maybe I can talk everyone into stopping by the church again.  See if I can pick up Nicole's trail."  She gave a deep sigh, staring down at the knife in her hands, turning it this way and that, watching the afternoon sun glint off the black blade in motion.  "In an ideal world, this wouldn't involve anyone else, just me.  This is my albatross, not theirs, and definitely not yours."  She raised a hand to her chest, over the locket Regina had surely seen earlier when bandaging her wound.  She finally sheathed the knife, though she left the strap unsnapped, so she could draw it faster, just in case.

"Unfortunately, as should be painfully obvious by now, this isn't anything even remotely resembling an ideal world."  Ashley began digging through her backpack, quickly producing a dented police baton.  Tool in hand, she closed the backpack, slipped it back on, and stood up, approaching the window left of the door.  "So I'm stuck having to talk this group into giving me a chance to go back and fix my fuckups, if I can."  She shrugged again, and began breaking out the broken glass at the edges of the window with her baton, to make it safe to cross through without injury.  "If they want to drop me off in Rosedale and keep driving, they can do that.  Honestly, they probably should.  It's a stupid plan.  But I've at least gotta try, with or without."
Bandito
GM, 2355 posts
Sun 6 Oct 2019
at 00:04
  • msg #806

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah

After checking his surroundings, Elijah comes to the conclusion that the house is clear. From the turned over table and chairs, its clear that there were signs of struggle. Any living human beings that were in this house is long gone.

Elijah can hear a conversation between Ashley and Regina in the backyard.


Backyard

While the duo discuss the reasons for their search, a *THUNK* noise from the dumpster interrupts their conversation. The lid raises briefly as if something is about to emerge. However, it falls back down and stays silent.
Regina
character, 135 posts
Sun 6 Oct 2019
at 15:02
  • msg #807

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

By God, Ashley knew how to give a melodramatic speech. Regina listened politely, of course, but she had to suppress the urge to roll her eyes. "I doubt they'd leave you," Regina certainly wouldn't, "I'm assuming you want to find Nicole. They might agree to do that; it's more of a tangible goal than hoping a vague location can give us safety." The doctor joined Ashley in cleaning her weapon on a dry patch of a walker's tattered attire.

"It's not a good plan, still," Regina looked up from her screwdriver at Ashley. She hadn't been asked to give her thoughts, but that never stopped Regina in the past. "This group will be worse off if you leave. If your goal is to trade one fu- screw-up for another, then by all means, go." She railed off her complaint with the tiredness of a haughty, know-it-all elder. "Just know that you'd be abandoning the ship. Ask yourself: would Picard do that?"

The answer, if Ashley had one, would have to wait. A startling thud drew Regina's attention to a strangely-placed dumpster. Regina raised her pistol at it and spoke harshly: "Come out slowly, hands raised."
Elijah
player, 114 posts
Sun 6 Oct 2019
at 18:51
  • msg #808

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah gave all the rooms a once over, looking for the woman. Or any sign of living people. No such luck. It didn’t look like anyone had been here in awhile. Didn’t the kid say there’d been people holed up here? Maybe he’d gotten the houses mixed up.

The sound of shattering glass gave him some pause. He made his way carefully back to the main room. He peeked around the corner first, keeping his body behind the wall, and relaxed somewhat upon seeing Ashley and Regina outside. Less so when he realized Regina was pointing a gun and talking at the dumpster. Well, whatever was in it.

He made a shush motion, indicating for them to not acknowledge him in any way. He held his machete aloft and shimmied through the backdoor and past the dumpster. He took a position up on its side. If the person, supposedly, inside didn’t open the top, Elijah would lift the cover and stay off to the side so Regina could keep a bead on it.
Ashley
character, 200 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Mon 7 Oct 2019
at 00:57
  • msg #809

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Dammit, I'm not even that big a Star Trek nerd or anything.  Ashley scowled, facing away from Regina and towards the house.  She was readying herself to hop through the now-clean window frame when Elijah unlocked the door and came through, rendering her work pointless.  Not that there would be any point in entering the house at all, now, as Elijah clearly had already checked it.  Oh well, it saved her the effort of searching.

...Picard would deal with his doubts and lead his crew.

By the time Ashley turned around to see what the ruckus was at the dumpster, she had already discarded her petulant frown, trading it in for a resolute expression, ready to back up Regina and Elijah if they needed it.  Of course, a knife would do no good from this distance, and she was still resolutely ignoring the existence of the pistol in her pocket, and would likely continue to do so for the foreseeable future.  It's just better that way.  Memories should stay memories.  So, instead of leaping into the potential fray, Ashley simply stood back, watching over the scene and keeping an eye out for non-dumpster-related threats, while the other two busied themselves with whoever or whatever was hiding.
Bandito
GM, 2356 posts
Mon 7 Oct 2019
at 06:50
  • msg #810

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Backyard

After Regina's call, the dumpster falls silent. There's a long pause between the three and the dumpster.

Whatever's inside, it has no intention of coming out.
Ashley
character, 201 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Tue 8 Oct 2019
at 01:03
  • msg #811

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Seeing as the situation seemed well under control, Ashley decided she could afford to relax a bit -- and unwind from the tension of saving Regina's life.  She dropped down to sit on the top step of the stairs leading to the porch, releasing tension in a heavy sigh.  And besides, she could call out orders just as easily from here.

"Open it up, but if it's dead, just close it.  We're not on garbage detail."  After considering a moment, she added, raising her voice a bit so she could be heard by any theoretical dumpster-dweller, "Whoever you are in there, it's safe to come out now!  We cleared out all the monsters!"
Elijah
player, 115 posts
Tue 8 Oct 2019
at 05:05
  • msg #812

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah opened the lid carefully with one hand. He kept the machete readied with his other, prepared to give whatever inside a good whack if it was fast and unfriendly.
Bandito
GM, 2357 posts
Tue 8 Oct 2019
at 06:35
  • msg #813

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Backyard

Ashley's call earns no response from the dumpster.

The lid lifts open freely above Elijah's hand. He sees a familiar dirty blonde haired woman. Her body is as bony as he remembers. The woman holds a kitchen knife in front of her. Her eyes go wide when they meet with the soldier's face. She lowers her knife.

(?) You found Angie.
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:52, Wed 09 Oct 2019.
Regina
character, 136 posts
Tue 8 Oct 2019
at 21:49
  • msg #814

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The wait was unbearable, and the tension palpable. "Well? Is it safe?" Regina called out, approaching the dumpster slowly. When she peered in and saw a boyish-looking woman, she let out a sigh. "Are you Carter?"
Ashley
character, 202 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 11 Oct 2019
at 08:36
  • msg #815

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina's question brought Ashley back to her feet -- if it was Ms. Carter, she could confirm a lot more easily than two people who had never met the woman before.  She hopped down the steps and over to the dumpster, to find...

Oh, great.  The junkie.  Guess we really are on garbage detail.

She was at least wise enough to not say that out loud, but the mild disappointment registered on her face anyway.  Regardless, they still had a mission to fulfill, and while this wasn't the person they were looking for, she could possibly help.

"Angie?  How in the hell did you-- actually, never mind, you can tell us all about it when we get back to the others."  Ashley was at least nominally capable of tact, and offered a hand to help Angie out of the dumpster, but she did still need to get to the business end of things, and quickly.  "Did anyone else make it out?  Where did they go?"
Elijah
player, 116 posts
Sun 13 Oct 2019
at 06:07
  • msg #816

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah's eyes go equally wide as Angie's. He hadn't known what he'd expected, but it wasn't her - he's so surprised he almost dropped the lid on her head again. He didn't, thankfully.

Ashley and Regina already asked most of his pertinent questions. Most of them.

"You alright, Angie?"

He lowered the machete. He looked a little stunned, like he wasn't quite sure what to say.
Bandito
GM, 2358 posts
Mon 14 Oct 2019
at 02:40
  • msg #817

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Backyard

"No, no..." With questions bombarding the woman, its hard to tell who she's responding to with her initial reply. She still clutches onto her knife with both hands.

"We got out, the school... they didn't make it." Angie's gaze falls on Elijah. She appears to be staring at an unfamiliar face, as if the soldier is a figment of her own imagination. "You... you're not supposed to be here? Why are you here?" The woman slowly climbs out of the dumpster. She turns her head, seemingly searching for someone. "Where are they?" She asks the soldier. "The others- the kids."
Regina
character, 137 posts
Mon 14 Oct 2019
at 17:19
  • msg #818

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Recognizing that she was the stranger in this situation, Regina stepped back and gave the three their space. Angie, the woman's name was Angie -- granted, Carter seemed like a last name. Ashley had an annoyed look the doctor expected, but that also didn't necessarily confirm Angie's identity; Ashley could be that annoyed by anyone.

"We shouldn't stay here longer than necessary," Regina said, talking over Angie to remind the two of the task at hand.
Ashley
character, 203 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 16 Oct 2019
at 23:25
  • msg #819

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"She's right," Ashley nodded towards Regina.  "Nothing good comes of standing around.  Come on, the others are out at the street, along with Dwayne and Mina."  While Ashley cared little for the children, it seemed to matter to Angie.  She waved everybody over to the fence, to retrace their steps back to the SUV.  "This way -- there's more monsters out front than anyone wants to deal with."  Truth of the matter was she just didn't trust anyone but herself to sneak by them.
Elijah
player, 117 posts
Sun 20 Oct 2019
at 08:14
  • msg #820

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah's face dropped when asked about the others. Right, she wanted to jump straight into it.

He didn't know if he had it in him to rattle off what happened again. Every time he had to explain, he thought of Alex. That night he got brought into the infirmary. His whole head had looked like a bloodied pulp. He thought of what he finally looked like when they'd managed to clean off all that blood, how swollen his face looked, he'd been sure the kid wasn't going to last the night.

If he made the next three weeks it'd be a miracle.

Elijah definitely looked more rattled than a few seconds ago, which probably didn't bode all too great for what answers Angie should expect.

"Edward and Ivy are out by the street, waitin' for us," he said. "C'mon. Everyone else is alive but we're... separated. A lot to explain. Best to do it somewhere safe."

And he'd really prefer someone else do the brunt of it, honestly. He beckoned for Angie to come along and led the way back around the house. He really didn't like standing out here.
Bandito
GM, 2359 posts
Mon 21 Oct 2019
at 03:26
  • msg #821

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Back at the Truck

After finding Angie, everyone returned to the truck. Upon seeing the woman, the truck driver hops off his seat and greeted the woman with an enthusiastic wave. "You're alive! Its a god damn miracle!"

Angie meets the soldier's smile with one of her own. Her head turns in search for someone else she used to know. In the absence of them, her smile fades. "Where, what happened to Malcolm and Kale?"

Edward scratches the side of his temple. "Long story, ain't a pleasant one, we'll tell ya in a bit. Where were ya since the attack?"

Angie begin revealing the events that happened to her since the church...

Right after Antonio's attack, she ran off with Chi and Nicole. They stay hidden at a school before they got separated. The group recognizes her description of the school, it was where they found Chi's dead body. Angie and Chi lost sight of Nicole inside the school when they stumbled upon a group of ghouls. Chi lured some of the ghouls away to give her a chance to escape. She wandered for a while and decided to see if she could find any survivors near the church. Last night heard someone that sounded like Miss Carter. She saw a group of people running out of the house, screaming. When it was clear, she went inside and found old man Jeffrey being eaten alive. She tried to help him, but was quickly overwhelmed. In the end, dived through the window to the back and hid in the dumpster.
This message was last edited by the GM at 04:09, Mon 21 Oct 2019.
Trisha
character, 537 posts
Mon 21 Oct 2019
at 13:23
  • msg #822

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Though she had aggressively refused to go with them, Trisha grows restless and agitated as she waits for the search team to return. When they finally do, she is one of he first to rush out and greet them. Relieved to see her return unharmed, she pulls Ashley into her arms before addressing anyone else directly. She still isn't happy about her taking off in the first place, but knows she had her reasons.
"Sorry you ain't found her, I know you really miss her." Trisha whispers, before burying her head into Ash's shoulder. "I'm glad you're still here though."

She hangs back when watching the others greet Angie, unsure of how to broach the subject of an apology. When the woman tells of what happened, Trisha can't help but feel somewhat responsible.
"Angie I'm so sorry. I'm sorry for what happened to you guys and sorry I was a bitch that time and sorry I didn't care when you and Chi knew about the church and I didn't even listen but you was right the whole time."

Though she has so much more to tell her, she cuts herself off and simply reaches a hand out to touch her arm softly. "Promise I won't let you be alone again." She makes her best attempt to reach out, but all she can say is things she herself would find comforting to hear.

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
23:22, Today: Trisha rolled 19 using 2d10+6 ((9,4)).--Comfort Angie-make friends

Bandito
GM, 2360 posts
Tue 22 Oct 2019
at 03:38
  • msg #823

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Near the Truck

Trisha's action left Angie stunned with surprise. The woman is unsure how to reciprocate. Angie places two of her fingers over Trisha's hand. She nods knowingly at her.

"Its... not your fault. No one would've believed us, so we kept it quiet." She replies. "I'm not alone, they came back."
Mary
character, 633 posts
Tue 22 Oct 2019
at 06:43
  • msg #824

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary keeps lookout, but finds herself growing increasingly anxious as she sees and hears nothing from the away team. The relief she feels when she sees them return is so intense that it's almost overwhelming. She also sees they've picked up another person and is initially shocked that they actually found Miss Carter, but then realizes it's Angie instead.

"Oh! It's...you," Mary says awkwardly. Had she ever even spoken to Angie? Mary is sure she'd had reason to exchange a few words from time to time, but can't remember anything meaningful. Mary had learned through the grapevine that Angie had been left at the church after overdosing in the bathroom, and as far as Mary had been concerned, that meant they had nothing to talk about.

She knows Angie had arrived with Elijah and Trisha's group, though, way back when. That probably explains Trisha's warm reassurances. Mary glances over at Elijah, studying his reaction, trying to gauge how he feels about Angie's survival.
Ivy
character, 1120 posts
Tue 22 Oct 2019
at 09:55
  • msg #825

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Now there was someone Ivy wasn't expecting to see. It had been a long time since the rest of the crew had left Angie at the church. She looked...about as bad as she had back then. Ivy chose not to say that out loud. And with the grim story the woman had to tell, it was understandable that she'd come out of it looking a bit worse for wear.

With little to add to the conversation, the young girl loitered by the truck, stealing the occasional glance at the huddled mass of monsters down the road.
Ashley
character, 204 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Tue 29 Oct 2019
at 07:56
  • msg #826

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley was all but ready to tune out -- after all, someone careless enough to OD in the zombie apocalypse wasn't exactly someone who she'd put a lot of faith in... but then Angie said the magic word.

"Wait, Nicole?"  A desperate hope lit in those crystal-blue eyes, something in direly short supply of late.  "You were with Nicole?  And you--"  You let her get away?!?  She didn't say it, but she certainly felt it.  Oh, who are you kidding, you fucking fraud?  You let her get away too.  Never mind that Ashley was far too busy almost dying of lead poisoning to keep track of anyone at the time.  The facts, after all, seldom get in the way of feelings.

"What's the last place you saw her?"  It took a lot of self-control to keep from launching into her usual mile-a-minute pace, but she managed.  Barely.  It would do no good to rush the important details.  "Where was she heading?"

It went without saying that the crew of the USS Ashleyprise was going to go find her, no ifs, ands, or buts.  But she said it anyway.  "We've got to look for her.  We've got to try."  It was rather less authoritative and rather more pleading, looking to each of her fellow survivors in turn with wide eyes and a hopeful smile.
Bandito
GM, 2362 posts
Wed 30 Oct 2019
at 04:21
  • msg #827

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Back at the Truck

quote:
"We've got to look for her.  We've got to try."


"I don't see why not." Rufus speaks.

"Well, yeah, obviously we're going to look for her. Right?" Natasha turns to Mary with her question.

Angie raises her arm and points to the distance. "We were at a school, There were school buses in the school yard. I think its... that way." The direction she's pointing seems to be at the school where the party discovered Chi's body yesterday. "There were a lot of them, and we were trapped. I don't know if she made it out."

Ivy sees some of the ghouls starting to leave their feasting ground. At the moment they are wandering about aimlessly, posing no threat to the party.
Ivy
character, 1121 posts
Wed 30 Oct 2019
at 12:27
  • msg #828

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Um...maybe we should hurry," Ivy suggested as she pointed to the monsters. "They're walking around now."
Mary
character, 634 posts
Wed 30 Oct 2019
at 22:44
  • msg #829

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Another detour? Mary thinks to herself. She'd been willing to look for Miss Carter, but had only done so to placate the children in the hopes that she would reduce the inevitable trouble they'd cause. The thought of starting another wild goose chase immediately after the last one's failure was not appealing to her, but neither did the thought of disappointing both Ashley and Natasha (Rufus, she didn't care much about).

"It's...not like we're on a schedule," she finally sighs. "Ivy's right, we should move. Angie, can you remember the three of you talking about anywhere else you wanted to go? Somewhere to meet up or hide or find supplies or something like that?"
Regina
character, 138 posts
Thu 31 Oct 2019
at 00:22
  • msg #830

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley might have found it telling that when her hopeful eyes fell upon her that Regina looked away. The doctor was of a different opinion entirely. "I don't think it's a good idea," Regina said bluntly, "We should be putting miles between those bandits and us before Antonio's 'good-will' runs out," she looked at Mary, who surely understood that kind of threat, even if she was willing to roll over to Ashley's request. "We'd be wasting time, gas, and exposing ourselves to danger, and for what? A vague possibility that Ashley's friend is still out there?" Regina met every one of their eyes now as if daring them to argue.

Regina had plenty of less-kind reasons for abandoning the search. She didn't know what Nicole brought to the table besides being a friend of Ashley's. Their food and medical supplies were already straining to support their current group. They were better off finding a safe place to live and establishing stability. However, saying any of that would make her sound more callous than she already did. Nobody wanted to support a monster, even if they had logical arguments.

With a sigh, Regina gently massaged her temples. "I'm sorry, Ashley, I know how important she must be to you, but..." She couldn't continue that thought. What could anyone say to make her proposed idea better? 'Leaving your friend isn't so bad'?
Bandito
GM, 2363 posts
Thu 31 Oct 2019
at 06:13
  • msg #831

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Near the Truck

"We... didn't really had a plan. We wanted to see if there's anything in the school and maybe hide there for a while." Angie steals a glance at the wandering ghouls down the street. She frowns briefly at the sight. "Maybe... Maybe she's dead. There were a lot of them, I mean." She says, quietly.
Mary
character, 635 posts
Fri 1 Nov 2019
at 04:41
  • msg #832

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Antonio's gang isn't coming back," Mary tells Regina. "They took everything they wanted from here and drove hours away. They're not going to turn around and come back now."

She gives the others a small shrug. "It can't take us more than a few hours to check. There's nothing left here. Ashley, where would we even look? I suppose we could go back and check the church again, but you can you think of anything else?"

She glances over at the ghouls again with a frown. "Perhaps we should discuss this somewhere else."
Bandito
GM, 2363 posts
Fri 1 Nov 2019
at 07:47
  • msg #833

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Near the Truck

The truck driver listens to Mary's reasoning then decides to weigh in on the conversation. "They might," he says, "when they find out we killed one of theirs."

"I don't think she went back to the church." Angie replies. "I don't know, maybe." She lowers her head, thinking. "She keeps asking about Ashley, and talking about how we should go find the others."
This message was last updated by the GM at 07:47, Fri 01 Nov 2019.
Trisha
character, 538 posts
Sun 3 Nov 2019
at 00:32
  • msg #834

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

She knew Ashley would not give up once she heard Nicole was last seen alive. No amount of reasoning would stop her from going back, so Trisha knows she must go with her. Seeing her obvious distress, Trisha joins the others in offering her help.
"You know you ain't even gotta ask me." She says with a smile, before turning to look out the window. "It's tons easier to find 'em if we know where they been. Ain't like we don't got nothin' else to do. Tony ain't gonna bother us."
Ashley
character, 205 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 3 Nov 2019
at 07:19
  • msg #835

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Hmm... predictable "no"s, but predictable "yes"es too.

...Fuck it.  They can hate me later.


"Alright, that settles it!"  Ashley leapt right back into Captain Mode, and she waved everyone not already in a vehicle towards the doors, opening any that weren't already open and ushering the crew into their places with relatively little concern for their opinions on seating arrangements.  "Everybody pile in, we're not staying for dinner!"

Time was of the essence, but Ashley at least made certain that Trisha was placed between herself and Regina -- she'd surely catch an earful for taking the reins and arbitrarily pushing her own plan, but then, it's not like they really had a concrete plan anyway, so she wasn't really keeping them from anything.  After all, the group still hadn't arrived at a consensus on the most basic of decisions -- the matter of mountains versus island, or any other potential destinations -- so they'd just be tooling around wasting gas either way.  Might as well waste it on something purposeful.  And maybe they could siphon some gas, if any of the vehicles at the school hadn't been fully looted yet.



Once everyone was in their vehicles and settled, Ashley could finally take the time to answer everyone's questions.  Or, really, just Mary's questions, since nobody else had an interest in the logistics of it all.

"If I know Nicole, she probably hasn't gone far.  We found her hiding in a school.  Before that, she was a latecomer to John's group, and there's clearly no good feelings left there, so she wouldn't go back to them.  She wasn't comfortable in the church either, and given it's probably monster central right now, I seriously doubt she'd go anywhere near it.  So I think we should check the school, check the exits in particular, and see if we can't find some kind of trail -- or even Nicole herself, just like we found Angie here."  She grinned triumphantly at that one -- not that the victory was entirely hers, but she certainly had a hand in it, and if Ashley could help it, she would continue to parlay that reputation as a good hunter into fuel for her own search effort.
Regina
character, 139 posts
Tue 5 Nov 2019
at 23:10
  • msg #836

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina didn't know how she ended up back in the SUV. She likewise couldn't understand why they were going along with a "plan" that formed from the wishful thinking of a teenager. Regina's suspicion that the group didn't have strong leadership grew; a teenager was calling the shots at this point! Unfortunately, as the newest member, it wasn't as if she could call any shots.

That didn't mean Regina couldn't voice her disapproval.

"This isn't going to end well," Regina said dryly, "For anyone." She'd leaned back into her seat and shut her eyes.
Trisha
character, 539 posts
Wed 6 Nov 2019
at 03:30
  • msg #837

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"This isn't going to end well, for anyone."
"That ain't never stopped us before." She responds brightly, giving Regina a mischievous grin. "We can handle it."
There's no denying the truth in Regina's statement, but Trisha has never been one to admit when something is a bad idea.
With her need to make Ashley happy and win her affection, there isn't much in the world that could make her rethink her misguided attempts to prove her loyalty to the person she cares about the most. Even if proving it means finding and rescuing her own replacement.
Bandito
GM, 2364 posts
Fri 8 Nov 2019
at 08:03
  • msg #838

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Timeskip - School Yard

The group decides to leave the scene before the ghouls notice their presence. They drive off to the school where Angie last saw Nicole and Chi. Of course, most of the survivors are already familiar with this area. It is as they left it. The front yard is partially walled off by school buses. They recall the center of the yard are littered with knocked over folding chairs and tables, and in one of the school bus, Chi's body. To get to the entrance of the school, they will need to move through the yard first.

The driver parks the truck on the curb, right next to the school bus barricade.

"This is where I last saw Nicole and Chi." Angie points her finger at the school from the truck bed. She hesitates briefly before climbing down from the truck bed.

Natasha lets herself out from the SUV after it comes to a stop. Dwayne also hops out of his seat and tails closely behind Natasha onto the sidewalk.
Ashley
character, 206 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Mon 11 Nov 2019
at 07:50
  • msg #839

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

To absolutely no one's surprise, Ashley was a bundle of energy as the vehicles neared the school.  She very nearly bounced out of the SUV once they arrived, bounding towards the bus perimeter ahead of most everyone else.  There's a difference between enthusiasm and stupidity, though, and Ashley slowed as she approached the schoolyard, ready to keep an eye out for any danger.

"I already hate this," muttered Ashley to no one in particular and everyone in earshot.  "I'm the one that said 'don't go in the school', and here I am, getting ready to go in the school.  You said the lot was pretty much empty, yeah?"  That last part she directed to Natasha and any other nearby members of the Away Team that checked the school last time they visited.  "Maybe we can go 'round the side once we get up to the building, skirt around it and avoid the mess of passing through the school itself?"

There was, of course, the possibility that Nicole had hidden away inside the school -- like, say, in a janitor's closet or something -- but Ashley preferred the route of caution, at least for the initial search.
Ivy
character, 1122 posts
Mon 11 Nov 2019
at 13:24
  • msg #840

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

As Ivy stepped out onto the pavement, she eyed the school with ambivalence. Memories of an easier life started to creep their way into her head, but she did her best to push them back down as she un-slung her rifle and followed behind Natasha and Dwayne. "I don't like it here..."
Trisha
character, 540 posts
Mon 11 Nov 2019
at 21:37
  • msg #841

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"This is where I last saw Nicole and Chi." 

Trisha hears Angie explain as she leaps out of the vehichle and proceeds to stretch her shoulders, as if preparing for a casual morning jog. She leaves Fernando where he is for now.
"If she's in there, we gonna find her-" She smiles as she watches Ashley rush past her, then mutters to the others while the girl is out of earshot. "Or what's left of her, at least."

Without another word, she runs ahead to catch up with Ash, who had thankfully stopped to plan her next course of action. As she stands by her side, Trisha chuckles lightly at her friend's hesitation.
"Just like last time, huh?"
She steps forward just a little and looks up at the building, thinking as Ashley explains her idea.
"Seems pretty quiet." She muses. "If we can get 'round the back and maybe kick up some noise, maybe someone can get inside."
Mary
character, 636 posts
Tue 12 Nov 2019
at 06:48
  • msg #842

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy:
"I don't like it here..."

"Nobody likes it here," Mary grumbles.

She looks back at Ivy, still unhappy to have the girl coming along with them, and sees Dwayne. While Mary has mixed feelings about Ivy, her thoughts on Dwayne are very clear: he should not be coming with them.

"Maybe some of us should stay with the truck," Mary says, thinking quickly. "We need...a lookout. That, and someone that can drive. If the ghouls start cutting off our exit, they can lean on the horn and drive off. That should distract them, and we'll know we'll have to find another way out.

"Dwayne, I know I can trust you as a lookout. Who's going to be our driver?"
Ashley
character, 207 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 13 Nov 2019
at 09:38
  • msg #843

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Good idea."  Ashley nodded to Mary, not that she particularly needed the approval.  "I'll leave my walkie-talkie here, so you can use yours to call out if we need help."  She passed the handset over to whoever was designated as the driver, still tuned to the same frequency as Mary's, then turned her attention once again schoolward.

"Let's get this show on the road."
Ivy
character, 1123 posts
Wed 13 Nov 2019
at 12:25
  • msg #844

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary:
"Who's going to be our driver?"


"Ed's a good driver," Ivy stated. Not only was it not a lie, but it'd also ensure that Ed would stay put. With his tummy in the state that it was, he had no business being up and about.
Bandito
GM, 2364 posts
Thu 14 Nov 2019
at 08:15
  • msg #845

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Outside of the School

quote:
"Nobody likes it here"


"I disagree." Rufus hops off the back of the truck.

"Yeah, I can." Dwayne flatly replies to Mary. He didn't argue against doing the task, but it did not sound like he particular liked it either.

Mina quietly exits the vehicle. She steps onto the sidewalk and listens to the conversation from afar with no intention of participating.

Edward pops his head out of the window at the mention of his name. "Only the best in town, kiddo." Though, despite her wishes, he steps out of the truck. "Ain't safe in there kiddo, Eli and I are comin' with ya."
This message was last updated by the GM at 08:15, Thu 14 Nov 2019.
Trisha
character, 541 posts
Thu 14 Nov 2019
at 22:10
  • msg #846

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

The more people that step in to help, the more Trisha loses interest in the whole idea, briefly considering ditching the rescue altogether.
"Can we not make a big thing outta this?"
Pushing the hair off her face, she looks back at the rest of the group, obviously frustrated by the situation.

"Ed you can't come." She states bluntly. "Regina tell him he can't come, he's too hurt." She looks to the doctor for affirmation, hoping her authority might convince him to stay put.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:12, Thu 14 Nov 2019.
Ashley
character, 208 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 15 Nov 2019
at 03:09
  • msg #847

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I'm with Trish.  We march an army into the school, we're gonna wake every thing in there."  Ashley turned back to survey her ever-growing group, though without the irritation that one might expect to see on her face.  They don't know any better, they just want to help.  She glanced down, briefly contemplative, before returning her gaze to the others with a slight smile.

"I'm touched that you all want to help, honestly I am, but less is more when it comes to stealth.  I used to do this kinda thing all the time back at the church."  She spoke with her hands, fingers drawing maps in the air that only she could understand.  It was telling of her enthusiasm and, daresay, excitement at the prospect of this particular mission.  "Five, six people and we could cover the whole school quick without attracting too much attention.  Buddy system it for safety.  Come in quiet, get out quiet, no more than twenty minutes.  If things go sour, Mary radios for help, they hit the horn, we sneak out the back way and come around while the deadies are distracted.  Now let's stop putzing around and go."  This time there was a hint of annoyance in her eyes.  Time spent standing around and talking is time not spent searching for Nicole.

Setting an example as captain, Ashley turned and began her quiet approach towards the school.  Nothing short of physical restraint would stop her this time -- and whoever planned on being her partner had better hurry up and keep up.
Regina
character, 140 posts
Fri 15 Nov 2019
at 04:02
  • msg #848

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Coming back to the school was the last thing Regina wanted to do. Thoughts of making trails to the mountain region were interrupted by images of that dying man in the school bus and that ominous symbol she still suspected to be the work of bandits. A surly frown registered this familiar environment, and sullen silence was her stance on engaging with what she knew would be an ill-fated rescue mission. The less she talked, the faster they'd get out of here. That was the theory, at least.

Naturally, an argument broke out.

At the very least, Ashley had a mind to solve the dispute with decisiveness, but she was still a teenager. "Trisha is right," those words were ones Regina would surely regret saying in the future, "Edward, you're the driver." The doctor had left the car after checking the ammo in her pistol. "I'll be going with Ashley -- to make sure she doesn't do anything I wouldn't do."

Regina nodded to Mary and Trisha, "That leaves you two. I would bring Eli and Rufus -- and that's all." She punctuated the last word in such a way as to leave no room to argue. With that out of the way, the doctor kept a brisk pace to keep up with her new partner.

"We need to get out of here as quickly as possible," Regina said, lowering her voice the closer they got to the building.
Mary
character, 637 posts
Sun 17 Nov 2019
at 04:39
  • msg #849

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Don't just walk away - !" Mary starts, then sighs, running a hand through her short hair. She'd never understand why people felt so damned rushed nowadays. If there's one thing they have in spades, it's time - at least, compared to all the resources they'd need to bail them out of poorly-planned trouble.

"Fine, I'm coming." She turns and points a finger at Edward, Elijah, and Rufus. "I don't care who comes, but someone stay with Dwayne and Mina."

She glances at Ivy, then continues, "Someone who can drive. Come on, Trisha."

Jaw setting in frustration, she sets off after Ashley and Regina.
Elijah
player, 118 posts
Sun 17 Nov 2019
at 09:47
  • msg #850

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah stayed by the truck while the others talked. He looked content to let the small group plot among themselves. Wasn't like last night, they weren't up against armed assholes. Ideally. Weren't hurting for his expertise. Just infected in the way of their missing girl - ideally. Wasn't like getting around those rabid goons was rocket science at this point. If you hadn't figured it out by now, chances are you're one of them.

He kept looking at the school's chainlink fence for some reason. Hell only knew what was going on in his head. Didn't look good, from the thousand yard stare he had going on. Fuck, he'd seen enough chainlink to last a lifetime. When the others started moving he was pulled out of his reverie with a shudder.

"Sorry, Ed." He loosened the machete in its makeshift holster and rest his hand on the hilt. "You're still in the penalty box. If it makes you feel any better, don't imagine we're gonna have much fun in there without ya."

He tapped Ivy's shoulder and motioned for her to come along. "You stay close to me, now." He glanced to Mary and the others. He looked vaguely apologetic. "If everything gets fucked six ways from Sunday in there, my priority is gettin' her out. Alright?"

Wasn't like he had a big ass LMG to help her get out this time. Christ, he hated dealing with swarms in buildings. He hoped to God half of Rosedale wasn't posted up in there. He glanced to Ivy again, like he was ensuring she was in fact still there.

Fucked up these were the circumstances the girl was entering a school under now. Fuck it, fuck it. Try not to think about it. Search the joint and get out. He eyed the building from the outside, trying to get a sense of how big it was; Christ, with their luck who knew how many goddamn rooms there were to check. He thought Ashley, in all her teenage bravado, had sorely underestimated how lofty of a task a thorough search would be. He wasn't going to kick up a stink now though.
Bandito
GM, 2365 posts
Mon 18 Nov 2019
at 05:20
  • msg #851

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

On the Sidewalk

"Alright, Sarge. I'll stay." The driver looks to Ivy. "You stay close to Eli, kiddo.

Angie, Natasha, and Rufus follow the others into the school yard.

"We'll look after the kids." Buford offers. Currently, Terry and him are staying in the SUV, presumably until the group returns. With that, the group heads into the school yard, again.

School Yard

Immediately, the group spots two undead in the far side of the yard, near the entrance to the main school building. Both of them begin shambling toward the group's direction.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Map of current area:
https://i.imgur.com/c7az4PP.png


Ivy
character, 1124 posts
Mon 18 Nov 2019
at 12:49
  • msg #852

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Eli:
"You stay close to me, now."


"Okay," Ivy answered enthusiastically, glad to be actually included for once. Being stuck guarding the cars had gotten old real fast. The girl followed close by Eli's side like a loyal puppy as the search teams set out on their mission.
Trisha
character, 542 posts
Mon 18 Nov 2019
at 21:02
  • msg #853

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

To hear "Trisha is right" twice in a row sends her giddy with a sense of accomplishment. She happily follows Mary when she is called for, eager to show off what else she could be right about.

Looking out at the enclosed space that separates them from the entrance to the school, Trisha stops to think before rushing out to take down the shambling bodies.

"I can take one if someone wants to get the other one." She holds her hammer at the ready, jogging in place to subdue some of her manic energy. She looks to Mary, waiting for an order before doing anything else.
"Y'sure we should all go in that door? We could get stuck."
Mary
character, 638 posts
Wed 20 Nov 2019
at 06:26
  • msg #854

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary sights the rifle on one of the ghouls for a moment, still getting accustomed to the weight of it, before letting the rifle drop. "I'll be ready if you need me, but we should kill those things quietly if we can. If I start shooting, we'll have to leave."

She gives Trisha a concerned look. "Wait, what's wrong with the door?"
Trisha
character, 543 posts
Thu 21 Nov 2019
at 10:52
  • msg #855

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
 "Wait, what's wrong with the door?"

"Hm?" She looks back at Mary. "Nothin', it's just there ain't no room to scatter. We ain't got no other way outta there."
With a glance over to the door once more, Trisha takes it upon herself to clear out one of the obstacles.
"I'm gonna get the guy on this side." She points out the walker on her left and runs off after it. After guiding it into position, she rears back with the hammer and swings it into the head of the monster.

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)

20:55, Today: Trisha rolled 16 using 2d10+5 ((3,8)).


This message was last edited by the player at 10:56, Thu 21 Nov 2019.
Ashley
character, 209 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Fri 22 Nov 2019
at 10:12
  • msg #856

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina:
"We need to get out of here as quickly as possible,"

"That's the plan."  The normally verbose Ashley was predictably curt once she entered the schoolyard, quietly skirting along the bus on left side on approach to the building itself.  "See if there's a way around, check the exits, use the least ugly one."  It was as much a mental checklist as anything else.  "Search where we can... leave when we can't."  That last was a shade bitterer than the rest -- acknowledging even the possibility of failure was more than she wanted to risk, to let even a single crack show in her perfect mental armor, and she quickly moved on without further words.

Ashley began scouting along the vehicular barrier to see if there was a way over or through, so they could use a side door and spread their search wider, faster.  It was perhaps telling that she paid virtually no mind to the pair of walking corpses in the yard -- the others had the situation well under control, and beyond that, it merited no further thought.  Never mind that the last time she took the undead for granted, she had paid dearly for her carelessness.  No.  Seriously, no.  God fucking damn it, no.  You do not get to take a trip down Self-Pity Lane when you've got a job to do.  She actually growled under her breath as she shook her head to banish the thought, returning her attention to the task at hand -- with, perhaps, a fraction of said attention devoted to watching and making sure nothing went wrong with Trisha and Mary.

Why's it always gotta be schools, though?  I swear, someone up there's laughing at me.
Regina
character, 141 posts
Sat 23 Nov 2019
at 01:42
  • msg #857

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ever averse to getting close to the infected, Regina was glad to leave Mary and Trisha to dispatch them and stick by Ashley. The girl was desperate and emotional; without supervision, Regina knew something terrible would happen to her. As they scouted around the sides of the bus barricade, Regina divided her attention between searching for an exit and keeping an eye on Ashley. As such, that growl didn't escape her. "Ashley," Regina said, softly, and the knowing look in her eyes silently suggested something. Even Regina didn't know what, but it had to be better than getting worked up before they'd also found Nicole.
Mary
character, 639 posts
Sat 23 Nov 2019
at 03:47
  • msg #858

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Natasha, I hope you've got the other one," Mary says, raising the rifle. Once again, she silently thanked Elijah for gifting her a scoped longarm and sights the ghoul that Trisha is not attacking. Nonetheless, she won't fire unless necessary - one gunshot, and this operation is over.
Bandito
GM, 2366 posts
Sat 23 Nov 2019
at 09:02
  • msg #859

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Yard

"Yeah, sure." Following Trisha's lead, Natasha takes out the other ghoul with one swift stab with her knife. It falls limp to the ground a second after Trisha's target.

There are no clear alternative ways to get into the school, based on Ashley's observations.

Quite casually, Rufus walks up to the entrance door and peers through the transparent glass. "Empty hallways." He announces.

Meanwhile, Angie steps over by Elijah's side and murmurs something quietly to him.
Ashley
character, 210 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 24 Nov 2019
at 02:21
  • msg #860

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Man, they packed this shit tight."  Ashley looked over the barricaded area with a half smile; even though it represented a complication to her plans, she had to respect that kind of diligence.  With the two undead now re-dead, she spoke a bit more freely.  "A+ for thoroughness, I guess."  She cast a grin back over her shoulder towards Regina.  School, A+, get it?

With her initial approach thwarted, Ashley made for the front door following Rufus's observation.

"Empty beats messy, at least.  I'd rather more than just one clear exit, but if we gotta do it this way, at least it's not a fight to get in, too."
Mary
character, 640 posts
Sun 24 Nov 2019
at 06:18
  • msg #861

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"That gives us more control of the situation," Mary says, trying to convince herself as much as anyone else of an upside. "As long as they didn't miss an entrance..."

"Lead the way, captain," Mary continues, eyeing the school with a frown. Truthfully, she doesn't expect to find anyone alive here; the only reason she'd agreed is to give Ashley some peace of mind and because time is the one resource they have in abundance. There's no reason to believe anywhere else would be safer than the school, after all. Still, she doesn't know what's going to happen if Ashley fails to find anything. Mary just hopes she's willing to cut their losses, rather than blow through all their resources chasing a ghost.
Regina
character, 142 posts
Mon 25 Nov 2019
at 09:12
  • msg #862

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Regina didn't dignify Ashley's (horrible) pun with a response, only a slow roll of her eyes. Puns were the lowest form of comedy, even self-deprecation was better than a pun. At least the rest of the group were putting effort into more productive things than joke-making; Trisha and Mary made a good team. Maybe Regina and Ashley were the same? Wouldn't trust her to patch me up. Too emotional, she'd lose her cool.

That's that then.

"Tell us what Nicole looks like again," Regina said as she followed Ashley to the front door. "I need to know what to look for," In case there's a body.
Ashley
character, 211 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Mon 25 Nov 2019
at 11:53
  • msg #863

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ashley froze visibly when Regina asked about Nicole's appearance, brow furrowed in concentration.  She hadn't exactly committed the girl's face to memory -- hadn't really had the opportunity to, having known her for only a couple days, and didn't really expect to need to.  This all combined with the lingering question of just how much she was thinking of Sam instead, potentially substituting details from a much firmer memory.

"She's... about yea tall."  Finally breaking her own awkward silence, Ashley held a hand flat at about half a head shorter than herself, right next to her own face for reference.  "Hair like so."  She drew a line across at neck length.  "Brown, straight.  Not as pale as me.  Freckles."  Her lips quirked to a little smile at that.  "Probably still has that bruise, unless she's managed to find an ice pack in the post-apocalypse."  She drew a circle with one finger around the left side of her own face.  It was the left side, right?  Probably right.

"She had an overstuffed backpack back at the church, but she might've lost it along the way.  Hope not.  She still owes me some of that Pepsi."  Ashley grinned toothily, trying to keep the happy memories in mind, to keep a positive attitude about the outcome of this fool's errand.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:55, Mon 25 Nov 2019.
Trisha
character, 544 posts
Wed 27 Nov 2019
at 09:48
  • msg #864

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Nice!" Pleased with Natasha's handiwork as she takes down the second ghoul, Trisha shoots her a grin, her face lightly spattered in blood. "We're awful good at this, hey?" She nudges the girl playfully.
quote:
"That gives us more control of the situation"
"Oh, right." She chirps back, satisfied with the explanation. If there's anyone she can blindly place her trust in, it's Mary. Once given the all clear, she heads over to meet Rufus at the front door, taking a look herself to see if he knows what he's talking about.
Just as he said, the hall looks clear from where they stand. Itching to get going, Trisha reaches out to open the glass doors.
Bandito
GM, 2367 posts
Thu 28 Nov 2019
at 09:31
  • msg #865

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Entrance

quote:
"We're awful good at this, hey?"


"Er, hell yeah we are?" Natasha returns an affirmative nod at Trisha.

The glass doors shows no resistance and opens. Inside, Trisha spots hundreds of bloody footprints all over the hallway. The hallway splits into two directions. There are two chained up doors directly facing the entrance with a big "Auditorium" sign above them.

Angie walks through the door with her head constantly alternating down the two hallways.

"Yeah... this is cool. School, blood. Just like Halloween..." Natasha stares at the mess on the ground and the blood stains on the walls.

"Hm..." Rufus wanders into the hallway, examining the bloody marks. Suddenly, he turns around to Ivy. "Say, do you know why teachers wear sunglasses?"
Ivy
character, 1125 posts
Thu 28 Nov 2019
at 11:06
  • msg #866

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Rufus:
"Say, do you know why teachers wear sunglasses?"


"Huh?" Ivy snapped out of her trance, having been slightly off-put by such a familiar setting twisted into something so gruesome. "Um, why?"
Trisha
character, 545 posts
Thu 28 Nov 2019
at 21:17
  • msg #867

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Stepping through the doors, Trisha looks down each hallways, hoping to spot some sign of the missing girl. Instead, she can see only blood and gore smeared up and down the floors. Not a hopeful sign, but Trisha pays it no mind.
She walks up to the auditorium doors, inspecting the chains that hold them closed. She knocks quickly on the door  listens for any stirring on the other side, human or otherwise.
quote:
 "Say, do you know why teachers wear sunglasses?"
"Oh I know." Hearing the question, she turns around to look at Rufus and Ivy as she answers, missing the obvious setup for another bad joke. "Cus' he's really hungover."
Bandito
GM, 2368 posts
Fri 29 Nov 2019
at 00:04
  • msg #868

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Inside the School

Rufus smirks and shakes his head at the responses.

"Its because their students are so bright!" He says.
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:04, Fri 29 Nov 2019.
Ivy
character, 1126 posts
Fri 29 Nov 2019
at 13:34
  • msg #869

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy groaned as she covered her eyes with one hand.
Trisha
character, 546 posts
Fri 29 Nov 2019
at 21:11
  • msg #870

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Its because their students are so bright!"
Initially confused by his refusing her answer, Trisha quickly catches on to the joke.
"Oh I get it." She says with a chuckle, returning the man's smirk with one of her own. "That's funny."
She tries to focus her attention back on the chained door, but can't help but feel a little distracted.
"That sure ain't why none of my teachers wore 'em."
Mary
character, 641 posts
Sat 30 Nov 2019
at 06:20
  • msg #871

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Is that right?" Mary asks Rufus dryly. "I figured it was in order to protect their pupils."

She eyes the bloody footprints and frowns. "...then again, maybe teachers had no interest in that."

She looks up at Trisha and shakes her head slightly. "Trisha, I don't think she got in there and then chained the doors shut from the other side."
Ashley
character, 212 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sun 1 Dec 2019
at 10:19
  • msg #872

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Eugh... gross."  Ashley made some effort to avoid stepping in the blood at first, but the state of the hall made that difficult and eventually impossible.  At least it was old enough that it probably wouldn't stick to anything unless she got down on the ground and rolled around in it.  Why, exactly why, was that a thought that ever even crossed my mind?  Gross, Ash.  Double gross.

"Looks like it's time to pull a Scooby-Doo, then."  She met her team with a hopeful look at first, then a sigh and shake of her head.  "You know, split up to cover more ground."  She was rather less interested in the process of deciding who goes where, and decided instead to join Trisha at the no-way-in-Hell chained door.

"Y'know what'd be awesome right about now?"  Despite the gruesome surroundings, Ashley's young mind wandered -- really, she was pretty much accustomed to the blood and gore by now anyway, which in and of itself probably should've been troubling, but she paid it no particular mind.  "A sword.  Not even, like, a good sword, made proper and everything; just any old generic hunk of cast-forged junk, it's not like the deadies need much force to take 'em down."  She held up a hand and one finger demonstratively, counting off as she went.  "Firstly, it'd be awesome.  Second, wouldn't break like wooden tools, this shit would last; even if it was the junkiest junk, it's still metal.  Third, it'd keep a better distance than just... y'know... knives."  She twirled her knife between her fingers demonstratively, whistling a quiet little tune as she did so.  "Bad for safety, knives.  And fourthly... did I mention it'd be awesome?  You'd be like, King Arthur of Apocalypse Camelot with your mighty Brainscalibur."  She held her knife up, gripped in both hands in front of her face and blade pointing upwards, in a pose that was probably supposed to look heroic, but that she really just stole from a cartoon.  She flashed her cheesy grin behind it anyway.
Trisha
character, 547 posts
Mon 2 Dec 2019
at 22:01
  • msg #873

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Trisha, I don't think she got in there and then chained the doors shut from the other side."

She looks to Mary with a dumbfounded expression as it takes her a second to think it through.
"Oh right." She says quietly, giving Mary a sheepish smile. "Probably not. That was pretty stupid."

Ready to give up on the door, Trisha is once again easily distracted as Ashley approaches and starts talking to her about swords. Though Trisha understands exactly none of the girl's references, her enthusiasm is contagious.
"I don't even know what half that stuff is." She says cheerfully, stepping away from the door with a casual flip of the hand. "But my big brother had one of them big chinese swords and sometimes we'd play with it."
Looking down one of the hallways curiously, Trisha continues to chatter away, not yet ready to venture down the corridor on her own.
"It was sharp though, heavy too." She turns back to face Ashley, returning her childish grin. "You could totally cut a head all the way off with one."
Bandito
GM, 2368 posts
Tue 3 Dec 2019
at 23:45
  • msg #874

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Hallway

Natasha rolls her eyes after Rufus' punchline delivery.

"Maybe she's hiding in one of these classrooms." She says.

As the conversation shifts to swords, Rufus draws his gladius from the sheath and points it straight up to the ceiling.

"Only one true king can pull the Excalibur from the stone, for only he has the necessary arthurization." Rufus lowers the blade, looking to Ashley. "But yes, it would be as you say, 'awesome'."
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:46, Tue 03 Dec 2019.
Mary
character, 642 posts
Wed 4 Dec 2019
at 07:22
  • msg #875

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Metal breaks," Mary says simply, almost reflexively. She's still nursing a grudge for an overpriced machete she bought in Rosedale years ago that bent against its handle a week after she bought it. The store clerk had refused to refund her, too, the bastard. She'd even warned other members of the church community against raiding that store, though she doesn't think they listened.

"Is there really any benefit to splitting up?" she continues. "It's a lot more risk just to save a little time. Do you really think she'd be at this school for all this time, just to leave in the extra minutes we would take to search it safely?"
Trisha
character, 548 posts
Tue 10 Dec 2019
at 21:08
  • msg #876

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Maybe she's hiding in one of these classrooms." 
"She's always fuckin' hiding." She scoffs in response. It's one of the many things about Nicole that annoys her. As much as she doesn't really want to find her, at the very least she needs to be able to say they tried.
"You're right though." Trisha says as she approaches one of the classroom doors. "If she's anywhere, she'll be in one of these, I bet."
Pressing her ear to the door, she bangs against it with a closed fist and listens carefully, waiting for the all clear to enter.

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
07:07, Today: Trisha rolled 21 using 2d10+5 ((8,8))-PER roll

Bandito
GM, 2372 posts
Wed 25 Dec 2019
at 04:21
  • msg #877

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Interior

Trisha hears multiple footsteps and groaning from the other side of the door. On the side of the door, there's a placard...

Principal's Office

After banging against the door, Trisha feels the surface of the door trembling, hitting against her face. The ghouls are now restless inside after being disturbed.



Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Current Map: https://i.imgur.com/64PIc7f.png

Ivy
character, 1127 posts
Wed 25 Dec 2019
at 16:15
  • msg #878

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy glanced uneasily about, ready to make tracks at the first sign of monsters. Being in a place like this was making her paranoid. Best to just look for this missing person quick and be done with it. The young girl approached the room to the right of the entrance and lightly knocked on the door.
Mary
character, 643 posts
Thu 2 Jan 2020
at 23:57
  • msg #879

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary tenses up when she hears the sounds from within the principal's office. Fortunately, it doesn't sound like they're going to bust down the door immediately, but she'd rather not spend more time in the area than necessary.

"Well, she's not in there," she says to Trisha. Glancing at Ivy, she momentarily waffles, not sure what to do, but finally moves to the other side of the office and knocks on the first door.

"It's us. Ashley's here, too. If you're in there, you'd better come out."
Bandito
GM, 2373 posts
Mon 6 Jan 2020
at 03:25
  • msg #880

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School - Interior

Mary makes her way down the hall to the adjacent room of the principal's office. From this angle, she can see the full hallway of the west wing of the building. With the lack of a light source, she can barely make out the end of the hallway. There's also a staircase leading up to the second floor of the building around the corner of the wall. Despite what Angie claimed, the hallway in the west wing appears to be vacant of any ghouls.

The placard on the room says...

A1

Its safe to assume this is one of the many classrooms in this building. Mary proceeds to knock on the door. After a few seconds, she did not hear any response. Through the small window view on the door she can look into the insides of the classroom. From this angle, the room looks to be in a good condition. All student's desks are neatly arranged facing the chalk board. She can also spot teen sized jackets and coats hanging on the chairs. Some of them still have backpacks hanging off of the side as well.

Natasha immediately follows the child when she leaves for the classroom door. Ivy knocks against the door to the room...

B1

There were no response.

Unlike the room Mary's inspecting, the window to the classroom is obstructed by a piece of cloth hanging from the inside of the room. It looks like someone left it hanging there to serve as a curtain for some privacy.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Map of the school
https://i.imgur.com/3LIxsza.png


Mary
character, 644 posts
Thu 9 Jan 2020
at 06:33
  • msg #881

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary's eyes linger for a moment on the schoolbags handing off the chairs, but decides against checking them for supplies. Most likely, none of those teenagers had packed their lucky box of .223 for their last schoolday, and even on the off chance they had something useful, she doesn't have the time to search every bag and cubbyhole in the school.

"Looks empty," she says simply, then moves on to the next door, peeking through its window.
Ivy
character, 1128 posts
Thu 9 Jan 2020
at 17:53
  • msg #882

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

No response. And no way of looking inside. Ivy hesitated a moment before reaching for the doorknob and opening the door.
Bandito
GM, 2374 posts
Wed 22 Jan 2020
at 05:55
  • msg #883

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

B1

The door opens without showing any resistance to Ivy. Inside, she spots bedrolls all over the room. There are backpacks, clothes, and other miscellaneous objects all over the place. It is too unorganized for her to discern what is useful from the mess.

At the very least, she can tell that Nicole is not hiding in this room.


A2

Mary peeks through the door with "A2" written on the placard. At first glance, the room is very dark, she could barely make out the musical instruments in the back. This room appears to be empty from her angle.

Right before she takes her eyes off the window, she catches a moving figure somewhere in the back of the room.





Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Map : https://i.imgur.com/NcdcF62.png

Ivy
character, 1129 posts
Tue 28 Jan 2020
at 16:23
  • msg #884

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

No signs of people. But, no signs of monsters either. Just a bunch of abandoned loot.

Loot ripe for the taking.

Ivy stepped into the room and set to work rummaging through the mess for goodies.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:23, Tue 28 Jan 2020.
Bandito
GM, 2376 posts
Wed 29 Jan 2020
at 00:08
  • msg #885

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy

Ivy discover most of the backpacks and the mass amount of junk were mostly... junk. There are some promising cans of canned food, but upon closer inspection they were all empty.

Natasha steps into the room just as Ivy finishes up looting the area. Right before the child gives up the search, she spot a shiny object dangling off of on the back of the chair. Its a key.
Ivy
character, 1130 posts
Wed 29 Jan 2020
at 01:01
  • msg #886

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy's disappointment at the lack of salvageable goods evaporated as she spotted the key. Normally all you'd find in a janitor's closet was cleaning supplies and one of those weird mini-shower things. But if someone bothered to keep the key in here, maybe they'd stashed something else inside. What treasures could be hidden within? Ivy just had to know!

"I found a key!" she proudly announced to...uh...the lady, and trotted out into the hall to search for the closet in question. It looked like the others were heading further left, so she headed right. As she neared the corner where the hall turned sharply, she took a quick glimpse at the window of the room next to her.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:03, Wed 29 Jan 2020.
Mary
character, 645 posts
Wed 29 Jan 2020
at 06:27
  • msg #887

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary raps her knuckles on the window, then speaks clearly through the closed door. "Nicole, if you're in there, it's us. Come out."

Mary figures even that was probably unnecessary. The figure in the room was probably listening to them moving around in the hall anyway. Either way, she doesn't need to spend more time on this room. Keeping a wary eye on the stairway entrance, she moves to the next room  and looks through its window.
Trisha
character, 549 posts
Thu 30 Jan 2020
at 05:45
  • msg #888

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"Well, she's not in there,"

"She better not be." Trisha replies, her voice rising in pitch ever so slightly, indicating that she is more concerned than she would like to let on. The anxious energy is quickly pulled under control and repurposed into frustration.
"Y'know, I'm about ready to get sick of this soon." She grumbles to herself. Hearing Ivy announce her discovery, Trisha is instantly intrigued.
"Oh cool! What's it for?" She asks as she watches the girl head down the other end of the hall.
Ivy
character, 1131 posts
Thu 30 Jan 2020
at 10:28
  • msg #889

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Trisha:
"Oh cool! What's it for?"


"The janitor's closet," Ivy answered. "Someone might have hidden something inside."
Bandito
GM, 2377 posts
Sat 1 Feb 2020
at 06:32
  • msg #890

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary

Mary sees the silhouette in room A2 shambling back towards the door. What comes next was a series of loud door slamming sounds. It shrieks through the door at her. The walking corpse is a male, bald, and it doesn't look like anyone Mary knows.

"He looks friendly." From behind, Rufus comments. It seems like he made his way over to Mary a few moments ago.

Mary hears Ivy announcing her findings across the hallway around the time she inspects the adjacent room. The placard reads... "A3". She sees several bodies lying on the ground inside with hands crossed over their heart. None of them are moving at this moment. There are no signs of a struggle, or any trace of blood in the room. They could all be taking a long nice nap for all she knows.

Ivy & Trisha

Adjacent room placard reads... "B2"

"Nice find, she might be hiding in one of those. That's what she did last time." Natasha comments at the key. When ivy strolls down to the adjacent classroom, Trisha and the girl hears the sound of the dead coming from the hallway. Just around the corner, Ivy catches a glimpse of them. A lot of them.

Most of the ghouls had gathered around a room down the hall. Ivy sees no clear way of reaching that door without running into the undead. At this moment, it should be the least of her concern as two walking corpses are already making their way towards her. Sensing motion from the two walking corpses, the rest will soon to follow if she doesn't act now.


Map :

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
https://i.imgur.com/YTmLNMP.png

Ivy
character, 1132 posts
Sat 1 Feb 2020
at 06:50
  • msg #891

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy's good mood vanished instantly. Ducking back around the corner, she hurried as fast as she could in the opposite direction. "Monsters monsters monsters," she repeated in a low but panicked voice.
Trisha
character, 550 posts
Sat 1 Feb 2020
at 07:59
  • msg #892

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I ain't seen no closets yet." She shrugs as she jogs over to catch up with Ivy. As the girl stops in her tracks, so does Trisha.
Standing up on her toes, she leans over the small child to take a look around the corner and is greeted by the unpleasant sight.

She turns back in time to see Ivy skitter away and quickly follows suit.
"Ok everyone gotta clear out." In a flash, Trisha has already reached the front door, holding it open as she urges the others outside. Her movements are sharp and hurried, but her voice remains completely calm. "We gotta get in some other way."
Elijah
player, 119 posts
Sun 2 Feb 2020
at 07:48
  • msg #893

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Elijah trailed behind Ivy and Trisha, keeping a wary eye on each door they passed. When Ivy scuttled away from the corner he cursed under his breath. This detour was already shaping up to be a death trap. Not for them, maybe, but he wasn't feeling all too optimistic about Nicole's chances. Realistically, if she was here she was likely dead or on the way - if she was smart or lucky, she wasn't hanging around this infested building anymore.

He cursed under his breath and moved back to the others. “I say we go and find a window to climb through. Ought to be plenty to choose from.”
This message was last edited by the player at 17:50, Sun 02 Feb 2020.
Mary
character, 646 posts
Mon 10 Feb 2020
at 05:41
  • msg #894

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Go ahead and introduce yourself," Mary tells Rufus without looking over at him. She steps away from the door and sighs bitterly to herself. This isn't working. She figured they could just take an hour or two to comb the school and, whether they found Nicole or not, move on afterward. She hadn't expected the place to be so infested with ghouls. Searching room to room would be futile, but at the same time, she doesn't expect Trisha to drop this bone unless they can confirm Nicole isn't here.

This school isn't that large, Mary thinks. Maybe...

"All of you, be ready to go," Mary tells the others, stepping towards the entrance. "We're going to find out if Nicole's here, once and for all."

Mary sets her feet securely - as pointless as that is - and cups her hands around her mouth. "NICOLE, WE'RE FROM THE CHURCH! IF YOU'RE HERE, GIVE US A SIGN RIGHT NOW! LAST CHANCE!"

She turns her head this way and that as she speaks, directing her shout down both wings of the school. If she's in the building, Mary thinks, she'll have heard that. Every ghoul, too, but hell, at least they won't surprise us.
Bandito
GM, 2379 posts
Tue 11 Feb 2020
at 23:07
  • msg #895

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Interior

Almost immediately, everyone head for the exit when Ivy called out the monsters down the hall. The horde advances closer, at a slow, but alarming pace.

quote:
"NICOLE, WE'RE FROM THE CHURCH! IF YOU'RE HERE, GIVE US A SIGN RIGHT NOW! LAST CHANCE!"


As Ivy flees from the wave of monsters, both her and Elijah hear loud sounds bashing against metal from the end of the hallway where the ghouls were.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Map : https://i.imgur.com/KLjlbOX.png

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:08, Tue 11 Feb 2020.
Trisha
character, 551 posts
Tue 11 Feb 2020
at 23:10
  • msg #896

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
I say we go and find a window to climb through. Ought to be plenty to choose from.”
"I was totally just gonna say that." She shouts back with a smile as she runs to the buses serving as a barricade. Quickly climbing onto the hood, she scampers to the top of the bus to get a better view of her surroundings. At Mary's call, Trisha leans over and looks down at her leader.
"I reckon she's gonna be in there. Betcha she got stuck when they chased her in."
This message was last edited by the player at 11:24, Wed 12 Feb 2020.
Ivy
character, 1133 posts
Wed 12 Feb 2020
at 11:02
  • msg #897

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy hurried after Trisha to the buses. "The monsters were all bunched up around one of the rooms," she stated as she climbed up onto the hood before pulling herself onto the roof. "That might be where she is."
Mary
character, 647 posts
Sun 16 Feb 2020
at 06:43
  • msg #898

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I don't think she's in here," Mary says, but she doesn't expect anyone to listen. Mary realizes that not even she is listening to her own warnings as she finds herself considering how to get the "monsters" out of the way.

"Fine!" she announces. "I'll lead them outside. I'll meet up with Edward at the truck and we'll lead the group away. Once they're gone, you can check whatever you want. We'll meet up again at the church. Alright?"
Trisha
character, 552 posts
Tue 18 Feb 2020
at 11:58
  • msg #899

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

quote:
"I don't think she's in here,"
"No way!" Trisha scoffs, rolling her eyes obnoxiously. She looks over and winks at Ivy. "She so is! We got this."

Looking out over the yard, Trisha mulls over Mary's plan as she lays it forward.
"I don't wanna split up again," She replies in a much more subdued tone, but her resolve will not be shaken. "But I know she's in there. It's too much like last time. She's gotta be!"

For a moment, she looks down and scrunches her face, appearing to be deep in thought. She glances over to Ivy, then looks down again, this time to meet eyes with Eli before adressing him.
"I know you gotta look out for her and you don't want her to get hurt," She puts her hand on Ivy's shoulder and pulls her in closer as she speaks. "But Ivy's fast, like me and I can lift her. And she's a better shot than I am, probably clever-er, too. Me and her could slip in and outta there in no time." She gives the girl a confident grin. "I betcha with a little backup, we can pull it off!"
Mary
character, 648 posts
Sat 22 Feb 2020
at 05:51
  • msg #900

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"That's what I'm saying. I distract them and you slip in. Just be careful, for god's sake."
Trisha
character, 553 posts
Sun 23 Feb 2020
at 14:21
  • msg #901

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"I know, I just said it more exciting." She replies with a determined grin and a dramatic hand flourish.
"Since when I ain't been careful?"
Bandito
GM, 2380 posts
Tue 25 Feb 2020
at 09:54
  • msg #902

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Yard

"I'll come with you, Mary!" Natasha runs out of the front entrance, tailing behind Mary. Rufus and Regina soon follow the pair out into the school yard. Being the last person running out of the door, Rufus leaves the entrance wide open.

"This way, rotten brains!" The man raises his pistol up in the air and fires twice.

"What the hell!?" Natasha yells.

Within a minute, the army of undead floods through the door. There must be at least fifty of them in sight, and more still lagging behind in the building.

Meanwhile, Elijah, Ivy, Trisha, Angie, and Ashley climb onto the school bus. They lie still as they wait for the horde to pass.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Once Mary's group runs out of the yard, they will be migrated to a sub thread.

Map : https://i.imgur.com/2uruzLc.png


Mary
character, 649 posts
Thu 27 Feb 2020
at 07:43
  • msg #903

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Mary had expected a multitude of ghouls, but not this many. She flinches despite herself when they come pouring out into the sun, clutching the rifle closer.

"Alright, then," she mutters, steeling herself, then raises her voice to a yell. "Come and get me then, you addle-brained cattle! You ataxic spastics! You...you animalistic, cannibalistic ballistic statistics!"

With a wave of her hand, Mary backs up, leading the horde out of the yard towards Edward and the truck.
Bandito
GM, 2382 posts
Tue 3 Mar 2020
at 23:07
  • msg #904

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Remaining group

Everyone stay as still as they possibly can on the roof of the bus. One by one, the ghouls drag themselves one after the other out of the yard. It will be just a bit longer before Mary and the others lure all of them out of the area.

Slowly, but steadily, the wave of ghouls passes by the group without spotting them. They hear the roaring sound of engines fading off to the distance.

"They're gone..." Angie whispers to everyone.

Mary's Team


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Please continue posting under https://rpol.net/display.cgi?gi=61078&ti=92&date=1583276562#bottom

This message was last edited by the GM at 21:47, Fri 06 Mar 2020.
Ivy
character, 1134 posts
Mon 9 Mar 2020
at 13:23
  • msg #905

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy tentatively peered out from the top of the bus. Sure enough, the monsters had taken the bait. Now to capitalize on the distraction.

"Let's hurry," said the girl as she climbed down the hood onto the ground. She made for the front doors, beelining for the room that the monsters had been congregating around.
Ashley
character, 213 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sat 14 Mar 2020
at 15:44
  • msg #906

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"...But let's not be too hasty."  Ashley, despite her words of caution, was just behind Ivy in her rush to get back into the school.  And to think I would've done anything to get out of school a few months ago.  She held up one finger to prompt a pause.  "There may still be stragglers.  Check, then move."

Taking her own advice, Ashley stepped ahead of Ivy and peeked inside the school.  With one hand, she fished briefly in her jacket pocket, emerging moments later with a quarter.  She took aim and flicked the coin down the hall to the right, where it would ping noisily off the stone floor -- hopefully attracting the attention of any lingering undead, so they would reveal themselves rather than ambushing the group later.  After a short pause, she waved for the others to follow, and continued down the hall with Ivy, one hand already resting on the handle of the knife at her side.
Bandito
GM, 2385 posts
Sat 14 Mar 2020
at 21:35
  • msg #907

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Interior

With Ashley and Ivy leading, the group makes their way back down to the hallway. They see a lone ghoul on the ground throwing its arm at them from a distance. Its leg appears to be lodged into the broken restroom door. For now, it is immobilized.

There are still sound of undead rustling about and growling in the school. They seems to be originating from the center auditorium that's still firmly shut by chains.

The light source from the front entrance is not enough to illuminate the hallway Ivy and Ashley are walking down towards due to its sharp angle. However, some lights are shining in from the classrooms at the right. It is sufficient enough for them to navigate down the hall, but not enough to investigate the darker rooms on the opposite side.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Map of Current area : https://i.imgur.com/hSNZK5o.png

Ivy
character, 1135 posts
Sun 15 Mar 2020
at 04:41
  • msg #908

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Ivy fished out her flashlight and flipped the power switch to 'on.' Giving the stuck monster a wide berth, she made for the rooms at the end of the hall to peek through the windows.
Bandito
GM, 2388 posts
Tue 17 Mar 2020
at 09:17
  • msg #909

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

School Interior

The group moves down the hallway, leaving the lone walker to its own misery. When Ivy peers through the windows, she sees a large closet and a shelf. Everything appears to be ordinary for the janitor's room. Lucky for her, she also has the key too.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Current Map https://i.imgur.com/1j7yyOI.png

Ivy
character, 1136 posts
Tue 17 Mar 2020
at 09:26
  • msg #910

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

No sign of the person they were looking for. But the fact that someone went through the trouble of locking the room meant there had to be something good inside, right? Ivy unlocked and opened the door. A quick poke around couldn't hurt.
Bandito
GM, 2391 posts
Wed 18 Mar 2020
at 04:04
  • msg #911

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Janitor's closet

The moment Ivy step into the room she hears a sound coming from inside the large closet. It sounded like something hitting against metal. She also find a few useful things on the nearby shelf.
Ivy
character, 1137 posts
Wed 18 Mar 2020
at 12:53
  • msg #912

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

...What was that?

Ivy turned her attention to the closet in the back of the room. The sound had come from inside. Could someone be in there? Or...something? Ivy swallowed nervously, positioning herself off to the side of the door and resting her hand on the handle.

Three...two...one!

She opened the closet.
Bandito
GM, 2394 posts
Thu 19 Mar 2020
at 00:54
  • msg #913

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Janitor's closet

A young, brown haired girl looks up at Ivy. She cuddle herself in the corner of the large cabinet, holding both of her arms together. Her face is pale, and her lips appears dry. She doesn't seems to have the energy to speak or stand up, but her eyes glitters with hope when Ivy opened the cabinet.

Angie makes her way into the room and looks past Ivy's shoulder at Nicole.

"You're alive." She says. Nicole nods with a weak smile.


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
NPC Compendium updated.

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:57, Thu 19 Mar 2020.
Ashley
character, 214 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Thu 19 Mar 2020
at 07:54
  • msg #914

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Following closely behind Ivy (doing a great job of playing the heroic captain, aren't you, letting the ten-year-old go in first), Ashley approached the closet ready to intervene with a quick stab or kick if things suddenly got dangerous.  What greeted her when the door opened, however, was enough to completely short-circuit her for a long, silent moment.

What?  Excuse me but.  What in the actual FUCK?

"You..."  Coherent sentences eluded her, but despite herself, Ashley laughed -- a quick bark of a laugh, a half sputter, dumbstruck by the sheer absurdity of the situation.  When she finally managed to compose herself, she pushed past Ivy to offer a hand to the cowering girl, along with a toothy smile so wide it could light the sky.  Of course, the first words that came to her were a cheesy, dumbass quip, like some one-liner spewing hero of an amateurish novel.  If anyone expected better by now, it was entirely their own fault.  "You really like closets, don't you?"

Y'know what, I'mma let that one slide.  I'll save the sarcastic self-flagellation for later.

...Hey, when did I start crying?

This message was last edited by the player at 08:24, Thu 19 Mar 2020.
Bandito
GM, 2395 posts
Thu 19 Mar 2020
at 10:05
  • msg #915

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Janitor's Closet

"No... but, its kept me safe so far..." Nicole makes an attempt to stand but immediately looses her footing and collapses onto the ground. She leans her back against the closet.

"Do you... have any water?" She asks with a weak voice. "How did you find me?"
Ivy
character, 1138 posts
Thu 19 Mar 2020
at 11:04
  • msg #916

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

What was waiting on the other side of the closet was not a monster, but...a girl. Cowering alone in the dark. The sight was so uncannily familiar that Ivy just stared in shock for a few moments.

"...Uh...hi-ack!" Her greeting was cut off as Ash blew past her to fawn over the girl, knocking Ivy off balance for a moment. Apparently they'd found who they were looking for.
Ashley
character, 215 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Sat 21 Mar 2020
at 12:14
  • msg #917

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

"Water?"  Ashley unshouldered her backpack before she even finished speaking.  She still had the bottle of water Regina handed her that morning, and it was still half-full.  Or half-empty?  Eh, don't overthink it.  Not that she ever did that or anything.  "Water, we can do."  She produced the bottle from her backpack and held it out to Nicole, a grin already forming on her lips as she continued.

"I'd like to say finding you was a result of my totally awesome skills at planning, tracking, and thinking... buuut the truth is it was mostly because Angie here told us where she last saw you guys."  Ashley jerked her thumb sideward, indicating the woman in question.  "The execution of the plan was all me, because I'm awesome like that, but, credit where credit is due, the intel was all Angie."  She was maybe lying a little bit, having let the others handle the majority of the work of clearing and searching the school, but, come on.  It's Nicole.  Ashley just had to make herself look like the hero; her ego lived and died on the basis of this girl's adoration.  If it took a little bullshit to puff herself up and look cool, then so be it.

"Besides," she flashed her trademark lopsided sly grin, "I promised we'd be okay, remember?"  There it was, the crux of this entire matter, and Ashley looked to Nicole with the hope that she did in fact remember, that those words they had exchanged were just as important to her as they were to Ashley.  "I don't make promises like that to just anyone, and I definitely don't break them."

At least, not more than once.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:30, Mon 23 Mar 2020.
Bandito
GM, 2402 posts
Mon 23 Mar 2020
at 04:50
  • msg #918

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Janitor's closet

"Thanks." Nicole accepts the water and gulps all of it down. She chokes once or twice in the process.

"I thought no one would come back for me, this was it, I'm going to be dead in this closet and come back as one of, them. But you kept your promise and found me." She throws her arms around Ashley's neck. The girl sniffs, wiping off a tear from her eye with her finger. "Can we get out of here?" She looks to the others.
Ivy
character, 1139 posts
Mon 23 Mar 2020
at 12:44
  • msg #919

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Nicole:
"Can we get out of here?"


"Yeah. The others led all the monsters away-"

Ivy paused.

"...How were we gonna meet up with them, again?"
Ashley
character, 216 posts
Cleverness
Depression
Wed 25 Mar 2020
at 14:04
  • msg #920

Re: Act 4 - A : Comrades, Friends, and Enemies

Nicole:
"I thought no one would come back for me, this was it, I'm going to be dead in this closet and come back as one of, them. But you kept your promise and found me."

"Nobody's dying on my watch."  While Ashley had meant to grin confidently, the expression faltered slightly as memory rudely intruded upon her hero fantasies.  It was only a moment, and she recovered quickly, but her expression came off a bit more as 'grimly resolute' rather than 'beamingly confident'.  She did, at least, match the girl's embrace, an arm wrapped around Nicole's shoulders, holding tight for a good long moment, simply savoring the attention.  By the time she let go, she was all smiles again.

Elsewhere in her meandering mind, she silently wondered at Nicole's understanding of the plague and its effects.  It was always morbidly interesting to her, to see what others assumed of the situation, and what they had experienced.  In the early days, everyone thought it was a bite or scratch that did you in, but Whitehaven infirmary cleared up that misunderstanding quickly and violently for her.  She could only presume that Nicole had had a similar experience -- most of the still-living probably had, by now.

"We're uh... meeting back at the church.  ...Yeah."  Ashley soured on that idea before she even finished speaking it.  "Not exactly our finest tactical decision, admittedly, but we don't have to go in.  Or even anywhere near it, really.  We'll just walk down the road and I'm sure they'll be along in two shakes.  Three, tops.  Not like they've got anywhere else exciting to be."  She did at least spare a smirk for that.
Sign In